: a een sabe PVONER + ee HM Gem o ae Oa aes 9 208 D504) Ptr RE WM eases Sises +348 4 & O56 et Pathe) = eB eet} eats as i + i nate sisiet pa 73 be sty e568 72 Oe he tae be pop 92 =f ee 3 BEAh aor & COC ane yooh SO" Ser OM am 2) ae = £ 232 Pst + ¢ z * ce) 25 47 B-Gres $0015 98004 Bate | aot rotates 2 3% $ ace ree ON epee oot +82 ie s seeest nek Hos omega de BS WUD Soh sep sed: bet nag pyete > deme = ES NEDO Ds Behe Ordr ea be Pa? P00 hata bogs ‘ u Fete S401) 4° Oe bo Gabo Nabe ha C4 e oO. wee Prost tie eect ste Oty be Oe Bet + a Hi 333 ‘se ered yeire seems neha pict ate iad Oh.60 Bot ee aewt orth Ostet) Sita. tepene y DB a- Oey nas abe CO ta as 3 stthtz Pee eo. tt ss REN | de oe ny: os bose Wee iW: Woe 306 40° wey oe ie 323235 ote ee ee tefssstaais teiteeiees BAER tie se Fe reets t ee 34323: rts Bers 2185 Sats35$ s+ + ebe-bree ‘Poti: be tre the ees ts breed oer Stinttys ; Me Beate wes et a ae os 2 3 si Pvp alae NAAN SNA | fica) GB u iN a MEER a | co on ca | ae an an ae \ a } \ (roel | | feel ( Se} if — — se la Ratan anna ene aea a AA Ar AG: !\NMONR EOE \ me BAR > AN fER abet es a = > \ aA AAA MN NEN SAA AAAA yal a ce EEN EN LEN ON EN FR ANA A a FRAO sey gts <—_ ys oaaaarrr’. _ a pw iy UYvlCUYtC«C YC COIL eae | SA SAA AAR REAR AR RRRA ROPE OROPPPT TT aap arrrnn . ain ale canals oe ary _Y..\-\—\at ear \ A |, »\ an gnian an an GRRE Gans + \\\\Zos foe ») ») om ) ) lO PD i | we | ret aed es \ i ; em D>») DYDD) . DD» 1 dD p>) » ) ))) DD )) DB »)) D »)) I» )) > D))) 2D >) BD) 2D) WD IY) DB vweoe~ ee Wet Ned ead See =| ed el ) ) y y ») >) > PPI) d Ps \ a — ~< ss I) } y ) ) y > DP Dy ») BED 3 7 ) DD By ))) 7 3 D 2.)»BY)) > Bw) ) yy) ) J ys 3B} I) ®) 3d) ) \ s\ ee — A \ ed WSF GG'A| | | | “— wt Nest \ wf Na, a ~~ shed \ \ \ IY we New es j j j SS SS ~~ eS A EY ees \ aes Ne —— See Yet hows 1 Ae a ee a ae \ we Nd ed Ned A aes ~~~ . SS Need Sy \ jo ay es Res J ~ | a a i } ~~ HY \ SF OTe et Net Nee yw ey aw 7 \ x ASS — js ks IW NN a Se ae we S LF] SM \ se POO WwW, a S| fl 4 Neat tea Ne Nea AY SSeS —j\ed | ad od md SE) vad | — ee Fe _— = i\ — / / i ») —j§\— 4] js“ —_ t ww os = | [ef Net Ned oe = ‘sa A \ ait A\ /\ == ww vee acs ne Sw TOR tee; Phe ] | j { Nn wy ey ell SS ~ S w Y i | (eal i GIS G SSS A, - Se : A ~~ \ wey A = 3 | S | n aes | OOO SSS eS ——— { i, y a jj y ad 7) taut) Ye) a Wa) 1 Va Yen Vals Year Yona Yee =f A= = . ‘ — i eae = = CeCe ee ded 4 J , / | | | \ dh ‘ om \ Se — \ - emalite sh i : | Cae) j \ wo a tas = i = dl dl — =) \ a ew SSerw Cee | IS Net Ni) SeeeuLeocuos i\ |, aa, ss S aN #4 Nes ~yF SSS Sa" fd had Ne Ne a Ne | SS A A A Ag - A 4 Ad 4 sf we Y> PW I) D> B) 2D I> wD p>)” a) ms yp yd ) » Dy. DY PDD DBD | DD») Fo _D») { i } | j | eel ee ih ry ‘ \ \ ‘ = e we wa a a Ne pus ey) ~ aw THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE ALVIN J. COX, M.A., Pu. D. GENERAL EDITOR SECTION D GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, AND ANTHROPOLOGY EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF M. L. MILLER, Pu. D.; R. P. COWLES, Pu. D.; ALVIN SEALE, A. B. C. F. BAKER, A. M.; C. 5S. BANKS, M.8.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B. R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. E. KUPFER, Pu. B. VOLUME X 1915 WITH 24 PLATES AND 63 TEXT FIGURES MANILA BUREAU OF PRINTING 137400 Bo | | “@ Morrie me Hi a MOOIOMETR YOO Rie lagna: ae | WOO LOGAN CUA” Mad suashanines vem ies Me ae i aid me UGLY 1 Cee ee 3? eb rey i ihe BO A a pay ch ae, dh hed nee Van scsi il + * EMULOV ater” i wna PRET Oh OA SES ee ATTA CS Lay Oe Ee eae | This Gee CONTENTS No. 1, January, 1915 LicHt, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part III: Two new species of Lithophytum Forskal from the Philippines...__.............. Two plates and 3 text figures. CowLes, R. P. The habits of some tropical Crustacea: II................... Three plates and 2 text figures. i HELLER, K. M. Neue Kafer von den Philippinen: II.......................... Zwolf Figuren im Text. BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, II: Philippine Jas- TEE cachet ke cael Sey ss ER ew sn) 8 ARE A a Ao ae et ee Five text figures. GRIFFINI, ACHILLE. Prospetto dei Grillacridi delle Isole Filippine.... Una tavola. Poprius, B. Neue orientalische Bryocorinen No. 2, March, 1915 TAYLOR, EDWARD H. New species of Philippine lizards One plate. WHARTON, LAWRENCE D. The eggs of Ascaris lumbricoides BERNHAUER, Max. Zur Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen: VI. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Indo-malayischen Fauna GROUVELLE, A. Dryopide et Heteroceride des Philippines BAKER, C. F. Notices of certain Philippine Fulgoroidea, one being of economic importance Two plates and one text figure. Cowes, R. P. Are Atya spinipes Newport and Atya armata Milne One text figure. Lieut, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part IV: Notes on Philippine Stolonifera and Xeniide No. 3, May, 1915 KEMP, STANLEY. On a collection of stomatopod Crustacea from the Philippine Islands One plate. BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, III: The Stenocotide OM Che wa hall ta eS Mesa a ee me a ea Ne Four text figures. LicgHt, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part V: Cornularia minuta, a new species Seven text figures. SEALE, ALVIN. Note regarding the dugong in the Philippine Islands.. One plate. i : iii Page. 19 49 61 75 89 111 117 131 137 147 155 169 189 203 215 lv Contents No. 4, July, 1915 HELLER, K. M. Neue Kafer von den Philippinen: III... Hine Tafel. Baker, C. F. Two Amphipoda of Luzon..........-.....22.---.-:0-0-e Three plates. CRAWFORD, D. L. Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllide (Homoptera) .. One plate. ScHULTZE, W. I. Beitrag zur coleopteren Fauna der Philippinen... Zwei Figuren im Text. No. 5, September, 1915 WILEMAN, A. E. Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera and their larve: Parte DD cect cce st cence Lake dence tence cee eee Three colored plates. Day, ArTEMAS L. Difficulties encountered in the culture of the bangos, or milkfish, in Zambales Province.................-.---.--------------- No. 6, November, 1915 BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV: The Idiocerini of the) “Plailapa pine se eee eee a ese eo eee Twenty-three text figures. WILEMAN, A. E. Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera and their larve: JE. W Fal Ul Men ee ener tone ee eer Mau ae indd ge TN ea a ON a sae Three colored plates. alte ma _ Hl etd Leiba ab tah ul WS ssn ke Mu ! FUNKHOUSER, W. D. Review of the Philippine Membracide............ Two plates and 8 text figures. Page. 219 251 257 271 281 307 317 44d VoL. X, SEc. D, No. 1 JANUARY, 1915 THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE ALVIN J. COX, M.A. PRD. =e GENERAL EDITOR ( ON Section D GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, AND ANTHROPOLOGY EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF M. L. MILLER, Px. D.; R. P. COWLES, Pu. D.; ALVIN SEHALH, A. B. C. F. BAKER, A. M.; C. 8. BANKS, M. S.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B. R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. H. KUPFER, Pu. B. MANILA BUREAU OF PRINTING 1915 PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS ETHNOLOGY A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LAN- GUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE BONTOC IGOROTS By WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP Order No. 408. Paper, 89 pages, $0.75, postpaid. The vocabulary is given in !gorot-English and English-lgorot. THE NABALOI DIALECT By Otto SCHEERER and THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN By Epwarp Y. MILLER Order No. 403. Paper, $0.25; half mo- rocco, $0.75; postpaid. The Nabaloi Dialect (65 pages, 29 plates) and the Bataks of Palawan (7 pages, 6 plates) are bound under one cover. THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP OF LANGUAGES By OTTo SCHEERER and “FE” AND “V” IN PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES By CARLOS EverETT CONANT Order No. 407. These two papers are issued under one cover, 141 pages, paper, $0.80, postpaid. THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY By Emerson B. CHRISTIE Order No. 410. Paper, 121 pages, 1 map, 29 plates, $1.25, postpaid. Sindangan Bay is situated on the north- ern coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. The Su- banuns of this region were studied by Mr. Christie during two periods of five and six weeks, respectively. The 29 plates illustrate the Subanuns at work and at play; their industries, houses, altars, and implements; and the people themselves. THE HISTORY OF SULU By NAJEEB M. SALEEBY Order No. 406. Paper, 275 pages, 4 maps, 2 diagrams, $0.75, postpaid. In the preparation of his manuscript for The History of Sulu, Doctor Saleeby spent much time and effort in gaining access to documents in the possession of the Sultan of Sulu. This book is a history of the Moros in the Philippines from the earliest times to the American occupation, ETHNOLOGY—Continued STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW, AND RELIGION By NAJEEB M. SALEEBY Order No. 405. Paper, 107 pages, 16 plates, 5 diagrams, $0.25; half mo- rocco, $0.75; postpaid. This volume deals with the earliest written records of the Moros in Mindanao. The names of the rulers of Magindanao are recorded in five folding diagrams. NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES By Wittiam ALLAN REED Order No. 402. Paper, $3 pages, 62 plates, $0.25; half morocco, $0.75; postpaid. Plates from photographs, many of which were taken for this publication, show orna- ments, houses, men making fire with bamboo, bows and arrows, dances, and various types of the people themselves. INDUSTRIES PHILIPPINE HATS ¥ By C. B. Ropinson Order No. 415. Paper, 66 pages, §& plates, $0.50 postpaid. This paper is a ncise record of the history and present condition of hat making in the Philippine Islands. THE SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE ISLAND OF NEGROS By Herpert S. WALKER Order. No. 412. Paper, 145 pages, 10 plates, 1 map, $1.25, postpaid. Considered from the viewpoint of prac- tical utility, Mr. Watker’s Sugar Industry ine the Island of Negros is one of the most important papers published by the Bureau of Science. This volume is a real contribu- tion to the subject; it Is not a mere. com- pilation, for the author was in the field and Unter Staaes the conditions of which he writes, A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE SILE CULTURE By CHARLES S. BANKS Order No. 413. Paper, 53 pages, 20 plates, $0.75, postpaid. In A Manual of Philippine Silk Culture are presented the results of several years’ actual work with silk-producing larve to- gether with a description of the new Philip- pine race. THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE D. GENERAL BioLoGy, ETHNOLOGY, AND ANTHROPOLOGY VoL. X JANUARY, 1915 No. 1 NOTES ON PHILIPPINE ALCYONARIA PART III: TWO NEW SPECIES OF LITHOPHYTUM FORSKAL FROM THE PHILIPPINES / By S. F. LicguHt (From the Zoological Laboratory, College of Liberal Arts, University of the Philippines) TWO PLATES AND 3 TEXT FIGURES The history of the genus Lithophytum Forskal, formerly Am- mothea Savigny, has been well treated by Ktikenthal (1903) in his revision of the Nephthyide, and by Shann (1912). In his revision Ktikenthal included in the genus several species which in his latest work (1913) he has transferred to the genera Lemnalia and Paralemnalia. He there defines the genus Litho- phytum as follows: Die weichen und biegsamen Kolonien sind strauchartig oder baumartig aufgebaut. Stets findet eine Verzweigung der Hauptstamme statt. Die Polypen stehen stets in “Katzchen” oder “Lappchen.” Hin Stiitzbiindel fehlt, die Polypen sind nicht retraktil. Die dtinnen Kanalwande enthalten spdrlich spindelformige Spicula, die auch fehlen kénnen. Die Polypen- spicula, die ebenfalls fehlen konnen, sind bedornte Spindeln, deren Dornen aber nicht zu Kranzen zusammentreten. Verbreitung: Indopazifischer Ozean, in flachem Wasser, auf Korallenriffen. He recognizes 12 species belonging to the genus as thus diag- nosed. One of these, Lithophytum acutifolium, is a new species from the Red Sea related to L. stuhlmanni (May). Two other species have been proposed by Thomson and Henderson (1906 and 1909). Their L. macrospiculatum is a species of Nephthya, for as Kiikenthal (1913) has noted the descriptions and figures of the authors show, very plainly, the presence of a “Stiitz- * For the preceding articles of this series see This Journal, Sec. D (1913), 8, 435, and (1914), 9, 233. 132399 2 The Philippine Journal of Science alas biindel.”” Their very short description of L. indicwm and the lack of figures of any kind make it impossible to determine definitely just where it belongs. The large single polyps without a Stiitzbtindel and the fact that the specimen came from a depth of 400 fathoms suggest the genus Hunephthya. No hint is given in the description, however, as to the consistency of the colony, the spiculation of the canal walls, or the comparative size and arrangement of the canals. For these reasons it would be practically impossible to diagnose any alcyonarian as belong- ing to this species. It would be interesting, in the light of their descriptions of these two-species, to know just what Thom- son and Henderson consider to be the distinguishing characters of the genus Lithophytum. The zoological collection of the University of the Philippines contains a large number of specimens of shallow-reef Neph- thyide. These include among others one or two species of Dendronephthya,? 3 species and 3 varieties of Capnella (Light, 1914), a number of species of Lemnalia, and the common Para- lemnalia thrysoides (Ehrbg.) Ktikenthal (1913). The remain- der and by far the greater number of specimens belong to the genera Nephthya and Lithophytum. The majority of these show the heavy spiculation, the leathery cortex, the rather stiff colony, and the Stiitzbiindel of Nephthya. A few specimens, belonging to the 2 species described in this paper, have the characters of Lithophytum: the light spiculation of the cortex, the soft flaccid colony, the canal walls with few spicules, and the polyp with few spicules and without a Stiitzbiindel. In the 2 species of this type in our collection there are no polyp or branch spicules. Between these groups, however, are many forms with more or less intergrading characters. They range from forms which have the characters of Nephthya, but show a short indistinct Stiitzbiindel, through forms which in other characters agree to a greater or less extent with Lithophytum but which have an unmistakable Stiitzbtindel, to those forms which have all the other characters of Lithophytum but have on the abaxial sur- face of some or all the polyps one or more larger, longitudinally arranged spindle-shaped spicules, which we must consider a Stiitzbiindel. While some of these specimens are, to all appear- ances, more nearly related to Lithophytum than to Nephthya, yet in order to prevent the possibility of a return to the chaotic condition which has existed in the past with regard to the * Our large collection of Philippine Dendronephthya and Nephthya has been sent to Dr. W. Kiikenthal at Breslau. 0D, 1 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria, III 3 species of these two genera it is necessary to adhere strictly to the generic definition, which makes it impossible for any species having a Stiitzbiindel to belong to the genus Litho- phytum. Further a colony must be considered as having Sttitz- biindel if any of its polyps show on their abaxial surfaces an arrangement of one or more spicules, usually larger than those of the rest of the polyp, in the form of a median longitudinal bundle, which may or may not project beyond the surface of the polyp. The reason for this will be clear to anyone who has studied the stormy history of the genus Ammothea, now Litho- phytum, and of the genera Nephthya and Dendronephthya (formerly Spongodes) and has seen the almost endless variety of intergrading forms. Any definition of a Stiitzbiindel which leaves it to the opinion of the individual as to just when such a spicule arrangement becomes a “Stiitzbiindel” will lead to ‘confusion in determining whether or not one of these forms belongs to Nephthya or to Lithophytum. This matter has been admirably summed up by Shann (1912). While it is necessary for the reasons given above and in view of our present knowledge—or rather lack of knowledge—of the finer structure of the species of these genera to adhere, for the present at least, to what seems to be an artificial division of the species, it is to be earnestly hoped that other and more natural generic characters may be found on which the separation of the species of Nephthya and Lithophytum may be based. Until the present time no species of Lithophytum has been reported from the Philippines. This is another instance of the lack of knowledge of the Philippine Alcyonaria and particularly of the reef forms, which is so strikingly apparent in a review of the literature of the subject. The only extensive collection of Philippine Alcyonaria which has been reported on is the one made by the Challenger, and that is surprisingly lacking in reef forms. The collection made by the Albatross in Philippine wa- ters from 1908 to 1910 has not been reported, but it is very unlikely that it will contain any large number of reef forms. It is not surprising, therefore, that the two species of Lithophytum in our collection are new to science. Lithophytum philippinensis sp. nov. Plate I and text figure 1. The very long, flaccid, bushy or treelike colony, which reaches a height of from 200 to 300 millimeters, arises from a narrow base. The longitudinal lines marking the lines of junction of the outer canal walls and the stem cortex are especially distinct in the branches where the cortex is transparent. The colony A The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 may consist of a main stem, from which arise throughout its length numerous long branches, or it may consist of a number of stems arising from or near the base. The slender lateral and terminal lobes which are borne on the primary or secondary divisions of the main branches are cone-shaped in contracted specimens and nearly cylindrical in expanded colonies. They vary greatly in size and arrangement, reaching a length of about 20 millimeters in expanded specimens. The polyps are arranged singly or in little groups on the lobes and are not crowded in expanded specimens. They are from 0.6 to 1 mil- limeter in length and from 0.5 to 0.7 millimeter in diameter. The short thick tentacles make a right angle with the oral sur- face in expanded polyps and give them a flowerlike appearance. The tentacles average 0.4 millimeter in length and 0.15 milli- meter in width and bear on either side from 6 to 8 short, thick, Fic. 1. Spicules from the stem cortex of Litho- 5) phytum philippinensis sp. nov. X 112.5. rounded pinnules. The contracted polyps are club-shaped. and the tentacles are folded in over the edges of the oral surface, leaving a hollow in the center. The spicules of the stem cortex are straight or slightly curved, opaque white spindles covered with large, blunt, smooth or tuber- culated projections flattened in the line of the short axis of the spicule. These spicules form a scattered layer on the base and the stem, being absent in the branch cortex and in the polyps. They show a dark central axis and are from 0.2 to 0.45 milli- meter in length and from 0.025 to 0.04 millimeter in diameter. Scattered among these spindles are smaller, smoother, rod-shaped spicules with a few conical projections. The ends of all the spicules are more or less flattened and divided and receive branches from the central axis. The canals are numerous with very thin walls containing few, if any, spicules. They radiate from the center where their walls are fused and thickened to form a small central axis containing Dd Light: Philippine Alcyonaria, IIT 5 a few large spindles covered with small projections. These average 0.8 millimeter in length and 0.08 millimeter in diameter. The endoderm of the entire colony contains large numbers of zodxanthelle to which the color of the colony is due. In life the stem was light yellow or brown and the polypary greenish brown to green. These colors gradually fade out in formalin, leaving the stem white and the polypary yellow. Locality—Collected by Day in Little Baleteros Cove, Port Galera, Mindoro, and by Light from Port Galera Bay, Mindoro, and from Taytay Bay, Palawan, in from 1 to 3 meters on the shallow reefs. Type.—No. C. 246 in the zoélogical collection of the University of the Philippines. Systematic position.—In colony form this species is most like L. acutifolium Kiikenthal (1913), and in spiculation it is most like L. ramosum (Q. and G.). It differs from all other species of Lithophytum with the exception of L. ramosum and L. stuhl- manni (May) in that there are no spicules in the polyps and the cortex of the distal portion of the colony. The position and number of the lobes, the scarcity of the canal-wall spicules, and the fact that the spicules are all spindles and found only in the center of the stem effectually differentiate it from L. ramosum. From L. stuhlmanni it differs, among other things, in that its spicules are spindles only, while in L. stuhlmanni they are irregular forms, double stars, etc. I have 9 colonies of this form from the two widely separated habitats, all of which agree very closely with the description given above. As it is the most widely distributed form on the Philippine reefs, I have given it the specific name philippinensis. Lithophytum rigidum sp. nov. Plate II and text figures 2 and 3. The rather short, bushy colony consists of a number of cy- lindrical stems which arise from a narrow base and extend laterally and distally, reaching a length of from 75 to 100 milli- meters. These stems have a swollen fleshy appearance and a stiffness which keeps them in position. They are smooth in appearance, being covered in their middle and lower portions with a thin layer of numerous small spindles, but having no spicules in their upper portions nor on the branches, twigs, or polyps. The longitudinal line marking the points of junction of the outer canals and the stem cortex are very distinct in the upper portion of the colony, but are somewhat obscured by the spicules below. The branching is irregular. A few of the stems give off one or two short branches near the base, and most of 6 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 them divide in their distal por- tion into two or three short, dis- tally directed, main branches. These branches divide to form a number of lateral branches and one terminal branch, which bear the distally directed, single or compound, polyp-bearing catkins. In an expanded colony the catkins are about 9 milli- meters in length, and taper from a basal diameter of 3.5 milli- meters to a blunt point. The polyps which are tubular or club-shaped are from 0.4 to 0.7 millimeter in diameter just Fig. 2. Spicules from the stem cortex of below the tentacles and from Lithophytum rigidum sp. noy. X 112.5. 0.5 to 0.8 millimeter in length. When contracted, the tentacles are folded in around the edge of the oral surface, leaving a hollow in the center. When in a resting condition the tentacles extend in the direction of the long axis of the polyp, and when expanded they make a right angle with the long axis of the polyp. The tentacles are short and broad and give the ex- panded polyp a flowerlike appearance. There is a single row of from 6 to 8 short, thick, rounded pinnules on each side of each tentacle. The polyps arise close together on the catkins, singly or in little clumps, or in broken oblique whorls. The endoderm of the entire colony from the base to the tips of the pinnules contains many small unicellular alge, which appear under the microscope as tiny transparent or greenish spheres and which give the colony its peculiar greenish color in life. The spicules of the stem cortex are straight or slightly curved spindles covered with large somewhat irregular projections. The spindles are from 0.15 to 0.4 millimeter in length and from Fic. 8. A spindle from the canal wall of Lithonphytum rigidum sp. nov. X 47.3. Zo AOR AY Light: Philippine Alcyonaria, III re 0.02 to 0.04 millimeter in diameter in the cortex of the midstem and average about 0.3 millimeter in length. They have a dis- tinct central axis which extends into the projections. The pro- jections, which are bluntly conical or flattened in the line of the short axis of the spicule, reach a length at the center of the spicule of 0.025 millimeter and are usually flattened or divided in that region. The ends of these spicules are irregular and us- ually flattened and divided. Scattered among these larger spic- ules are a few small rod-shaped spicules bearing a few broadly cone-shaped projections near each end. These spicules average 0.07 millimeter in length and 0.01 millimeter in diameter. The canals of the stem radiate from the center, where there is a small central cavity between their converging walls. The larger canals are usually found near the center, and the peri- pheral canals are usually small. Those portions of the walls of the inner canals which lie near the center of the stem contain a few large slightly curved spindles and an occasional triradiate form covered with small closely crowded projections. The spindles reach a length of 0.8 millimeter and a diameter of 0.1 millimeter. In life the entire colony is green shading into light yellow on the stem and base. In formalin the green fades, leaving the polyp-bearing portion light yellow and the stems white. Locality.—Collected by Light from the shallow reefs in Taytay Bay, Palawan. Type.—No. C. 2097 in the zoological collection of the Univer- sity of the Philippines. This species agrees very closely with L. philippinensis in the size and shape of the spicules and in their distribution. The spicules are much more numerous in L. rigidum, however, than in L. philippinensis. Lithophytum rigidum differs from L. phil- ippinensis, also, in that its polyps are consistently smaller and in the form and consistency of the colony. This is not a dif- ference due to contraction as might be supposed, for I have had the opportunity of observing and collecting the living colonies of the two species and the difference is even more striking there than in the preserved material. The much longer and very flexible colonies of L. philippinensis are treelike with long slender branches and twigs, the whole colony waving with every current of water, while the colony of L. rigidum is short, bushy, and stiff, maintaining a fixed position; its stem and branches are short, thick, and plumply rounded and the polyp-bearing portion is mainly confined to the distal region of the colony. 8 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Had I seen but a single preserved colony of L. rigidum, I should probably have felt it necessary to consider it a variety of L. philippinensis, but I have a considerable series of specimens of each species, the individuals of which show characteristic and consistent differences and do not intergrade, and as I have seen the living colonies side by side where the differences are more marked it seems necessary to consider L. rigidum and L. phil- ippinensis to be distinct but closely related species of the genus Lithophytum. LITERATURE KUKENTHAL, W. Versuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien. II. Die Familie der Nephthyiden. 1 Theil. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. (1903), 19, 99-172. IpEM. Alcyonaria des Roten Meeres. Expedition S. M. Schiff “Pola” in das Rote Meer, nordliche und stidliche Halfte. Zool. Ergeb. (1913), 29. Licnt, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part I: The Philippine species of the genus Capnella. Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1918), 8, 435. SHANN, E. W. Observations on some Alcyonaria from Singapore, with a brief discussion on the classification of the family Nephthyidae. Proc. . Zool. Soc. London (1912), pt. 3. THOMSON and HENDERSON. Report on the Alcyonarians collected by the R. I. M. S. S. “Investigator” in the Indian Ocean. I. The Deep Sea Forms. Calcutta (1906). IppM. Ibid. II. The Alcyonaria of the Littoral Area. Calcutta (1910). ILLUSTRATIONS PLATE I. Lithophytum philippinensis sp. nov. X 2. II. Lithophytum rigidum sp. nov. X 1. TEXT FIGURES Fic. 1. Spicules from the stem cortex of Lithophytum philippinensis. x 112.5. 2. Spicules from the stem cortex of Lithophytum rigidum. X 112.5. 3. A spindle from the canal wall of Lithophytum rigidum. X 47.3. 9 plete NL Lats os ahi anetbn a Hi € Yeathe, ste ich apart eel) panes, hot eee a ce es Tela piitrald age any any Re tee ans ee oN, AMR ts at reed ACOA AN eae, nai Piet oe Leela’ 4 hes nutes Seach $0 pa etac) mia od fort ae rere aresaiafin dete ea aid te: LIGHT: PHILIPPINE ALCYoNaRIA, III.] [Pui. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 1. PLATE 1. LITHOPHYTUM PHILIPPINENSIS SP. NOV, Licht: PHILIPPINE ALCYONARIA, III.] [Puw. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 1. PLATE Il. LITHOPHYTUM RIGIDUM SP. NOV. THE HABITS OF SOME TROPICAL CRUSTACEA: II By R. P. Cowes (From the Department of Zodlogy, College of Liberal Arts, University of the Philippines) THREE PLATES AND 2 TEXT FIGURES FEEDING HABITS OF ATYA MOLLUCCENSIS AND CARIDINA SPECIES At least one species of the genus Atya and several species of the genus Caridina are found in the fresh-water streams of the Philippine Islands, but these crustaceans are of almost no com- mercial value, although they are sometimes eaten when food is very scarce. Their habits, however, are very interesting, and I consider it worth while to publish my observations along this line, especially since the accounts published for other species are somewhat at variance. Both genera are characterized by the possession of remarkable chelze (pincers) on the first and second legs, and to these struc- tures various functions have been ascribed. The peculiarly shaped chelz are provided with dense groups of hairs, which when the chelz are closed remind one of a wet camel’s hair brush from which the excess water has been pressed so that the tip is pointed. Some observers of Atya have seen these brushes, when the fingers were open, spread out into the form of a fan under which condition they acted as a sieve to catch minute organisms. On the closure of the fingers the fan was seen to assume the form of a brush, closing around the food and compressing it into a pellet, which was passed to the mouth with great rapidity. Also it has been stated that members of the family Atyidz use the brushes in sweeping up minute particles of food from the mud, and one observer states that the chele are used for digging burrows. Finally, it has been suggested that it is highly prob- able that all species of the family Atyideze use the bunches of hairs in the form of fanlike sieves for food gatherers as de- scribed above. I have had the opportunity of collecting atyas from a moun- tain stream near Manila and caridinas from streams in different parts of the Philippine Islands. Also I have observed the feed- ing habits of atyas in aquaria and of caridinas both in their natural habitat and in captivity. All the species of Caridina 11 12 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 and Atya that I have observed use the first and second legs as feeding organs, but in the two genera they are used in a different manner, and this difference seems to be correlated to some extent with their difference in habitat. Atya molluccensis de Haan, which is the only species of this genus I have collected in the Philippines, is found in abundance in mountain streams several hundred feet above the sea level, but an occasional specimen is sometimes seen in the streams of the lowlands. Individuals of this species and probably of other species of the genus are found clinging to roots, twigs, grass, ete., in their natural habitat, and this tendency is one of their striking characteristics. In aquaria supplied with running water they show the same tendency, and it is almost as marked in still water. They crawl rapidly when taken out of water, but even the same clinging habit is seen when a suitable object presents itself. The animal seems to be uneasy when there is Fig. 2. Atya molluccensis de Haan. Left first leg, outer aspect, showing chela turned backward for ap- plication to the mouth. X 3.5. Fic. 1. Atya molluccensis de Haan. Left first leg, outer aspect. X 3.5. nothing to hold on to, but this uneasiness disappears, even when the atya is removed from water, if it is so placed that it can cling to a finger or to anything of similar shape. In general, Atya molluccensis lives in rather swiftly moving, shaded streams where it is necessary for it to cling to roots, etc., in order to prevent its being swept away. As a rule it does not seem to spend much of its time crawling on the bottom and probably does not feed in the mud. I have kept this species in an aqua- rium with and without a mud bottom and in both cases with and without running water, for many months. Never have I seen a specimen feeding in the mud or sweeping organisms off of water plants. In still water they either attach themselves to some root or twig or search for a hole or crevice to protect themselves and remain still without feeding. In a running- water aquarium, however, they find the entering point of the water, seek an object to cling to, and arrange their bodies so as to head upstream. When settled in this position, they are un- doubtedly under conditions very similar to those of their natural xD Cowles: Tropical Crustacea, II 13 habitat. Then begins the interesting process of feeding which was first described by Fritz Miiller: for Atyoida potimirim ? (now known as Atya potimirim). The method as observed by me is as follows: Usually, as soon as the atya becomes settled, the first and second pairs of legs are extended anteriorly, the chele—4 in all—open, and the brushes of hairs spread out so as to make wide open, almost funnel-shaped strainers, whose larger open ends are directed toward the stream. Each chela has 2 strainers, making 8 strainers in all. When a pair of strainers has collected enough food, the chela is closed, the hairs become grouped into a single brush, the chela turns backward on its basal end as an -axis through almost 180°, and finally the brush of hairs is applied to the mouth where the food is extracted. The maneuver last described is executed very quickly, in less than half a second, and when it is completed the chela returns to its former position and opens and the strainer begins to perform its function again. The other strainers when filled are handled in the same way. There seems to be no regularity in the order in which the chele are brought to the mouth, it depends apparently upon the rapidity with which the strainers collect the food. A micro- scopic examination of the hairs of the strainers shows that each has finer hairs growing from it and they probably interlace, thus increasing the collecting power of the strainers. In con- clusion, then, Atya molluccensis is, primarily at least, a feeder on small organisms or other finer particles of food which are floating in the water, and judging from observations of the feeding and other habits of the animal in its natural habitat, it is probable that the method described above is the only one used. The species of Caridina which | have collected have not been identified, but I find that they all have similar habits. They occur in springs, shallow streams, and lakes in the Philippines and like the species of Atya are good crawlers. The first and second legs are somewhat similar to the same structures in the genus Atya, except that the chele have a dif- ferent form and the hairs are shorter and less numerous. In all my observations of these crustaceans, both in the field and in captivity, I have never seen the hairs spread out to form a strainer, nor have I seen these animals taking advantage of the * Kosmos. Stuttgart (1881), 9, 117. *I am much indebted to Dr. W. T. Calman, of the British Museum, for a copy of Miiller’s paper. 14 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 current of water for feeding purposes. If specimens of Atya and Caridina are put in the same running-water aquarium with mud in the bottom, the difference in the behavior is striking. The specimens of Atya seek the current and after attaching themselves to some object remain quiet for long intervals while feeding with their strainers; but the specimens of Caridina apparently disregard the current and begin to crawl about ac- tively over the muddy bottom. During this time the latter are engaged in feeding, which consists of slightly opening the brushes of hairs, sweeping them over mud and other objects, and then applying them to the mouth. They are certainly mud-feeders, although they undoubtedly brush many small or- ganisms off of stones and sticks and alge, grasses, and other plants. When placed in dishes of water with no mud in the bottom, but with a supply of algz and other water plants, they usually attach themselves to the plants, when hungry, crawling gradually about and sweeping off the organisms, since this is the only place they can obtain their food. I have not observed this method of feeding in the natural habitat; there, the cari- dinas are usually found on the bottom of the stream feeding according to the first method. There seems then to be a distinct difference in the feeding habits of the species of Atya and Caridina found in the Philip- pines, although the first and second legs in the two genera are guite similar in structure. I have never seen specimens of either genus digging burrows with their first and second legs, nor in fact have I ever seen them make burrows in any way. HABITS OF MYCTIRIS LONGICARPUS LATREILLE The interesting genus Myctiris contains only 2 well-defined species, Myctiris longicarpus Latreille* and Myctiris platycheles Milne-Edwards,‘ both of which inhabit the islands of the Pacific. Up to the present time only Myctiris longicarpus has been taken in the Philippines. The zodlogical department is indebted to Dr. L. E. Griffin for specimens from Bantayan, a small island off the northwest coast of Cebu; to Mr. W. Schultze for speci- mens from Iwahig, on the eastern coast of Palawan; and to Mr. José Laki for a large collection from Taytay, Palawan, where I have studied the habits of these crustaceans. All of these localities are in the Philippine Islands. Myctiris longicarpus is not a land crab. It is never seen at “Milne-Edwards, Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés (1887), 2, 37. ‘Ann. Sci. Nat. (1852), 18, 154. X,D,1 Cowles: Tropical Crustacea, II 15 Taytay along the beach in such regions as are inhabited by Ocypoda. In fact I have never seen Myctiris longicarpus except at low tide, and then only at a considerable distance seaward from the high-tide mark on exposed sand flats. When the tide is low and the sand flats are uncovered, this Myctiris makes its appearance in bands of almost countless individuals. They move about like diminutive armies, reminding one somewhat of the habits of certain species of fiddler crabs, but as soon as the tide begins to flood they disappear, and I have never been able to see them on the bottom, even with the aid of a water glass, until the sand flats became exposed again. — While Myctiris longicarpus is quite inconspicuous at a dis- tance of from 12 to 15 meters, it is very striking in appearance at close range. The body, which is almost spherical in shape and grayish blue in color, is of about the size of a large cherry. The light-colored legs, including the chelipeds, are set rather close to the body and are curved to conform with the spherical shape of the animal. If one is fortunate enough to get close to a group of these crabs, it is seen that while the individuals seem to be scrambling along in a rather awkward and aimless manner, they all are headed in the same general direction and are moving forward as a unit. Sometimes, however, the group becomes separated into two, after which each group may move in a different direction. So far as I have been able to make out, these crustaceans do not eat either dead or live crabs or fish. During their migrations over the sand flats they are continually scooping up sand with their chelipeds and smearing it over the mouth parts. Undoubt- edly the latter manipulate the sand so as to extract the food, and it is highly probable that Myctiris lives on the minute or- ganisms and possibly minute pieces of decaying matter found on: the surface of the sand flats. The most remarkable part of the behavior of Myctiris is the rapidity with which it disappears when disturbed. An observer may approach sometimes within from 6 to 10 meters of a group of individuals (Plate II, fig. 1), when suddenly they seem to sink into the sand. The disappearance seldom takes more than two or three seconds and even by running one usually fails to reach the group before it has disappeared. Occasionally, however, when the sun is obscured and the approach is made carefully and slowly, the observer may get close enough to watch the migration and feeding. Then if a quick movement is made or 16 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 the sand is sharply stamped with the foot the disappearance begins. Almost simultaneously each individual ceases feeding and begins to dig with the legs of one side at the same time rotating so that the digging follows a spiral. The result is that a circular mound covering the crab is soon thrown up which usually has a small hole in the center of it, but this hole is quickly closed by wet sand pushed up from below (Plate III, figs. 1 to 3). As all of this is done within two or three seconds, it is evident that they work very rapidly. The individuals of a group of feeding crabs are usually packed together so that they touch one another, and since they dig down where they are when they stop feeding the circular mounds interfere with one another, producing a large patch of disturbed sand in which the individual mounds are almost.indistinguishable (Plate II, fig. 2). These patches of turned up sand are often very conspic- uous when surrounded by the smooth surface of sand left by the receding tide. If the observer waits for a few minutes with- out moving, a few individuals of the sunken group make their appearance by digging themselves out along the line of a spiral and moving away to form a little group of their own or joining large groups some distance away. More little groups from the buried army appear at intervals and do the same or join with one another. In Plate II, fig. 3, is seen a vertical section made through the mound of a single individual and it shows the little spherical cavity which the myctiris makes after it gets below the surface. I was unable to determine whether or not this cavity filled with air really remains in the natural habitat after the tide has risen and covered the sand flat, but judging from the results obtained in attempting to reproduce such a condition in the laboratory it seems possible. Several specimens of Myc-’ tiris were placed in a receptacle half-filled with wet sand taken from the sand flats. After they had dug down and had been allowed enough time to make cavities, the receptacle was filled with water. Later in the day I dug down in the sand at a place where a crab was supposed to be and in so doing released the crab and a large bubble of air. The latter undoubtedly filled the cavity occupied by the myctiris and was held in place by the firmly packed sand surrounded on all sides by water. Fig. 1. Fig. Fie. Fig. of COD ILLUSTRATIONS PLATE I (Drawings by Castro) Caridina sp. A female with eggs from Sisiman, near Mariveles, Bataan Province, Luzon. X 3. . Atya molluccensis de Haan. A female without eggs from Sisiman, near Mariveles, Bataan Province, Luzon. December. 1.5. The spines on the third, fourth, and fifth legs vary in number. . Atya molluccensis de Haan. A female from Sisiman, Bataan Province, Luzon. Drawn from a living specimen. X 2. a, hairs on chelipeds, enlarged. This figure shows the methods of feeding of Atya when there is a stream of water. PLATE II. MYCTIRIS LONGICARPUS LATREILLE (Photographs by Cowles) . A band of crabs on a tide flat. . A portion of a tide flat, showing piles of sand above the burrows of Myctiris. . A vertical median section of a burrow. PLATE III. MYCTIRIS LONGICARPUS LATREILLE (Photographs by Cowles) . A crab partly covered with sand. . The mound of sand above a hole. . The mound of sand above a hole, the entrance completely closed. . Dorsal view of Myctiris. . Front view of Myctiris. TEXT FIGURES ~ (Drawings by Cowles) . Atya molluccensis de Haan. Left first leg, outer aspect. > 3.5. . Atya molluccensis de Haan. Left first leg, outer aspect, showing chela turned backward for application to the mouth. x 3.5. 1323992 17 edly Met a ibe anni ath Beye wat: sh Guage mi Here ett aA Wah) ei ‘iit Prop) CowLes: TROPICAL CRustTACcEA, II.] [PuHtL. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 1. Fig. 1. Caridina sp. A female with eggs. Fig. 2. Atya molluccensis de Haan. A female without eggs. Fig. 3. Atya molluccensis de Haan. A female. a, hairs on chelipeds, enlarged. PLATE lI. * “4 coe | = \ oe. i . oY CowLes: TROPICAL CRUSTACEA, II.] [Pum. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 1. Fig. 1. A band of crabs on a tide flat. Fig. 3. A vertical median section of a burrow. PLATE Il. MYCTIRIS LONGICARPUS LATREILLE. CowLes: TROPICAL CRUSTACEA, II.] [PuHin. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 1. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 5. PLATE III. MYCTIRIS LONGICARPUS LATREILLE. NEUE KAFER VON DEN PHILIPPINEN: II * Von K. M. HELLER (Kgl. Zoologisches und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museum, Dresden, Germany) MIT 12 FIGUREN IM TEXT Da mir ausser dem Material des Bureau of Science in Manila in gleich dankenswerter und liberaler Weise auch die Sammeler- gebnisse des Herrn C. F. Baker, Professor fiir Agronomie an der Universitat der Philippinen in Los Banos, zur Verfiigung gestellt wurden, bin ich in der Lage einen weiteren Beitrag zu der erwahnten Inselfauna zu geben. Es ist vorlaufig nur ein Teil der mir tiberwiesenen neuen Arten, die hier charakterisiert werden, die tibrigen gehéren meist kleinen Formen an, die noch eines sorgfaltigen Studiums bediirfen; doch hoffe ich, dass in nicht all zu ferner Zeit ein 3. Beitrag wird folgen konnen. Den erfolgreichen, eifrigen Sammlern sei aber auch an dieser Stelle der Dank fiir die coleopterologische Erforschung der phi- lippinischen Fauna ausgesprochen, die, allem Anscheine nach, einen grossen, noch zu hebenden Formenreichtum in sich biret. Es sind folgende neue Arten, die hier beschrieben werden: HISTERIDA 1. Trypeticus longicollis. 2. Epiechinus lagune. EUCNEMIDA 38. Semnodema bakeri. CURCULIONID4) 4. Styanax luzonicus. 11. Endymia apicalis. 5. Nanophyes (s. str.) proles. 12. Idotasia paucisquamosa. 6. Nanophyes neuter. 13. Mecopus bakert. 7. Nanophyes discoidalis. 14. Lobotrachelus gentilis. 8. Nanophyes (Corimalia) varicolor. 15. Otidognathus elegans sericopla- 9. Apoderus (Cyanotrachelus) led- gia. yardi. 16. Protocerius rufifrons. 10. Cronus (Stereonychus) reitteri. ANTHRIBID As 17. Mecocerina guttata jordant. * Proof read by W. Schultze and C. F. Baker. 19 20 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 CERAMBYCIDAi 18. Epania (?) longicollis. 25. Oberea flavoterminata. 19. Pharsaha truncatipennis. 26. Oberea albocuspis. 20. Oberea erythrostoma. 27. Oberea balinez. 21. Oberea melanostoma. 28. Oberea punctiventris. 22. Oberea schadenbergi. 29. Oberea micholhiizi. 23. Oberea quianga. 30. Oberea mimetica. 24. Oberea makilingi. HISTERIDA 1. Trypeticus longicollis sp. nov. Fig. 1, 1a. Cylindricus, niger, nitidus; fronte planiuscula, elevato-mar- ginata, rostro apice simplici, paulo incurvato, vertice in medio foveolato; prothorace elytris longioribus, sat fortiter, ante den- sius punctato, linea mediana levi, apice subcarinulata, maxima latitudine ad angulos anticos, sulco laterali ante evanescenti; elytris thoracis basi aequilatis, apice singulis rotundatis, basi oblique truncatis, praesertim apicem versus prothorace subtilius punctatis; propygidio pygidioque rude, hic creberrime punctatis; prosterno irregulariter parceque punctato, sulco laterali ante abbre- viato; mesosterno sulcis lateralibus latiori- bus, parallelis ac plus distantibus; femoribus anticis subter tri-, tibiis anticis quinque- dentatis. Fic- pete long- Long., 2.8; lat., 0.8 mm. eit LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker). Cylindrisch, glanzend schwarz, Fiihler, Beine und der Seiten- rand der Decken in der hinteren Halfte schwarzlichrotbraun. Stirn in der Mitte kaum merklich eingedriickt, sehr fein, vorn verschwindend punktiert, erhaben umrandet, hinten durch eine gerade Querleiste begrenzt, vorn mit einfacher kaum aufgeboge- ner Spitze, Scheitel zerstreut punktiert, mit groésserem Punkt- griibchen in der Mitte. MHalsschild langer als die Fliigeldecken, an den stumpfen Vorderecken am breitesten, die Seiten leicht konkay, die Mittellinie 12 mal so lang wie die Basis breit ist, Oberseite kraftig, vorn dichter punktiert, in der Basalhalfte mit undeutlicher glatter Mittellinie, im vorderen Sechstel mit schwacher Medianleiste. Die stumpf verrundeten Vorderecken mit Griibcheneindruck, die Seitenrandfurche kraftig, vorn er- loschend. Fliigeldecken so breit wie die Halsschildbasis, die hautig gesaumten Spitzen einzeln abgerundet, tiberall, aber na- mentlich nach hinten zu, feiner punktiert als der Halsschild, ein hinter der Schulter beginnender bis zur Deckenhalfte nach hinten reichender breiter Streifen glatt. Propygidium kaum, Pygidium rD, 1 Heller: Kéfer von den Philippinen 21 deutlich grober und viel dichter punktiert wie der Spitzenteil der Decken. Prosternum vorn und hinten abgestutzt, am Vorder- rand etwas breiter als am Hinterrande, mit parallelen im vor- deren Viertel abgekiirzten Seitenrandfurchen, fein zerstreut punktiert. Mesosternum noch weitlaufiger punktiert, mit weiter von einander abstehenden Seitenrandfurchen. MHinterbrust mit Mittelfurche. Abdomen ziemlich kraftig punktiert, Intercoxal- fortsatz des ersten Sternites jederseits mit Langsfurche, letztes Abdominalsternit am Basalrand breit glatt. Vorderschenkel unterseits drei-, die Vorderschienen aussen ftinf-zahnig. Mit T. grouvelli eine der kleinsten Arten der Gattung und durch den langen, vorn verbreiterten Halsschild und die einfache Spitze des Rostrums ausgezeichnet. 2. Epiechinus lagune sp. nov. Fig. 2. Ex affinitate E. birmani Lewis, niger, rotundatus, seriatim ochraceo-tomentosus; antennis, articulo primo, majore, nigro, excepto, ferrugineis; vertice carinula me- diana, fronte carinula laterali antrorsum convergente, apice bifida, ochraceo-setosis; prothorace fortiter punctato, utrinque sulcis duabus, latis, glabris, carinulis tribus, se- tosis, determinatis; elytris striato-punctatis, punctis ad basin majoribus, sutura spatiisque alternatis, angustioribus, carinulatis ac se- figs! Y aS eee 2 ‘ bs Fic. 2. Epiechinus lagu- tosis; prosterno simili ut in EK. birmano bica- new Sp. NOV. rinato, mesosterno medio haud, ad basin in medio vix, metasterno ad apicem distincte foveolatis; tibiis an- ticis margine externo subangulato, remote setoso. Long., 1.7; lat., 1.4 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Bafios (C. F. Baker). Matt schwarz, die streifenartig erhabene Naht glanzend, Kopf, Halsschild, an den Seiten und die Fliigeldecken mit Reihen von schmutziggelben, aufgerichteten Schuppenborstchen, Fiihler und Tarsan rotlichbraun. Kopf zwischen den Fiihlern mit vorn ab- gektirzter, beborsteter Mittelleiste, unterhalb dieser beiderseits auf der Stirn je eine schrag nach innen gerichtete, vorn gega- belte, ebenso beborstete Leiste. Erstes Glied der Fiihler, lang- lich viereckig, so dick wie die Keule, 3.-6. Glied der Geissel quer, Keule sehr wenig linger als dick. Halsschild mehr als doppelt so breit wie lang, entfernt grob punktiert, beiderseits parallel zum Seitenrande mit 2 breiten, tiefen, glatten Furchen deren 4ussere an der Spitze nach innen gebogen ist, und die durch feine beborstete Leisten begrenzt sind. Fliigeldecken breiter als D2 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 lang, ihr Seitenrand zur Aufnahme der Hinterschenkel etwas ausgerandet, mit entfernten an der Basis gréberen, gereihten Punkten, neben der Naht und das 2., 4., 6., 8., und 10. Spatium in der Mitte mit beborsteter Lingsleiste. Vorderbrust dhnlich wie bei H. birmanus, jederseits mit nach vorn konvergierender Langsleiste. Mittel- und Hinterbrust jedoch von abweichender Bildung, namentlich die Mittelbrust in der Mitte ohne Griibchen (siehe Abbildung). EUCNEMIDZA 3. Semnodema bakeri sp. nov. Fig. 3. Ex affinitate S. aucti Bonv., nigrum, capite prothoraceque subtiliter parceque griseo- elytris nigro-tomentosis, his lateribus ante medium macula subquadrata alba (calva, in- pigmentata) ; capite creberrime punctato, antice impresso, vertice carinato; antennis articulis 3-10. flabellatis; prothorace latitudine perpaulo longiore, lateribus parallelis, basi impressionibus quatuor oblongis, ad basin confluentibus, interioribus major- ibus, disco impressione oblonga postrorsum lineatim attenuato-producta, utrinque altera rotundata, ely- tris usque ad medium substriatis, reliquis estriatis, subtilissime punctatis; pedibus nigris, tarsorum vel ae is articulo ultimo rufo. sp. nov. Long., 11; lat., 3 mm. LUZON, mons Maquiling (C. F. Baker). Aus der Verwandtschaft des Semnodema auctum Bonv.,' glanzend schwarz, fein und sparlich tomentiert, jede Decke an den Seiten, etwas vor der Mitte, mit einem langlich viereckigen Fleck. Kopf dicht punktiert, Stirn vorn im Apicalwinkel einge- driickt, ohne Scheitel mit kurzer Mittelleiste. Halsschild wenig breiter als die Mittellinie lang ist, etwas vor der Mitte auf der Scheibe mit ovalem, nach hinten furchenartig verlangertem Langseindruck und die Wurzel mit 2 am Grunde zusammenflies- *Fleutiaux erwahnt in den Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1897), 41, 258, ein Exemplar von S. auctum Bony. aus dem k. Mus. Berlin von Sumatra (Deli) mit weissem Lateralfleck der Decken, das er mit einem Sttick aus Engano, im Museum in Genua, verglichen hat und von diesem artlich nicht zu unter- scheiden vermag und, trotzdem Bonvouloir nichts von weissen Seitenflecken erwahnt schon friiher auch als S. auctum bestimmt hat. Es lage daher die Vermutung nahe, dass das hier beschriebene S. bakeri, mit weissem Lateral- fleck, auch dieser Form von auctum zuzurechnen ist. Die wesentlichen Sculpturunterschiede, namentlich des Halsschildes, zwingen jedoch zur An- nahme einer besonderen Art. Was die geographische Verbreitung der nunmehr bekannten Arten betrifft, so ist sie demnach folgende: RD, 1 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 23 senden Langseindriicken, von denen der innere tiefer und fast bis zur Halsschildmitte verlingert ist, ausserdem fast in einer Querlinie mit dem Discoidaleindruck, nur wenig nach vorn verschoben, je mit einem rurnden, flachen Eindruck. Fliigel- decken nur in der Basalhalfte mit feinen Streifen, tiberall fein und dicht punktiert, jeder Punkt mit feinem schwarzen Harchen, der weisse Seitenfleck reicht bis zum 4. Langsstreifen nach innen und nahe bis zum Seitenrand nach aussen. Beine schwarz, letztes Tarsenglied dunkel rot. CURCULIONIDA® 4, Styanax ? luzonicus sp. nov.’ Aterrimus, St. anthracino brevior, vertice sulco mediano, ma- nifeste setoso-squamoso; prothorace oblongo, lateribus paulo rotundatis, granoso; scutello subovato; elytris prothorace latio- ribus, parallelis latitudine sesqui longioribus, seriato-foveatis, foveis lateralibus oblongo-rectangularibus, spatiis granulis, mag- nitudine diversa, interrupte seriatis; femoribus breviusculis, subter minutissime dentatis, posticis sternito quarto abdominali superantibus. Long., 11; lat., 4.8 mm. LUZON, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F. Baker). Kleiner wie die von mir in der Ent. Zeitg., Stettin (1908), 135, beschriebene St. anthracinus, sowie diese glanzend schwarz, mit parallelseitigen, aber viel kiirzeren Fliigeldecken. Riissel grob gekornelt punktiert, mit kurzer Dorsalleiste und zwischen den Augen mit glanzend glatter Makel, von ungefahr halber Augengrosse. Scheitel mit spdarlichen, nach vorn gerichteten, braunlichroten Borstenschiippchen (bei St. anthracinus mit feinen gelblichen Harchen). MHalsschild langer als breit, an der Basis gerade abgestutzt und erhaben gerandet, daselbst kaum merklich schmA@ler als in der Mitte, die ganze Oberseite maul- Semnodema flabellicorne Bonv., Borneo (Sarawak). Semnodema harmandi Fleut., Mém. Soc. zool. France (1896), 297, Siam (Lakhon). Semnodema loriai Fleut., Ann. Mus. Genova (1896), 36, 601; Nordost Neuguinea. Semnodema auctum Bony., Malacca, N. O. Sumatra (Deli), Engano. Semnodema ornatum Fleut., Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. (1897), 41, 259, N. O. Sumatra (Deli). Semnodema bakeri sp. nov., Philippinen (Luzon). Semnodema resplendens Fleut., Notes Leyd. Mus. (1896), 18, 156, W. Sumatra (Tapanuli). * Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc. (1871), 164. *Vergl. die synoptische Arttabelle: Ent. Zeitg., Stettin (1908), 136. 24 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 beerartig gekornt. Schildchen langlich, sowie der Basalrand des Halsschildes mit weisslichen Borsten bedeckt. Fliigeldecken 14 mal so lang wie breit, grubig gereiht punktiert, an den Seiten die Gruben langlich viereckig, breiter als die Spatien, diese mit ungleich grossen, hie und da unterbrochenen Kornerreihen, 2. Spatium nahe der Wurzel mit einem langlichen, gekérntem Hocker und zu Beginn des Deckenabsturzes mit grésseren Kor- nern, das 4. Spatium weiter hinten mit eben solchen. Decken- spitze ganzrandig. Unterseite sparlich mit gekriimmten, weisslichen Schuppenborstchen bedeckt. Beine relativ kurz, Hinterschenkel das 4. Bauchsternit kaum tUberragend, alle Schenkel mit kleinem, spitzem, unter den Borsten verstektem Zahne. Genus Nanophyes Schoénherr In Wytsmans Genera Insectorum haben die Nanophyine 1909 von A. Bovie eine Bearbeitung gefunden. In der dort gegebenen Gattungscharakteristik werden die Fiihler mit 5-gliederiger Geis- sel angegeben, obwohl F. Pascoe bereits 1883 in den Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. V, 12, 94, zwei Arten, eine aus Borneo (N. finitus) und eine aus Celebes (N. concretus) mit 6-gliederiger Geissel beschrieben hat und diese Arten auch in Bovies Artaufzahlung angefiihrt werden. Sehr auffallend ist ferner, dass von friiheren Autoren, wie Schonherr, Lacordaire, Bedel, Redtenbacher und Brisout, ein, wie ebenfalls schon Pascoe erwahnt, auch bei euro- paischen Arten (UN. siculus, globulus, posticus etc.) vorkommen- des Merkmal unerwahnt geblieben ist; es sind dies die ausser- gewohnlich verlangerten Trochanteren, deren Spitze die Schen- kel gleichsam angefiigt sind. Ob es sich, wie Pascoe annimmt, nur um eine starke Abschntirung der Schenkel handelt, scheint mir noch fraglich. Die 4 mir von den Philippinen bekannt gewordenen Arten zeigen alle das Merkmal der Schenkelabschniirung und 2 Arten, wie aus der folgenden Ubersicht hervorgeht, auch eine 6-gliede- rige Geissel. a. Klauen in der Basalhalfte verschmolzen. b*. Fiihlergeissel mit 5 Gliedern, ktirzer als die 3-gliederige Keule. Comuluigeld eckenmoanZisc lit et rz tereeesse sees een nee N. proles. c’. Fligeldecken vorwiegend dunkel rot.........................--.---- N. discoidalis. ora Huhlergeissellimaity 6" Glied erriticscceecccesscess corse eres merece N, neuter. a’, Klauen frei, Geissel mit 6 Gliedern, Keule nicht lose gegliedert. N. varicolor. Fur die Arten mit freien Klauen ist von Des Gozis die Gattung Gorimalia geschaffen worden, so dass demnach varicolor dort- GMD, 2 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 95 hin zu stellen ware, wie ich angebe, doch unterscheidet sie sich von ihr durch die Zahl der Geisselglieder. 5. Nanophyes (s. str.) proles sp. nov. Fig. 4, antenna. Niger, antennarum scapo trochanteribusque fulvis, prothorace subtilissime, elytris fascia obliqua humerali ad suturae medium currente trienteque parte apicali distinctius griseo-pilosis. Long., 2; lat., 1.1 mm. LuzON, Laguna, Los Banos et mons Maquiling (C. F. Baker). Den N. rufipes Motsch.* sehr ahnlich, aber die Beine mit Ausnahme der langen, gelben Trochanteren ganz schwarz, das letzte Keulenglied langer und mehr zugespitzt. Riissel 14 mal so lang wie der Halsschild, beiderseits mit 2 weisslich behaarten Dorsalfurchen, von welchen die innere nur bis zur Riisselhalfte, die 4ussere weiter nach vorn reicht und daselbst in Punktreihen aufgelost ist, Mittellinie leisten- formig. Fiihler vor der Mitte des Riissels eingefiigt, der Schaft und das 1. Geisselglied braunlichgelb, das 2. Geisselglied etwas kiirzer als das erste, 4. und 5. kugelig, Keule langer als die Geissel, diese Fies. 4-7. Fiihler von Nanophyes. 4. Nanophyes proles sp. nov. 5. Nano- lose gegliedert, ihr 1. und 2. Glied phyes neuter sp. nov. 6. Nanophyes discoidalis sp. nov. 7. Nanophyes (Corimalia) varicolor sp. nov. kugelig, das letzte dreimal so lang wie dick, konisch zugespitzt. } Halsschild konisch, an der Wurzel deutlich breiter als lang (2:3.6), sehr fein zerstreut punktiert, jeder Punkt mit nach ‘vorn gerichtetem Harchen. Fliigeldecken an der Spitze einzeln abgerundet, Basalrand fein erhaben und gekerbt, Streifen kraf- tig, eine breite von der Schulter in schwachem Bogen nach hinten auf die Naht zu gerichtete Binde, sowie das Spitzendrittel der Decken fein grau, im tbrigen schwdarzlich behaart. Beine schwarz, fein grau behaart, Schenkel mit einem feinen Dorn, Klauen in der Basalhalfte verschmoltzen. 6. Nanophyes neuter sp. nov. Fig. 5, antenna. Praecedenti (N. proles) subsimilis, sed major, rostro longiore, niger, antennarum scapo, funiculi, sex-articulato, articulis duo- * Mir liegt ein Exemplar, das von J. Faust als N. rufipes Motsch. bestimmt ist und aus Ceylon von Dr. Dohrn stammt, vor; es steht in keinem Wider- spruch zur folgenden Diagnose Motschulskys: Statura N. lythri, sed niger. Oblongus, convexus, nitidus, elytris antice utringue fascia nebulosa, pedibus rufis, geniculis paulo infuscatis. Long., 3/41.; lat., 1/41. 96 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 bus basalibus trochanteribusque fulvis; elytris griseo, plaga magna dorsali, fere glabra subtilissime nigro-, pedibus parce griseo-pilosis; femoribus trispinosis. Long., 2.5; lat., 1.7 mm. LUZON, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F'. Baker). Grosser als N. proles, schwarz, fein grau behaart, Decken in der Mitte mit einer grossen gemeinsamen, bis zum 6. Streifen nach aussen reichenden, nur dusserst fein schwarz behaarten Makel. Fiihlerschaft, sowie das 1. und 2. Geisselglied und die Trochanteren, braunlichgelb. Riissel fast doppelt so lang wie der Halsschild, beiderseits mit 2, nahe bis zur Spitze reichenden Punktstreifen und glatter, ziemlich breiter Mittelleiste, die Wur- zel spdrlich weiss behaart. Fiihlergeissel 6-gliederig, die Keule deutlich (nicht lose) 4-gliederig, gestreckt, so lang wie die ersten 3 Geisselglieder zusammen. MHalsschild konisch, an der Basis fast doppelt so breit wie in der Mittellinie lang, sehr fein und weitlaufig punktiert, jeder Punkt mit feinem nach vorn gerich- tetem Harchen. Fliigeldecken viel feiner als bei N. proles ge- streift, die Streifen an den Seiten verschwindend, tiberall fein greis behaart, die Haare normal orientiert. Schenkel mit einem grosserem Dorn und 2 kleineren Dornen. 7. Nanophyes discoidalis sp. nov. Fig. 6, antenna. Niger, subtiliter griseo-pilosus, elytris plaga magna, subcor- data communi, stria quinta determinata, rufa; antennis scapo fulvo, funiculo quinque-, clava laxe tri-articulatis, articulo se- cundo rotundato; femoribus trispinosis, spinis duabus distalibus minutissimis; tarsis unguiculis brevibus basi connatis. Long.) 2-2)-lats, dA mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker). Schwarz, fein weisslich behaart, der Fiihlerschaft gelbbraun, eine grosse den Decken gemeinsame und diese mit Ausnahme der Wurzel und des Seitenrandes fast ganz einnehmende Makel rot. Riissel spdrlich weiss behaart, ziemlich dick, und beim Mannchen so lang wie der Halsschild. Fiihler mit 5-gliederiger Geissel, die Keule lose drei-gliederig, langer als die 5 vorher- gehenden Geisselglieder, ihr 2. Glied kugelig, sehr wenig langer als dick. Halsschild konisch, an der Basis breiter als lang (5:3), etwas entfernt und fein punktiert, jeder Punkt mit fei- nem, nach vorn gerichtetem Haar. Fliigeldecken fein gestreift, das 1. Spatium breiter als die Naht, die schwarze Deckenbasis und der schwarze Seitenrand deutlicher sparlich behaart als die rote Scheibenmakel, die den gréssten Teil der Decken ein- nimmt und am Vorderrande ausgebuchtet ist. Schenkel und Korperunterseite ziemlich lang, anliegend weiss behaart, erstere =D; 1 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen Or mit einem grosseren proximalen Dorn und 2 kleinen distalen Dornen. Tarsen mit 2 kurzen, an der Wurzel verwachsenen Klauen. 8. Nanophyes (Corimalia) varicolor sp. nov. Fig. 7, antenna. Niger, antennis, clava nigra excepta, elytris macula communi postmediana, antice latiore et ad humeros producta pedibusque, femorum apice exceptis, fulvis, sutura in primo quarto albo- pilosa; antennis funiculo sexies articulato; femoribus trispinosis, spina proximali majore, unguiculis binis, liberis. Long., 2.4; lat., 1.3 mm. Luzon, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F. Baker). ; Schwarz, Fiihler mit Ausnahme der schwdarzlichen Keule, Prothorax, eine sehr grosse gemeinsame Makel auf den Decken und die Beine mit Ausnahme der angedunkelten Schenkelspitzen und schwarzen Tarsen gelbbraun, fein gelblich, das 1. Viertel der Naht dichter weisslich behaart. Riissel beim Mannchen wenig, beim Weibchen 14 mal so lang wie der Halsschild, bei ersterem der Riicken mit einer scharfen Mittel- und jederseits mit einer Seitenleiste, die streifenartigen Zwischenraume mit gereih- ten weisslichen Borstchen, bei letzterem glatt, nur an der Wurzel mit kurzen Punktreihen. Augen grob fazetiert, nur durch eine haarfeine, weiss behaarte Linie getrennt. Fiihler mit 6-glie- deriger Geissel, deren 2. Glied langer als das 1. ist, die folgenden an Lange etwas abnehmend, das letzte wenig langer als dick, die Keule so lang wie die 5 vorhergehenden Geisselglieder zusam- men, schwarzlich, deutlich abgesetzt, 4-gliederig. Fliigeldecken einfach gestreift, fein behaart, das 1. Spatium breiter als die Naht, hintere Deckenhalfte mit grosser gemeinsamer braunlich- gelber, ungefahr trapezoidaler Makel, die vorn breiter und nach den Schultern zu ausgezogen ist. Schenkel mit einem grésseren Dorn und 2 kleinen Dornen. Fiisse mit 2 langen, freien Klauen. 9. Apoderus (Cyanotrachelus) ledyardi sp. nov. Atro-cyaneus, epimeris mesosternalibus basi, metasternalibus totis albo-sericantibus; prothorace disco transverse strigoso; elytris usque ad apicem distincte striato-punctatis, spatio primo secundoque basi subcallosis, quarto basi vix plicato, reliquis subtiliter rugulosis ac punctulatis; abdomine sat fortiter punctato. Long. thoracis plus elytris maris, 5; feminae, 4; lat., 2-2.4 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker). Schwarzlichstahlblau, nur die Epimeren der Mittelbrust an der Wurzel und die Episternen der Hinterbrust in der einge- driickten hinteren Hialfte weisslich, seidenglanzend, behaart. 98 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Beim M&nnchen der Kopf mit dem Riissel so lang wie der Hals- schild und die Fliigeldecken, sein halsartiger Basalteil undeut- lich querfaltig, Halsschild konisch, etwas langer als an der Basis breit. Beim Weibchen der Basalteil des Kopfes 14 mal so lang wie dick, sowie der hinter Teil des Kopfes leicht querrunzelig, Halsschild an der Basis etwas breiter als lang. Fiinftes Glied der Geissel beim Mannchen kiirzer als das 1., so lang wie das 3., beim Weibchen so lang wie das 1. und linger als das 3. Halsschild mit undeutlicher Mittelfurche, in der hinteren Halfte vor dem auch hinten durch eine Querfurche begrenzten Basal- wulst fein querstreifig, die Streifen leicht mit ihrer Convexitit nach hinten gebogen. Fliigeldecken linger als breit (3:3.7), die Naht leistenartig erhaben, das 1. und 2. Spatium an der Basis mit gemeinsamer flacher Beule, dahinter kaum merklich eingedrtickt, das 4. an der Wurzel sehr schwach filtchenartig, im tibrigen die Zwischenraume leicht querrunzelig und sehr fein zerstreut punktiert. Pygidium, Mittelbrustepimeren und die Seiten der Hinterbrust sehr grob, die Seiten des Abdomens we- niger grob punktiert. Schenkel, die gekdrnelte Spitze ausge- nommen, glatt, unbewehrt. Von den ahnlich gefarbten Arten, wie A. coloratus Faust, A. coeruleatus Faust und 2 unbeschriebenen, die eine aus China (A. sharpi Faust i. 1.) und einer anderen aus Formosa, steht die neue Art wegen der hinten nicht erléschenden Deckenstreifen dem A. coeruleatus Faust, aus Birma, am nachsten, unter- scheidet sich jedoch von ihm u. a. durch das auf der Scheibe quergestreifte Halsschild und die leicht querrunzeligen und fein punktierten Deckenspatien. 10. Cionus (Stereonychus) reitteri sp. nov. Maximus, omnino dilute murino, aut cano-tomentosus; elytris spatiis alternatis punctis subtuberculato-seriatis scutelloque paulo pallidioribus; antennarum scapo funiculoque fulvis, clava nigra, elongata, funiculo fere aequilonga; prosterno margine antico emarginato; femoribus dente magno, obtuso, armatis. Long., 5.5; lat., 3.8-4 mm. MINDORO, Mangarin (C. M. Weber; Bur. Sci. Acc. No. 18434). Die grésste mir bekannte Cionus-Art, die wegen der nur mit einer Klaue versehenen Tarsen zur Gattung Stereonychus zu stellen ist. Schwarz, ziemlich gleichmassig maus- oder aschgrau beschuppt. Riissel fast doppelt so lang wie der Halsschild, ziem- lich grob, teilweise gereiht punktiert, mit glattem Mittelstreifen. Zweites Glied der 6-gliederigen Geissel das langste, so lang wie die 4-folgenden zusammen, das letzte quer, der Keule angeschlos- sen, diese lang gestreckt, spindelférmig, fast so lang wie die ganze Dt Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 29 Geissel. Augen durch einen sehr schmalen Streifen, der kaum so breit wie die Fiihlergeissel dick ist, getrennt. Halsschild quer, gleichmassig gewoélbt, im vorderen Drittel leicht einge- schniirt. Vorderbrust am Vorderrand schwach ausgerandet. Schildchen linglich weiss tomentiert. Fltigeldecken mit kaum starker erhabenen abwechselnden Zwischenraiumen, diese mit wenig schwielig vortretenden, heller tomentierten Punktmakeln, die bei dem zweiten mir vorliegendem Exemplar ganz erloschen sind. Unterseite sowie die Oberseite beschuppt, alle Schenkel mit grossem, die vorderen mit stumpferem Zahne. 11. Endymia apicalis sp. nov. Fig. 8, antenna, ¢. Nigra, fuscescenti-grisea squamosa, prothorace elytrisque ae berculis fusco-, macula apicali albicanti-squamosis; mas rostro in dimidia parte apicali carinula dorsomediana tenui, feminae leviusculo, antennarum scapo apice abrupte incrassato, funiculi longitudine clava aequali (mas), aut paulo longiore (femina) ; prothorace transverso, lateribus paral- lelis, antice constrictis, seria antemediana transversa e turberculis quatuor, disco utrinque impreso; elytris spatio secundo quartoque paulo elevatis tuberculis nigro-velutinis remote seriatis, circiter quinque; fe- ries. Fihler moribus breviusculis nebulose fusco-annulatis. ven ie apicalis sp. Long., 7.5; lat., 3 mm. nov. Luzon, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker; et La- mao, Bataan; Bur. Sci. Acc. No. 9801). Schwarz, dicht mit briunlichgrauen Schiippchen scheckig be- deckt, Decken mit dunkleren sammetartig braun beschuppten Hockerchen, sehr vereinzelten weissen Schuppenbérstchen und hellem Apicalfleck. Riissel des Mannchens fein runzelig punk- tiert und beschuppt mit feiner, an der Wurzel abgekiirzter Dor- salleiste, der des Weibchens kiirzer, vor den Fiihlern glatt, in der Basalhalfte mit undeutlicher Mittelleiste. Fitihlerschaft an der Spitze plotzlich verdickt, beim Mannchen die Verdickung innen mit einer nach hinten gerichteten Spitze (siehe die Figur), Keule so lang, beim Weibchen etwas langer, als die Geissel. Tho- rax quer, mit parallelen Seiten und abgeschniirtem vorderem Drittel, hinter der Abschniirung mit einer Querreihe von 4 Héck- ern, die durch Eindriicke getrennt sind, von welchen der mittlere Eindruck eine glatte Mittelleiste aufweist, hinter den inneren 2 Hockern ein runder, flacher Eindruck. Schildchen rundlich, heller als die Umgebung beschuppt. Fliigeldecken mit leicht erhabenem zweiten und vierten Spatium, die beide braun be- schuppte, entfernt gereihte und erhohte Punktmakeln aufweisen. 30 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Vorletztes Spatium in der hinteren Halfte mit einer, den Seiten- rand bildenden Reihe feiner Kornchen, die je ein weisses Bor- stenschtippchen tragen, ausserdem tiber dem ersten Bauchsternit und tiber der Mitte der Hinterbrust mit weisser Punktmakel. Spitze des 3.-8. Spatiums mit gemeinsamer weisslicher Makel. Vorderschenkel des Mannchens wenig langer als die des Weibchens. Endymia philippinica® Heller unterscheidet sich von dieser neuen Art u. a. durch bedeutendere Grosse, durch den mehr konischen Halsschild, der keine Kindrticke zeigt, durch das quere Schildchen, den Mangel eines hellen Apicalflecken auf den Decken, etc. 12. Idotasia paucisquamosa sp. nov. Fig. 9, 9a. Nigra, elytris obscure rufis, punctis nonullis albo-squamosis uno utrinque majore, basali et apicali atomisque per- paucis subsuturalibus; sutura sat crebre, spatio primo secundogue remote seriato- punctatis. Long., 3.5; lat., 1.5 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker). = ; Nahe verwandt mit J. honesta Pasc., 1c. 9. Idotasia paucisquamosa ce x sp. noy. aber noch gestreckter. Riissel in der Basalhalfte sparlich beschuppt, mit 3 feinen Langsleisten. Fiihlergeissel 7-gliederig, rotgelb, die einzelnen Glieder vom zweiten ab, an Linge ab, an Dicke zuneh- mend, Keule eif6rmig deutlich geringelt. Stirn mit sehr entfernten, groben Punkten. Halsschild so lang wie breit, an der Basis etwas breiter als an dem schwach abgeschniirten Vorderrande, die Seiten sehr leicht gerundet, ihre grdésste Breite in der Mitte, Oberseite sehr grob und ziemlich dicht, langs der glatten Mittellinie etwas kleiner punktiert. Fliigel- decken mehr als 14 mal so lang wie breit, vor der Mitte, im ersten Drittel, am breitesten, im Spitzendrittel leicht eingeschniirt, mit Reihen entfernter Punkte, von denen die 1. und 2. Reihe, namentlich nach der Spitze zu, streifenartig ein- gedriickt sind, die tibrigen Punktreihen nur durch eine haarfeine Linie verbunden werden. Naht ziemlich dicht mit ungeordneten, 1. Spatium mit einer gréberen, 2. Spatium mit einer feineren Reihe von Punkten, Wurzel des 2. und 3. Spatiums mit gemein- * Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1918), 8, 148. X,D,1 Heller: Kdfer von den Philippinen 81 samer gelblichweisser Schuppenmakel, eine ahnliche kurz vor der Spitze zwischen dem 3. und 7. Streifen und einige wenige kleine Schuppenptinktchen auf dem 1. Spatium. Riicken der un- terseits gefurchten Schenkel mit weisslichem Schuppensaum. 13. Mecopus bakeri sp. nov. Ex affinitate M. hopei, niger, variegatim stramineo- et nigro- tomentosus; prothorace vittis tribus obsoletis, ad basin in macu- lis tribus condensatis; scutello vittiforme, latitudine duplo lon- giore, griseo; elytris basi singulis rotundato-productis, sutura basi albicanti, in triente apicali ut spatio secundo post medium, asperato-granulosis; corpore subter stramineo-squamoso, meta- episternis in dimidia parte anteriore macula magna, rotundata nigra; femoribus posticis dimidia parte elytris superantibus. Lone..005 latsy3.mim. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F’. Baker). Eine grau und schwarz melierte Art, aus der Verwandtschaft des M. hopei, mit grossem dreieckigem Hinterschenkelzahn, Vor- derbrust des Mannchens jederseits mit kurzem Dornchen. Rts- sel des Mannchens so lang wie die Fliigeldecken, kraftig gereiht punktiert mit glatter Dorsallinie und feiner Seitenleiste. Fiihler, mit Ausnahme des in der Basalhalfte rotlichen Schaftes, schwarz, 2. Geisselglied deutlich langer als das 1., die tibrigen kegel- formig, unter einander ziemlich gleich lang. MHalsschild 15 mal so breit wie lang, an der Basis jederseits ausgebuchtet, dicht punktiert, nur in der Mittellinie und beiderseits ein Langsstreifen sparlich, an der Wurzel dichter beschuppt. Schildchen doppelt so lang wie breit, weisslich beschuppt. Flitigeldecken an der Wurzel einzeln gerundet, Punktstreifen kraftig, der 7. und 8. an der Schulter abgekiirzt, die Naht in der hinteren Halfte er- haben, mit einer nicht ganz bis zur Spitze reichenden Reihe entfernter Stachelkérnchen, 2. Spatium hinter der Mitte etwas gewolbt mit ungefahr 5 gereihten Stachelkérnchen. K6rperun- terseite dicht gelblichweiss, ein rundlicher Fleck in der vorderen Halfte der Hinterbrustepisternen, der auf die Seiten der Hinter- brust tibergreift, sowie die dausserste Spitze des Analsternites, schwarz beschuppt. 14. Lobotrachelus gentilis sp. nov. Niger, antennis tarsisque fulvis, prothorace angulis posticis lobo scutellari maculaque utrinque postmediana, oculi magni- tudine, elytris sutura, triente apicali excepta, interstitiis 1-3. ad basin maculaque laterali postmediana, inter striam quartem et octavam, ut corpore subter albo-squamosis. 82 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Long., 2.2—2.5; lat., 1—-1.2 mm. LuZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker). Schwarz, Spitzensaum der Decken gelbrot durchscheinend. Vorderrand bis zu den Vorderecken sowie die Hinterecken des Halsschildes, der Scutellarlappen und jederseits vor ihm ein schrag gestellter, ovaler Tropfen, die Deckenwurzel und die basalen zwei Drittel der Naht (diese zuweilen in der Mitte unter- brochen), ferner jederseits im zweiten Drittel zwischen dem 4. und 8. Streifen ein ovaler Tropfen, der so gross ist wie der auf dem Halsschild, und eine kleine Quermakel an der Deckenspitze dichtweiss beschuppt. Riissel so lang wie der Halsschild ohne dem Scutellarlappen, mit zwischen die Augen heraufreichendem, adusserst feinem Dorsalkielchen, in der Basalhalfte sparlich weiss, ziemlich lang und anliegend beborstet. Fiihler rotgelb, das 5. Glied der 7-gliederigen Geissel etwas kleiner als das vorherge- hende und folgende, so lang wie breit, Keule deutlich 4-gliederig, ihr 1. Glied an der Spitze etwas breiter als lang, ihr 2. Glied stark quer. MHalsschild in der Mittellinie 12 mal so lang wie an der Wurzel breit, grob und ziemlich dicht, aber nicht tief punktiert, jeder Punkt mit schwarzem Borstchen, die Mittellinie in der Basalhalfte glatt. Vorderrand der Vorderbrust breit weiss, doch so beschuppt, dass die Vorderecken von oben her nur einige wenige weisse Schtippchen erkennen lassen. Halsschild- hinterecken, der Scutellarlappen und jederseits davon, nahe dem Halsschildhinterrande, eine schrig gestellte Makel, von Form und Grésse des Auges, dicht weiss beschuppt. Fliigeldecken sehr wenig langer als an der Schulter breit, an der rotlich gesiumten Spitze einzeln abgerundet, die 6 ganzen Dorsalstreifen tief, auf dem Grunde undeutlich entfernt punktiert. Tarsen gelbbraun, ihr 1. Glied so lang wie die drei Folgenden zusammen. Schenkel nahe der Mitte mit kleinem Zahne. 15. Otidognathus elegans sericoplagia subsp. nov. Differt a specie typica: statura minore, colore tota nigra, pro- sterni, metasterni, sternitorum abdominaliumque lateribus, meta- episternis (margine antico glabro excepto) dense ochraceo- sericeo-pilosis. Long., 13-15; lat., 6-7 mm. LUZON, Cagayan, Ilagan (H. H. Stevens; Bur. Sci. Acc. No. 9773). Otidognathus (Litorrhynchus olim.) elegans Fairm. ist eine in Grosse und Farbung, sowie beziiglich der Dichte der Behaarung der Korperseiten, sehr veranderliche Art. Mir liegen Stiticke von 11.5 — 23 mm. Linge, ohne Riissel, vor, die bald rot sind und xD, 1 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 33 eine schwarze Makelzeichnung aufweisen, bald ganz schwarz sind. Gewohnlich ist die Art dunkelrot, mit schwarzlichen Schenkelspitzen und ebenso gefairbtem Riissel, ihr Halsschild zeigt einen breiten, nach hinten zu verbreiterten Mittelstreifen und am Seitenrande eine grosse ovale Makel, die weder den Vor- der- noch den Hinterrand erreicht, ihre Decken haben hinter den Schultern eine Quere und zwischen dem 2. und 5. Streifen, in der Mitte der Decken, eine rundliche Makel, haufig ist auch der Spitzenrand der Decken schwarz. Neben diesen Stiicken gibt es solche, die zwar den Halsschild eben so gemakelt haben, aber einfarbig braunrote Flitigeldecken oder solche mit schwarzem Apicalrand aufweisen, oder solche bei denen der Halsschildmittel- streifen nur auf die vordere Halfte beschrankt, oder gar nur zu einer kleinen Discalmakel reduziert ist, wahrend die Decken bald Makeln, bald keine aufweisen. Beziiglich der Tomentierung ist zu erwahnen, dass die kleineren Stiicke ein dichteres Haarkleid an den Korperseiten zeigen als die grdsseren, doch lasst sich auch bei diesen wenigstens eine Spur einst vorhandener Tomen- tierung nachweisen. Am weitesten von der typischen Form ent- fernt sich die von mir als subspecies abgetrennte sericoplagia, die bei geringerer K6rpergroésse und vorwiegend schwarzer Farbung dicht goldgelb behaarte Korperseiten aufweist, doch sind die Epimeren der Mittel- und Hinterbrust ganz, die Epimeren der Mittelbrust am Vorderrande breit kahl. Da sculpturelle Unter- schiede nicht vorhanden zu sein scheinen, so kann die Form kaum artlich abgetrennt werden. 16. Protocerius rufifrons sp. nov. Fig. 10. Supra, rostro, scutello pygydioque nigris exceptis, dilute fer- rugineus, prothorace disco utrinque plaga oblongo-triangulari vittaque laterali, antice attenuata elytrisque lateribus nigris; rostro prothorace, margine antico constricto haud computato, fere aequilongo, dorso tuberculis geminatis circiter octo; pro- thorace carinula basali in medio dilatata; elytris quinque striatis, stria quarta quintaque basi paulo approximatis, vitta laterali, basi angustata, post humeros usque ad striam quintam dilatata, ante apicem abrupte angustata, margine apicali, nigro, conjuncta suturaque partim nigris; corpore subter nigro, maculis duabus fere connexis, infra marginem prothoracalem, episternis epi- merisque mesosterni maxima parte, meta-episternis in dimidia parte supero-posteriore metasternoque in angulis posticis fulve- scenti-ferrugineis; tibiis anticis fortiter compressis, prothorace aequilongis, longitudinaliter subsulcatis. 132399——3 84 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Long. (sine rostro), 47; rostri, 16; prothoracis, 19; lat. thor., 15.7 mm. MINDANAO, ad flumen Agusan (C. M. Weber; Bur. Sci. Acc. No. 17309). ; Von der Grésse und Gestalt des P. grandis Guér. und von allen Arten durch die mit dem Halsschild gleich gefarbte rostgelbe Stirn und durch die auffallende schwarze Makelzeichnung aus- gezeichnet. Von der rostgelben Oberseitenfarbung sind ausge- nommen: Der Riissel, das Pygidium, der abgesetzte Vorderrand des Halsschildes, je eine lange, keilformige, vorn spitze Makel, beiderseits auf der Scheibe des Halsschildes, die aber nur bis zur Hohe der Hinterecken nach hinten reicht, ein von oben eben noch sichtbarer Seitenrandstreifen, die Seiten der Decken, hinter der Schulter bis zum 5. Streifen nach innen zu, vor der Spitze des 4. Streifens aber plotzlich schmal und mit dem Spitzenrand zusammenhangend und stellen- weise auch die Naht, schwarz. Unterseite gross- tenteils schwarz, rotlichgelb’sind: Zwei fast zusammenhangende Léangsmakeln beiderseits unterhalb des Seitenrandes des Hals- schildes, von welchen die vordere bandformig, die. hintere dreieckig ist, die Episternen der Mittelbrust, mit Ausnahme des schmalen, oberen Randes, deren Epimeren mit Ausnahme der unteren spitzen Halfte, die hintere, obere, durch die Diagonale begrenzte Fic.10. Pro. alfte der Hinterbrustepisternen, je eine grossere tocerius Makel in den Hinterecken der Hinterbrust und eine Se sP- kleinere runde an deren Seiten, in der Mitte. Beine relativ schlank, die Hinterschenkel das 4. Abdominal- sternit deutlich tiberragend. Vorderschienen sehr lang, stark compresst, an der Wurzel mit Zahn, an der Innenflache mit flacher Langsfurche. ANTHRIBIDA® 17. Mecocerina guttata jordani subsp. nov. Differt a specie typica: prothorace disco haud vittato sed utrin- que ante et post carinam macula nigra punctiformi, posterio- ribus quam anterioribus plus approximatis; antennis fulvis, arti- culis tribus apicalibus nigris; tibiis tarsisque totis fulvis. Long., 9; lat., 3.5 mm. LuZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F.. Baker). Dunkel rotbraun, dicht lehmgelb tomentiert, Fiihler gelbbraun, die letzten 3 Glieder schwarz, Halsschild vor der Mitte unter und dicht iiber dem Seitenrande, sowie beiderseits der Scheibe Sel TDN Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 35 vor und hinter der Antebasalleiste, mit je einem schwarzen Punkt, von welchen letztere einander mehr gendhert sind als die vor der Leiste gelegenen. Fliigeldecken mit einer Discoi- dalreihe von 2 grossen und einem kleinen apicalen, sowie mit einer Marginalreihe von 4 kleinen schwarzen Punktmakeln. Alle Schienen und Tarsen gelbbraun, goldgelb tomentiert. Diese Unterart ist Herrn Dr. K. Jordan, Tring, der so giitig war sie zu vergleichen und sie mir als eine Form von M. guttata Jord.® zu bezeichnen, in aufrichtiger Dankbarkeit gewidmet. CERAMBYCIDAs 18. Epania (?) longicollis sp. nov. Fig. 11, lla. Nigra, omnino parce longeque albido-pilosa, antennis dimidia- que basali femorum, tibiis tarsisque rufis, elytris testaceis, dimi- dia parte apicali nigro-plagiatis; prothorace lati- 9 tudine multo longiore, reticulato-punctato, maxima latitudine in secundo triente, lateribus rectis, pos- trorsum divergentibus; elytris coxis posticis haud superantibus, apice singulis rotundatis, sat for- titer, apice remotius punctatis, vitta -humerali levi; abdomine nigro-nitido, sternitis abdominali- bus tres anticis, ante medium, transverse sulcatis, in parte basali fortiter punctatis, quatuor anticis lateribus per totam longitudinem foveolato- impressis; femoribus clavatis, posticis sternito secundo abdominali paulo superantibus; unguiculis basi dente minuto. Long., 8; lat., 1.5 mm. : LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker). . ee ae Schwarz, tiberall mit feinen abstehenden, ™” weissen Wimpern sparlich besetzt, Fiihler, Basalhalfte der ge- keulten Schenkel, alle Schienen und Tarsen rot, Fliigeldecken lehmgelb, mit ovalem, die Apicalhalfte einnehmenden, schwarzen Fleck. Kopf quer, netzartig punktiert, nicht schnautzenartig verlangert. Fiihler die Spitze der MHinterschenkel kaum erreichend, ihr 38. Glied langer als das 4., dieses kiirzer als das 5. MHalsschild viel langer als breit, netzartig, der Vorderrand grob und einfach punktiert, der abgeschniirte Basalteil quer strigiliert, Seiten gerade, nach hinten diver- gierend, ihre grosste Breite im zweiten Drittel ihrer Lange, Mittellinie in der hinteren Halfte furchenartig vertieft. *Novit. Zool. (1908), 10, 427 (die Stammart ist aus Nord Celebes beschrieben) . 26 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Schildchen kurz dreieckig, iiber die Naht erhaben, schwarz. Fliigeldecken wenig langer als zusammen breit, an der Spitze einzeln abgerundet, mit ringsum laufender Randfurche, grob und dicht, im Spitzenteil sparsamer punktiert, ein von den Schultern innen bis zur Deckenmitte hinziehender Streifen glatt. Seiten der Vorderbrust vor den Vorderhiiften fast ganz (vergl. Fig. lla.) von einer grossen, ovalen, innen dicht weisslich behaarten Grube eingenommen. Hinterbrust ziemlich dicht und grob punktiert. Hinterleib glanzend schwarz, die 3 vorderen Sternite naher der Wurzel mit einer Querfurche, der Basalteil vor dieser grob punktiert, alle Sternite, mit Ausnahme des letzten Sternites, an den Seiten mit tiefer ihre ganze Lange einnehmender Langs- grube. Schenkel glinzend, die hinteren das 2. Abdominalsternit etwas tiberragend. Klauen am Grunde mit kleinem Zahnchen. Diese Art ist wahrscheinlich Reprasentant einer neuen Gat- tung, auf die ich bei spaterer Gelegenheit noch zurtickzukommen gedenke. 19. Pharsalia truncatipennis sp. nov. Pharsalia agenori simillima, sed elytris apice truncatis, trun- catura angulo externo haud producto, macula laterali postmediana nulla. LUZON, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F. Baker). Der Ph. agenor in Grosse, Farbung und Sculptur sehr ahnlich, jedoch die Fliigeldecken an der Spitze einfach abgestutzt, ohne vorgezogene Aussenecke und an den Seiten, hinter der Mitte, ohne grossere schwarze Makeln. Ausser diesen Unterschieden bin ich nicht im Stande noch irgend einen weiteren wesentlichen Unterschied anzugeben, so dass ich die Form, ware der plastische Unterschied an der Deckenspitze nicht vorhanden, nur als Varie- tat aufftihren wiirde. Unterseite, wie bei Ph. agenor, dicht schmutzigrehbraun tomentiert, die Abdominalsternite jedoch nur an den Seiten, nicht auch in der Mitte, mit einer Kahlmakel am Hinterrande. Genus OBEREA Muls. Weitaus die grésste Zahl der indo-malayischen Arten der Gat- tung ist von Pascoe 1867 in den Trans. Ent. Soc. London, III, 3, 420—488, beschrieben worden, sie wurde spater namentlich von Gahan, Fairmaire, Jordan und v. Heyden durch Arten aus Birma, Tonkin, Celebes und Borneo wesentlich vermehrt, so dass es bei der Unbestimmtheit der von den Autoren angegebenen Merkmale (Fiihler- und Schenkellange, Thoraxform, Hohe der Wangen im Vergleich zur Héhe des unteren Augenlappens, sollten im- mer angegeben werden) recht schwierig ist, einen Uberblick eal Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 37 tiber die verwandtschaftlichen Beziehungen der Arten zu ge- winnen. Die Beschaftigung mit dieser Gattung lehrt nur, dass die Arten local sehr beschrankt sind. Daher gelang es mir trotz aller Miihe nicht die Oberea-Arten, die mir in stattlicher Anzahl von den Philippinen vorlagen, mit Ausnahme einer einzigen Art (seminigra) mit bereits bekannten Arten zu identifizieren. Neben dem von Professor Baker gesammelten Material und dem aus dem Bureau of Science lagen mir, aus der Sammlung des Kgl. Zoologischen Museums in Dresden, auch noch von Dr. A. Schadenberg und dem bekannten Orchideensammler W. Micho- litz herriihrende Arten vor, so dass die 3 bisher von den Philip- pinen bekannten Formen um 2 vermehrt werden. Bemerkens- wert ist dabei, dass mir 2 der Newman’schen Arten unbekannt geblieben sind: demissa und macilenta (nec macilenta Pasc., die ich fiir eine andere Art halte), doch habe ich sie in der folgenden Artiibersicht einzureihen vermocht; alle scheinen der 2. Gruppe Pascoes: Deckenspitze schrig ausgerandet, der Aussenwinkel vorgezogen, anzugehoren. a. Erstes Fiihlerglied schwarz. b*. Abdomen ganz schwarz. c. Hinterschenkel schwarz. d. Fliigeldecken ganz schwarz oder héchstens mit verwaschenem braunlichem Langswisch an der Wurzel. e’. Kopf schwarz, Thorax und Mund dunkelrot. Q. erythrostoma sp. nov. f’. Halsschild mit breitem schwarzen Basal- und Apicalrand und = eben solchem Mittelstreifen................ 0. melanostoma sp. nov. fe lalsschildmcan7eo tess 0. macilenta New.’ e’. Kopf und Halsschild gelbrot, groésste Breite des letzteren hinter dereMitte- S222. Pee Ue AS en. eecs 0. schadenbergi sp. nov. d@. Flugeldecken an der Wurzel ganz gelbrot.... 0. quianga sp. nov. @. Hinterschenkel gelb oder rotgelb, Fligeldecken der ganzen Lange nach mit schmutziggelben Langsstreifen...... 0. makilingi sp. nov. b*. Abdomen schwarz, 4. Sternit gelb, Fltigeldecken mit gelben Spitzen- IGKe(O CCpeRe te aoe ye Re a ee SORES cota ot) oe EE Oe Oe 0, flavoterminata sp. nov. b’. Abdomen an der Wurzel, das 1. Sternit ganz, das 2. meist gréssten- teils gelb. g. Kopf schwarz, Thorax rot, Fligeldecken schmutziggelbbraun, alle’ Schenlel@cellplacieee sera eee 0. albocuspis sp. nov. g’. Kopf, Halsschild und Schenkel braunlich oder rotgelb. h*. Hinterbrust, ausgenommen die vordere Halfte, sowie die Seiten- : Stickers schwarz. ee eae eee aie TB se 0. balinee sp. nov. h?. Hinterbrust und Seitenstiicke ganz gelb. ¢. Fuhler schwarz, Abdomen nur an den Seiten deutlich punktiert. 0. seminigra Chvr. ¢@. Fuhler vom halben 4. Glied ab rostrot, Abdomen tiberall kraftig DUKE Te 1b eee eee eee steer SEES tee 0. punctiventris sp. nov. 88 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 b*. Abdomen ganz gelb. j. Halsschild mindestens so lang wie breit, Fliigeldecken im Spitzen- drittel kaum) pumnktiert.2 ee 0. micholitzi sp. nov. j’. Halsschild quer, Fliigeldecken im Spitzendrittel deutlich punktiert. 0. mimetica sp. nov. a. Erstes Fihlerglied braunlichgelb, Thorax gelb, Abdomen schwarz, an der Wurzel goldig behaart, Fiisse gelb, Hintertibien schwarz. 0. demissa New.’ 20. Oberea erythrostoma sp. nov.. Nigra, subtilissima griseo-pubescens, ore rufescenti-fulvo; pro- thorace rufo, antennarum articulo apicali albido; fronte rude remoteque, prothorace, subtransverso, subtilius punctatis, hic transverse subrugoso; elytris in triente basali fortiter, apicem versus sensim subtilius seriato-punctatis ; abdomine lateribus vix punctatis, coxis posticis parte interna trochanteribusque fulvis. Long., 16; lat., 2.5 mm. LuzON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker); et Atimonan (W. Micholitz) . Schwarz, fein grau pubescent, die Umgebung des Mundes, vom Stirnunterrand ab und die Backen, rotgelb, Halsschild rot, Fiihler die Decken iiberragend, ihr Spitzenglied weisslich, das 4. Glied viel langer als das 3. (5:3.3), das 5. wenig kiirzer als das 4. Kopf breiter als der leicht quere Halsschild, dieser mit zerstreuten und feineren Punkten als jener, mit undeutlichen Querrunzeln und in der hinteren Halfte mit Mittelleiste. Schild- chen leicht quer, schwarz, grau tomentiert. Fliigeldecken im Basaldrittel mit groben, weiter hinten viel feiner werdenden Punktreihen. Abdomen mit sehr zerstreuten, besonders an den Seiten undeutlichen Punkten und daselbst dichter tomentiert. Hinterschenkel das 1. Bauchsternit sehr wenig tiberragend. "Bei der schweren Zuganglichkeit lasse ich hier die Originalbeschrei- bungen folgen: Oberea macilenta: Nigra, prothorace rufo, antennz corpore vix breviores pilosae; oculi prominentes; caput prothorace manifeste latius; elytra aspere punctata, punctis magnis, profundis, lineatim dispositis; apice oblique trun- cata, angulis acute productis; pedes brevissimi: insectum gracillimum. ’ 0.625 unc., lat. 0.065 unc. Oberea demissa: Facies gibba, faciei epicranisque sulcus manifestus longitudinalis continuus; oculi prominentes, nigris; antenne nigrae, articulo basali fulvo; caput fulvum; prothorax fulvus, linea _dorsali, longitudinali, subelevata, concolori; scutellum fulvum; elytra nigra, basi sordide fulva, perlonga, dorso longitudinaliter depressa, aspere puncta, punctis vix ordinatis, apice subrotunda, intus oblique truncaturae externo paullo producto; abdomen nigrum, basi aureo-villosum; pedes breves, fulyi, metatibiis nigris, tarsis piceis. Corp. long. 0.725 unc., lat. 0.15 une. Dy 1 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 39 Hinterbrust mit zerstreuten, langeren weissen Haaren. Hinter- hiiften innen und die hinteren Trochanteren ganz gelbbraun. Vorderschienen gleich breit, schwach gebogen. 21. Oberea melanostoma sp. nov. Nigra, prothorace margine antico et postico vittaque mediana nigris exceptis sanguineis; elytris in triente basali seriato-, in triente apicali (striis subsuturalibus exceptis) haud punctatis; corpore subter subtiltter griseo-tomentoso, abdomine lateribus distinctius punctatis; femoribus posticis sternito abdominali primo parum superantibus. Long., 13.5; lat., 2 mm. LUZON, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F. Benerye Schwarz, fein grau tomentiert, Halsschild, mit Ausnahme des schwarzen, durch einen Mittelstreifen verbundenen Vorder- und Hinterrandes, rot. Epistom braunlichgelb. Fiihler ganz schwarz, das 4. Glied fast um ein Viertel langer als das 3. Hals- schild deutlich linger als breit, sein Vorderrand sehr stumpf- winkelig ausgerandet, beiderseits des breiten schwarzen Mittel- streifen unregelmassig zerstreut punktiert, die Zwischenraume leicht quer runzelig. Fliigeldecken im basalen Drittel mit 5, von oben sichtbaren Punktreihen, deren Punkte wesentlich kleiner als die Spatien sind und weiter nach hinten zu noch kleiner und unregelmassiger werden, im Spitzenviertel, abge- sehen von einigen Punkten langs der Naht, jedoch ganz erloschen. Die aussere Ecke der sehr schrag abgestutzten und leicht aus- gerandeten Deckenspitze mit spitzem Dorn. Korperunterseite ausser der feinen grauen Pubescenz mit zerstreuten langeren weisslichen, die Oberseite mit ebensolchen schwarzen Haaren. Hinterschenkel das 1. Bauchsternit sehr wenig tiberragend. Bauchsternite an den Seiten entlang des Deckenseitenrandes mit unregelmassig zerstreuten, groberen Punkten. Vorderschienen starker als bei anderen Arten gebogen. 22. Oberea schadenbergi sp. nov. Nigra, capite prothoraceque rufo-testaceis; antennis corpore longioribus, articulo ultimo toto, paenultimo parte majore albidis; Prothorace maxima latitudine post medium et hic capite aequi- lato; scutello luteo; elytris seriato-punctatis, punctis apicem versus magnitudine decrescentibus; abdomine, ut pedibus, nigris, lateribus haud distinctius punctatis, femoribus posticis sternito abdominali primo vix superantibus. Long., 14; lat., 2 mm. LUZON, Laguna (A. Schadenberg). 40 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Der Farbung nach muss diese Art der mir unbekannten O. rubetra Pasc. ahnlich sein, unterscheidet sich aber von ihr durch die Fuhlerspitze, deren letztes Glied ganz, deren vorletztes in der grosseren Apicalhalfte weisslich ist. Drittes bis 6. Fiihlerglied an Lange zunehmend, das 6. sehr deutlich langer als das 3. Hals- schild so lang wie breit, seine groésste Breite hinter der Mitte, feiner und zerstreuter als der Scheitel punktiert, mit undeut- lichen Querrunzeln, in der Basalhalfte mit glattem Mittelstreifen. Schildchen braunlich. Fltigeldecken wie gewohnlich im basalen Drittel mit grésseren, nach hinten zu allmdlig kleiner werdenden gereihten Punkten, die aussen doch bis zur Deckenspitze kennt- lich sind. Abdomen sowie die Mittel- und Hinterbrust und alle Beine schwarz, fein grau behaart. Seiten des Abdomens chne grossere Punkte. Die Art gleicht auch einer mir vorliegenden Art aus Bali, die ebenfalls eine weissliche Fiihlerspitze hat, deren Halsschild aber vollkommen cylindrisch ist und deren Fliigeldecken an der Wurzel einen hell bréunlichen Langswisch aufweisen. 23. Oberea quianga sp. nov. Nigra, capite, prothorace, scutello elytrorumque octava parte basali rufo-testaceis, antennarum articulis duobus apicalibus albi- dis, prothorace latitudine paulo longiore, indistincte punctato, lateribus aequaliter subrotundatis; elytris ad basin punctis seria- tis, paulo majoribus, retrorsum decrescentibus, sed etiam in parte apicali sat conspicuis ; mesosterno episternisque rufis, metasterno abdomineque nigris, segmentis tres anterioribus ante medium impressione laterali punctiforme, transversa. Long., 18; lat., 2 mm. MINDANAO, Davao (W. Micholitz). Schwarz, Kopf, Halsschild, Mittelbrust und das basale Achtel der Decken gelbrot, die 2 letzten Fiihlerglieder weisslich. Stirn grob und zerstreut, Scheitel etwas dichter punktiert. Viertes Fiihlerglied um zwei Drittel langer als das 3. Halsschild etwas langer als breit, am Vorder- und Hinterrande leicht abgeschnirt, beiderseits schwach querrunzelig. Punktreihen der Decken an der Basis kraftig, nach hinten zu zwar feiner werdend, aber auch im Spitzenteil kenntlich. Abdomen schwarz, fein grau tomen- tiert, seine 3 vorderen Sternite an den Seiten, vor der Mitte, mit querem Griibchen. Hinterschenkel die Halfte des 2. Ab- dominalsternites kaum erreichend. 24. Oberea makilingi sp. nov. Nigra, capite, prothorace femoribusque fulvis, elytris per totam longitudinem vitta discoidali ochracea; antennis elytris distincte SDL Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen Al superantibus, nigris vertice prothorace multo grossius punctato; prothorace latitudine paulo longiore, fere cylindrico, brevissime aurato-tomentoso, remote punctato, disco utrinque plaga, in medio calositate oblonga, postice subsulcata, glabriusculis; elytris apice oblique truncatis ad suturam acute dentatis; abdomine nigyro, subtilissime griseo-tomentoso, lateribus haud fortius punctatis; femoribus sternito primo abdominali superantibus. Long., 13.5; lat., 2 mm. LUZON, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F’. Baker). Schwarz, Kopf und Halsschild rotgelb, Schenkel gelb, Fliigel- decken der ganzen Lange nach auf der Scheibe mit braunlich- gelben Langsstreifen. Backen etwas weniger hoch wie der tn- tere Augenlappen. Stirn und Scheitel tief und gréber wie der Halsschild, erstere etwas sparsamer punktiert. Fiihler ganz schwarz, ihr 3. Glied deutlich kiirzer als das 4. Halsschild ziem- lich cylindrisch, breiter als lang, viel feiner als der Scheitel punktiert, beiderseits der Scheibe und langs der Mittellinie un- punktiert, in der Basalhalfte mit feiner Mittelfurche, die Punkt- reihen schon im ersten Drittel feiner werdend, im Spitzenfiinftel ganz erloschen. Der gelbe Discoidalstreifen reicht vom 1.—5. Punktstreifen und lasst nur einen schmalen Nahtstreifen und die schwarzen Deckenseiten frei. Alle Htiften, Hinterbrust und Abdomen, sowie die Schienen und Tarsen, schwarz, Hinterschen- kel den Hinterrand des 1. Bauchsternites tiberragend. 25. Oberea flavoterminata sp. nov. Fig. 12. Nigra, elytris postrorsum fortiter angustatis, disco in quarto basali fuscescenti, singulis gutta apicali flava; femoribus anticis - totis, reliquis basi rufis; segmento abdominali quarto fulvo. Long., 16; lat. hum., 2 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker). Schwarz, Taster, 4. Bauchsternit und ein lainglicher Tropfen auf der Deckenspitze gelb, die ganzen Vorderschenkel und die Wurzel der beiden hinteren Paare rot, Decken im 1. Viertel mit einem hinten spitz zulaufenden, braunlichen Langswisch. Kopf breiter als der Halsschild, sehr fein gelblich tomentiert, am Unter- rande der fast die Mandibelwurzel tangierenden Augen mit einem langeren Wimpernkranz. MHalsschild deutlich langer als breit, cylindrisch, die Seiten hinter der Mitte kaum merklich erweitert, in der hinteren Halfte mit feiner Mittelleiste, lings des Vorder- randes leicht querstreifig gerunzelt, im tibrigen zerstreut punk- tiert. Schildchen zungenférmig, etwas breiter als lang. Fltigel- decken an der Wurzel kaum breiter als der Halsschild, nach hinten bis zur Abdomenwurzel hin stark verengt, dann bis zur 4? The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Spitze hin gleich schmal, mit an der Wur- zel groben und unordentlichen, hinten feiner werdenden Punktreihen, von denen die an der Naht bis zur Spitze reichen, jede Deckenspitze mit doppelt so langer wie breiter, dunkel gelber, ovaler Makel. Hinterschenkel die Halfte des 2. Bauch- sternites nicht erreichend. Seiten des Abdomens bis zur Halfte des 3. Sternites zerstreut aber deutlich, von da ab versch- Fig. 12. A Fla eae windend punktiert. Letztes Sternit etwas ines glanzend, tief schwarz. Vorderschienen an der Spitze keulenartig erweitert. 26. Oberea albocuspis sp. nov. Fusca, capite nigro, regione orali genisque ut thorace rufis; antennis corpore longioribus, nigris, articulo tertio quarto bre- viore, articulo apicali nigro; prothorace fere quadrato, longitudi- ne paulo latiore, ad basin distinctius quam ad apicem constricto, remote punctato, in dimidia parte basali carinula mediana ob- soleta; elytris luteis, lateribus infuscatis, punctis seriatis apicem versus subtilissimis; metasterno, meta-episternis abdomineque in dimidia parte apicali nigricantibus, femoribus fulvis, posticis dimidium sterniti abdominali secundi fere attingentibus, tibiis tarsisque infuscatis.- Tongs, 16. late 2:5) mmae, Luzon, Laguna, Los Bafos (C. F. Baker). Eine mit O. erythrostoma verwandte Art, mit schwarzem Kopf, rotlichem Mund und Halsschild und eben solchen Wangen, gelb- - braunen, an den Seiten dunkleren Fliigeldecken, mit Ausnahme des weissen Endgliedes schwarzen Fiihlern, gelben Schenkeln, brdunlichen Schienen und Tarsen und in der hinteren Halfte schwarzem Hinterleib. Unterer Augenlappen deutlich hoher als die Wangen. Halsschild wenig breiter als lang, fast quadratisch, vor der Basis stirker als am Vorderrand eingeschniirt, zerstreut punktiert, in der Basalhalfte mit feiner Mittelleiste, an den Seiten mit einzelnen langen Wimpern. Fliigeldecken im ersten Drittel mit gréberen, nach hinten zu feiner werdenden, bis zur Spitze reichenden Punktreihen. Hinterbrust und ihre Seitenstiicke schwarzlich, 1. und 2. Bauchsternit braunlichgelb, allmalig in die schwarze Farbung des Abdomens tibergehend, alle Htiften und Schenkel gelb, die hinteren die Halfte des 2. Abdominalster- nites erreichend. Schienen und Tarsen braunlich, Abdomen fein greis behaart, ohne groébere Punktierung an den Seiten. Ds 1 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 43 27. Oberea balinee sp. nov. 6 et 9: Fulvo-testacea, antennis, corpore brevioribus, elytris quinta parte basali excepta, metasterno in dimidia parte postica, metepisternis, sericantibus, totis, abdomine sternitis quatuor posticis, tibiis posticis tarsisque omnibus nigris; abdomine late- ribus haud distinctius punctato. Long., 17—19; lat., 3—3:2 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker). Braunlichgelb, die Fiihler, die gréssere Halfte der Hinterbrust, deren Seitenstiicke ganz, die Decken in den hinteren vier Fiinf- teln, die hinteren 4 Abdominalsternite, die Hintertibien ganz, die 2 vorderen Paare in der Apicalhalfte des Aussenrandes und alle Tarsen schwarz, Backen so hoch wie der verticale Durchmesser des unteren Augenlappens. Fiihler die Hinterleibsspitze nicht liberragend, ihr 4. Glied viel ktirzer als das 3., das 5. so lang wie das 1. MHalsschild deutlich breiter als lang, aufstehend gelb behaart, am Vorder- und Hinterrande leicht abgeschniirt, die Seiten schwach gerundet, Oberseite zerstreut punktiert, in der hinteren Halfte beiderseits leicht eingedriickt, mit sehr groben Punkten, davor eine glatte Schwiele. Schildchen, sowie die Basis der Decken, bréunlichgelb, doch verlauft die Abgrenzungslinie bei diesen nicht quer, sondern es reicht die schwarze Farbung bis zur Halfte der Hinterbrustepisternen nach vorn, wahrend sich die gelbe Basalfarbung der Decken als verwaschener Streifen bis zur Hohe der Hinterhiiften nach hinten erstreckt. Drittes- Spatium in der Basalhalfte leicht gewolbt, die hinten kleiner werdenden Punkte der Reihen auch im Spitzenteil deutlich. Hin- terschenkel die Mitte des 2. Abdominalsternites erreichend. 28. Oberea punctiventris sp. nov. ¢ et @: Ferruginea, antennarum articulis tres basalibus basi- que quartae nigris; elytris tribus quartis apicalibus abdomine- que apicem versus infuscatis, hoc ubique distincte remoteque punctato; femoribus posticis sternito abdominali primo paulo superantibus. ones oil Matemieo—- amine LuZON (A. Schadenberg). Gelblichrostbraun, die 3 basalen Fiihlerglieder und die Wurzel des 4. Fiihlergliedes schwarz, die hinteren drei Viertel der Decken gebraunt. Stirn stark gewolbt, unterer Augenlappen relativ gross, so dass die Entfernung seines Unterrandes von der Man- dibelwurzel kaum die Dicke des 3. Fiihlergliedes tibertrifft. Fiihler die Deckenspitze nur wenig tiberragend, in der grosseren Spitzenhalfte rostgelb. Halsschild vollkommen cylindrisch, deut- 4A The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 lich langer als breit, ohne Basalrandfurche, undeutlich zerstreut punktiert, fein tomentiert und, sowie die Deckenwurzel, mit spar- lichen feinen abstehenden Haaren. Fliigeldecken fast bis zur Spitze hin deutlich gereiht punktiert, ihre Spitze schrag ab- gestutzt, mit kaum vorgezogenen Ecken. Abdomen iiberall fein, aber deutlich zerstreut punktiert, nach hinten zu allmalig dunkler, die letzten 2-3 Sternite meist ganz schwarz. Beine ganz gelb- braun, Hinterschenkel den Hinterrand des 1. Sternites deutlich uberragend. 29. Oberea micholitzi sp. nov. Fulva, antennis elytrorum apicem haud attingentibus elytris- que dimidia parte apicali nigris; genis lobo oculari inferiore alti- tudine aequali; prothorace latitudine longiore, fere cylindrico, disco rude punctato, punctis nigro-ciliatis, basi utrinque callosi- tate oblonga; elytris basi capite angustioribus, punctis serratis nigro-ciliatis, post medium evanescentibus; pedibus totis fulvis, femoribus posticis sterniti primi abdominalis apicem haud attingentibus. Long., 18; lat., 2.6 mm. MINDANAO, Davao (W. Micholitz). Rotlichgelb, die die Decken nicht tiberragenden Fiihler und die hintere Halfte der Decken schwarz. Unterer Augenlappen relativ klein, so dass seine Hohe der der Backen gleichkommt. Halsschild deutlich langer als breit, hinter dem Vorder- und dem Hinterrande kaum merklich eingeschniirt, namentlich auf der Scheibe mit groben zerstreuten Punkten, deren jeder eine schwarze Wimper traégt und deren Zwischenraume leicht quer- faltig sind, Seiten mit einem geglatteten Wulst, der nahe den Hinterecken beginnt und sich bis zur Vorderrandabschniirung erstreckt. Fltigeldecken schon von der Mitte ab sehr fein gereiht-punktiert, die gréssere hintere Halfte schwarz, vorn verwaschen. Unterseite und die ganzen Beine rotgelb, Abdomen an den Seiten ohne deutlichere Punktierung. Hinterschenkel den Hinterrand des 1. Bauchsternites nicht erreichend. 30. Oberea mimetica sp. nov. ; Fulva, antennis corpore brevioribus, in triente apicali ferru- gineis, elytris in dimidia parte apicali nigris; prothorace trans- verso, fulvo-velutino, ante basin sulco transverso obsoleto; elytris apice oblique subsinuatis; corpore subter pedibusque concoloribus fulvis, femoribus posticis sternito primo abdominali distincte superantibus. Long., 17-18; lat., 3-3.2 mm. Det Heller: Kdfer von den Philippinen 45 LuZON (A. Schadenberg). Braunlichgelb, Fiihler schwarz, ihr Spitzendrittel rostgelb, Api- calhalfte der Decken schwarz. Hohe der Backen nur wenig kleiner als die des unteren Augenlappens. MHalsschild quer, dicht sammetartig braunlichgelb tomentiret, undeutlich zerstreut punktiert und in den Hinterecken mit rundlicher Kahlschwiele, die meist mit einer 4hnlichen beiderseits der Scheibe zusammen- fliesst. Punktreihen der Decken nach hinten zu verhaltnismassig nur wenig kleiner werdend und auch im Spitzendrittel deutlich. Korperunterseite und Beine ganz gelb. Hinterschenkel die Mitte des 2. Bauchsternites erreichend. Seiten des Abdomens ohne grobere Punkte. : ANHANG Von anderen bemerkenswerten Funden in und in der Umgebung von Los Banos, die Prof. C. F. Baker machte, méchten wir an- hangsweise noch erwahnen. Galba auricolor Bonv. Oxypygus exclamationis Wied. Galba funebris Chevr. Diocalandra discors Faust. Cylas turcipennis Boh. Cerobates sexsulcatus Mots. Omphasus mansuetus Faust. Gelonzetha hirta Thoms. Gasterocercus anatinus Chevr. Xylotrechus australis G. P. Telephaé obliquefasciata Mots. Xylorrhiza adusta Wied. Pempheres affinis Faust. Nyctimene vittata Pasce. Phzenomerus sundevalli Boh. Ostedes pauperata Pasc. wee eile tte me a Fythipneiitiat tit oir dadg tess, t eh tu ‘6N a 4 . scdlibaldbatacecaiaienies ; ate ee thee Bue te Mu ets ak Be Nah ar » sh NY ARN 3 A a Ms ba a eee A 4 id Ni spt ip shane devin ‘tard ill a ky hee ia’ TD! hee an Bi if : At AE NET INT i Ma eR, Wh oon 7“ wIrNy J ean \ i i Nas a8 ban ee ‘a Pn kde ola" 7 | | DON eT re avity! a it tee havens PTT) bel Ss ih iN r : ye Rene aa ee ke ee | i a Wy FIG. ERKLARUNG DER FIGUREN . Trypeticus longicollis sp. nov. . Epiechinus lagune sp. nov. Semnodema bakeri sp. nov. Fihler von Nanophyes (s. str.) proles sp. nov. Fuhler von Nanophyes neuter sp. nov. Fihler von Nanophyes discoidalis sp. nov. . Fuhler von Nanophyes (Corimalia) varicolor sp. noy. . Fuhler von Endymia apicalis sp. nov. . Idotasia paucisquamosa sp. nov. . Protocerius rufifrons sp. nov. . Epania (?) longicollis sp. nov. . Oberea flavoterminata sp. nov. AT ‘hh hee iar plea a sii gue a By ae et Age Woke vai aie aN ae Done ry Bit ani seaboarowy (aos: i a ii etn tana aS ay er a or es ‘ So arene, Ae et 4g Welwomipaln nein ale. . Pi Dai Pn ei ov. ‘iriey pAb share f i : ; ey way ye ; a eA ty ‘ ‘ or Vt 1 1 1 > ; ‘ ie | ee ee (i ted ih 4 * ’ ‘ f i ki i ( ; ' \ < ‘ VA . a * < lee 7 t ; i ‘ x rt) ‘i Ip yt | fee ) i i . ‘ P fe om ,, i STUDIES IN PHILIPPINE JASSOIDEA: II, PHILIPPINE JASSARIA By C. F. BAKER (From the College of Agriculture, University of the Philippines) FIVE TEXT FIGURES The present classification of the jassoid insects is one of the most artificial groupings in the Hemiptera. Groupings have been proposed by various authors, in each case based principally on the Jassoidea! of a single country or at least of limited regions. We have had these, more or less varied in detail, for Europe, America, India, and Australasia and Polynesia. Any one of these classifications is largely broken down in attempts to use it for the jassoid insects of the world. But very few generic or even family types have been given thorough ana- tomical study, the bulk of the genera and even higher groups having been so incompletely described, that their arrangement in a common system, at this time, is next to impossible. Ad- equate anatomical studies in this superfamily will surely bring about a more natural arrangement, as it has recently done in the Psylloidea. For example, it may justly be said that we know next to nothing of the composition of the thorax of the jassoid insects. Some observations I have made on pleural and sternal sclerites in certain forms indicate that this will be a fruitful subject for study. Ihave labored for many years simply to bring together enough material from all regions to gain some elementary idea of the broader groupings possible. I estimate that more undescribed species now exist in collections than all previously made known by all authors. It may be imagined how all this coming work will modify our present conceptions of genera. Some of the existing ‘“‘genera” will completely dis- appear in this flood of species, while many new genera will have to be erected, this in its turn widely modifying family limits. *It seems that the time is soon coming when the Homoptera by general consent will be divided into the superfamilies Fulgoroidea, Cicadoidea, Cer- copioidea, Membracioidea, Jassoidea, Psylloidea, and Coccidoidea. These can then be divided into numerous natural families. Only special students of the group are aware of the enormous extent of the Homoptera, even as im- perfectly known as it is at present, and these students, at least, welcome the greater clarity and simplicity possible in the recognition of more numerous families. 1323994 49 50 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 At present I am grouping my material in seven families: Ledridz, Stenocotide, Ulopide, Tettigoniellide, Jassidz, Koe- beliidze, and Bythoscopide. The Ledride, if restricted, form a fairly homogeneous group. The Stenocotide include the Steno- cotine, Megophthalminz (formerly family Paropiide), and Sig- noretiine. The Ulopide form a passage to the next family. The Tettigoniellide include the Hylicine, Gyponine, Penthimi- ine, and Tettigonielline (with the tribes Ciccini, Tettigoniel- lini, and Errhomenini). The extensive family Jasside ? includes the Eupelicine and Jassinz; the latter subfamily I divide into 6 tribes: Acocephalini, Cephalelini (with the divisions Cephale- lusaria and Hecalusaria), Phrynomorphini (formerly Athysa- nini) (with the tribes Stegelytraria, Tartessusaria, Selenoce- phalaria, Phrynomorpharia, and Limotettixaria), Balcluthini (formerly Gnathodini), Eupterygini (formerly Typhlocybini), and Jassini (with the tribes Xestocephalaria and Jassaria). The Koebeliide represent an anomalous group showing a strange mixture of relationships. The Bythoscopid# should be sepa- rated into Bythoscopine and Eurymeline (if included at all). The latter subfamily, having strong membracid affinities, should be examined as to its relationships with the ethalionids. Taking up the Jassini, we find the tribe, throughout, readily recognizable by the reduced venation, distinctive form of head and thorax, and other general characters. It seems that Xes- tocephalus should find a place here. Its form, venation, and position of ocelli all find close analogues in this tribe. The genus Macroceratogonia of Kirkaldy indubitably belongs in this tribe and is closely related to Palicus and Neocoelidea. It has nothing clearly to distinguish it but the higher position of the antennz, and this character is not of tribal value. The division Thagriaria of Distant seems to be unnecessary, since there are some quite intermediate forms. The logical fol- lowing out of such a separation would be the recognition, among these genera, of a number of other groups of equal value and all difficult of definition. In Distant’s synopsis of genera the diag- nostic character used to separate Guliga has only a specific value among these insects. Also his alternative group characters for separating Jassus-Arya from Kunasia-Myittana are both amply *The use of the family name Jasside by Stebbing (Amphipoda: Gam- maridea) [Das Tierreich 21, 8, 647, 739], for a family of Amphipoda, is untenable. Jassus Fabr., as a genus of the Homoptera, dates from 1803, while Jassa Leach of Amphipoda dates from 1814. Fieber had used this family name in the Homoptera in 1866. RD Baker: Philippine Jassoidea 51 represented in endless intergrading conditions in American species of Jassus. In the several hundred tropical American species of the genus Jassus we might easily separate a large number of genera as good as Guliga of Distant. A number of the genera included in this tribe are so described that they cannot be understood without further study and description. For instance, in Kirkaldy’s description of Muirella he mentions a number of characters not at all generically diagnostic, but fails to mention if an appendix is present or not, and this point is not clearly shown in the accompanying cut. In the same genus he describes the vertex as two and one-half times as long as wide at base, but his figure shows it not twice as long as wide. In this case I have followed the figure.* A provisional synopsis—confessedly imperfect—of the genera of this division will indicate some of the relationships men- tioned above. In many respects this synopsis is too artificial, but this cannot be avoided with our incomplete knowledge of some of the genera. For instance, the median pronotal carina should not be used as a primary character, and Thagria should fall near Tharra and Soortana. Key to the genera of the division Jassaria.* a’. Fore femora and tibie normal. b*. Pronotum not medially carinate or only obsoletely so near anterior margin. c. Eyes not adjoining front in facial view. dra scucellumiamin tere sso ee ey nee Tinobregmus Van D. @. Scutellum normal to large. e. Antennal scrobes abnormally high on face, above level of eyes in facial view; antenne longer than body. Macroceratogonia Kirk. e*. Antennal scrobes near inner lower angle of eyes. f. Wings with two apical cells. g. Clypeus strongly umbonate..............-....... Paracoelidea Baker. Grim Clypeuseplanes wc. eee Ne ele Neocoelidea Baker. f’. Wings with three apical cells. g. Tegmina without an appendix.........-.0..00---2..... Palicus Stal. g. Tegmina with an appendix. h*. Vertex more or less elongately, usually angularly pro- duced, always longer than width between eyes and usually strongly foveate; front usually very long and narrow. * A specimen of Muirella, received from Muir since the above was writ- ten, does not agree with either the description or figure, the length of vertex being slightly more than twice interocular width. *Here should also be included the Doda of Distant and apparently the Toba of Schmidt. 52 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 v. Vertex but little longer than broad, acutely pointed anteriorly. 7. Front very long and narrow, but without angulate ridge above; ocelli near apex of vertex; tegmina UIELEN OAS) BOOZ Neo seccesceocecerctecccossaceeneerace Varta Dist. 7. Front not long and narrow, but with an angulate ridge above; ocelli not near apex of vertex; tegmina FOUN Ged wapiCalllly ase en ne Sabima Dist. v. Vertex little less than twice as long as broad, or longer. - jg. Vertex with anteocular portion far longer than inter- ocular. k*. Anteocular portion of vertex with lateral margins in line with outer margins of eyes. l’. Pronotum and vertex medially longitudinally carinate; margins of anteocular portion of vertex sinuate; clypeus narrowed to tip. Dussana Dist. ?. Pronotum and vertex noncarinate; margins of anteocular portion of vertex straight; clypeus broadened at tip and marginate. Muirella Kirk. k*. Anteocular portion of vertex greatly contracted within outer eye margins; clypeus narrowed EO} GAY Ase eee Dharmma Dist. 7. Vertex with anteocular portion far shorter than interocular. k*. Front with sides strongly sinuate and distinctly broadened above; lateral carinate margins of vertex parallel as far as to base of vertex, ante- riorly curved on to the temples next the eye; front more or less distinctly medially carinate; secutellum longer than vertex... Tharra Kirk. k°. Front with sides straight, scarcely broadened above; lateral carinate margins of vertex sud- denly converging posteriorly and “terminating in a sulcate process;” front noncarinate; scutel- lum about as long as vertex........ Soortana Dist. h?, Vertex but little and very obtusely produced in front of eyes, commonly about as long as broad, never much longer than broad between eyes, sometimes much less. a. Head distinctly narrower than pronotum. j*. Head about half the width of pronotum and not as wide as scutellum; vertex about as long as width between eyes, subangulate anteriorly and smooth, nonecarinate; ocelli very near eyes.... Placidus Dist. 7. Head always wider than half pronotum and wider than scutellum; vertex very obtuse and usually carinate medially or laterally or both; ocelli very near eyes. k*. Face broader than long; vertex broader than long and far shorter than pronotum; tegmina with 4 BpPIcalecellig nee eee we Sees Kunasia Dist. BSD) Baker: Philippine Jassoidea 53 k*. Face always far longer than broad; vertex usually as long as, or longer than, broad; tegmina with 5 apical cells. UV. Vertex subangular anteriorly; clypeus medially (CEWSTUNGNID, get tee AR AL eee pees ES Guliga Dist.° . Vertex very obtuse anteriorly; clypeus usually noncarinate, except occasionally toward base. Jassus Fabr. 7. Head about as wide as pronotum. 7. Pronotum slightly emarginate behind; clypeus broadened to tip; tegmina with 2 subapical cells. Arya Dist. 7. Pronotum deeply emarginate behind; clypeus nar- rowed to tip; tegmina with 1 subapical cell. Myittana Dist. c?. Eyes broadly adjoining front in facial view; vertex foveate, short angulate anteriorly; pronotum with anterior margin acutely pro- duced between the eyes.........22--.---:-:c-:c:cceeeceeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeees Pugla Dist. b*. Pronotum distinctly medially carinate; vertex laterally carinate, twice as long as width between eyes, apically acute, anteocular portion longer than interocular. c. Scutellum longer than pronotum; anteocular portion of vertex with subangulated lateral margins; lateral carine of vertex widely separated at base and apeX....-.-.....---0..ceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees Thagria Mel. c’. Secutellum shorter than pronotum; anteocular portion of vertex with nearly straight lateral margins; lateral carinze of vertex con- Wereine yatebaseganduapexe. <2 ) Gali Baben)k Ist am nachsten mit F. magnificus Dist. verwandt, unter- scheidet sich aber durch andere Farbe, durch etwas anderen Bau der Fitihler und durch den glatten Basallobus des Hals- schildes. Felisacus glabratus (Motsch.), fritiher von Ceylon und Java bekannt, kommt auch auf den Philippinen vor. Mir liegt ein Stiick aus Los Banos, von Prof. Baker gesammelt, vor. Genus VOLKELIOPSIS novum Der Korper ziemlich gedrungen, an den Seiten wenig gerun- det, oben glanzend, abstehend, kurz, schwarz behaart, auf dem Kopfe ist die Behaarung weitlaufiger und etwas langer. Der Kopf ist vertical, von oben gesehen viel breiter als lang, von vorne gesehen breit und kurz vorgezogen, viel breiter als lang, von der Seite gesehen etwa ebenso lang als an der Basis hoch. Die Stirn ist vorn stark gewolbt, an der Basis ungerandet, mit einer ziemlich breiten Langsfurche, vorne gleich oberhalb der Cly- peusbasis mit 2 nahe zu einander stehenden Hoéckerchen. Die Augen sind glatt, massig gross, von oben gesehen rundlich, sehr stark hervorspringend, wie gestielt, von vorne gesehen gerade ‘nach den Seiten zu gerichtet, vom Vorderrande des Halsschildes entfernt, der Kopf hinter denselben sehr stark verengt. Der Clypeus ist ziemlich hervortretend, von der Stirn deutlich ab- gesetzt, nach der Spitze zu etwas nach hinten gerichtet, in der Mitte breit stumpfwinkelig ausgeschnitten. Die Wangen sind massig hoch, die Kehle wenig lang, horizontal, der Gesichts- 132899 6 82 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 winkel ist ein rechter. Das Rostrum ist ziemlich dick, gerade, bis zur Basis der Mittelhtiften sich erstreckend, das 1. Glied wenig verdickt, die Kopfbasis nicht erreichend. Die Fiihler sind sehr kraftig, vor den Augen eingelenkt, dicht, ziemlich kurz, halb abstehend behaart, die Hinlenkungsstelle kurz gestielt. Das 1. Glied ist kurz, dick, nur etwa 4 langer als breit, die Basis unten breit vorgezogen, das 2. viel langer als das 1., wie das 3. mit flachen Unebenheiten, nach der Spitze allmahlich, ziemlich schwach verdickt und hier nur unbedeutend diinner als das 1., das 3. ktirzer als das 2., nach der Spitze zu massig ver- dickt und hier ebenso dick als das 1. (das letzte Glied muti- liert). Der Halsschild ist breiter als lang, nach vorne stark verengt, die Seiten ungerandet, fast gerade, der Basalrand in der Mitte breit ausgeschweift, die Hinterecken nicht vorgezo- gen, gerundet. Die Scheibe ist ziemlich gewolbt, stark geneigt, sehr stark, dicht punktiert, jederseits innerhalb der Hinterecken abgefiacht. Die Calli sind deutlich abgesetzt, klein, flach, ziem- lich weit von einander getrennt, die Apicalstrictur ist breit. Das Schildchen ist an der Basis quer eingedrickt, flach gewolbt, wie der Halsschild punktiert mit ziemlich breit abgerundeter Spitze, in der Mitte mit einer flachen, wenig hervortretenden Langs- linie. Die Hemielytren beim ¢ ziemlich die Hinterkorper- spitze tiberragend, die Seiten derselben fast gerade, der Clavus und das Corium ausserst fein gerunzelt, der Cuneus etwas langer als breit. Die einzige Zelle der Membran ziemlich gestreckt mit spitzer apicaler Innenecke. Die Hinterfliigelzelle ohne Hamus. Die Propleuren dicht und stark punktiert. Das Metastethium ohne deutliche Orificien. Die hinteren Hinterkérpersegmente mit spitz vorgezogenen Aussenecken, das Convexivum von oben gesehen unbedeutend ausserhalb der Hemielytren sich erstreck- end. Die Beine ziemlich kurz, kurz und halb abstehend behaart, die Schienen fein bedornt. Das 1. Glied der Hinterfiisse etwa ebenso lang als das 2., das letzte nach der Spitze zu kaum ver- dickt, die Arolien der Klauen sind ziemlich breit, an der Basis mit denselben verwachsen, sonst denselben stark gendhert. Diese Gattung ist nahe mit Volkelius Dist. verwandt. Der Kopf ist anders gebaut, der Bau der Fiihler und des Schildchens ist abweichend. Typus: V. frontalis sp. nov. Volkeliopsis frontalis sp nov. 3: Rotgelb, die Stirn oberhalb des Clypeus mit einem brau- nen Flecke, die Hemielytren, die innerste Basis ausgenommen, die Seiten des Hinterkérpers vom dritten Segmente an, die aus- mo Poppius: Orientalische Bryocorinen 83 serste Spitze des Rostrums und die Fiihler, die innerste Basis ’ des ersten Gliedes ausgenommen, schwarz, die Membran rauch- schwarz. Die Stirn ist beim ¢ etwa viermal so breit als der Durchmesser des Auges. Das 1. Fiihlerglied ist etwa ebenso lang als der Kopf von der Seite gesehen vom Vorderrande der Augen bis zur Clypeusspitze, das 2. etwa sechsmal so lang als das 1., das 3. etwa um die Halfte kiirzer als das 2. Der Halsschild ist etwa um {} kiirzer als am Basalrande breit, der letztgenannte etwa dreimal so breit als der Vorderrand. ? unbekannt. Hones, (> lates >mm LUZON, ibaa Mt. Maquiling (1 Exemplar, Museum Hel- singfors; C. F. Baker). Prodromopsis philippinensis sp. nov. 9: Oben glanzend, kurz und halb abstehend weiss behaart. Griin, der Kopf, das Schildchen an der Basis, die Unterseite zum grossten Teil und die Fiisse gelb, die Spitze der letztgenann- ten und die Fiihler schwarzbraun, die innerste Basis des ersten Fiihlergliedes hell, die Membran glasartig durchsichtig, irisie- rend,.die Venen griin. Der Kopf ist vertical, ein wenig nach hinten geneigt, von oben gesehen breiter als lang, von vorne gesehen lang vorgezogen, spitz dreieckig. Die Augen sind ziemlich gross, stark hervor- springend und von vorne gesehen nach oben gerichtet. Die Stirn leicht konkav, von oben gesehen vorne zwischen den Fiihlern etwas ausgeschweift, beim ¢ etwa 24 mal so breit als der Durch- -messer des Auges. Das gelbe, an der Spitze verdunkelte Ros- trum erstreckt sich bis zur Mitte der Mittelbrust, das 1. Glied kaum die Kopfbasis tiberragend. Das 1. Fiihlerglied ist etwa ebenso lang als der Apicalrand des Halsschildes breit, das 2. etwa doppelt so lang als das 1., das 3. kaum kiirzer als das 2., etwa 4 kiirzer als das letzte. Der Halsschild ist langer als breit, der Basalrand ziemlich tief ausgeschweift, etwa doppelt breiter als der Vorderrand, die Seiten etwas ausgeschweift. Die Scheibe massig gewodlbt, kaum geneigt, dick und méassig stark punktiert, die Calli deutlich abgesetzt, flach gewolbt. Das Schildchen ist unpunktiert. Die Hemielytren beim ¢ ziemlich die Hinterk6orperspitze tiberragend, undeutlich runzelig punk- tuliert, die Punktur auf dem Clavus etwas mehr hervortretend. Der Cuneus ist lang, bis zum letzten Fiinftel der Membran sich erstreckend, etwas breiter und zur Spitze mehr allmahlich verengt als bei den anderen Arten der Gattung. 84 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 é unbekannt. Long., 4.5; lat., 1.5 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (1 Exemplar, Museum Helsingfors; C. F. Baker). Am nachsten mit Pr. cuneatus (Dist.) verwandt, von dieser sowie auch von Pr. oculatus Popp. durch den breiteren Cuneus zu unterscheiden. Von der erst genannten Art ausserdem durch von vorne gesehen schmaleren Kopf mit mehr nach oben gerichte- ten Augen, durch die einfarbig schwarzen Fiihler, deren drittes Glied kiirzer ist, sowie durch schmileren, in der Mitte mehr ausgeschweiften Halsschild verschieden. Von Pr. oculatus aus- serdem durch anderen Bau des Kopfes abweichend. Hekista laudator Kirk. Hekista laudator Kirk., Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1902), 248. Combalus laudator Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynch. (1904), 2, 481. Die Gattung Combalus ist mit Hekista synonym. C. novitius, die einzige Art der Distant’schen Gattung, ist jedoch nicht mit H. laudator Kirk. identisch. Die beiden Arten unterscheiden sich leicht von einander u. a. durch andere Farbe, indem bei laudator der Basalrand des Halsschildes, die Clavalsutur und der Basalteil der Commissur auf dem Clavus sowie der. Cuneus, der Innenrand ausgenommen, gelb sind. Eine ausfiihrlichere Beschreibung der Gattung ist in Tijdskr. voor Ent. (1914) publiciert. Taivoniella cuneale Sp. nov. é, 9: Gestreckt, oben matt, anliegend und kurz, weiss be- haart, nur der Kopf glanzend. Schwarz, der Cuneus, der scharf begrenzte, schwarze Aussenrand ausgenommen, gelbweiss, die Membran rauchig gelbgrau, nach der Basis zu dunkler, die Beine und das Rostrum hellgelb, die Schienen mehr oder weniger, beim ¢ deutlicher schwarzbraun, die Spitze der Fiisse und die 2 ersten Fiihlerglieder (die 2 letzten mutiliert), schwarz, das 1. Glied beim ¢ gelbbraun mit schwarzer Spitze. Der Kopf ist wie bei F. fulvigenis Popp. gebaut, die Stirn ist etwa doppelt (¢)—25 mal (?)—so breit als der Durch- messer des Auges. Das Rostrum erstreckt sich bis zur Basis der Hinterhiiften, das 1. Glied etwa die Mitte der Vorderhiiften erreichend. Das 1. Fiihlerglied ist etwa ebenso lang als der Vorderlobus und die Apicalstrictur des Halsschildes zusammen, das 2. fast dreimal so lang als das 1. Der Halsschild ist wie bei fulvigenis gebaut, nur der Basallobus ist nach vorne weniger stark verengt und die Apicalstrictur ist etwas schmaler. Die Xe) 1 Poppius: Orientalische Bryocorinen 85 Hemielytren ziemlich weit die Hinterkérperspitze iiberragend, die Membranzelle gestreckt mit zugespitzter, apicaler Innenecke. Long., 3.8; lat., 1 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (2 Exemplare, Museum Helsing- fors; C. F. Baker). Von T. fulvigenis Popp. durch die Farbe des Kopfes und des Cuneus sowie durch das auffallend langere zweite Fiihlerglied zu unterscheiden. Genus EOFURIUS novum Der Korper ist klein, ziemlich gestreckt, oben massig glan- zend, punktiert, halb abstehend, ziemlich kurz weiss behaart. Der Kopf vertical, leicht nach hinten gerichtet, von oben gesehen viel breiter als lang, von vorne gesehen ziemlich breit vorge- zogen, etwas breiter als lang, von der Seite gesehen etwas kiirzer als an der Basis hoch. Die Stirn ist ungerandet und ungefurcht, unpunktiert, glanzend, massig gewolbt. Die Augen sind ziemlich klein, hervorspringend, fein granuliert, den Vorderrand des Halsschildes bertihrend. Der Clypeus ist wenig stark hervor- tretend, von der Stirn deutlich abgesetzt, die Lorae undeutlich, die Wangen ziemlich klein, die Kehle kurz, fast vertical, der Gesichtswinkel leicht zugespitzt. Das Rostrum ist massig dick und erstreckt sich bis zur Spitze dex Mittelhtiften, das 1. Glied etwa die Mitte der Vorderhiiften erreichend. Die Fiihler sind diinn, kurz und etwas abstehend behaart, etwas vor den Augen eingelenkt, das 1. Glied ist kurz, zur Spitze nicht verdickt, das 2. viel langer als des 1., zur Spitze kaum verdickt (die 2 letzten Glieder mutiliert). Der Halsschild ist etwas kiirzer als breit, nach vorne ziemlich verengt, der Basalrand gerade, die Seiten nach vorne ausgeschweift, ungerandet. Die Scheibe ist ziemlich gewolbt und geneigt, am Hinterrande der Colli bis zu den Seiten quer eingedriickt, dicht und ziemlich stark punktiert. Die Colli sind massig gross, bis zu den Seiten des Halsschildes sich erstreckend, in der Mitte von einander getrennt, glatt. Die Api- calstrictur ist scharf abgesetzt, breit, etwas schmdler als die Colli, dicht und fein punktiert. Das Schildchen ist flach und matt, kurz, unpunktiert und ungerunzelt, mit bedeckter Basis, hinter der letztgenannten quer eingedriickt. Die Hemielytren fast matt, undurchsichtig, beim ¢ weit die Hinterkorperspitze iiberragend, fast parallelseitig, der Clavus und das Corium fein quer gerunzelt, die Commissur des letzt genannten ganz kurz, der Cuneus lang und schmal, die Membran einzellig, die Zelle ziemlich lang und schmal mit abgerundeter apicaler Innenecke. Die Hinterfliigelzelle ohne Hamus. Die Orificien des Metastethi- 86 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 ums sind undeutlich. Die Beine sind ziemlich lang, nicht verdickt, halb abstehend behaart, die Schienen sind unbedornt, das letzte Fussglied zur Spitze verdickt. Die Arolien der Klauen sind gross und breit und mit denselben verwachsen. Ist nahe mit Palaeofurius Popp. verwandt, unterscheidet sich aber durch weniger hervortretenden Clypeus, durch die Augen, die den Vorderrand des Halsschildes beriihren, durch den gera- den Basalrand des Halsschildes und durch die undurchsichtigen, quer gerunzelten, fast matten Hemielytren. Typus: f. pygmaeus sp. nov. Eofurius pygmaeus Sp. nov. é: Weissgelb, die Augen schwarz, der Basalrand des Kopfes ganz schmal, der Basalrand des Halsschildes in der Mitte, das Schildchen, der Clavus, die Apicalhalfte des Coriums, der Aus- senrand und die 4ussere Apicalecke ausgenommen, die Vorder- brust jederseits, in der Mitte, die hinteren Briiste und der Hinterkorper, die Spitze ausgenommen, braunschwarz, das 1. Fiihlerglied gelb, zur Spitze braun, das 2. schwarzbraun. Die Stirn beim ¢ etwa dreimal so breit als der Durchmesser des Auges. Das 1. Fiihlerglied etwa ebenso lang als der Kopf von der Seite gesehen, das 2. fast 24 mal so lang als das 1. Der Basalrand des Halsschildes etwa doppelt so breit als der Vor- derrand. Das Genitalsegment beim ¢ links mit einer langen, unten an der Spitze vorgezogenen Spina. @ unbekannt. Hong 2a lab... OL9.mm, Luzon, Laguna, Los Bafios (1 Exemplar, Museum Helsingfors; C. F. Baker). Pycnofurius amorphophalli sp. nov. é, 9: Oben glanzend, auf dem Vorderkérper abstehend, auf den Hemielytren halb abstehend, kurz hell behaart. Schwarz, die Hemielytren, das Rostrum, das 1. Glied und die Spitze aus- genommen, die Fiihler und die Beine gelbweiss, der Clavus, ein breiter Querfleck hinter der Mitte auf dem Corium, nach aussen bis zum Embolium sich erstreckend, die Membran bis etwas liber die Mitte und das 2. Fiihlerglied schwarz, die dunkle Zeichnung auf den Hemielytren ein Kreuz bildend. Der verticale Kopf ist viel breiter als lang. Die Stirn von der Seite gesehen gewolbt, sowohl beim ¢ wie beim ¢ mehr wie dreimal so breit als der Durchmesser des Auges. Die Augen sind missig gross und hervorspringend, ganz fein gra- nuliert. Das Rostrum erstreckt sich bis zur Spitze der Mittel- hiiften, das 1. Glied etwas die Basis der Vorderhiiften tber- Reps Poppius: Orientalische Bryocorinen 87 ragend. Das 1. Fiihlerglied ist etwa um ein Drittel kiirzer als die Breite der Stirn zwischen den Augen, das 2. zur Spitze leicht verdickt, etwas mehr wie doppelt so lang als das 1., die 2 letzten diinn, das 3. linger als das letzte, das etwa ebenso lang als das 1. ist. Der Halsschild ist kaum langer als am Basal- rande breit, der letztgenannte in der Mitte leicht ausge- schweift, etwa doppelt so breit als der Vorderrand. Die Seiten sind bis zur Einschniirung ziemlich gerundet, dann bis zum Vorderrande gerade. Die Scheibe sehr kraftig gewolbt und geneigt, am Hinterrande der Calli tief quer eingedriickt, vor den Calli massig aufgetrieben, dicht und ziemlich stark punktiert, die Punktur auf dem Vorderteil etwas feiner. Das flache Schildchen ist unpunktiert. Die Hemielytren sowohl beim ¢ wie beim 9 weit die Hinterkorperspitze tiberragend, undeutlich, auf dem Clavus etwas dichter gerunzelt, die schwarzen Zeichnungen matt. Die Membranzelle mit rechtwinkeliger, apicaler Innenecke. Long., 3.5; lat., 1.5 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos, an Amorphophallus campanulatus lebend (2 Exemplare, Museum Helsingfors; C. F’. Baker). Von der einzigen, friiher bekannten Art der Gattung, P. puncticolliis Popp., durch andere Farbe, durch ktirzere und dik- kere Fiihler sowie durch die nicht abgerundete, innere Apicalecke der Membranzelle zu unterscheiden. Genus SIPORIA novum Der Korper gedrungen, oben glanzend, ziemlich kurz, abste- hend, gelb behaart, punktiert. Der Kopf ist klein, massig stark geneigt, von oben gesehen ktirzer als breit, von vorne gesehen etwas spitz vorgezogen, etwas breiter als lang, von der Seite gesehen etwas langer als an der Basis hoch. Die Stirn ist massig gewolbt, fein gerandet, in der Mitte mit einer feinen Langsfurche, der Clypeus ist kréftig hervortretend, von den Seiten etwas zusammengedriickt, von der Stirn wenig scharf abgesetzt, die Lorae sind schmal, die Wangen sind ziemlich klein, die Kehle massig lang, geneigt, der Gesichtswinkel ein rechter. Die Augen sind fast glatt, gross und stark hervorspringend, den Vorderrand des Halsschildes fast beritihrend, vorne nicht ausge- schweift. Das Rostrum ist kurz, die Spitze der Vorderhtiften kaum erreichend, das 1. Glied die Augenmitte nicht tiberragend. Die Fiihler sind gleich unterhalb der Mitte des Augenvorder- randes eingelenkt, kurz, das 1. Glied wenig verdickt, nach der Spitze zu etwas dicker werdend, einzeln, halb abstehend behaart, die Kopfspitze etwas tiberragend, das 2. langer als das 1., dichter behaart, nach der Spitze zu ziemlich verdickt und hier dicker 88 The Philippine Journal of Science als das 1., die 2 letzten diinn, zusammen etwas kiirzer als das 2. und unter einander etwa gleich lang. Der Halsschild ist ziemlich stark gewolbt, massig geneigt, kraftig punktiert, viel breiter als lang, nach vorne stark verengt mit leicht gerundeten Seiten. Der Basalrand ist breit gerundet, die Calli sind klein, flach, von einander getrennt, die Apicalstrictur ist scharf abge- setzt, ziemlich schmal. Das Schildchen ist klein, flach, glatt, mit bedeckter Basis. Die Hemielytren beim ¢° nur unbedeutend die Hinterkorperspitze tiberragend, fein runzelig punktiert, das Corium mit 2 Langsfurchen, von denen die innere kiirzer ist, der Cuneus ist schmal, linger als breit, durch eine ziemlich tiefe Fractur vom Corium abgesetzt. Die Membran mit einer Zelle, die massig gestreckt ist mit fast rechtwinkeliger apicaler Innen- ecke. Die Hinterfliigelzelle ist ohne Hamus. Die Orificien des Metastethiums sind klein mit feiner, ungekanteter Spalte. Die Beine sind kurz, kurz und halbabstehend behaart, die Schienen unbedornt, die Hinterschienen ganz leicht gebogen, das letzte Fussglied nach der Spitze zu etwas erweitert, das 1. Glied der Hinterfiisse kurz. Die Klauen kurz mit breiten, mit denselben verwachsenen Arolien. Typus: S. flaviceps sp. nov. Siporia flaviceps sp. nov. 2: Schwarz, der Halsschild etwas metallisch schimmernd, der Kopf, auf dem Halsschilde die Apicalstrictur und die Hin- terecken ganz schmal, die Vorderbrust, das Rostrum, die Fiihler und die Beine gelb, die Kopfspitze, auf den Hinterschenkeln ein Ring vor der Spitze und ein Fleck oben an derselben braun, das 2. Fiihlerglied und die hinteren Hiiften schwarzbraun, etwas mehr als das basale Drittel des erstgenannten gelb, die Mem- bran rauchig braunschwarz mit etwas dunkleren Venen, die Spitze breit gelblich. Die Stirn beim ¢ fast doppelt so breit als der Durchmesser des Auges. Das 1. Fiihlerglied kaum langer als die Stirn zwi- schen den Augen breit (¢), das 2. etwa doppelt so lang als das 1. Der Halsschild ist nicht voll um die Halfte kiirzer als am Basalrande breit, der letztgenannte mehr wie dreimal so breit als der Vorderrand. é unbekannt. Long., 4; lat., 2 mm. MENTAWEI, Sipora, Sereinu, Mai—Juni, 1894 (1 Exemplar, Musum Genova; f’. Modigliani). [Vol. 1X, Sec. D, No. 8, of this Journal was issued September 29, 1914; No. 4 was issued March 25, 1915; No. 5 was issued April 22, 1915; and No. 6 was issued May 20, 1915.] “PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS—Continued BOTANY A FLORA OF MANILA By Extmer D. MerrRRILL Order No. 419. Paper, 490 pages, $2.50, postpaid. Practically a complete flora of the cul- tivated areas in the Philippines. Descrip- tions, with keys, of over 1,000 species, 590 genera, and 136 families, with native names, glossary of technical terms, etc. THE COCONUT PALM IN THE PHIL- ~ IPPINE ISLANDS Order No. 37. Paper, 149 pages, 30 plates, $1, postpaid. The reprint contains the following arti- cles: On the Water Relations of the Coconut Palm (Cocos nucifera), The Coconut and its Relation to Coconut Oil, The Keeping Quali- ties of Coconut Oil and the Causes of its Rancidity, and The Principal Insects Attack- ing the Coconut Palm. INDO-MALAYAN WOODS By Frep W. FoxwortTHy Order No. 411. Paper, 182 pages, 9 plates, $0.50, postpaid. In Indo-Matayan Woods, Doctor Fox- worthy has brought together a large amount of accurate information concerning trees yielding woods of economic value. ZOOLOGY & A LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, EXCLU- SIVE OF THE CETACEA By Nep Hottistrer Order No. 428. Paper, 64 pages, $0.50, postpaid. This is the only recent attempt to enu- merate the mammals of the Philippine Islands. The distribution of each species is given, and the original descriptions are cited. ZOOLOGY—Continued A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS By RicuHarp C. McGrecor Order No. 103. Paper, 2 parts, 769 pages, $4, postpaid. A Manual of Philippine Birds contains in compact form descriptions of all the known species of Philippine birds. The usual keys and diagnoses of orders, families, and genera help the novice in identification. A CHECK-LIST OF PHILIPPINE FISHES By Davin STARR JoRDAN and RoBERT EARL RICHARDSON Order No. 102. Paper, 78 pages, $0.75, postpaid. This list will be found a convenient guide to the synonymy of Philippine ichthyology. The nomenclature-is thoroughly revised,. and the distribution of each species within the Philippine Islands is given. MEDICINE REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL PLAGUE CONFERENCE Held at Mukden, April, 1911, under the auspices of the Chinese Government. Edited by Erich Martini, G. F. Perris, ARTHUR STANLEY, and RIcHARD P. STRONG 4S3 pages, 18 plates (2 colored, 4 half- tones, 12-charts and maps) Order No. 416. Paper, $2.50; cloth, $3.50; postpaid. The proceedings of this International Con- ference and information gained therefrom, to- gether with the results of certain bacte- riological investigations, constitute the pres- ent report. The Bureau of Science of the Govern- ment of the Philippine Islands has been appointed sole agent for the distribution of the printed proceedings of the Interna- tional Plague Conference. PRICES ARE IN UNITED STATES CURRENCY Orders for these publications may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER, PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, P. L, or to any of the agents listed below. Please give order number. The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York, U. S. A. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C.,; England. Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Kelly & Walsh, Ltd., 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India. hy CONTENTS : Page. LIGHT, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part II]: Two New Species of Lithophytum Forskal from the Philippines... 1 COWLES, R. P. The Habits of Some Tropical Crustaceans. 11 HELLER, K. M. Neue Kafer von den Philippinen: I. 19 BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine Jassoidea: II, Philippine JaSSaltia ke ese ek eS Oe a 5 ee a ee A oe 49 GRIFFINI, ACHILLE. Prospetto dei Grillacridi delle Isole Filippinte ecb or Aah Tes at SN a es ce a eae 61 POPPIUS, B- -Neue Orientalische Bryocorinen..... 0. 75 U. S. The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’’ is issued as follows: currency. Section A. Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries.. $2.00 Section B. ‘Tropical Medicine * 2-2-2252. 22.22. a eee 3.00 Section :C, Botamy (22.25 cee es ei Feat a renee nce eee 2.00 Section D. General Biology, Ethnology, and Anthropology (Sec- : tion D began with Volume VY) -.------:-------2----12-2--222-- 2s A ee 2.00 Entire Journal, Volume II, Til, IV, or W ---------------2----------=--------=-- 5.00 Entire Journal, beginning with Volume VI ---------------------------------- _ 7.00 Single numbers (except of Volume I) -----------------------------------.---. .00 Flach section is separately paged and indexed. Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections) and supplement, sold only with a complete file of section A, B, or C-_----..------..-..-.-.-- 10.00 Supplement to Volume I (botany) --.-----.----------------------------------- 3.50 Volume I (without supplement), sold only with a complete tiie of SECHIOM Ags Boy VOR see sa EN NCE ae ee eee ae 6.50 Single numbersof Volume E202 es ao een ee «tb Publications sent in exchange for the Philippine Journal of Science should be addressed: Library, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Subscriptions may be sent to the Business MANAGER, Philippine Jour- © nal of Science, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents listed below: AGENTS The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Ger- many. Kelly & Waish, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India. Entered at the post office at Manila, P. |., as second-class matter. sh eel eS He Bey - Sec.D, No.2 Marcu, 1915 _ THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE | ALVIN J. COX, M. A., Px. D, GENERAL EDITOR SecTIon D GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, AND ANTHROPOLOGY EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF Ae F. BAKER, A. M.; C. S. BANKS, M. S.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B. R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. E. KUPFER, Pu. B. MANILA BUREAU OF PRINTING 1915 PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS ETHNOLOGY A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LAN- GUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE BONTOC IGOROTS By WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP Order No. 408. Paper, 89 pages, $0.75, postpaid. The vocabulary is given in Igorot-English and English-Igorot. THE NABALOI DIALECT By OTTo SCHEERER and THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN By Epwarp Y. MILuERr Order No. 403. Paper, $0.25; half mo- rocco, $0.75; postpaid. The Nabaloi Dialect (65 pages, 29 plates) and the Bataks of Palawan (7 Pages, 6 plates) are bound under one cover. THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP OF LANGUAGES By Otto SCHEERER and “FE” AND “V’ IN PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES By CARLOS EverETT CONANT Order No. 407. These two papers are issued under one cover, 141 pages, paper, $0.80, postpaid. THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY By EMERSON B. CHRISTIE Order No. 410. Paper, 121 pages, 1 map, 29 plates, $1.25, postpaid. Sindangan Bay is situated on the north- ern coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. The Su- banuns of this region were studied by Mr. Christie during two periods of five and six weeks, respectively. The 29 plates illustrate the Subanuns at work and at play; their industries, houses, altars, and implements; and the _ people themselves. THE HISTORY OF SULU By NaAsEEB M. SALEEBY Order No. 406. Paper, 275 pages, 4 maps, 2 diagrams, $0.75, postpaid. In the preparation of his manuscript for The History of Sulu, Doctor Saleeby spent much time and effort in gaining access to documents in the possession of the Sultan of Sulu. This book is a history of the Moros in the Philippines from the earliest ' times to the American occupation. ETHNOLOGY—Continued STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW, AND RELIGION By NAJEEB M. SALEEBY Order No. 405. Paper, 107 pages, 16 plates, 5 diagrams, $0.25; half mo- rocco, $0.75; postpaid. This volume deals with the earliest written records of the Moros in Mindanao. The names of the rulers of Magindanao are recorded in five folding diagrams. —— NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES By WILLIAM ALLAN REED Order No. 402. Paper, 83 pages, 62 plates, $0.25; half morocco, $0.75; postpaid. Plates from photographs, many of which were taken for this publication, show orna- ments, houses, men making fire with bamboo, bows and arrows, dances, and various types of the people themselves. INDUSTRIES PHILIPPINE HATS By C. B. RoBINSOoN Order No. 415. Paper, 66 pages, $ plates, $0.50 postpaid. This paper is a concise record of the history and present condition of hat making in the Philippine Islands. : THE SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE ~ ISLAND OF NEGROS By HERBERT S. WALKER Order No. 412. Paper, 145 pages, 10 plates, 1 map, $1.25, postpaid. Considered from the viewpoint of prac- tical utility, Mr. Walker’s Sugar Industry in the Island of Negros is one of the most important papers published by the Bureau of Science. This volume is a real contribu- tion to the subject; it is not a mere com- pilation, for the author was in the field and underesande the conditions of which he writes. A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE SILK CULTURE By CHARLES S. BANKS Order No. 413. Paper, 53 pages, 20 plates, $0.75, postpaid. In A Manual of Philippine Silk Culture are presented the results of several years’ actual work with silk-producing larve_ to- gether with a description of the new Philip- pine race, THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE D. GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, AND ANTHROPOLOGY VoL. X MARCH, 1915 No. 2 NEW SPECIES OF PHILIPPINE LIZARDS By Epwarp H. TAYLOR (Hinigaran, Occidental Negros, Negros, P. I.) ONE PLATE This paper is based on the collections made by the Bureau of Science during the past ten years and that made by me during the last two years. The latter collection is by far the larger and more representative. It has been made chiefly in Baguio, Mountain Province; Occidental Negros Province; and Agusan Province, Mindanao. Most of the new species were taken at Bunauan, in the upper Agusan Valley. So far as I know, no collection has ever been made before in this locality. Hugh Cuming and A. H. Everett collected at various places along the coast of Mindanao during Spanish times; in more recent years Dr. Edgar A. Mearns and Maj. J. M. T. Partello of the United States Army collected in various parts of the interior. New species taken by the two American collectors were sent to the Smithsonian Institution, and some of them have been described by Stejneger.? Bunauan is situated in a great sunken lake and swamp region, and has a remarkable herpetological fauna. More than 120 species were found there and nearly 2,000 specimens were collected; however, about 500 of these were lost in shipping the collection from the interior to the coast. In this lot a few very rare forms, including Draco mindanensis Stejneger, Tropido- phorus partelloi Stejneger, and 2 others, probably new, were lost. The faune of the various islands of the Philippine Archipel- ago are more or less distinct; that of Palawan, as shown by * Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1908), 33, 677; (1908), 34, 199; (1911), 39, 97. 132633 89 90 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Everett,? Boulenger,’ Griffin,s and others, has more species of reptiles in common with Borneo than have the other islands. The large number of species known only from Mindanao suggests that this island has a reptilian fauna peculiar to itself. How- ever, the knowledge of the herpetological faune of all the islands is very incomplete. Fewer than 15 species and varieties of lizards have been described from the Philippine Islands since the publication of Boulenger’s catalogue,® thirty years ago. In the present paper 14 species are described as new. These are: Gymnodactylus agusanensis. Sphenomorphus mindanensis. Gymnodactylus annulatus- Sphenomorphus coxi. Hemidactylus luzonensis. Sphenomorphus curtirostris. Ptychozoon intermedia. Sphenomorphus palustris. Luperosaurus compresicorpus. Dasia griffini. Lepidodactylus aureolineatus. Tropidophorus rivularis. Emoia ruficauda. Dibamus argenteus. Dasia semicincta (Peters) has been redescribed in this paper from a splendid series of specimens. It appears to be distinct from D. olivacea Gray, and I doubt if the typical form of the latter occurs in the Islands. The entire collection has not been gone over, and further study will probably bring to light other new species. Special thanks are due to Dr. Alvin J. Cox, director of the Bureau of Science, and Dr. R. P. Cowles, of the University of the Philippines, for facilitating this work; and to Mr. Artemus L. Day and Mr. S. F. Light, of the University of the Philippines, for checking identifications and assistance rendered in various other ways.. Gymnodactylus agusanensis Sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Dorsal granules intermixed with numerous large conical or trihedral tubercles, 9 or 10 irregular longitudinal rows on each side; males and females with preanal and femoral pores, those of the female much smaller; preanal pores arranged in a broadly angular series, 5 or 6 on each side; tubercles on the tail arranged in whorls. Type.—No. R. 1686, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan, Agusan Province, Mindanao, June, 1913; E. H. Taylor, collector. ? Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1889), 220. ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1894), VI, 14, 81. ‘This Journal, Sec. A (1909), 4, 595; Sec. D (1911), 6, 258. * Catalogue of the lizards in the British Museum (Natural History, 2d ed. London (1885), 1 and 2; (1887), 3. X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 94 Description.—Rostral large, somewhat wider than high, broadly entering the nostril and almost surrounding a quad- rangular median scale above, bounded above by 2 supranasals, and 2 small roundish internasals; nostrils large, directed back- ward with a depressed area immediately behind; nostril sur- rounded by the rostral, the supranasal, and 2 postnasals; scales on the snout, especially those on the canthus rostralis, much larger than those on the occiput and neck; a depressed area between and delineating the supraorbital regions continues some distance on the snout, giving it the appearance of a “nose;” eyelid not visible around the entire eye; 10 upper labials, first largest; a row of enlarged slightly keeled scales above the upper labials; 11 lower labials; mental triangular, as broad as long, a pair of rectangular chin shields bordering on the first labial and the mental, forming a suture behind the latter; several rows of en- larged scales below the lower labials, first row largest; the re- maining scales on chin and throat uniformly granular; auricular opening subtriangular; tympanum deeply sunk; body above with small granules intermingled with 18 or 20 irregular rows of enlarged, conical or slightly trihedral, tubercles of varying sizes; tubercles also on the occiput, arms, legs, and tail; those on the tail arranged in whorls, not continuing to the end of the tail; scales of the tail arranged in more or less regular transverse series; 3 or 4 enlarged tubercles on each side of the anus; a glandular row of tubercles from axilla to groin, giving the ap- pearance of a fold in the skin; ventral scales larger, imbricate, subequal in size; preanal pores in an angular series, 5 or 6 on each side; femoral pores separated from the preanals, from 8 to 10 on each side; several enlarged rows of scales in the preanal region in front and behind the preanal pores; toes with a well-defined crook, and with well-developed transverse lamellz below, 26 under fourth toe; distance from eye to ear equal to distance from eye to nostril, and slightly greater than the diam- eter of the eye; hind leg pressed forward reaches between the ear opening and the insertion of the forelegs. Color in life-—Grayish white above with 4 or 5 enlarged, irregular, dark black-brown crossbands, strongly contrasted; tail annulated with broad black rings and narrow white inter- spaces; a broad dark line from behind the eye joins the dark band which crosses the shoulder; a broad light line from the angle of the mouth to the shoulder; a somewhat darker band below the white line; a narrow white line from behind the upper part of the eye to a point above the ear opening, and across the occiput; head darker than the back, with a few in- 92 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 distinct light markings; labials with several small white spots; abdomen and throat yellowish white, powdered with brown; arms and legs marbled with brown; toes with dark and white spots alternating. Measurements.—Total length (extreme end of tail regener- ated), 170 millimeters; snout to vent, 88; foreleg, 36; hind leg, 48; width of head, 18. Variations.—Several other specimens taken at the same time vary more or less in the shade of brown or light color. The markings are much the same in all the specimens; in the young the colors are almost pure black and white. In 2 specimens the rostral is fused with the “interrostral.” The largest specimen, a female with regenerated tail, has the following measurements: Length, 220 millimeters; snout to vent, 106; foreleg, 40; hind leg, 55; width of head, 23. The preanal and femoral pores of the female are much smaller than those of the male. Remarks.—tThe occurrence of distinct pores in the female is very unusual. So far as I know this species is unique in the family with regard to this characteristic. Boulenger, in de- scribing the family Geckonide, states :° Males are generally distinguished from females by a larger size, the swelling of the base of the tail, and the presence of femoral or przanal pores, which are constantly absent in the latter. The perforations in the scales are visible to the naked eye. Examination of the underside of the skin with a microscope showed the presence of small glands with well-defined ducts. I have not ascertained whether or not the pores are functional. It is true that in many genera of this family, while there are no pores in the females, the scales corresponding to the pore-scales of the males are enlarged and differentiated, and it is possible to ascertain to a certain degree of accuracy the num- ber of pores in a male of a species by an examination of female specimens. In Gecko verticillatus the pore scales of the females have decided pits, but I have not ascertained whether or not the scales are perforated. This characteristic, I think, does not necessitate the establishing of a new genus, although it may call for a modification of the definition. Gymnodactylus annulatus sp. nov. Diagnosis —Dorsal granules minute, with from 14 to 16 ir- regular longitudinal rows of enlarged, conical or trihedral tuber- ° Catal. Lizards Brit. Mus. 2d ed. (1885), 1, 5. X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 93 cles; males with a V-shaped series of preanal pores, 3 on each side, inclosing a deep pubic groove; no femoral pores; pores wanting in the female; transverse plates under the basal phalanx large and well differentiated, 20 under the fourth toe; 12 to 14 upper labials; 11 to 12 lower labials. Type.—No. R. 1686-7, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan, Agusan Province, Mindanao, July, 1913; E. H. Taylor, collector. Measurements.—Total length, 122 millimeters; snout to vent, 56; width of head, 13; foreleg, 18; hind leg, 25. The largest specimen taken is only 141 millimeters in length. Remarks.—A complete description of this form is hardly necessary, since it agrees in most details with G. agusanensis and G. philippinicus. It differs from the latter in its smaller size and in having 3 instead of 6 preanal pores on each side not arranged in a parallel series as in G. philippinicus. The plates under the basal phalanx are enlarged and clearly differentiated. This species is very common at Bunauan, but was not ob- served at Butuan near the coast. More than 40 specimens were taken, all agreeing remarkably well with the type save in the shades of coloration. They were found under rotten logs and usually in pairs. They were dark when found, but quickly became lighter in color when exposed to the sunlight. Hemidactylus luzonensis sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Digits free and long, with 2 rows of lamelle; distal phalanx clawed, arising from the end of the distal portion of the toe; body with about 16 rows of strong, sharply keeled trihedral tubercles; head much flattened. Type.—No. 1774, Bureau of Science collection; Manila, Phil- ippine Islands. Description of type.—Adult female; head noticeably flattened, more than twice as wide as deep, neck especially constricted ; rostral squarish and upright, with a slight notch above, and a suture half the width of the scale; a supranasal with a small round internasal; nostril bordered by 2 postnasals, the first labial, the supranasal, and rostral; 11 upper labials; 10 lower labials; mental almost triangular, followed by 2 pairs of greatly enlarged chin shields, the first pair making a long suture behind the mental; a few slightly enlarged scales border the lower labials and the chin shields; head scales unequal, those on snout, especially those in front of eye, largest; a few small scattered - tubercles on the occiput; ear opening moderate, vertically oval; back with from 16 to 18 irregular rows of trihedral scales, _largest on the sides; tail with whorls of spiny tubercles above, 94 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 below with broad transverse scales; tubercles on front legs smaller than those on hind legs; scales on chin and throat small, those on abdomen imbricate and very much larger; 8 lamellze under longest toe; adpressed hind leg reaches beyond the elbow of adpressed foreleg; distance of ear opening and nostril from the ear, equal. Color in formalin.—Ground color drab-gray with a few scat- tered brown spots; an elongate dark spot behind the eye; snout with scattered brown spots; below immaculate. Measurements.—Total length (tail mutilated) , 60 millimeters; snout to vent, 50; foreleg, 18; hind leg, 24; width of head, 11. Remarks.—The type specimen was obtained from the Manila High School where it was being used for dissection. The abdomen has been opened and the end of the tail lost; otherwise the body is in good condition. There are no pores present, but a series of 12 differentiated preanal scales on each side probably indicates the number of pores in the male. This form is easily distinguished from H. frenatus by the longer inner toe, with the claw not sessile, the 8 rows of spiny tubercles on the tail, the narrowed neck, and the increased number and size of tubercles on the back. From H. depressus it differs in having the snout twice the diameter of the eye; the ear opening vertical and less than one third the diameter of the eye; the tail not depressed, with angular lateral edge. No other specimen having these characteristics has been seen. The type specimen was taken in Manila by a student of the High School. Ptychozoon intermedia sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Large scales of the dermal lobe on the side of the head equal to, or slightly smaller than, the largest abdominal scales; back with from 10 to 12 irregular longitudinal rows of flat round tubercles; tail with a narrow unsegmented terminal flap, no wider than the nearest lobes, slightly notched behind; annulations on the tail marked by lateral lobes directed some- what backward, and a series of 4 or more enlarged scales above, much larger than the scales on the lateral lobes. Type.—No. 1776, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan, Agu- san Province, Mindanao, July 12, 1912; E. H. Taylor, collector. Description.—Rostral large, rectangular, with a triangular depression in the upper part; the nostril is surrounded by the rostral, the first labial, 2 postnasals, and a rather large supra- nasal; latter is distinctly triangular and forms a suture with its mate behind the rostral; a large scale lies partly between the X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 95 supranasals; a small roundish scale on either side of this and directly behind the supranasals, touching the superior postnasal; 11 upper labials; 10 lower labials; mental much smaller than © the rostral or any of the five first lower labials, followed by two postmental scales; latter elongate, widest in the middle; on each side of the postmental a row of scales gradually diminishing in size bordering the labials; scales from the supraocular regions on the head twice as large as those on occiput; latter area with scattered small tubercles; a group of enlarged scales directly in front of the eye, back with uniform granular scales intermixed with flat roundish tubercles, 6 or 7 irregular rows on each side; scales on belly much larger than dorsal scales, or scales on the neck; on each side of the head below the auricular opening is a dermal flap, widest in front of the auricular opening and con- tinues from near the angle of the mouth to some distance on the ~neck; a similar flap on the foreleg entirely bordering the limb; the dermal flap on the hind leg is wanting from the groin to the knee; on each side of the body a wide dermal flap or parachute, extending from the fore limb, where it joins the flap of the fore limb, and continuing to the groin; tail with a lateral series of small rounded lobes decreasing in size toward the tip and directed backward “saw-tooth” fashion; tail with a flap on the tip, which is scarcely wider than the nearest lobes; each segment of tail with a number of enlarged scales; on the first half these are from 8 to 6 on each segment, on the last half the number is reduced, digits not webbed to the tips; distal phalanx on inner finger and toe replaced by a flattened scale. A series of 10 dif- ferentiated preanal scales arranged in a curved line; widely separated from these is a series of differentiated femoral scales 13 to 14 in number; a large scale on each side behind anus. Color in life-—A soft olive gray above with touches of bluish and brown; body transversed with several wavy lines of dark brown. Head more or less flecked with brown; a broad brown band from eye to shoulder; legs indistincly barred with reddish brown bands; below cream with large indistinct spots under the tail. _ Measurements.—Total length, 189 millimeters; snout to vent, 92; length of head, 24; height of head, 10; width of head, 21; foreleg, 30; hind leg, 48; width of lateral flap, 8.5; length: of femur, 15; greatest body width, 20. } Remarks.—tThis species seems to be intermediate between the two other known species of this genus. From Ptychozoon kuhli it differs in the absence of the wide flap at the extremity of 96 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 tail, and from P. horsfeldii it differs in having dorsal tubercles. The type specimen is a female and has no preanal pores; how- ever, there is a distinct series of.differentiated femoral scales, 14 on a side, and an angular series of 12 preanal scales, which leads me to believe that the male when found will have a similar number of femoral and preanal pores. There are 11 upper labials and 10 lower labials; the second lower labial is largest; symphysial, small and subtriangular. Markings and goloration similar to other species. This apparently is an extremely rare species, as it is wholly unknown to the Filipinos; were it common, there would be little doubt of its being recognized by them owing to its extraordinary appearance. Only one specimen was taken, although great ef- forts were made to obtain other specimens in the same and other localities. This is the only record of this genus for the Philippines. Luperosaurus compresicorpus Sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Body elongate, compressed, with a very narrow abdominal region; digits with undivided lamellze; fingers and toes with rudimentary webs; no dorsal tubercles; chin shields very small, undifferentiated. Type.—No. 1781, Bureau of Science collection; Limay, Bataan Province, Luzon. Collector and date unknown. Description of type.—Rostral large, entering the nostril, a very small suture present; 2 supranasals, the first much the larger; a depressed area immediately behind the nostrils; gran- ules on the snout and those behind and below the angle of the mouth equal to, or larger than, dorsal granules; eye large, pupil vertical; ear opening very small; the diameter of the eye equal to its distance from the ear, less than its distance to the end of the snout; 19 or 20 upper labials, 16 lower labials; mental small; chin shields small, numerous, and irregular; a somewhat enlarged row of scales bordering the lower labials; granules on the chin and throat extremely minute; scales on the abdomen juxtaposed, cycloid, and irregular, arranged in more or less regular transverse rows, about 16 in a row; a row of differen- tiated preanal scales, 7 on each side, probably representing the number of preanal pores in the male; each scale with a distinct depression; an angular row of larger scales immediately behind the pore scales; distal phalanx very short with retractile claws on all save inner finger and toe; undivided lamelle under digits, 15 or 16 under the fourth finger and an equal number under the X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 97 fourth toe; lamelle as wide at the base as at the end of digit; scales on the underside of tail very irregular in size and shape. Color in alcohol.—Above, light cinnamon-brown, slightly darker on arms and legs; below, immaculate; tail with a slight peppering of cinnamon-brown below. No markings are in evidence. Measurements.—Total length, 110 millimeters; snout to vent, 62; width of head, 9; greatest width of body, 7.5; foreleg, 15; hind leg, 23. Remarks.—It is with great hesitancy that I have referred this species to the genus Luperosaurus, since it is unlike other species of that genus, in having a compressed body with a very narrow abdominal region. It is possible that it should be made the type of a new genus. Lepidodactylus aureolineatus sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Preanal and femoral pores arranged in a contin- uous angular series, 19 on each side; a narrow, brilliant golden line from tip of snout through eye to some distance behind eye; tail subcylindrical, with a sharp lateral edge, somewhat flat- tened on ventral surface. Type.—No. 1775, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan, Agu- san Province, Mindanao, June, 1913; E. H. Taylor, collector. Description of type.—Rostral entering the nostril; 2 conjoined supranasals bordering the nostril above; a large postnasal; a large irregular internasal separated from the supranasals by a row of small scales; scales behind the postnasal much enlarged; mental very small; 11 upper and 10 lower labials; chin shields numerous, roundish, and subequal in size; no median groove in the forehead; tail subcylindrical, flattened below, serrated on the edge, tapering gradually. ; Color in life-—Color changeable. When first taken, the back was dark brown with a series of reddish green spots beginning on the middle of the back and continuing more distinctly to the end of the tail; a narrow, bright, golden yellow line from the tip of the snout through the eye, extending to near the insertion of the front leg; tip of tongue black; belly powdered with brown. After being kept for some time, these colors changed markedly. The back became yellowish green, the spots indis- tinct, and blackish dots appeared about the latter; the abdomen became green, and most of the brown disappeared. When first taken, the tail was marked with reddish brown spots; on the underside brick red, powdered with brown, with indications of 98 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 narrow horizontal lines. No change was observed in the color of the tail. Measurements.—Total length, 76 millimeters; snout to vent, 34; width of head, 7; foreleg, 9; hind leg, 15. Remarks.—This species is allied to Lepidodactylus lugubris, but differs in the following details: There is no groove between the eyes, there is a much larger series of pores, there is a brilliant golden line through the eye, and the first row of chin shields is smaller than the second. From L. Jabialis it differs in the presence of femoral pores. A second specimen taken at the same locality has a regenerated tail, which is peculiar in its resemblance to that of L. planicaudus. The tail is espe- cially flattened, with a free, serrated, lateral edge, the sides of which are parallel for some distance, and then taper rapidly. It is a male and agrees in all other details with the type. Stej- neger does not state specifically whether pores are present in his species or not, but it is probable that it agrees with L. lugu- bris in this point. A small female specimen from the type locality agrees with the type save in the presence of pores; however, there is a series of somewhat enlarged scales equal in number to the pores in the male. This form is arboreal, and specimens were taken from the tops of felled trees. Changes in colorations and markings occur very rapidly, but the golden line through the eyes is invariable. One specimen, found on a floating branch in the river, was light yellow-green without markings. Ten specimens were collected. Emoia ruficauda sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Lower eyelid with an undivided transparent disk; frontoparietal single; interparietal present; supranasals widely separated, bordering nostril; 5 golden yellow lines on the body; tail pale red. Type.—No. 1778, adult female, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan, Agusan Province, Mindanao, June, 1912; E. H. Taylor, collector. Description of type.—Rostral forming a straight broad suture with the frontonasal, which is much broader than long; latter in contact with the frontal; frontal wide, little more than half as long as the parietal region; frontoparietal single, inter- parietal small; 4 supraoculars, the second largest; 7 or 8 superciliaries ; 2 large nuchals; nostril pierced between 3 nasals; 7 upper labials, fifth very large; 6 lower labials; 2 loreals; 2 superimposed preoculars; 4 much enlarged temporals, the one X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 99 bordering the parietal largest; 3 chin shields behind the mental, second and third divided; 4 enlarged preanals; lamellae under digits very numerous, close together except the distal part under which the lamelle are broad and long; 62 under fourth toe; extended leg scarcely reaches the elbow; 26 rows of scales around the body, dorsals very large; ear opening moderate, ob- liquely oval. Color in life-——Body coal black above with 5 golden yellow lines on the back; the median line begins on the snout and con- tinues only to the sacral region; the dorsal-lateral lines begin just in front of the eyes and are lost on the tail; the lateral lines begin on the upper labials and continue to the groin; be- low bluish white; tail bright vermilion. Colors of young and adult the same. Measurements.—Total length, 129 millimeters; snout to vent, 50; width of head, 12; foreleg, 15; hind leg, 22. Remarks.—This species was fairly common in the upper Agu- san Valley. It is very conspicuous and usually is seen in the tall grass near the rivers and lakes. (@) x (@) (e) Di, | ee a45 | 3139 |_---do__--| O O x O O oO 0) Oo Di) |foee.-|-§ See 246 | 3189 |-.--do---_| xX oO O (@) (0) ce) oO (e) — Kes. 2h ees a47 | 3189 |___-do-_-_| X O x (e) < O Oo }|x-|} — —|—- D a48 | 31389 |--_-do----| O x O oO (@) (0) (e) (@) D2 eee 49} 3145] Apr. 25} O O O (@) (0) oO (@) Ko - teeta |e el 50), 3145) |-2=2do) -222) O O Oo oO O oO 0) D” | ooo alee eee bl} 3145) |=--=do) --=2|' (0 x O x oO oO x Ke | 5-5-3 |2c eo See eee 52 | 3145 |_---do----| K O Oo x Oo = oO DD |o2sn.} 2. 4 Se ee 535i) so14 5b =do —2221 10 oO O oO Oo Oo D 54 | 3145 |__--do---_| O (@) (0) (@) (@) (0) (0) a55 | 3154] Apr. 29| O (@) (@) ~< (@) O D 56 | 3154 |_-_-do----| O O oO oO x Y= || 1D) 4 Male kept in the salt solution with the female. > Found alone in the intestine of the host. O No eggs laid. U Unfertilized eggs only laid. x Typical mammillated eggs. Y Eggs on which the albuminous layer is very thin and in some eases lacking. — All eggs without albuminous layer of shell. Notre.—In many cases after the first or second layings part of the eggs laid were un- fertilized. No record is made of unfertilized eggs except in those cases where they were all unfertilized. D Died. K Killed. xe Wharton: Eggs of Ascaris lumbricoides 115 resulted. I kept these eggs from a number of different indi- viduals and found that they developed in the same manner and in the same length of time as the typical eggs. In fact, it was impossible to find any difference between the two kinds of eggs except the total absence of the albuminous layer in the second form. As this layer of the shell is produced only in the anterior part of the uterus after the chitinous layer has been deposited, its absence has no effect on the protoplasm of the egg. The absence of the albumen from the surface must be due to some physiological condition which prevents the formation and depo- sition of the required substance by the uterine glands. What this condition is I am unable to state. That it is not due solely to a lack of nutritive material in the solution is indicated by the fact that eggs of this form are sometimes found in the feces of perfectly healthy well-nourished persons, while in poorly nourished and diseased persons the eggs may all have the typical mammillated layer of shell. Although this experiment fails to show why these atypical eggs are produced, it conclusively shows that they are produced by Ascaris lumbricoides, if the proper conditions arise, and that their presence in the feces is not due to the presence of any other species of worm or any particular variety of Ascaris lumbricoides. In addition to the above-mentioned forms, unfertilized eggs are also frequently found. These may be distinguished readily by the fact that the protoplasm of the egg is not surrounded by a vitelline membrane and completely fills the shell. It is also much more vacuolated than in the fertilized eggs. The shell of the unfertilized eggs may present any of the conditions found in the fertilized eggs. In addition, both layers of the shell are sometimes absent in the unfertilized eggs laid in Kronecker’s solution, but eggs in this condition are not likely to be found in fzeces as they would be destroyed very quickly by the juices of the intestine or by the pressure of its contents and would not succeed in passing out unbroken. ies 2 anignabeek acting my i Eo vaw sbidgetial a Frengi ee) otysb, ocye oeat ois) ow wa my | Liat eli ibe pita clr se ey ge er fi ii reE fodeed dures aif nutes otha, ake texte a Ase st dete in] “ial "atte anne cates abceiorer vie ri ‘ganwaney tid sdf He i if 3 ¥ sade "ey ti " f f 4 VEE: “opont 6 a paleo ay old refed pitt ene ite hy lekqnion beuie onipnatertonse be itt BPs th ‘geese bh He dnote: Nearet aus (nett i Made ae Te Hock: steht hag ytth are toll Hasan. me jal. wae: Ba stan one disoa ait ph toni at hein ART OT NSU Desa ey ine am wt Mh ry a A af, uy sine, ZUR STAPHYLINIDENFAUNA DER PHILIPPINEN: VI. BEITRAG ZUR KENNTNIS DER INDO-MALAYISCHEN FAUNA Von MAx BERNHAUER (Horn, Nieder Oesterreich) Herr Professor C. F. Baker, der unermiidliche Erforscher der Philippinen, hatte die Freundlichkeit abermals eine Partie von ihm gesammelter Staphyliniden zur Bearbeitung einzusenden. In dem ich demselben hiefiir meinen besten Dank sage, tibergebe ich die in dem hochinteressanten Material vorgefundenen Neu- heiten der Offentlichkeit. Osorius bakeri sp. nov. ’' Unter den Arten mit nicht ausgebuchteten Halsschildseiten durch den dusserst dicht und gleichmassig langsgestreiften Kopf und die zwei seitlichen fast xapfenformigen Fortsadtze der Stirn leicht zu erkennen. Von der normalen glanzend pechschwarzen Osorius-Farbe, die Fiihler, Taster und Beine rostrot. Kopf et- was schmaler als der Halsschild, ausser der glatten Scheitelpartie mit scharfen, kielformigen, die ganze Lange einnehmenden Langsstrichen sehr dicht besetzt, nur ober der Fiihlerwurzel in geringerer Ausdehnung geglattet, vorn tief bogig asymetrisch ausgeschnitten, die Seiten in lange, breite, spitzwinkelige Fort- satze ausgezogen, von denen der rechte langer, weniger breit und scharfer spitzwinkelig ist. Halsschild in der vorderen Halfte breiter als die Fliigeldecken, nach riickwarts geradlinig verengt, wenig breiter als lang, vor den Hinterecken mit breit abgesetzter Seitenrandkehle, ziemlich fein und sparlich, unregelmdssig punk- tiert, zu beiden Seiten der unpunktierten Mittelzone mit je einer feinen Dorsalpunktreihe. Fltigeldecken etwas langer als der Halsschild, ohne deutliche Punktierung, nur mit wenigen flachen undeutlichen Punkten besetzt. Hinterleib ziemlich fein und sparlich punktiert und mit einzelnen sehr fein eingegrabenen Querstricheln. Lange, 6-6.25 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling. Osorius maquilinganus sp. nov. Mit dem vorigen sehr nahe verwandt, halb so klein, der Kopf weniger dicht und weniger ausgedehnt langsgestrichelt, der 117 118 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Hocker tiber der Fiihlerwurzel in grosserer Ausdehnung geglat- tet, neben demselben nicht gestrichelt, die Stirnfortsitze sind schmaler und erscheinen dadurch langer. Der Halsschild ist vor den Hinterecken nicht so stark und breit abgesetzt, die Seitenrandkehle viel schméler, die Punktierung ist weniger sparlich. Auf den Fliigeldecken ist die Skulptur auch weniger undeutlich und weniger sparlich. Lange, 5.75 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (1 Exemplar). Osorius philippinus sp. nov. Unter den Arten mit | ee Seiten durch die Farbung und die Skulptur des Kopfes und Halsschildes gleich ausge- zeichnet und kaum mit einer anderen Art zu verwechseln. Pechschwarz, Halsschild, Abdomen, der Vorderrand des Kopfes, die Fiihler, Taster und Beine rotlichgelb, glanzend. Der Kopf ist mit Ausnahme der glatten hinteren mittleren Stirnpartie und der Fiihlerhéckerchen sehr fein aber deutlich chagriniert, nur matt glanzend, massig dicht mit sehr feinen, nicht zu langen Langsstrichelchen in der Partie zwischen den Augen. Hals- schild wenig breiter als lang, nach ritickwarts von den Vorder- ecken angefangen in fast gerader Linie verengt, verkehrt tra- pezformig, mit schmal abgesetzter Seitenrandkehle, sehr fein und sparlich punktiert, in den Dorsalreihen in der Mitte mit je einem schmalen Langseindruck, in welchem einige grobe Punkte eingestochen sind. Fliigeldecken kaum linger als der Halsschild, fast quadratisch, sehr undeutlich und sparlich skulp- tiert. Hinterleib fein und sparlich punktiert, tiberdies langs- gestrichelt. Lange, 4 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling. Osorius luzonicus Sp. nov. In die Nahe des Osorius cribrum Fauv. gehorig, jedoch nur héchstens ein Fiinftel so gross, die Stirn ist vorn nicht wie bei diesem in der Mitte zahnf6rmig vorgezogen, sondern gerade abgestutzt, die Strichelung ist feiner und weitlaufiger. Der Halsschild ist dem des O. cribrum sehr ahnlich gebildet, die Punktierung aber ist feiner und weniger tuberkelartig. Endlich sind die Fliigeldecken etwas weitlaufiger punktiert. Lange, 3.75 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling. x,d,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 119 Osorius minutus Sp. nov. In der Skulptur des Kopfes mit Osorius minutissimus Bernh. fast tibereinstimmend, durch mehr als doppelt so grosse Gestalt, breiteren und kiirzeren Halsschild, viel breitlaufiger und feiner punktierten Halsschild und langere weitlaufiger skulptierte, glanzendere Fliigeldecken sofort zu unterscheiden. Der Hals- schild ist deutlich breiter als lang, sehr fein und weitlaufig punk- tiert, die glatte Mittellinie nur mdssig scharf abgesetzt. Die Fliigeldecken sind der Lange nach lang-gerunzelt, an den Seiten in der Schulter beginnend in eine stumpfe Langsfalte aufge- worfen. Lange, 2.75 mm. LuZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling. Stenus (Hypostenus) smaragdinus sp. nov. Eine reizende durch die Farbe sehr ausgezeichnete neue Art. Schwarz, die ganze Oberseite hellgriin erzglanzend, die ganzen Fiihler, Taster und Beine licht rotlichgelb. Kopf sehr breit, fast breiter als die Fliigeldecken, mit erloschenen Stirnfurchen, grob und massig dicht punktiert, mit 3 kurzen geglatteten Langserhabenheiten in der Mitte und ober den Fiihlerwurzeln. Fiihler kurz, die Keulenglieder wenig linger als breit. Hals- schild viel schmaler als die Fliigeldecken, um ein Drittel langer als breit, an den Seiten gleichmassig gerundet; oben ziemlich gleichmassig gerundet ohne EHindriicke, grob und nicht allzu dicht, gleichmassig punktiert, glanzend. Fliigeldecken kiirzer als der Halsschild, an den Schultern abgerundet, nach riick- warts schwach verengt, noch grober und etwas weitlaufiger punktiert als der Halsschild, glanzend. Abdomen glanzend, stark, an der Basis der Tergite dicht, in der Apikalhalfte weit- laufig, am 7. Tergit ziemlich gleichmdssig und ziemlich dicht punktiert. Lange, 3.75 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos. Stenus tropicus sp. nov. 2: Ebenfalls in die Hypostenus-Gruppe gehorig, durch die Farbung, den breiten Kopf und die gleichmassig dichte Punk- tierung des ganzen Korpers recht ausgezeichnet. Tiefschwarz, massig glainzend, die Fiihler bis auf die schwarzliche Spitze, die Taster und die ganzen Beine rotlichgelb. Kopf fast breiter als die Fliigeldecken, mit sehr grossen Augen, ausgehohlt ohne Stirnfurchen, ober den Fiihlerwurzeln mit einer geglatteten kur- 120 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 zen Langserhabenheit, grob und dicht, gleichmassig punktiert. Halsschild viel schmdler als die Fliigeldecken, etwas langer als breit, an den Seiten hinten schwach ausgeschweift, etwas vor der Mitte am breitesten, ziemlich stark gerundet, oben gleich- massig gewolbt, dicht und grob, gleichmassig punktiert, die Zwischenriume scharf abgesetzt. Fliigeldecken kiirzer als der Halsschild, quer-rechteckig, gréber als der Halsschild, aber weitlaufiger und runzeliger punktiert. Hinterleib walzenfor- mig, nur an den Seiten des 3., 7. und 8. Tergites gerandet, weniger grob und weniger dicht als der Vorderkorper punktiert, glanzender. Die Punktierung ist ziemlich gleichmassig. Lange, 4.5 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (1 Exemplar). Stenus (Hypostenus) maquilinganus sp. nov. é: In die Nahe des Stenus bispinus Motsch. zu stellen, fast von der gleichen Farbung, jedoch durch dreimal grossere Ge- stalt, viel langere Fliigeldecken, viel weitliufigere Punktierung des ganzen Korpers, langeren Halsschild u. s. w. auf den ersten Blick zu unterscheiden. Schwarz, mit ged’impftem Glanze, die Fiihler mit Ausnahme der schwach gebraéunten Keule und die Taster rotlichgelb, die ganzen Beine weisslichgelb. Kopf breiter als der Halsschild, aber schméler als die Flitigeldecken, ziemlich flach mit schwach angedeuteten Stirnfurchen, ober den Fiihler- wurzeln und hinten langs der Mitte geglattet, diese Stellen jedoch wenig vortretend, sonst madssig stark und weitlaufig punktiert. Fiihler lang, die Glieder der Keule gut doppelt so lang als breit. Halsschild viel schmaler als die Fliigeldecken, um ein Drittel langer als breit, cylindrisch, in der Mitte nur schwach erweitert, oben an den Seiten schwach schrag eingedriickt, massig stark und massig dicht punktiert. Fliigeldecken linger als der Hals- schild, ziemlich quadratisch, grober als dieser und nur wenig dicht, hinten feiner und weitlaufiger punktiert. Hinterleib nur in den Basalfurchen der vorderen Tergite stark und dicht punktiert, sonst nahezu glatt, nur mit dusserst zarten Piinktchen vereinzelt besetzt. Lange, 5.25 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (1 Exemplar). Beim ¢ ist das 6. Sternit sehr breit und sehr tief dreieckig ausgeschnitten, der Ausschnitt fast bis zur Basis reichend, das 5. Sternit ist der ganzen Linge nach dreieckig dicht goldgelb behaart, die vorhergehenden bis zum ersten mehr oder weniger der Linge nach eingedriickt, die Hindriicke dicht behaart, der Hinterrand des 4. und 3. Sternites schwach bogig ausgerandet. x%D,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 121 Astenus viperinus Sp. nov. Von der Farbung des Astenus filiformis Latr. durch die eigen- tiimliche Gestalt des langgestreckten Kopfes sehr ausgezeichnet. Schwarz, matt, der Hinterleib glanzend, der Hinterrand der Fliigeldecken breit gelb ges’umt, die gelbe Farbe neben der Naht nach vorn verlangert, die Fiihler und Taster rotlichgelb, die Beine hellgelb. Kopf etwas schmdler als der Halsschild, fast um die Halfte langer als breit, hinter den Augen vollstandig geradlinig verengt, so dass die hintere Halfte des Kopfes die Gestalt eines verkehrten Trapezes erhalt, die Hinterecken ver- haltnismassig schmal verrundet. Die Punktierung dhnlich wie bei Astenus filiformis. Halsschild etwas schmialer als die Fliigel- decken, fast um die Halfte breiter als lang, eiformig, Ahnlich wie bei A. filiformis punktiert. Fliigeldecken etwas langer als der Halsschild, weniger dicht als bei A. filiformis punktiert, mit starkerem Glanze. Hinterleib ziemlich kraftig und mdssig dicht, weitlaufiger als bei A. cribrellus Baudi punktiert, stark glanzend. Lange, 4.5 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Bafos. Beim ¢ ist das 6. Sternit schmal und tief ausgeschnitten, der Ausschnitt an den Randern schmal geglattet, das 5. ist der ganzen Linge nach breit niedergedriickt, am Hinterrand breit und seicht ausgerandet und dicht krenuliert, das 4. ist ebenfalls, aber in geringerer Ausdehnung niedergedriickt und vor der Mitte des Hinterrandes breit geglattet. Astenus philippinus sp. nov. Von der vorhergehenden Art durch etwas kleinere Gestalt, viel kiirzeren Kopf, der aber immer noch langer als bei Astenus fiiformis ist, kiirzeren Halsschild, kiirzere Fliigeldecken, nicht nach vorn gezogene gelbe Farbung des Hinterrandes derselben und viel kiirzere Fiihler unterschieden. Der Kopf ist deutlich langer als breit, die Fiihler sind kurz, die vorletzten Glieder kaum langer als breit, das Endglied ziem- lich breit, an der Spitze schief abgestutzt. Der Halsschild ist kurz oval, an den Seiten mit 2 Seitenborsten. Die Fliigeldecken sind wenig langer als der Halsschild, nicht allzu dicht punktiert, ziemlich glanzend. Lange, 3.75 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos. Medon philippinus sp. nov. Diese Art ist dem Medon granulicollis Bernh. so nahe verwandt und in der Bildung der einzelnen Korperteile so ahnlich, dass 132633——3 122 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 es geniigt die wenigen, aber immerhin markanten Unterschei- dungsmerkmale anzugeben. Die Farbung ist im allgemeinen dunkler, pechschwarz, die Fliigeldecken an der Basis mehr oder minder rotbraun, der Spitzenrand hell rétlichgelb, mit langen gelben Haaren dicht bekleidet, bei unausgefarbteren Exempla- ren tritt die rostbraune Farbung mehr oder minder hervor. Der Kopf ist breiter, nach hinten nicht wie bei M. granuli- colis Bernh. schwach erweitert, sondern ganz parallelseitig. Die Punktierung des Kopfes und Halsschildes ist viel dichter und runzeliger ineinanderfliessend, wahrend bei M. granulicollis die einzelnen Korner von einander deutlich gesondert sind. Lange, 3.5-4 mm. LuZON, Laguna, Los Banos. Beim ¢ ist das schmale 6. Sternit schwach ausgerandet, die tibrigen Sternite einfach. Staphylinus (Nesiolinus) bakeri sp. nov. Eine durch die prachtige Farbe sehr ausgezeichnete Art. Schwarz, Kopf, Halsschild und Fliigeldecken lebhaft Kornblu- menblau, das Endglied der schwarzen Fiihler und die Spitze des vorletzten, sowie die Beine weissgelb, die obere Kante der Schen- kel bis auf die Spitze pechschwarz, die Stacheln der Schiener schwarz, die Tarsen mit Ausnahme des ersten Tarsengliedes der Mittel- und Hintertarsen rotlichschwarz. Kopf und Halsschild ziemlich glanzend, sehr grob und ziemlich dicht nabelig punktiert, silberweiss behaart, tiberdies mit langeren diinneren schwarzen Harchen und an den Seiten mit langen schwarzen Borsten be- setzt. Die Fliigeldecken matt chagriniert und tiberdies fein und weitlaufig punktiert, lang und wenig dicht schwarz behaart, mit einer silberweissen Querbinde vor der Mitte, am Hinterrande dicht mit langen silberweissen Haaren hbekleidet. Hinterleib nach riickwarts verengt, ziemlich glanzend, fein und weitlaufig punktiert und diinn schwarz behaart und stellenweise, namentlich in der Mitte und an den Seiten, mit ziemlich dichtem silberweis- sem Toment besetzt. Die Hinterbrust ebenfalls silberweiss be- haart. Der Kopf ist um ein gutes Stiick schmdaler als der Hals- schild, um ein Viertel breiter als lang, an den Seiten fast nach riickwirts verengt, die Schlafen hinter den Augen ein Drittel so lang als deren Lingsdurchmesser; die Oberseite ist langs der Mitte schmal geglattet. Halsschild etwas schmaler als die Flt- geldecken, der Hinterrand und Seitenrand in kontinuirlichen Bogen gerundet, nach vorn deutlich verengt. Lange, 11 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling. x,D,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 123 Beim ¢ ist das 6. Sternit breit und ziemlich tief ausge- schnitten, der Ausschnitt im Grunde gerundet, das 5. ist leicht ausgerandet. Diese Art und die Folgende besitzen eine Anzahl von Merk- malen, die die Aufstellung eines neuen Subgenus notwendig machen, ftir welches ich den Namen Nesiolinus wahle. Diese Untergattung zeichnet sich unter den Arten mit rudi- mentéren Epimeren durch den nach hinten schwach verengten Kopf und den nach vorn verengten Halsschild aus. Die Fiihler- bildung ist der des Subgenus T7ichoderma gleich. Der Fortsatz der Mittelbrust, der bei den vorliegenden Stiicken nicht deutlich sichtbar ist, scheint mir die Mitte zwischen Trichoderma und Abemus zu halten. Staphylinus (Nesiolinus) pulcherrimus sp. nov. @: Dem vorhergehenden an Korpergestalt und Punktierung des Vorderkorpers recht ahnlich, jedoch kleiner, ganz anders gefarbt und behaart, tiberdies durch matten Hinterleib ausge- zeichnet. Schwarz, matt, der Halsschild, eine Schultermakel auf den Fliigeldecken und die schmale Hinterleibspitze gelbrot, die 4 ersten und das letzte Glied der schwarzen Fiihler und die Brust rotlichgelb, die Hinterbrust etwas angedunkelt, die Beine einfar- big hellgelb. Die rotgelbe Schultermakel setzt sich bis zum Aussenrande der Fliigeldecken fort. Die Epipleuren und der hinten mit ihnen verbundene Hinterrand der Fliigeldecken sind lichtgelb gefarbt; diese Farbung erweitert sich gegen die Hin- terecken. Der gelb gefarbte Hinterrand der Fliigeldecken ist mit goldgelben zottigen Haaren dicht bekleidet. Der Hinterleib ist dicht schwarz behaart, die Seiten der Tergite und die Apical- halfte des 6. Tergites ist dicht licht goldgelb tomentiert. Lange, 9 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (1 Exemplar). Coproporus philippinus sp. nov. Dem Coproporus brunnicollis Motsch. (punctipennis Kr.) sehr nahe verwandt, ganz von dem Habitus und der Farbung desselben, jedoch halb so klein und durch viel feiner und dichter punktierte Fliigeldecken sofort von ihm zu unterscheiden. Die Fliigeldecken sind wie bei C. brunnicollis Motsch. an den Seiten flach ausgebreitet und weder eingedriickt noch gefurcht. Der Korper ist hochgewolbt, Kopf und Halsschild spiegelblank. Lange, fast 2 mm. (bei eingezogenem Hinterleibe). LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (1 Exemplar). 124 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Genus PSEUDOSILUSA novum Im Habitus einer Silusa recht Ahnlich jedoch infolge der Mund- bildung in die naéchste Nahe von Phymatura zu verweisen. Die Gestalt der Zunge, der Lippen und Kiefertaster, sowie der Kieferladen ist von der letztgenannten Gattung kaum verschie- den; die neve Gattung unterscheidet sich aber ausser dem Silusa- artigen Habitus sehr markant von Phymatura durch ungekielte Mittelbrust. Habituell auch der Gattung Diestota Muls. et Rey verwandt, von dieser aber durch den riickwarts zugespitzten Fortsatz der Mittelbrust verschieden. Ob in der Bildung der Zunge auch ein Unterschied zu Diestota vorhanden ist kann ich nicht beurteilen, da in der Rey’schen Beschreibung! von der Zungenbildung keine Erwahnung geschieht. Bei dem neuen Genus ist die Zunge, wie bei Bolitochara, lang und schmal an der Spitze gespalten und bis zur Spitze des 2. Lippentastergliedes reichend. Uber die Lebensweise ist bisher nichts bekannt; die vorlaufig einzige Art der Gattung wurde von Herrn Prof. Baker auf den Philippinen entdeckt. Pseudosilusa trifoveolata sp. nov. Von der zweiten indo-malayischen Art P. testacea Kr. durch die Farbung, matteren Korper, dichtere Punktierung u. s. w. sofort zu unterscheiden. i Mattschwarz, die 4 ersten Glieder der dunkeln Fiihler und die Taster rotlichgelb, die Beine lichtgelb. Kopf, Halsschild und Fliigeldecken dusserst fein und Aausserst dicht chagriniert und massig fein und massig dicht punktiert. Die Fiihler sind ziem- lich kurz, gegen die Spitze verdickt, das 3. und 2. Glied fast gleichlang, das 4. stark quer, die vorletzten fast doppelt so breit als lang. Kopf massig schmdler als der Halsschild mit grossen vorstehenden Augen. Halsschild viel schmaler als die Fliigel- decken, um mehr als die Halfte breiter als lang, oben flachge- driickt, mit 3 Langseindriicken, einem in der Mitte auf der vor- deren Halfte und zwei schief nach riickwarts convergierenden, gegen das Schildchen gerichteten, hinten miteinander verbun- denen Furchen. Hinterleib gleichbreit, ziemlich fein und wenig dicht gleichmassig punktiert, glanzend. Lange, 2 mm. Luzon, Laguna, Los Bajos. Beim ¢ ist das 8. Tergit am gerundeten Hinterrand verdickt und besitzt zu beiden Seiten desselben je ein komma-artiges Hockerchen. * Hist. Nat. Col. Brevip. (1871), 97. x,D,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 125 Astilbus philippinus sp. nov. Einer grossen Falagria nicht unahnlich, ungefahr vom Habitus des Astilbus heydeni Epp. Schwarz, glanzend, der Vorderkorper mit schwachem Erz- glanz, die Fiihler und Taster rostrot, die 3 ersten freiliegenden Tergite mit weissgelber Basis der aufgebogenen Seitenrander, die Beine weiss, die ganzen Vorderschenkel und die Spitzen- halfte der tibrigen Schenkel schwarzlich, die Tarsen rotlichgelb. Kopf etwas breiter als der Halsschild, quer rechteckig mit abgerundeten Winkeln, glanzend glatt, unpunktiert mit ziemlich grossen Augen, die Schlafen kaum langer als deren halber Durch-. messer. Fiihler lang und kraftig, gegen die Spitze kaum ver- dickt, das 3. Glied doppelt so lang als das 2., die folgenden oblong, allmahlich kiirzer werdend, die vorletzten nicht quer, das letzte ktirzer als die 2 vorhergehenden zusammengenommen. Hals- schild hinten halb so breit als die Fliigeldecken am Hinterrande, wenig breiter als lang, herzformig, vorn am breitesten, nach riickwarts ausgeschweift verengt, in der Mitte scharf gefurcht, ziemlich gewolbt, glanzend, fein und miassig dicht punktiert. Fliigeldecken zusammen stark quer, gelbbraunlich, an den Schultern breit gelb, ziemlich kraftig und dicht punktiert, glan- zend. Abdomen glanzend glatt, fast unpunktiert. Lange, 3 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Bajos. Unausgefairbtes Stiick mit ausgedehnter gelblichbrauner Far- bung der einzelnen Korperteile. Zyras biseriatus sp. nov. Eine ziemlich gleichbreite Art, die durch die Dorsalreihen am Halsschild sehr ausgezeichnet ist. Ro6tlichgelb, stark glin- zend, der Hinterleib vor der Spitze etwas dunkler. Kopf um ein Drittel schmaler als der Halsschild, ziemlich kraftig und massig dicht punktiert, in der Mitte geglattet, da- selbst weitliufig an den Seiten im Grunde dicht chagriniert. Augen massig gross, die Schalfen hinter denselben ungefahr so lang als der Augendurchmesser, unten gegen den Hals zu kurz gerandet. Fiihler massig kurz, seitlich stark zusammen- gedriickt, das 3. Glied doppelt so lang als das 2., das 4. bei breitester Ansicht schwach, die folgenden allmahlich starker quer, die vorletzten stark quer, doppelt so breit als lang, das Endglied so lang als die 2 vorhergehenden zusammen. Hals- schild so breit als die Fliigeldecken, um die Halfte breiter als lang, flach gewolbt, an den Seiten gleichmassig gerundet, lings der Mittelpartie unpunktiert, zu beiden Seiten derselben mit 126 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 einem leicht vertieften, vorn und riickwarts verkiirzten Langs- eindruck, welcher ziemlich kraftig und sehr dicht punktiert ist, neben diesen Eindriicken wieder unpunktiert, an den Seiten wieder ziemlich kriftig und wenig dicht punktiert, im Grunde glanzend glatt. Fliigeldecken kiirzer als der Halsschild, kraftig und wenig dicht punktiert, im Grunde deutlich chagriniert. Abdomen gleichbreit, glanzend, auf den vorderen Tergiten nur mit den Querreihen borstentragender Punkte, hinten dusserst fein chagriniert und sparlich gekornt, am 1. Tergit dichter kor- nig punktiert. Lange, 5-5.5 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling. Von Zyras compressicornis Fauv., der ebenfalls Dorsalreihen am Halsschild besitzt, schon durch viel kleinere Gestalt und viel feinere Punktierung des ganzen Korpers verschieden. Zyras pulchricornis sp. nov. 9: In die Nahe des Zyras fulgidus Grav. zu stellen, fast vom gleichen Habitus, durch die Farbung und insbesondere die Bil- dung und Farbe der Fiihler sehr ausgezeichnet. Leuchtend gelbrot, sehr stark spiegelglanzend, die Fligel- decken mehr gelb, ihre Hinterecken schwirzlich, die Basis des 6. und die Spitze des 7. Tergites schwach quer angedunkelt, die Beine hellgelb, die Fiihler tiefschwarz, die 3 ersten Glieder und das Endglied rotlichgelb. Kopf etwas schmaler als der Hals- schild, quer trapezformig, mit einzelnen massig feinen Punkten besetzt, die Schlafen hinter den Augen fast so lang als deren Langsdurchmesser, riickwarts auf der Unterseite gerandet. Die Fiihler lang und schlank, gegen die Spitze kaum verdickt, das 3. Glied ein wenig langer als das 2., die folgenden oblong, all- mahlich an Lange abnehmend, die vorletzten schwach quer, das Endglied schmal, langgestreckt, fast gleichbreit, an der Spitze abgerundet, fast langer als die 3 vorhergehenden zusammen- genommen. Halsschild viel schmaler als die Fliigeldecken, um ein Drittel breiter als lang, an den Seiten schwach gerundet, im ersten Drittel am breitesten, vor dem Schildchen mit einer tiefen scharf eingegrabenen Grube, zu beiden Seiten der un- punktierten Mittelzone mit je einer feinen Punktreihe, an den Seiten sparlich und unregelmassig punktiert. Fliigeldecken wenig linger als der Halsschild, ziemlich kraftig, massig dicht punktiert, innerhalb den Hinterecken nicht ausgerandet. Abdo- men spiegelblank, fast unpunktiert. Linge, 4 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (1 Exemplar). x,D,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 127 Hoplandria minima sp. nov. Noch kleiner als die zweite von den Philippinen bekannte Art H. philippina Brh., von derselben ausserdem in nachfolgenden Punkten verschieden. Kopf und Halsschild sind fast ganz unpunktiert, spiegelblank, letzterer kiirzer, namentlich aber im Verhaltnis zu den Fliigel- decken schmaler, diese sind viel starker und wohl viermals weit- laufiger punktiert als bei H. philippina. Auch der Hinterleib ist ausser den Querreihen von Borstenpunkten auf den ein- zelnen Tergiten unpunktiert, spiegelglanzend. Der Halsschild ist deutlich schmAaler als die Fliigeldecken und viel gewolbter als bei H. philippina. Lange, 12 mm. : LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos. Ich stelle diese Art mit Bedenken zu Hoplandria, kann meine Zweifel jedoch vorlaufig nicht lésen, weil ich das einzige mir gehorige Exemplar nicht opfern kann. Genus GASTROPAGA novum Die neue Gattung gehort in die Tribus Myrmedoniini und hat hier eigentlich keine nahere Verwandtschaft. Ungefahr vom Habitus und der Behaarung einer Brachida, jedoch mit gleich breitem Hinterleib, zeigt die neue Gattung verschiedene Merkmale, insbesond*re die Zungenbildung und die Bildung der inneren Maxillarlade, die ihr in der Tribus eine isolierte Stellung geben. Gleichbreit, stark gewolbt, ziemlich dicht grau behaart, die Seiten des Hinterleibes sehr dicht mit schwarzlichen langen Haaren gleich einem Barte besetzt. Der Kopf viel schmd@ler als der Halsschild, nicht eingeschniirt, mit ziemlich grossen Augen und scharf und vollstandig geran- deten Schlafen. Die Fiihler massig kurz, gegen die Spitze ver- dickt, ihr 3. Glied wenig ktrzer als das 2., das 4. ziemlich stark quer, die folgenden allmahlich breiter werdend, die vorletzten doppelt so breit als lang, das Endglied konisch verengt, langer als die 2 vorhergehenden zusammen genommen. Die Oberlippe stark quer, vorn abgestutzt mit breit abgerundeten Vorderecken. Die Mandibeln kurz, die eine mit einem scharfen Zaihnchen knapp vor der Mitte, am Innenrande mit einem ziemlich dicht bewim- perten Hautsaume, an der Basis mit je 2 dicht neben einander stehenden Querreihen dichter kurzer Zahnchen. Die Maxillarla- den ziemlich gestreckt, die Innenlade gegen die Spitze hornig, diese selbst hakig gekriimmt, hinter derselben mit einer Anzahl kurzer, starrer, ziemlich weitlaufig stehender Zahne und hinter 128 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 denselhen mit einer Anzahl langer, gekriimmter, ziemlich dicht stehender Stacheln bewehrt, daselbst auch lang behaart, die basale Halfte des Innenrandes ist hautig. Die Aussenlade miassig schmal, hornig, an der hautigen Spitze dicht mit langen fieder- formigen Haaren und innen an der Spitze noch mit Haarborsten besetzt. Die Kiefertaster viergliedrig, schlank, das 3. Glied massig angeschwollen, das Endglied pfriemenformig, weniger als halb so lang als das 2. Das Kinn quer trapezférmig, an der Spitze gerade abgestutzt. Die Zunge sehr schmal und langge- streckt, bis tiber die Spitze des 2. Lippentastergliedes nach vorn reichend, an der Spitze schmal und tief gespalten, der Zunge der Gattung Bolitochara recht ahnlich. Die Lippentaster ziemlich kraftig, das 1. Glied sehr dick, kaum so lang als an der Basis breit, das 2. kaum kiirzer, aber doppelt schmaler als das 1., das Endglied viel schmaler und kiirzer als das 2. Glied. Der Halsschild ist sehr kurz und breit, mehr als doppelt so breit als lang. Die Fliigeldecken sind am Hinterrande vor den Hinterecken scharf ausgerandet. Der Hinterleib an der Basis der 3 ersten freiliegenden Tergite quer eingedriickt. _ Fortsatz der Mittelbrust zugespitzt, fast bis zum Hinterrande der Mittelhiiften reichend, diese ziemlich breit getrennt. An den viergliedrigen Vordertarsen die 3 ersten Glieder ziemlich gleich- gebildet, das letzte fast so lang als die itibrigen zusammen, an den fiinfgliedrigen Mitteltarsen die 4 ersten Glieder fast gleich, das Endglied etwas kiirzer als die 3 vorhergehenden zusammen. Die fiinfgliedrigen Hintertarsen gestreckt, das 1. Glied viel langer als das 2., das Endglied etwas langer als 3 und 4 zusammen. Die neue Gattung ist bisher nur durch die folgende philip- pinische Art vertreten. Gastropaga bakeri sp. nov. Pechbraun bis schwarzlich, ziemlich glanzend, die Seiten des Halsschildes heller durchscheinend, die Wurzel und das Endgtied der Fiihler, die Taster und Beine rotlichgelb. Kopf weitlaufig und sehr undeutlich punktiert, glanzend. Halsschild fast so _breit als die Fliigeldecken, an den Seiten gerundet, nach vorn starker verengt als nach riickwarts, kurz vor den abgerundeten Hinterecken am breitesten, gleichmassig gewolbt, ohne Eindriik- ke, etwas deutlicher und weniger weitlaufig punktiert als der Kopf. Fliigeldecken deutlich langer als der Halsschild, ziemlich kriftig deutlich rauh und massig dicht, der Hinterleib massig fein und ziemlich gleichmassig wenig dicht punktiert. Lange, 2—2.5 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos. x,D,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 129 Aleochara flavipennis sp. nov. Ganz vom Habitus der Aleochara curtula Goeze und derselben ausserst nahe verwandt, von ihr jedoch ausser der markanten Farbung noch durch viel grobere und dabei weitlaufigere Punk- tierung des Kopfes und Halsschildes, sowie durch weitlaufigere Punktierung der Fliigeldecken sofort zu trennen. Die Farbe ist schwarz, die Fliigeldecken und die Spitze des Hinterleibes vom Hinterrand des 7. Tergites angefangen hellgelb, die Seiten des Halsschildes namentlich vorn mehr oder minder rotlich durchscheinend. Lange, 44-5.5 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling. ie Sa A i id a ine A 0 Bh Ale Te, wy ihe ‘ er . ie teks } A ee shy Ree eae pare } ui ea 1% a Bea 7 PUD foe eh neers is des Wary 20 Tint Pie ai : Gee cepa tom Dereny idea Aeon | yee) ae ot Lad ett ede Sei nt en peeey Tae CaN Lidia nue rye) Neh ye tie | a iad ( oh | iS eee ee Pe Ayre ad Al aa Moa! Oy brme, A cb ‘Meth 4 i aera rang ea — TNR Na ee 9 Mad Oe = is et a in be : Poa a, aruda oleae Mt athe oe RL lVRy ie eT i ; iy or A ; ne de | pal sans ‘ i ie / S p ie errr ba 1 y ‘< a Ms yi i biakey ial 1 IN, uae i / CALEY Gy Mek aa i ae aed DRYOPIDA ET HETEROCERID# DES PHILIPPINES Par A. GROUVELLE (Paris, France) Sostea atramentaria Sp. NOV. Suboblonga, apice elytrorum acuminata, convexa, nitidula, atra, antennis pedibusque plus minusve fusco-piceis vel rufo- piceis. Caput fronte subdepressum, haud dense profundeque punctatum, pilis flavo-cinereis, minimis, tenuibus et stratis dense vestitum, aliquibus pilis fuscis, erectis, elongatis intermixtis. Prothorax antice angustatus; lateribus antice modice arcuatis, postice subrectis, antrorsum convergentibus; pronoto in longitu- dinem regulariter convexo, subparce et haud valde punctato; punctis in angulos posticos sparsioribus; pubescentia illi capitis simili sed pilis erectis longioribus et densioribus.. Elytra hume- ris rotundata, quam prothorax vix altiora, lateribus subparallela, ad apicem attenuata et conjunctim acuminata, 2.5 longiora quam simul latiora, pilis minimis cinereis plus minus erectis et pilis fuscis, elongatis, erectis, ornata, punctato-striata; punctis et striis ad latera paulatim majoribus; stria suturali lapicem versus manifesta, in diseo nulla; striarum intervallis ad apicem vix elevatis, marginem apicalem attingentibus; disco in longitudinem quam prothorax valdus convexo. Long., 3.7 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Bafios (1 Exemplaire, coll. A. Grouvelle; C. F. Baker). Suboblong, environ trois fois plus long que large, tres convexe, assez brillant, noir; antennes et pattes roux de noix plus ou moins foncé. Téte subdéprimée sur le front, éparsément et peu pro- fondément ponctuée, couverte d’une pubescence formée de poils flaves-cendrés, assez fins, serrés, masquant presque le tégument, entremélés de poils sombres, dressés et allongés; pubescence de lépistome plus serrée, plus claire, en partie plus allongée et plus redressée; yeux séparés par un intervalle un peu plus grand que deux fois et demie leur diamétre transversal. Prothorax retréci en avant, faiblement arqué sur les cétés, un peu plus de deux fois plus large a la base que long, largement et peu profondément 131 132 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 échancré au bord antérieur; angles antérieurs aigus, un peu sail- lants en avant, cotés rebordés par un bourrelet un peu accentué; angles postérieurs aigus, faiblement saillants en arriéere; base trisinuée comme chez tous les Sostea. Disque longitudinalement et réguliérement convexe; présentant, vers le deuxiéme tiers de la longueur a partir de la base, un pli transversal, faiblement mar- qué; convexité du disque déterminant des marges latérales con- caves, a peine marquées sur la région des angles postérieurs, s’élargissant vers la base et se dilatant sur la région des angles postérieurs. Ponctuation plus ou moins espécée, fine sur le disque, beaucoup plus grosse sur la région des angles et surtout sur celle des angles antérieurs. Pubescence semblable a celle de la téte, rare sur le disque, assez dense sur les angles posté-_ rieurs, entremélée de longs poils sombres, dressés. Ecusson faiblement transversal, subtriangulaire. Elytres arrondis aux épaules, a peine plus larges que le prothorax a la base, a peine élargis, presque subparalléles, atténués arqués vers le sommet a partir du dernier tiers de la longueur, acuminés ensemble a Vextrémité, environ deux fois et demie plus longs que larges ensemble, longitudinalement et réguliérement convexes, présent- ant vers le premier tiers de la longueur le point le plus élevé de leur convexité, assez brusquement infléchis a leur extrémité. . Ponctuation formant des lignes ponctuées fines sur le disque, puis des lignes ponctuées-striées devenant progressivement plus fortes vers les bords latéraux; lignes suturales et premiéres dor- sales plus fortes, striées vers l’extrémité; toute les autres striées- ponctuées, brieévement plus accentuées a la base, atténuées vers le sommet; strie suturale et 17¢, 2°, 3° et 4¢ stries discoidales de chaque élytre atteignant le bourrelet apical; 5¢ et 6¢ stries écour- tées a l’extrémité; calus huméraux marqués; stries suturales terminées par un gros point enfoncé. Bords latérals vus de face assez briévement sinués contre l’extrémité de l’élytre. Pubes- cence formée de poils sombres, dressés et de petits poils cendrés, rares, plus abondants sur les cdtés et vers le sommet. Pubes- cence du dessous du corps dense, cendrée, un peu flave. Voisin de S. sodalis Pasc.; distinct par sa pubescence cendrée, plus abondante et par l’absence de stries sur le disque des élytres. Sostea ebenina sp. nov. Sublonga, apice elytrorum acuminata, convexa, nitidula, atra, antennis pedibusque fusca, tarsis rufa. Caput fronte convexius- culum, pilis floro-cinereis, elongatis, stratis, dense vestitum, occipite subdense valdeque punctatum; punctis apicem versus x, D, 2 Grouvelle: Dryopide et Heteroceridx des Philippines 133 minoribus et paulo sparsioribus. Prothorax antice angustatus; lateribus antice arcuatis, postice subrectis et subparallelis; pro- noto ultra apicem transversim convexo-elevato, subparce pro- fundeque punctato, punctis in disco minoribus et sparsioribus; pubescentia illi capitis simili, sed pilis fuscis, elongatis, erectis, intermixta. Elytra humeris rotundata, tune quam prothorax latiora, lateribus subsinuata et subparallela, dein apicem versus attenuata et conjunctim subspinoso-acuminata, 3.5 longiora quam simul latiora, punctato-striata; striis et punctis ad latera paula- tim majoribus; stria suturali praecipue in medio laevi; disco in longitudinem quam pronoto validius convexo. Elytra pilis fus- cis, elongatis, erectis et praecipue apicem versus pilis cinereis plus minusve stratis ornata. Long. 3—3.7 mm. NEGROS (plusieurs exemplaires, coll. A. Grouvelle). Oblong, environ trois fois plus long que large, trés convexe, assez brillant, noir; antennes et pattes plus ou moins enfumées, tarses rougeatres. Téte convexe, fortement et assez densément ponctuée sur l’occiput, plus éparsément et moins fortement ponc- tuée vers la partie antérieure, couverte d’une pubescence formée de poils couchés, longs, assez serrés, jaunes cendrés, plus fins sur le front, plus épais et presque trés serrés sur le devant de la téte et sur l’épistome; entremélés de quelques points médio- crement longs; yeux séparés par un intervalle subégal a deux fois et demie leur diamétre transversal. Prothorax rétréci en avant, arqué sur les cotés, principalement en avant, subparalléle contre la base, un peu plus de deux fois plus large a la base que long, subtronqué au milieu du bord antérieur et fortement sinué de chaque cété devant les yeux; angles antérieurs obtus; cotés rebordés en bourrelet; angles postérieurs aigus, un peu saillants en arriére; base trisinuée comme chez tous les Sostea. Disque longitudinalement convexe surtout en avant, présentant vers le deuxiéme tiers de la longueur un pli transversal, infléchi en avant; convexité du disque déterminant des marges latérales concaves, trés abaissées en avant, un peu étroites devant le pli transversal, 4 peine élargies en avant, devenant progressivement trés larges, sur les angles postérieurs. Ponctuation profonde, un peu écartée sur le disque, plus forte et plus serrée sur le reste de la surface. Pubescence semblable a celle de la téte, plus rare sur le disque, entremélée de longs poils sombres dressés. Ecusson faiblement transversal, émoussé au sommet faiblement pubescent. Elytres arrondis aux épaules, alors un peu plus 134 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 larges que le prothorax a la base, subparalléles sur les cétés et subsinués vers le premier tiers de la longueur, atténués arrondis vers le sommet a partir du dernier tiers de la longueur, terminés ensemble en pointe aigiie, environ deux fois et demie plus longs que larges ensemble, longitudinalement convexes, présentant vers le premier tiers de la longueur le point le plus élevé de leur convexité. Ponctuation disposée en lignes striées, ponc- tuées, peu marquées pour les deux premiéres prés de la suture, devenant ensuite progressivement plus fortes vers les bords la- téraux; sur chaque élytre 1 et 2¢ intervalle a partir de la strie suturale briévement et faiblement relevés a la base; strie suturale fortement enfoncée dans la partie apicale, 1"¢ strie discoidale et suivante .atténuées vers le sommet; 4°, 5°, 6¢ et 7e intervalle soudés prés de la bordure latérale; celle-ci étroite sur les cétés a la base, un peu élargie au sommet; calus huméraux marqués. Pubescence comprenant des longs poils sombres dressés, peu serrés, des poils cendrés beaucoup plus courts, rares, localisés sur la partie apicale des élytres et des poils semblables 4 ceux de la téte bordant trés étroitement les bords latéraux. Dessous du corps noir, étroitement bordé de rougeatre sur les marges latérales des sternites. Voisin de S. sodalis Pasc.; mais pubescence plus abondante, forme plus étroite, intervalles des stries plus étroits, marge lisse de la base des élytres plus étroite. Plus voisin de S. atra- mentaria Grouv. mais moins densément pubescent et plus for- tement strié sur les élytres. Peut-étre une race locale de cette espéce. Heterocerus latus sp. nov. Oblongus, paulo magis 2.5 longior quam latior, convexus, niti- dulus, crebre punctulatus, nigro-brunneus; prothoracis elytro- rumque marginibus lateralibus et in elytris aliquibus maculis linearibus fulvo-rufis; antennarum basi testacea. Caput trans- versissimun, fronte convexiusculum, antice truncatum pube fusco et fusco-cinerea, brevissima demissime vestitum; margine antico tenuiter cinereo-ciliato; labro modice transverso, antice rotundato. Prothorax transversissimus, antice valde angusta- tus, postice subparallelus, crebre punctulatus, dense tenuiterque fusco-pubescens, pilis longioribus, erectis, praecipue in margi- nibus anticis lateralibusque intermixtis; margine antico subtrun- cato, breve cinereo-ciliato; angulis anticis obtusis, lateribus arcuatis; angulis posticis sat late obtusis; basi tenuiter margi- nata. Elytra humeris rotundata, apice conjunctim breviter ro- x, D, 2 Grouvelle: Dryopidz et Heteroceride des Philippines 135 tundata, circiter 1.5 longiora quam simul latiora, crebre punctu- lata, fusco-cinereo pruinosa; maculis fulvo-rufis linearibus, in longitudinem ordinatis, parum manifestis, in partem apicalem elytrorum dispositis. Corpus subtus in maxima parte infusca- tum; pedibus sordido-testaceis. Long., 3 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Los Bajios (2 exemplaires, coll A. Grouwvelle; C. F. Baker). Oblong, plus de deux fois plus long que large, convexe, un peu brillant, trés densément pointillé, varié de roux sur les marges latérales du prothorax et des élytres et sur la moitié apicale de ces derniers. Antennes de 10 articles. Téte moins de deux fois plus large avec les yeux que longue avec les man- dibules, modérément convexe sur le front, couverte d’une pubes- cence sombre en partie légérement cendrée, presque feutrée; bord antérieur tronqué, cilié de petits poils cendrés; cdtés modé- rément sinués en avant des yeux, ceux-ci peu saillants, 4 trés petites facettes; labre plus de deux fois plus large 4 la base que long, atténué vers l’avant, arrondi au bord antérieur. Pro- thorax fortement rétréci en avant, subparalléle 4 la base, environ deux fois et demie plus large a la base que long, couvert d’une pubescence sombre, fine et serrée, entremélée surtout au bord antérieur de poils plus longs dressés; bord antérieur légérement arrondi en avant dans le milieu, largement subtronqué vers les extrémités, ciliés de courtes soies cendrées, briévement rebordé en bourrelet aux extrémités; angles antérieurs obtus, un peu moins obtus lorsqu’ils sont vus de face; bords latéraux arqués, bordés par une marge d’un roux un peu sombre, dilatée sur la région des angles antérieurs; angles postérieurs obtus; base arquée, finement rebordée sur toute la longueur; troncature des angles postérieurs de la couleur de la marge latérale, bordée en dessus par la strie marginale de la base. Ecusson oblong, noiratre. Elytres arrondis aux épaules, subparalléles briéve- ment arrondis au sommet, environ une fois et demie plus longs que larges ensemble, couverts d’une pruinosité brun cendré; base légérement sinuée, rebordée de chaque coté de l’écusson par une trés étroite marge roux un peu sombre, n’atteignant pas le calus huméral; bords latéraux étroitement rebordés, présentant une marge d’un roux sombre, briévement élargie vers le premier tiers de la longueur, s’atténuant et s’effacant vers le sommet; sur la moitié apicale du disque, quelques vestiges de taches longitudinales linéaires, toujours d’un roux sombre, semblant 136 The Philippine Journal of Science distribuées sur deux bandes formant chacune un angle trés obtus, orienté vers le sommet de |’élytre; calus huméraux assez longue- ment marqués: ponctuation plus forte que celle du prothorax présentant, lorsque l’insecte est vu de cété, des vestiges de sillons longitudinaux. Dessous du corps noiratre, marges latérales du prosternum et des segments abdominaux, extrémités de l’abdo- men, milieu du prosternum et pattes roux un peu enfumé. Stries marginales des hanches intermédiaires trés fortement arquées. Partie externe de la bordure des plaques fémorales des hanches postérieures large, peu saillante, longuement striolée sur la partie basilaire. NOTICES OF CERTAIN PHILIPPINE FULGOROIDEA, ONE BEING OF ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE By C. F. BAKER (From the College of Agriculture, University of the Philippines, Los Banos, P. I.) TWO PLATES AND 1 TEXT FIGURE Melichar ‘+ describes a new fulgorid genus, Egropa, with one species, znusta, which he refers to the Tettigometride (‘“Tettigo- metrini”’). His figures give the body outlines and a front and lateral view of the face. His species, from the description, must have been a very beautiful object, but unfortunately he possessed only a single specimen. Distant? inserts E'gropa as an unplaced genus following the Isside. He quotes Melichar’s descriptions and copies his figures, remarking that he had never seen the species. Considering the vast extent of the oriental material studied by Distant, one might infer that this species is a great rarity. However, it will doubtless be secured in great numbers when its food-plant is discovered. In 1907 Bierman * described a second species of this interesting genus, as living on Cassia fistula in Java. In the same year he figured both nymphs and imagoes of this species with the name of Egropa jacobsoni.* It may be commonly noticed in these Islands that many of the large and much-prized fruits of the guanabana (Anona muricata) are deformed, are not plump and full all around, but bent and depressed on one side and commonly stunted in growth. Nymphs and imagoes of a species of Gargara (Membracidz) were to be found occasionally on this tree, and the Gargara was suspected of being the cause of this common damage. Only now, after being here three years, do I discover it to be due to a beautiful species of Hilda (—Egropa), which evanescently breeds in great numbers on the surface of the very young fruits. It lays very numerous eggs in patches on the surface of the fruit and on surrounding leaves. This year it happens that large numbers of these eggs are parasitized by a minute chalcid,® so that it is *Homopteren Fauna von Ceylon (1903), 82, Taf. III, fig. 13, a. *Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynch. (1906), 3, 268. *Ent. Bericht. (1907), 2, 162. “Notes Leyden Mus. (1907), 29, 158, Taf. III, fig. 6. ° Being described under the name Pseudobrachysticha semiaurea Girault gen. et. spec. nov. 1326334 137 | 138 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 possible that the coming year will see less injury from this cause in this locality. I have also taken a single specimen on Anona reticulata. All of the cultivated anonaceous fruits in the Philip- pine Islands were imported from America; therefore it is probable that this insect finds its natural food among native anonaceous fruits of the Philippine forests.°® * After this paper, describing an apparently new species of Egropa, had gone to the printer, I made what is, to me, an exceedingly important and interesting discovery: that Distant, although he did not recognize the iden- tity of Melichar’s Egropa [Fauna Brit. India—Rhynch. (1906), 3, 368], has since described entirely congeneric species in the genus Hilda (= Isth- mia Stal, preoce.). Kirkaldy and Distant had considered-this one of the Isside, though Stal had associated it with Tettigometra. Melichar properly placed it—as Hgropa—in the Tettigometride. Thus set on the right track, I soon discovered that my supposedly new species of Hgropa was identical with Isthmia breviceps Stal, a species apparently not recognized since its description in 1870. I have a second Philippine species from Palawan, as yet unstudied. The generic synonymy and bibliography of this economic- ally important group is as follows: Genus Hilda Kirkaldy Isthmia Walker—nom. preoce.—List Hom. (1851), 3, 7382; STrAt, Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 218. Hilda Kirkaldy, Entomologist (1900), 243. Egropa Melichar, Hom. Ceylon (1903), 82; DisTaNT, Fauna Brit. Ind.— Rhynch. (1906), 3, 368. Hilda undata Walker. Isthmia WALKER, List. Hom. (1851), 3, 782. Sierra Leone. Hilda funesta Stal. Tettigometra Stal, Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. (1854), 249; WALKER, List Hom. Suppl. (1858), 336; Stat, Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. (1862), 494. Isthmia Stal, Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 219. Sierra Leone. Hilda patruelis Stal. Tettigometra STAL, Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. (1855), 100. Isthmia STAL, Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 219. Caffraria. Hilda breviceps Stal. Isthmia STAL, Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. (1870), 761. Philippines (Luzon). Hilda inusta Mel. Egropa MELICHAR, Hom. Ceylon (1908), 82. Ceylon. Hilda jacobsoni Bierm. Egropa BIERMAN, Ent. Ber. (1907), 2, No. 34, 162, Java; BIERMAN, Notes Leyden Mus. (1907), 29, 158. Hilda malayensis Dist. DISTANT, Rec. Ind. Mus. (1908), 2, 129. Siam, Malay States, Bukit Besar. Hilda bengalensis Dist. Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1909), 3, 41. Bengal. x * 2 Baker: Certain Philippine Fulgoroidea 139 Hilda breviceps Stal. Color.—Upper part of face and narrow margin of vertex black; remainder of head stramineous; below stramineous; femora api- cally, tibiee and tarsi, darker; sides of venter pale green. Pro- notum green, becoming brownish posteriorly, the submargin narrowly black, the margin white, and the anterior margin may also be more or less narrowly whitish. Scutellum green, nar- rowly black-margined posteriorly. Tegmina clear brown, with 4 paler areas, the darker areas blackish edged near costa,. the blackish edges in every case flanked by small, elongate, shining white calloused stripes; a white calloused stripe in the clavus, another between this and the base of the tegmina on claval suture; and a third along the anal margin. Distad of the white stripe on disk of clavus is a commissural green spot; a minute white dash occurs on the inner apical margin (Plate I, fig. 1). In the male all of the greens and browns are darkened, becoming almost black, bringing the white markings out in strong relief. All below, and sometimes portions above, more or less covered with a pulverulent white wax. General proportions of body as in Hilda inusta Mel. Width of the vertex (Plate I, fig. 2) somewhat more than twice the length, the fore margin broadly and evenly rounded, and the surface minutely rugulose. Width of pronotum slightly more than three and one half times the length, the hind margin nearly straight, the surface, as also that of scutellum, with sparse and very minute setigerous punctures. Scutellum one half longer than vertex and pronotum together. Upper margin of head, as seen from side (Plate I, fig. 3), irregularly curved. Face deeply concave above the central umbo. Ocellus touching eye. Last antennal joint of great size, the length two and one half times the width, tapering to the tip, which reaches the upper margin of the eyes. Form of face shown in Plate I, fig. 4; female genitalia in Plate I, fig. 6; male genitalia in Plate I, fig. 5. Wing venation as in text fig. 1. Tegmina very brittle coriaceous, venation indistinct, the general surface convex, but sharply and deeply grooved along the claval suture. Length of female, 5 milli- meters, of male, 4.25. Egg.—tThe egg (Plate I, fig. 10) is deposited in masses of from 10 to 100 or more, neatly arranged side by side in adjoining rows on the surface of a fruit or leaf. They measure 0.3 by 0.65 milli- meter, and are pale yellow, the surface covered with sharply raised reticulations. The micropylar end is provided with a short stalk, capped by a pure white knob. 140 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Nymph.—tThe nearly full-grown nymph is a most extraordi- nary object, reminding one strongly of certain membracid nymphs. The pronotum possesses 3 fingerlike projections, the middle one of which is much the largest. The mesonotum pos- sesses one similar median projection. The abdominal segments at sides are extended into huge acute projections as shown in Plate I, fig. 7. The face of the nymph (Plate I, fig. 8) should be compared with that of the adult. The antennz and vertex, espe- cially, differ very strikingly from those of the adult. Plate I, fig. 9, is a view of the head and thorax of the nymph from in front, looking in the direction of the longitudinal axis of the body. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker). Living in extensive colonies on the young fruits of the guana- bana (Anona muricata). This species is very close to Hilda jacobsoni Bierman, but is distinct in form of frontal 2 umbo and other structural de- tails, as well as in outlines of nearly all parts of the color pattern of tegmina. In 1870 Stal? described the new genus and species Augila sulciceps, remarking, ‘‘Genus singulare, maxime insigne, optime, ut puto, prope Callis- celem locandum.” This re- mained a monotypic genus until 1906, when Distant* added a second species, A. binghami. In his monograph of the Isside, Melichar placed this genus in the Calisceline (‘‘Caliscelide’’), and it is the first species to be treated in the monograph. The chief reason for so placing it must have been Stal’s suggestion, for, by Melichar’s definition, Auwgila could not possibly be placed in that subfamily. Melichar introduces a difficulty into the study of the genus, in that his figure of the species, supposedly made from the type (since he quotes “Stalsche Type im Museum in Stockholm” after the description), differs widely from Stal’s original figure,? leaving one to wonder which figure is correct. In Stal’s figure the width of pronotum is about four times the length, while in Melichar’s it is about two and three fourths Fic. 1. Wing of Hilda breviceps Stal. "Hemp. Ins. Philipp. (1870), 754. 8 Fauna Brit. Ind—Rhynch. (1906), 3, 335. °O)}Ds Clitry IL IDs RD; 2 Baker: Certain Philippine Fulgoroidea 141 times. The proportions of scutellum are likewise entirely dif- ferent in the two figures, and the venation of tegmina beyond the nodal vein is even specifically different. I have encountered 3 distinct species of this remarkable genus in the Philippines, none of which even nearly corresponds to the descriptions and figures of A. sulciceps, as given by either Stal or Melichar. Evidently the type of A. sulciceps needs to be restudied and refigured. If Distant’s figure is correct (he gives almost no structural characters in the specific description) , then his species is very distinct from anything yet found in the Philippines. In Luzon I have also discovered a fulgorid with the general habitus and some of the essential characters of Augila, and evi- dently closely related to it, though differing widely in a number of respects. Melichar has made this the type of a new genus, Augilina, naming its sole representative A. longipes.° This genus is still more widely removed from any other genus in the Caliscelinzee than is Augila. In my opinion these two genera should constitute a new subfamily, to come before the Calisceline. Sufamily AUGILINZE novum A subfamily of the Issidez, coordinate with Caliscelinze, Hemi- sphaerine, and Issine. Distinguished by the long and slender body, very slender abdomen, and the very long and parallel-sided membranaceous tegmina, which surpass the abdomen, and which have a strong transverse nodal vein, passing across from apex of clavus to costa, proximad of which occur very few cells. Ver- tex narrower than eye width and acutely produced far in front of eyes. All legs very long, the forelegs more than three times the length of head and pronotum together. Genera of the subfamily Augiline. a’. Vertex declivous; apical area of tegmina with numerous supernumerary veinlets and cells; anterior femora and tibize laminately inflated. _Augila Stal. a’. Vertex distinctly upturned; apical area of tegmina without supernum- erary veinlets, anterior femora and tibize not laminately inflated. Augilina Melichar. Synopsis of the species of Augila. a. Tegmina apically evenly rounded, with at least 1 large cell before the nodal vein; length of vertex less than five times the width between eyes. b*. Face shorter than vertex (as figured by Melichar), and its margin straight in side view; apical area of tegmina only brown on inner j OXON KOY 0 Vee eee cece ey sae cl nig een Ue ott De A. sulciceps Stal. * This Journal, Sec. D (1914), 9, 276, Pl. I, fig. 8. 142 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 b*. Face always longer than vertex, and its margin deeply sinuate in side view; apical area of tegmina all brown, or both sides decolored. c’, Tegmina with 3 large anteapical cells, one of these being in the middle area, the supernumerary cells of apical area compara- tively few and all long and narrow (as figured by Distant). A. binghami Dist. c’. Tegmina with only 2 large anteapical cells, without one in middle area; supernumerary cells very numerous, many short and broad. d’. Lateral carine of vertex evenly curved; the gene very short as seen in vertex ViCW....-...-.---..-:--c-ccseceecceeersnedeaee A. valdesii sp. nov. ad’. Lateral carine of vertex distinctly bisinuate on anteocular por- tion; the gene long as seen in vertex view. A. negrosensis Sp. nov. a’. Tegmina strongly angulated at outer tip, with only 1 large anteapical cell; length of vertex more than six times width between eyes. A. angulata sp. nov. Augila valdesii sp. nov. Color entirely sordid stramineous, except the legs. Forelegs darker, with 2 rather indistinct still darker bands across the fore tibiz. ‘Middle and hind legs white, with hind coxze and extreme tips and bases of hind femora somewhat darkened. Tegmina hyaline, the main veins brown, the supernumerary veins red. Length of vertex (Plate II, fig. 14) about four and one half times the width between the eyes, the lateral carinze evenly curved, the median sulcus somewhat cross striate posteriorly, smooth anteriorly. Width of pronotum about four times the length, with 2 strong longitudinal furrows, one on each side of median line, the surface smooth. The scutellum smooth, with lateral carinze nearer to median line than in A. negrosensis, and the entire area between the carine strongly depressed. Upper margin of head as seen from side (Plate II, fig. 17) broadly and shallowly emarginate, the margin somewhat elevated beyond the concavity. Face emarginated distinctly below the middle. Ocel- lus distinctly farther from the eye than its own width. Antenne with somewhat swollen tips. Venation of apical area of tegmina as shown in Plate II, fig. 15. The male genitalia cannot be studied without dissection, which will require more material than is available; however, a partial side view, simply showing the sutures as they appear, is given in Plate II, fig. 16. Male, length to tip of tegmina, 8.5 millimeters. Luzon, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker). This very distinct species is named for Julian Valdez, an or- phaned Cuban, whom I took under my protection eleven years ago, and have since trained to be one of the most efficient field collectors known to me. * iD) 2 Baker: Certain Philippine Fulgoroidea 143 Augila negrosensis Sp. nov. Color piceous to black with the following parts sordid stramin- eous: Head above and around eyes, tip of scutellum, mesonotum, metanotum, base of abdomen above, 2 spots on inner lamina of fore tibiz, bases of middle femora, middle tibiz, and hind tibia - toward tips. Tarsi all whitish, with the last joint black-tipped above. Tegmina hyaline, the main veins black, the apical area dark brown, the veins of apical area reddish. Width of vertex between eyes (Plate II, fig. 20) about one fifth the length, the lateral carinz strongly bisinuate on ante- ocular area, the intercarinal area at this point more deeply sulcate and with inner surface smooth and shining. Width of pronotum somewhat more than three times the length, with a strong com- plete median groove, the surface sparsely punctate. Scutellum minutely transversely wrinkled and with complete longitudinal carine on the midlateral lines. Upper margin of head, as seen from side (Plate II, fig. 21), broadly bisinuately emarginate. Margin of face in side view strongly incurved at about the middle. Ocellus distant about its own width from the eye. Antenne nearly cylindrical. Venation of apical area of tegmina as shown in Plate II, fig. 19; wing venation as shown in Plate II, fig. 18. Male, length to tips of tegmina, 9.5 millimeters. NEGROS, Occidental Negros, Cuernos Mountains (coll. Baker). In coloration this species strongly resembles A. sulciceps and A. binghami, but is very distinct from these in structural charac- ters, at least as these are described and figured by Stal, Melichar, and Distant. Augila angulata sp. nov. Color entirely pale stramineous, the fore legs sparsely speckled with brown dots and with a single brown band across the fore tibize ; the venter blackish; middle and hind legs white, with bases of hind femora darkened; pronotum and scutellum with a median red line. Tegmina hyaline, the veins all very pale except near inner tip, where they are reddish; the apical area brownish except along inner and outer margins. Width of vertex (Plate II, fig. 12) between eyes about one sixth the length, the lateral carinz very gradually curved, a large part of the median sulcus cross striate, though smooth anteriorly. Width of pronotum about three times the length, with a carina on either side of median line and a broad median sulcus between these carine. Scutellum smooth, with longitudinal carine on the midlateral areas. Upper margin of head as seen from side 144 The Philippine Journal of Science (Plate II, fig. 11) not emarginate, the line slightly raised before the apex. Face emarginated just below middle. Ocellus its own width from the eye. Antenne very short, the last joint globular. Tegmina strongly angulated at outer tips, the venation of apical area as shown in Plate II, fig. 13. Female, length to tips of tegmina, 9.5 millimeters. LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker). This species differs widely from all others of the genus by the form of tegmina. ILLUSTRATIONS [Drawings by Baker. All, except that of the egg, are made to the same scale.] PLATE I Fics. 1 to 10. Hilda breviceps Stal. 1, tegmina; 2, vertex, pronotum, and scutellum; 3, side view of head and pronotum; 4, face in view at right angle to plane of surface between umbo and clypeus; 5, male genitalia; 6, female genitalia; 7, nymph; 8, face of nymph; 9, front view of head and pronotum of nymph in line of long axis of body; 10, egg. PLATE II Fies. 11 to 13. Augila angulata sp. nov. 11, side view of head; 12, vertex; 13, apical area of tegmina. 14 to 17. Augila valdesii sp. nov. 14, vertex; 15, apical area of tegmina; 16, side view of male genitalia; 17, side view of head. 18 to 21. Augila negrosensis sp. nov. 18, apical portion of wing; 19, apical area of tegmina; 20, vertex; 21, side view of head and pronotum. TEXT FIGURE Fig. 1. Wing of Hilda breviceps Stal. 145 sa iy pa eee hs rig ans ck tee AR SN Ball AE Ts a tye (ary x Eid Aly ee hate sas ition ny ie aay jot tage ee ano . ai har ma 7 (Ary | BMOITS § We) ee | nl: Oe ois AF Oe SED meld ys eeaht itepane che, ‘etd Laban eat any eh date woes me. Be 7 Bike. ntl ta? he a ofibda poorkey aban eh | CATR RS | Semen : < tha Te) rere A walt uae fare eae wabr Aa A rae vagis hee dp Woawiwl 6 san ithe 20 snahy At sfgaR oi ah 7 US dave it Late im: alamat oF rere ‘ante aS Ww. onmenvag: baa baad ly wolh peer WS geen 10 anal ; Sis ie vied Ny alee aft, Ye sha his ene 4 SS cteatnnt eae ae : ae a white ee abhiuh: wee ey Bee Lote? BE et ek eee 1 Lins Ye wale allie 01 RNS A ; ely RR ae yh al} stir she oh Ua see seni, erg ee CS ee fasten ‘ ee eee t Soe ee cupped gitip Wea et ale Vacs inher 57 EE ci). Pea re ee sf 7 jepey > 9, be es Bil re ie «Garba ¥ ie Peery Fithigre ; : bh es" oo? Arh f ie q 7 ee on uy r rae x S — d ; BAKER: CERTAIN PHILIPPINE FULGOROIDEA. ] [Pui. Journ. Sci., X, D, No. 2. PLATE I. Hilda breviceps St&l. 1, tegmina; 2, vertex, pronotum, and scutellum; 3, side view of head and pronotum; 4, face in view at right angle to plane of surface between umbo and clypeus; 5, male genitalia; 6, female genitalia; 7, nymph; 8, face of nymph; 9, front view of head and pronotum in line of long axis of body; 10, egg. eS ; a Z YZ hs » we 6) CV a YZ [2 a= : A ¥ CAS VL ore Ae ee Shak | SS and pronotum. ARE ATYA SPINIPES NEWPORT AND ATYA ARMATA MILNE EDWARDS SYNONYMS FOR ATYA MOLLUCCENSIS DE HAAN? By R. P. COWLES (From the Department of Zodlogy, College of Liberal Arts, University of the Philippines) ONE TEXT FIGURE In 1868 Eduard von Martens! stated that he had received several specimens of the genus Atya from the Philippine Islands. The specimens differed from one another in the size and arma- ture of the third legs and in the body length, but they were otherwise similar, and von Martens reached the conclusion that they were all of the same species. The largest specimen agreed with Atya armata Milne Edwards,’ collected in the Philippines, and described as having a long heavy spine on the lower border of the merus of the third leg. However, von Martens’s smaller specimens agreed with the description of species of Atyoida in: which the third legs are but slightly larger than the fourth and fifth and in which there is only a weak, slender, and incon- spicuous spine on the merus. Specimens intermediate in size showed gradations from the large third legs with the heavy spine to the small third legs with the weak inconspicuous spines. As a result of his observations von Martens rightly discarded the genus Atyoida, considering the specimens upon which it was based as the young of some species like Atya armata. Recently I have collected atyas from a mountain stream near Manila and have obtained a series similar to that of von Mar- tens’s. The largest males agree very well with the description of Atya armata except that the lower margin of the rostrum is toothed, a fact which has been observed by Bouvier. In a series arranged according to the body length, the third legs grade in size from a condition found in the largest males, where they are much larger than the fourth and fifth legs, to a condition found in the small males, where they are of about the same size as the fourth and fifth legs. The graded reduction in the size * Arch. f. Naturgeschichte (1868), 34. 47. * Ann. Soc. ent. France (1864), 33. 47. 147 148 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 of the spine on the merus of the third legs is evident in this series in passing from the old males to the younger males. Be- fore having seen von Martens’s paper, I had come to the con- clusion that I was dealing with the young and old of the same species, which increases the value of my confirmation of von Martens’s observation. The exceptionally large third legs are characteristic only of the old males in our specimens. In the females the third legs are always a little larger than the fourth and fifth, but they never approach the size found in the large males. Furthermore the large heavy spine is not present in the females, but in its place there are the slender acute spines similar to the ones which are found in the young males. A comparison of 7 specimens, the largest 70 millimeters and the smallest 25 millimeters in length, shows interesting grada- tions in the size and character of the spines on the third, fourth, and fifth legs. Specimen 1 (museum No. 1380) is an old male, 70 millimeters in length, with 3 teeth on the ventral border of the rostrum. The right third leg has a large immovable spine on the ventro- lateral surface of the merus near the distal end. The merus of the right fourth leg has 1 slender movable spine almost ventral in: position and near the distal end. The merus of the right fifth leg has 2 slender movable spines which are ventral in position, one being near the distal end and the other at about the middle. The conditions are similar for the left legs, except that on the merus of the fifth leg there is no spine in the middle region (fig. 1, a, b, c). Specimen 2 (museum No. 1371) is a slightly younger male, 56 millimeters long, with 5 teeth on the ventral border of the rostrum. The merus of the right third leg has 1 large im- movable spine, smaller than the spine in specimen 1, on the ventrolateral surface near the distal end. The merus of the fourth leg has 2 slender movable spines, one near the distal end and the other about one third of the length of the merus poste- rior to the distal end. The merus of the fifth leg shows 3 slender movable spines, the most posterior being two thirds of the length of the merus posterior to the distal end. The conditions are similar for the left legs (fig. 1, d, e, f). Specimen 3 (museum No. 1371) is 58 millimeters long and has 4 teeth on the ventral border of the rostrum. Although this specimen is 2 millimeters longer than specimen 2, its third legs are not so heavy, and I consider it to be less mature. The merus of the right third leg bears 2 spines—a heavy immovable x,D,2 Cowles: Synonyms for Atya molluccensis de Haan 149 one in the usual position but smaller than that of No. 2 and a slender slightly movable one anterior to it. This slender spine seems to correspond to the one Milne Edwards described for the type of Atya armata. The merus of the right fourth leg bears 3 movable spines, the most posterior of which is situated at about the middle of the length of the merus. The merus of the right fifth leg has 2 movable spines. Similar conditions are found in the left legs, except that the merus of the fifth leg bears 3 movable spines (fig. 1, g, h, 2, 7). Specimen 4 (museum No. 1371) is 56 millimeters long, and I eadioaay | TOUTS: Se, d CP! ; See ae, Sn Serre contin =) —p n @) Fig. 1. Atya molluccensis de Haan. a, b, c, specimen 1, meri of the right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively; d, e, f, specimen 2, meri of the right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively; g, h, i, specimen 3, meri of the right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively; j, specimen 3, merus of the left fifth leg; k, l, m, specimen 4, meri of the right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively; n, 0, p, specimen 5, meri of the right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively. consider it to be less mature than any of the specimens already mentioned. It has 6 teeth on the lower border of the rostrum. The merus of the right third leg has 2 sharp movable spines (the most distal one is only slightly movable) and a swelling between the two, the latter indicating the beginning of the heavy spine of older specimens. The merus of the right fourth leg has 4 slender movable spines, and the merus of the fifth legs bears 3 movable spines. The conditions are similar for the left legs (iiss lism): Specimen 5 (museum No. 1371) has 6 teeth on the lower border of the rostrum and is 42 millimeters long. There are 2 movable spines on the merus of the right third leg, 4 movable spines on 150 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 the merus of the fourth leg, and 3 movable spines on the merus of the right fifth leg. The conditions are similar for the left legs, except that there are only 3 spines on the merus of the fourth leg (fig. 1, 2, 0, p). Specimen 6 (museum No. 13871) is 34 millimeters long and has 38 teeth on the lower border of the rostrum. There are 2 movable spines on the merus of the right third leg, 4 on the merus of the right fourth leg, and 3 on the corresponding segment of the fifth leg. The conditions are similar for the feft legs. Our smallest individual, specimen 7 (museum No. 13877), is 25 millimeters long and has 4 teeth on the lower border of the rostrum. There are 3 movable teeth on the merus of the right third leg, 4 movable teeth on the merus of the right fourth leg, and 3 movable teeth on the merus of the right fifth leg. The conditions for the left legs are similar. The third leg is conspicuously larger in diameter than the rest of the legs in specimen 1, but this difference becomes gradually less marked in Nos. 2, 3, and 4, and it is hardly noticeable in the smaller specimens. These 7 specimens show a reduction in the number of spines on the merus of the fifth leg from 3 movable spines in specimen 7 to 1 or 2 movable spines in specimen 1; on the merus of the fourth leg they show a reduction from 4 movable spines in specimen 7 to 3 movable spines in specimen 3, to 2 movable spines in specimen 2, and to 1 movable spine in spec- imen 1; on the merus of the third leg they show a reduction from 3 movable spines in specimen 7 to 2 movable spines in specimen 6, to 2 movable spines (the most distal only slightly so) and the rudiment of the heavy spine between the two in specimen 4, to 1 slightly movable spine and 1 immovable spine in specimen 3, and to 1 immovable spine in specimens 1 and 2. It is probable that all of these specimens belong to the same species; that with increasing age or degree of maturity there is a reduction of the number of spines on the meri of the third, fourth, and fifth legs; that on the approach of maturity in the male the heavy spine begins to make its appearance (specimen 4) on the merus of the third leg; that during the succeeding molts the heavy spine becomes well developed and the slender movable spine posterior to the heavy spine disappears (specimen 3) ; and finally, that the slender spine anterior to the heavy spine ceases to exist (specimens 1 and 2). I am very much inclined to believe that Atya spinipes New- port,’ described from a specimen found in the Philippines, is a °Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1847), 19, 159. x, D,2 Cowles: Synonyms for Atya molluccensis de Haan 151 young male or female of the form described by Milne Edwards as Atya armata and that Newport failed to record the tooth- ing on the lower border of the rostrum.‘ In fact, Milne Edwards states that Atya armata differs from Atya spinipes with regard to the spines on the third legs and in that the merus of Atya spinipes is smooth. (Newport, however, describes it as almost smooth.) If a comparison of the specimens in our collection with the types of Atya armata A. Milne Edwards and Atya spinipes Newport should show that the young are identical with ‘the latter and the old with the former, A. armata and A. spinipes should be considered as identical. Finally, it seems probable from the work of Miers,> de Man,° ~ and Bouvier 7 that Atya armata A. Milne Edwards is synonymous with Atya molluccensis de Haan, and from my own observations that Atya spinipes Newport also is synonymous with the latter species. “Dr. W. T. Calman informs me by letter that Bouvier figures the type of Atya armata with teeth on the lower side of the rostrum and that he (Calman) finds these teeth are present in many if not all the specimens that he has referred to Atya molluccensis and to A. spinipes. *Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1880), 5, 382. ° Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederlaindish Ost-Indien (1892), 2, 357. "Bull. Sci. France et Belgique (1905), 39, 118. oh Paine sith ers La, Sienna Abia sabre Fenian) tiveness ac oot wae RRR: es | yrineehcc tone RECA repute peas ms Nie ‘hip li alted te oieng) ‘eh Nome ae eos be: ibe etgirarined aime cutteoat “ro hahha ane “Hit eeaingbilne. at Sonia ied, i hbo Ble ei aI Acie opening ight Hane baobab se Stee eternity: tak ppb itih Rinne ee nine: lal eadaphiesiei ean ial ftepcbheriiet Kh Mit raat ae Dee z isa ole Hive ey Facey any cetemeai (chi tactnareg ee | Ware din’ RE Gaye, avy ia et ent) We MMR i {hh Rael” ORR ATE ah) A ED Li, Pate ile: oth aan ane SAR SRT EEE Seay aaa “snot has wf ean} dyin Sid ihn gs ay aM hepa: A SC Cue ag. rae at i) hi te s Fi ae 1 Vee speaiie mn, i Ve fi song dik sale on Iypldi nati ‘et hoa setianl ng ie ay fae) ote mene hyo gah, the: etek tar, pit ae, if i bar oeecerpeaerer te? dia ho 1 Vitae A Poesy eke} } y " i } vids ©) We ea a cone i ba SSRN, a 1 OLR A TR hes orth ieitey rho et ry ‘ott ‘api aa ¥ t Dues At ade ee via ie aed ia fe ; ms Naat ‘eT er ule to if HM puri Bila “anit a) ’ ; ‘ 2 wi Cae) A is ad iio nh We f ran ie Te ILLUSTRATION TEXT FIGURE Fig. 1. Atya molluccensis de Haan. a, b, c, specimen 1, meri of the right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively; d, e, f, specimen 2, meri of the right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively; g, h, 1, specimen 3, meri of the right third, fourth, and fifth legs respectively; 7, specimen 3, merus of the left fifth leg; k, 1, m, specimen 4, meri of the right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively; n, 0, p, specimen 5, meri of the right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively. 1326385 153 40) it AMTeU AL aman PERE ‘nota ols : | iad sth he pre ule? sgh Pr) 40. Hae, enn sfenid dk ee bade fisea: & ©. hoailaaite Ay Pl Sitti ak Yo Tapeh) gh temeett paga| A Uavdtusqent degot io reveie ff ronnie fer Riomqied aed ae baa we (he pitied teste eatt Yo Dene’ noenioega se) PA eel ae toctener 4 reapiiooas Awe paler ieee Jewel atten | {sti, ; chieksoanne ae, dh Baa virniat Britt, ss NOTES ON PHILIPPINE ALCYONARIA PART IV: NOTES ON PHILIPPINE STOLONIFERA AND XENIID& By S. F. Licut (From the Zoological Laboratory, College of Liberal Arts, University of the Philippines) While the littoral alcyonarian faune of Zanzibar, Ternate, Amboina, and of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes havé been studied by well-known scientists—Kiikenthal, Hickson, Schenk, May, Thomson and Henderson, and others—the remark- ably rich and varied fauna of the numberless shallow-water coral reefs of the Philippine Archipelago seems almost entirely to have been neglected. With the exception of the few littoral specimens collected by the Challenger expedition at Mactan Island, near Cebu, and at Zamboanga, Mindanao,’ and a few specimens collected by Sanderson, Jagor, and Miiller,? the shallow-reef Alcyonaria of the Philippine Islands have been practically un- touched. The Alcyonaria collected by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross in Philippine waters have not been reported on, but it is to be expected that they will be mainly deep-sea or deep-littoral forms. It is not strange, therefore, that we find but two species of the suborder Stolonifera recorded from the Philippines: Tubipora musica Linneeus, recorded by Wright and Studer: from Zam- boanga, and Clavularia inflata Schenk var. luzoniana May, reported by May ? from Albay Province, Luzon. The aleyonarian collection of the University of the Philippines is made up of Alcyonaria collected on the joint scientific expedi- tions of the University of the Philippines and the Philippine Bureau of Science to Port Galera Bay on the northern coast of Mindoro and to Taytay Bay on the east coast of Palawan, of many specimens collected by Griffin and Wharton in the Bantayan Islands off the northwest coast of Cebu, of a large number of specimens from the interisland cables in various localities and *Wright, E. P., and Studer, Th., Report on the Alcyonaria collected by H. M. 8. Challenger during the years 1873-87. The voyage of H. M. S. Challenger, Zoology. London (1889), 31, v-Ixxii + 1-814, Pls. I-XLII. * May, S. J., Beitrage zur Systematik der Alcyonaceen, Jena. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. (1899), 33. 155 156 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 at depths of from 20 to 300 meters collected by Day and Light, and of a few specimens from Mariveles at the mouth of Manila Bay. This collection contains a large series of specimens of Stolonifera and Xeniidz from these widely separated localities, and gives a very good idea of the relative abundance and dis- tribution of the species of these groups in the Islands. ! Although dredging has been carried on by various expeditions in the waters of the Philippines, no species of deep-sea or deep- littoral Stolonifera or Xeniidz has been reported from the Is- lands, and all the specimens in our collection, with two exceptions, are from shallow-water reefs. One of these exceptions is a small species of Cornularia with minute polyps and a perisarclike horny covering on the basal portion of the polyps and on the stolons. It was found growing on a large colony of Siphonogor- gia variabilis Hickson taken from a cable at a depth of 90 meters. The other is a specimen from a cable at a depth of from 20 to 100 meters, and is probably an undescribed species of Cespi- tularia. While on the collecting expeditions mentioned I had excellent opportunities for observing the Philippine species of Stolonifera and Xeniidz in their habitat. One cannot but be impressed by the flowerlike beauty of the large distinct polyps of Anthelia and Xenia. With their beautiful iridescent shades of blue and green or rich velvety brown, their gracefully flexible polyps waving with the currents, and their slender featherlike tentacles they present a picture of unusual grace and charm. The smaller, shorter, and more rigid starlike distal moieties of Tubipora, or of Clavularia violacea Quoy and Gaimard with their solid green, blue, or light velvety brown colors, present a decidedly different appearance, but one as distinctly pleasing; and the sudden change, which takes place when the colony, disturbed by some sudden jar or by a shadow, suddenly retracts the distal moieties of its polyps, exposing the red expanse of the rest of the colony, is very startling. Preserved specimens lack much of this beauty of form and color, but they are still among the most beautiful specimens of a collection. The difference in appearance in pre- served pieces from the same colony is often so great that one might easily believe that they were specimens of different species. Studies ‘of these forms carried on in their habitats and accom- panied by colored drawings of the living colonies and by figures of polyps or entire colonies killed in contraction and of others killed in expansion would be of great value in putting the classi- fication of the species of these genera on a more secure and scien- tific basis. I have found that fully expanded specimens may be X, D, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 157 obtained best by allowing them to expand in aquaria and adding magnesium sulphate a little at a time until they are so anes- thetized as to cease to respond to stimuli, after which they may be placed in the preserving fluid. Most of our specimens are preserved in from 4 to 10 per cent formalin and remain much more flexible and keep their color longer than those preserved in alcohol. However, some specimens which have been in formalin for a number of years are beginning to show signs of degener- ation, and alcohol seems to be a better preservative for museum specimens. Our collection contains species belonging to each of the four clearly defined and well-known genera of the Cornulariide: namely, Cornularia Lamarck, Anthelia Savigny, Clavularia Quoy and Gaimard, and Sympodiuwm Ehrenberg. I follow Kitikenthal * in retaining the well-defined and distinct genus Anthelia and in dropping the generic name Rhizoxenia for which Miiller has recently tried to make a case.* The type species, R. thalassan- tha, judging from Lesson’s description® and from Haeckel’s figures,° is undoubtedly a species of Clavularia. This makes it necessary to drop the name Rhizoxenia, and if the genus is still retained it must be given Philippi’s name Evagora,' first used for E. rosea (R. rosea of Dana, von Koch, and others). If the genus is not retained, those of its species whose polyps are entirely retractile will fall within the genus Sympodium; and those whose polyps have a distal moiety retractile within a proximal moiety, within the genus Clavularia: It also seems ° best, as Schenk ® has pointed out, to consider Stereosoma cele- bense Hickson ® as a species of Anthelia in order to prevent the possibility of a recurrence of such a confusion of genera as has until recently existed in the family Cornulariide. Hickson’s arrangement of the genera of the Cornulariidz *° in which he places Cornularia and Stereosoma in a separate family, the Cornulariide, characterized by their lack of spicules and pre- *Kiukenthal, W., Die Stammesgeschichte und die geographische Verbrei- tung der Alcyonaceen, Verhandl. d. deutsch. Zool. Ges. (1906), 188. “Uber die Aleyonaceen-Gattung Rhizoxenia Ehrenberg, Mitt. a. d. Zool. Stat. zu Neapel (1910), 20, 94-99. *I have not had access to Lesson’s work, but the important part of his description is given by Miller in footnote 1, p. 94, of the volume cited above. °Arabische Korallen. Berlin (1875). " Zoologische Beobachtungen, Arch. f. Naturg. (1842), 8, 33-45. * Clavulariiden, Xeniiden, und Alcyoniden von Ternate, Abhandl. d. Senk- kenb. naturf. Ges. (1896), 23, pt. 1. *Trans. Zool. Soc. London (1895), 13. ** The Cambridge Natural History, Coelenterata and Ctenophora (1906), lle 158 The Philippine Journal of Science | 1915 sumably, although he does not mention it, by the horny secretion common to both, seems to me to be essentially artificial, as the absence of spicules is not a safe diagnostic character in this instance—I have a species of Anthelia which is without spicules and one is mentioned by May—and further, the horny secretion seems to be of a different nature, position, and perhaps origin in the two species involved. I have recently received a specimen of Cornulariella modesta Verrill in exchange from the United States National Museum. From an examination of this specimen I can confirm Hickson’s decision that while this species is, no doubt, distinctly different from the other known species of Clavularia, it agrees with them in generic characters and shows no other distinctive characters which would justify its separation to form the genus Cornu- larvella. The genus Anthelia is the most abundant genus of the Cornu- lariidz found on the reefs of the Philippines. It is especially abundant in inclosed bays, such as the one at Port Galera, Mindoro, where it is present on all the shallower parts of the reefs. It forms incrusting growths over dead coral, débris, stones, and on the hard sand bottom. We have one specimen carried on the back of a Dromia-like crab, which it entirely covers in much the same way as the sponge does the closely related Cryptodromia tuberculata Stimpson as described by Cowles.11 The commonest species agrees very well with An- thelia fuliginosa (Ehrbg.) Kiikenthal.1? We have a large series of specimens of this very variable species preserved in formalin, showing all the forms mentioned by Kiikenthal, including the “sympodium purpurascens” form which seems distinct enough to be considered a separate species. In life A. fuliginosa is rich vel- vety brown or brownish green, the color being due, as in most reef Alcyonaria, to the presence in the endoderm of large num- bers of symbiotic unicellular alge of the Zodzanthella type. The long flexible polyps with slender, extended, and constantly mov- ing tentacles have a strikingly flowerlike appearance. Anthelia fuliginosa is common in the Red Sea, and according to Kiiken- thal #2 is the only species of the genus to be found there. May has reported it from Zanzibar,* and its wide distribution in the 1 Cowles, R. P., The habits of some tropical Crustacea, This Journal, Sec. D (1918), 8, 119. “Uber einige Korallenthiere des Rothen Meeres. Festschrift zum sieb- zigsten Geburtstag von Ernst Haeckel, Denks. Med. Natur. Ges., Jena (1904), 11, 43. % Jena. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. (1899), 33. xD, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 159 Philippines—we have specimens from Mindoro and Palawan— makes it the most widely distributed and commonest species of the genus. Undoubtedly it will be found to be a common species in the other islands of the East Indies if, indeed, it has not already been described from those regions under another name. The three or four other species of the genus in our collection are each represented by but a few specimens, and some or all of them are probably new to science. One is interesting in that it appears to be similar to Rhizoxenia primula Dana, but the polyps are connected by a slender creeping stolon attached to a piece of dead Millepora. It seems very probable, as Dana himself suspected, that such a stolon existed in his specimen, - but was overlooked when the drawing was made. Another beautifully expanded specimen agrees very closely with May’s Clavularia longissima which is, of course, a species of Anthelia. Next in number of species and in distribution in the Philip- pines is the genus Clavularia Quoy and Gaimard, of which there are specimens of 3 or more species in our collection. Conspicuous among these are numerous specimens of Clavularia (Hicksonia) viridis Quoy and Gaimard. This, as Hickson predicted, is one of the common, it not the commonest species of Clavularia on our reefs. Its habits agree exactly with those given by Hickson for the same species in Celebes. Kiikenthal*® speaks of this species under the names Anthelia celebensis and Anthelia viridis. This is probably to be accounted for by Hickson’s misleading statement “in habit it (Clavularia celebensis) is very similar to C. viridis.” The species described by Hickson as Clavularia celebensis must be considered as a species of Anthelia, but the species described and figured by Quoy and Gaimard™ and by Hickson as Clavularia viridis is distinctly different, and since it has polyps whose distal portions are retractile within their proximal portions it is a species of Clavularia, unless the facts that the stolons originate at different heights on the polyps and that it has a horny skeleton be considered sufficient to place it in a separate genus (Hicksonia) .1° A careful investigation of the anatomy of Clavularia viridis “Dana, J. A., United States exploring expedition during the years 1838, 18389, 1840, 1841, 1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. Atlas. Zoophytes. Philadelphia (1849). * Trans. Zool. Soc. London (1895), 13. * Verhandl. d. deutsch. Zool. Ges. (1906), 142. “ Zoologie du Voyage de l’Astrolabe (1834). * Delage and Herouard, Les Coelentéres. Traité de Zoologie concréte. Paris (1901), 3. 160 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 would undoubtedly add many interesting facts to our knowl- edge of the finer structure of the Alcyonaria. A brief study of sections stained with iron hematoxylin has brought out sev- eral points of interest. The walls of the stomodzeum are com- posed of the usual columnar epithelium cells—very long and slender and containing elongated, deeply staining nuclei so arranged as to give the appearance of pseudo-stratified epithe- lium. Scattered among -these cells are large gland cells con- taining a varying amount of deeply staining granules. These cells are slender distally and often entirely filled in their outer portions at least with the glandular products, and I have been unable to make out any nucleus in the outer portion. Lying between the epithelial layer and the mesoglea is an irregular layer made up of the large, broadly oval bases of the cells with centrally placed, spherical, lightly staining nuclei, the mem- brane and a minute central nucleolus of which are the only parts which take the stain. It is very difficult to make out a connection between this basal portion and the outer spindle- shaped glandular portion, but I have been able to do so in a number of cases. The granular material of the outer portion of these cells takes an intense blue-black stain in Heidenhein’s iron hematoxylin, and in a few instances I have found these cells discharging their contents into the stomodezal cavity. Ashworth?® has noted gland cells in the stomodeal walls of Xenia and explains their presence as being due to the absence of mesenterial filaments and the consequent necessity for the assumption of the digestive function by the stomodzeum. I have found these gland cells to be present, however, in the stomodzal walls of Cornularia minuta,?® Lithophytum rigidum, and L. philippinensis;** in Capnella ramosa and C. philippr- nensis;?2. and even in the genera Lemnalia and Lemnalioides,”* where the mesenterial filaments are remarkably long, reaching to the base of the colony. Scattered at more or less regular intervals in the inner por- tion of the stomodzal wall are numerous short oval cells, each containing an oval nematocyst about 0.009 millimeter in length with a spirally coiled thread. The nematocyst seems to crowd * Xeniidz, Willey’s Zool. Res. (1900), 4, 68. * Light, S. F., Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria, part V: Cornularia minuta sp. nov., This Journal, Sec. D (1915), 10, No. 3. *Tbid. (1915), 10, No. 8. * Ibid. (1913), 8, 435. % Thid. (1914), 9, 233. X, D, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 161 the cell, and the nucleus fits over its inner end like a cap. The nuclei of these cells are at about the same level and form a more or less regular row beyond the nuclei of the epithelial cells. So far as I have been able to ascertain, this is the first alcyo- narian in which nematocysts have been found in the stomodeal walls. It is probable that its large size allows C. viridis to ingest fair-sized living animals which are killed by the discharge of nematocysts, preliminary to being digested in the stomodzeum by the products of the gland cells already described. The cells of the siphonoglyphe, which is very distinct, are extremely long and slender with very long, slender, rod-shaped nuclei. : As Hickson * has pointed out the muscular ridges of the mesenteries are very numerous and long.. In my experience C. viridis is only second in this regard to C. violacea Quoy and Gaimard, in which the muscle banners are enormously developed. Hickson *4 speaks of the horny skeletal elements of C. viridis as being present in wide lacunez in the mesoglcea and figures them there in section as deeply staining bodies. In his figure the spaces are much smaller in proportion to the size of the central bodies than in my specimens. Indeed, after studying an extensive series of sections, I am convinced that the struc- tures which Hickson figured as skeletal elements are merely the nuclei of spicule-forming cells. The true skeletal fibers are to be found in the ectoderm, appearing in sections as deeply staining crescents averaging 0.01 millimeter in length and 0.003 millimeter in greatest diameter. In a few instances these bodies are found in the edge of the mesoglea, in which case they are always associated with large cells evidently amceboid in charac- ter and characterized by a very distinctly reticulated cytoplasm, a small central nucleus with a number of chromatin centers, and a few deeply staining granules in the cytoplasm. Further study may show these cells to be the skeleton-producing cells. _ Another striking and widely distributed Philippine species of Clavularia is Clavularia violacea Quoy and Gaimard.2> We have numerous specimens of this from Mindoro and Palawan and single specimens from Bantayan and from Mariveles. The red of the proximal portions of the polyp and-of the base and the brillant green of its distal moieties make it a very conspicuous reef alcyonarian. The distal moieties of the polyps have about * Trans. Zool. Soc. London (1895), 13. ** Zoologie du Voyage de !|’Astrolabe (1834). 162 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 the same color, size, and shape as those parts in Tubipora, which is common in the same habitat, and the colonies of one genus are easily mistaken for those of the other when seen at a distance. This very interesting alcyonarian is here reported for the first time since Quoy and Gaimard reported it from Vanokoro in 1834. Among their figures are an oral view of a polyp and a view of the cut surface of a contracted polyp cut in half longitudinally. A brief study of the numerous specimens in our collection has shown several errors made by Quoy and Gaimard in their rather superficial study of the polyp. In their figure of the oral view of the polyp they show no pinnules on the tentacles. An examina- tion of a number of specimens both externally and in sections has shown that they were correct in this observation, the tentacles showing no vestiges of pinnules. In the drawing of the half polyp, however, the tentacles are figured as being completely in- troverted and appear to have numerous pinnules, and a high conical hypostome is shown on the oral surface. A superficial examination of a contracted polyp cut in two longitudinally gives much the same impression as the drawing of Quoy and Gaimard, but a more careful investigation shows that the yellow mass below the oral surface is composed of the mesenteries, which are thickened at that point and surround the central stomodzum. The conical hypostome of Quoy and Gaimard resolves itself into the contracted tentacles, which form a conical mass just above the oral surface. The absence of any vestige of pinnules makes this a very re- markable form, and there are many other equally interesting characters which would well repay a detailed investigation. Some of these are: The presence of a reticulated mesoglea containing besides spicules large canals lined with ectodermal cells which contain a few unicellular alge; the presence of an external cuticle; the presence in the distal moiety of an ectoderm of very high columnar epithelium strikingly different from that of any other known alcyonarian; the presence near the junction of the proximal and distal moieties between the ectoderm and the true mesoglea of a reticulum composed of outgrowths from the mesogloea in whose meshes lie small irregular-shaped ecto- derm cells; and lastly the enormous development of the muscular ridges of the mesenteries and the peculiar structure of the swollen, upper portion of the mesenteries in which the meso- gloea is finely reticulated and contains numerous symmetrically placed, deeply staining, irregular-shaped bodies. MD, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 163 The finer anatomy of Clavularia viridis and C. violacea is a fascinating subject, and I hope at some time to be able to take it up more fully. A third species of Clavularia seems to be rather variable in form and size, and will probably be found to be Schenk’s Clavularia inflata.2> Some specimens agree with May’s C. inflata var. luzoniana.?" This is the only species of Clavularia reported from the Philippines. May?’ reports it from Albay Province, Luzon, and we have specimens from Bantayan Island, Mindoro Island, and Mariveles, Luzon. A few other specimens may prove to belong to a new species of the genus. To the genus Sympodium.I am assigning a number of incrust- ing colonies which have Xenia-like but retractile polyps and nu- - merous small disk-shaped spicules. With one exception they were found growing on the branches of dead Madrepora. They will probably prove to belong to two or three new species. I recall finding on one of the reefs near Taytay, Palawan, a small pocket or hole, somewhat deeper than the remainder of the reef and just inside the growing edge, which was filled with a mass of branches of dead Madrepora. Growing on the branches and connected by ribbonlike stolons were hundreds of colonies of what appeared to be a species of Xenia, ashy gray incolor. On collect- ing them, I found that the fleshy stalk characteristic of Xenia was replaced by an incrusting membranous base into which the polyps were entirely retracted when disturbed. It is colonies of this type which I consider to belong to the genus Sympodium now that the older species have been removed to the genus Alcyo- nium where they more properly belong. It is interesting to note how much more closely the polyps of these species resemble those of Xenia in color, in the size and arrangement of the pinnules, and in the general appearance in both living and preserved speci- mens than they do those of Anthelia to which they would seem to be more closely related. The only species of Cornularia in the collection, and the first to be reported from Asiatic waters, is the small form spoken of before as having been found growing on colonies of Siphono- gorgia variabilis Hickson from the cable in Albay Bay at a depth of 90 meters. The minute size of this form—the polyps are not more than 2.5 millimeters in height when fully expanded and the stolons are threadlike—and the peculiar thin horny covering of the lower portions of the polyps and of the stolons, which has * Abhandl. d. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. (1896), 23, pt. 1. * Jena. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. (1899), 33. 164 The Philippine Journal of Science 29165 a striking resemblance, particularly in sections, to the perisarc of many hydroids, make it certain that this is a new species of this very interesting genus. I am having sections made and shall make a report on the structure of the form in the near future. Tubipora, probably belonging to the single species 7. chamis- sons Ehrbg. as Hickson 2° believes, is common on all the reefs of the Philippines which I have visited and has been reported from Zamboanga by Wright and Studer.?® In the Philippines it is, as Crossland *° reports from Zanzibar, “‘abundant wherever coral grows.” Philippine specimens show three distinct color varie- ties, in one of which the distal moieties of the polyps are pale blue, in another bright green, and in the third light velvety brown, and many variations as to the length and diameter of the tubes are to be found. The xeniid fauna of the Philippine reefs, particularly of the sheltered reefs, such as those in Port Galera Bay, Mindoro, and in the Bantayan Islands, is luxurious and varied. The species of this family and of the Cornulariide thrive in similar habitats, both being numerous at Port Galera Bay and Bantayan but strikingly scarce on the reefs of the eastern coast of Palawan. Why these reefs are unsuited for the growth of such forms is hard to say, unless it be because of their more exposed position. This hypothesis seems to be supported by the fact that the few colonies which were obtained in Palawan waters were found on the reefs to the landward side of Pabellones Island and of another small island in the bay. This does not seem to hold good, how- ever, in the case of Sabong Cove, near Port Galera, Mindoro, which is exposed, and yet has a rich fauna in the genera Clavula- ria and Xenia and especially in the rarer genus Cespitularia. Our collection contains species of each of the three genera of the family of Xeniide: namely, Xenia Savigny, Cespitularia Valenciennes, and Heteroxenia Kolliker. As elsewhere, the species of Xenia are more numerous than those of Heteroxenia and Cespitularia, although the species of the last-named genus are unusually abundant in Philippine waters. We have a very large series of specimens of Xenia belonging to a number of species, some of which are no doubt new. The separation of the species of this genus presents great difficulties * Alcyonaria of the Maldives, Fauna and geog. of the Maldive and Lac- cadive Archipelago, 2, pt. 1, 473-500. * The voyage of H. M. S. Challenger, Zoology (1889), 31. *° Thomson and Henderson, Marine Fauna of Zanzibar etc. from collec- tions made by Cyril Crossland, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1906). X, D, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 165 owing to the lack of fixed characters and the instability of such diagnostic characters as are used; for example, the number of rows of pinnules, as their shape and their relative size and posi- tions differ to a great extent with the state of contraction of the colony when killed. The same difficulty is encountered in the genus Anthelia. Systematic work on the species of these genera should deal first with the living animals and then with the preserved specimens. One colony of Xenia is of interest in that it consists of many small branched or single stalks bearing unusually small polyps. These stalks, which are scattered over the branches of a dead colony of Seriatopora, are connected by slender creeping stolons. A number of other specimens are very similar to Xenia hicksoni Ashworth, and one resembles Xenia rigida May,®? but shows no dimorphism. The collection contains specimens of Heteroxenia elisebethe Kolliker ** from two localities which show the marked dimor- phism maintained by Koiliker,?* Bourne,?* Ashworth,*! and others, but denied by May,*? Schenk,?* Haacke,?* Kiikenthal,?’ and others. The number of siphonozooids is so great in proportion to the number of autozooids, their size is so uniform and so much less than that of the autozooids, and these conditions have been noted | by so many independent workers for specimens from so many widely separated habitats that it seems hardly conceivable that we have here merely growing polyps. If they are only auto- zooids in different stages of development why should so many young polyps of the same age be found on the same colony and why should observers in so many different parts of the world and at different seasons of the year find them at the same stage of development as far as the tentacles are concerned and of the same average size? The fact that one can find at the edge of the capitulum series of young autozooids approximating in dif- fering degree the size and form of the mature autozooids tends rather to strengthen the case for dimorphism than to weaken it, for were such developing autozooids never found we would * Xeniidz, Willey’s Zool. Res. (1900), 4, 68; and Xenia Hicksoni, nov. sp., Quar. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. (1891), n. s. 42. * Jena. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. (1899), 33. * Heteroxenia, Fest. d. Physical. Med. Ges. in Wiirzburg (1874), 13. “Phil. Trans. (1895). * Abhandl. d. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. (1896), 23, pt. 1. * Zool. Garten (1886). * Versuch einer Revision, etc. 9. Xeniiden. Zool. Jahrb., Syst.(1901), 17. 166 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 be forced. to believe either that such colonies had reached a maximum development or that the so-called siphonozooids were immature autozooids as Kiikenthal, May, and Schenk contend. One specimen, which may be simply a contracted specimen of H. elisebethe, shows a strong resemblance to Xenia rigida of May,** which is a species of Heteroxenia as evidenced by its di- morphism.*® Another specimen has a few siphonozooids similar to those of H. elisebethx, crowded in the center of the capitulum, and autozooids whose distal moieties appear both externally and in section to be able to retract within the cavities of the proximal portions—that is, within the fleshy stalk. This character has been noted by Hickson in H. capensis,**® but the other characters make it probable that we have here a new species of Hete- roxenia. In the genus Cespitularia we have a very interesting series of specimens belonging to several different species. They range from decidedly Xemia-like colonies, with long flexible polyps which have all the appearance of the polyps of the ordinary reef Xenia, the polyp-bearing portion of which, however, shows the characteristic branching of the genus, to decidedly treelike colo- nies with small polyps approaching in appearance the polyps of the Nephthyidze and especially of the genus Lithophytum. Sev- eral specimens resemble very closely Cespitularia coerulea May. Another form has large delicate polyps, the tentacles of which can be folded in over the oral surface. Still another, a distinctly treelike colony from a cable at a depth of from 20 to 100 meters, has large polyps whose distal portions are retractile within the thin transparent proximal portions. A number of these forms will, no doubt, prove to be new to science. It will be seen from the foregoing notes that the shallow coral reefs of the Philippines support an abundant and varied fauna in the families Cornulariide, Tubiporide, and Xeniide. As this has been shown to be the case in Ternate by Kiikenthal *° and Schenk, in the Maldives *2 and the Celebes ** by Hickson, in New Guinea and the near-by islands by Hickson and Hiles ** and * Jena. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. (1899), 33. * Marine investigations in South Africa (1902), 1, 70. * Aleyonaceen von Ternate, Abhandl. d. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. (1896), 23, pt. 1. “Thid. (1896), 23. “ Fauna and geog. Maldive and Laccadive Archipelago, 2, pt. 1. “ Trans. Zool. Soc. London (1895), 13. “Willey’s Zool. Res. (1900), 4, 66. X, D, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 167 by Ashworth,*® and in Zanzibar by Thomson and Henderson “@ and Crossland and May, it was to be expected that such a fauna would be found in the Philippines, where conditions are much the same as in these regions. It is interesting, in conclusion, to note the striking similarity between the general littoral alcyonarian fauna of the Philippines and a region so distant as Zanzibar. Briefly stated, the most striking similarities are: The presence of Twbipora ‘wherever coral grows,” the large number of species of Lemnalia,*’ the presence of Paralemnalia thrysoides (Ehrbg.) Ktikenthal *® and of a few common species of Nephthya and Lithophytum, the presence in considerable quantities of Telesto and Coelogorgia, — the abundance of Xeniidze and Cornulariide, and the “great masses of Sclerophytum.” * Ibid., 68; and Quart. Journ. Microscop. Sci. (1899), n. s. 42. * Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1906). * A number of species now known to belong to the genus Lemnalia were at that time placed in the genus Lithophytwm. “This species, formerly placed in the genus Lithophytum, has been taken by Ktikenthal as the type species of his new genus Paralemnalia. See Aleyonarien des Roten Meeres, Expedition S. M. Schiff “Pola” in das Rote Meer. Zool. Ergeb. (1913), 29, 1-33 (reprint). he o> vey Pie iF 7 ns i ren ig ‘ Od DS natal val Wee 4: e, (RAR). wibeiat Gtk Od sae “di deers” wi ee (Le NER ANA Re wR RRR SRR Be Ooi 4 ei hina 6 sai! aaht) he hae rey ighvattey tee eh ’ eT eect Bis Lay aan er aS ps eS aah ih hig li rw y Mee PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS—Continued BOTANY A FLORA OF MANILA By Eumer D. MERRILL Order No. 419. Paper, 490 pages, $2.50, postpaid. Practically a complete flora of the cul- tivated areas in the Philippines. Descrip- tions, with keys, of over 1,000 species, 590 @enera, and 136 families, with native names, glossary of technical terms, etc. THE COCONUT PALM IN THE PHIL- IPPINE ISLANDS Order No. 37. Paper, 149 pages, 30 plates, $1, postpaid. The reprint contains the following arti- cles: On the Water Relations of the Coconut Palm (Cocos nucifera), The Coconut and its Relation to Coconut Oil, The Keeping Quali- ties of Coconut Oil and the Causes of its Rancidity, and The Principal Insects Attack- ing the Coconut Palm. INDO-MALAYAN WOODS By Frep W. FoxwortHy Order No. 411. Paper, 182 pages, 9 plates, $0.50, postpaid. In Indo-Matayan Woods, Doctor Fox- worthy has brought together a large amount of accurate information concerning trees yielding woods of economic value. ry ZOOLOGY A LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, EXCLU- SIVE OF THE CETACEA By Nep HOo.Luister Order No. 418. Paper, 64 pages, $0.50, postpaid. 4 This is the only recent attempt to enu- merate the mammals of the Philippine Islands. The distribution of each species is given, and the original descriptions are cited. ZOOLOGY—Continued A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS By Ricuarp C. McGrecor Order No. 103. Paper, 2 parts, 769 pages, $4, postpaid. A Manual of Philippine Birds contains in compact form descriptions of all the known species of Philippine birds. The usual keys and diagnoses of orders, families, and genera help the novice in identification. A CHECK-LIST OF PHILIPPINE FISHES ; By Davin STARR JORDAN and RoBEerRT EARL RICHARDSON Order No. 102. Paper, 78 pages, $0.75, _ Postpaid. This list will be found a convenient guide to the synonymy of Philippine ichthyology. The nomenclature is thoroughly revised, and the distribution of each species within the Philippine Islands is given. MEDICINE REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL PLAGUE CONFERENCE Held at Mukden, April, 1911, under the auspices of the Chinese Government. Edited by Erich Martini, G. F. Prtrig, ARTHUR STANLEY, and RicHaArp P. STRONG 483 pages, 18 plates (2 colored, 4 half- tones, 12 charts and maps) Order No. 416. Paper, $2.50; cleth, $3.50; postpaid. The proceedings of this International Con- ference and information gained therefrom, to~ gether with the results of certain bacte- riological investigations, constitute the pres- ent report. The Bureau of Science of the Govern- ment of the Philippine Islands has been appointed sole agent for the distribution of the printed proceedings of the interna- tional Plague Conference. PRICES ARE IN UNITED STATES CURRENCY Orders for these publications may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER, PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, P. LI., or to any of the agents listed below. Please give order number. The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York, U. S. A. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Kelly & Walsh, Ltd., 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India. CONTENTS WHARTON, LAWRENCE D. The Eggs of Ascaris lumbricoides. 111 BERNHAUER, MAX. Zur Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen: VI. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Indo-malayischen Fauna._....... 117 GROUVELLE, A. Dryopide et Heteroceride des Philippines... 131 BAKER, C. F. Notices of Certain Philippine Fulgoroidea, One Being, of Economic smportancen 25. ca, eee ee ee 137 COWLES, R. P. Are Atya spinipes Newport and Atya armata Milne Edwards Synonyms for Atya molluccensis De Haan?.... 147 LIGHT, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part IV: Notes on Philippine Stolonifera and Xentide_ 0. 155 U. S. The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’’ is issued as follows: currency. Section A. Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries... $2.00 Section B. Tropical Medicine ........-....---....-2----------2---------e eee en n= 3.00 Section: GC. Botany 2225s eee se ee nee e an es re SE 2.00 Section D. General Biology, Ethnology, and Anthropology (Sec- tion D began with Volume V) ........---22---2---2-2-2-2---------enenecneennene 2.00 Entire Journal, Volume II, III, IV, or V -.-......-.---.--..-------------0----- 5.00 Entire Journal, beginning with Volume VI .....__--_----_.--..-----------.-- 7.00 Single numbers (except of Volume I) ...--..-.---.-----..-------------------- 200 Each section is separately paged and indexed. Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections) and supplement, sold only with a complete file of section A, B, or C_.----------.--.-----.--- 10.00 Supplement to Volume I (botany) -.-.....--.--------------------------------0--+ 3.50 Volume I (without supplement), sold only with a complete file of SeECLiON, As VB yr} © ei oe SE Re a eke Sue See 6.50 Single numbers of Volume (ff °- 22222-22250 nooo a a ee eee 75 Publications sent in exchange for the Philippine Journal of Science should be addressed: Library, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Subscriptions may be sent to the Business MANAGER, Philippine Jour- nal of Science, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. 1., or to any of the agents listed below: AGENTS The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Ger- many. Kelly & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India. Entered at the post office at Manila, P. |., as second-class matter. VoL. X, SEc. D, No. 3 MAy, 1915 THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE ALVIN J. COX, M. A., Pu. D. GENERAL EDITOR SECTION D GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, AND ANTHROPOLOGY EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF M. L. MILLER, Pu. D.; R. P. COWLES, Pu. D.; ALVIN SEALH, A. B.. C. F. BAKER, A. M.; C. S. BANKS, M. §.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B. R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. E. KUPFER, Pu. B. MANILA BUREAU OF PRINTING 1915 PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS ETHNOLOGY A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LAN- GUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE BONTOC IGOROTS By WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP Order No. 408. Paper, &9 pages, $0.75, postpaid. The vocabulary is given in Igorot-English and English-Igorot. THE NABALOI DIALECT By Otto SCHEERER and THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN By Epwarp Y. MILLER Order No. 403. Paper, $0.25; half mo- rocco, $0.75; postpaid. The Nabaloi Dialect (65 pages, 29 plates) and the Bataks of Palawan (7 Pages, 6 plates) are bound under one cover. THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP OF LANGUAGES By Orto SCHEERER and “FE” AND “V” IN PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES — By CARLOS EVERETT CONANT Order No. 407. These two papers are issued under one cover, 141 pages, paper, $0.80, postpaid. THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY By Emerson B. CHRISTIE Order No. 410. Paper, 121 pages, 1 map, 29 plates, $1.25, postpaid. Sindangan Bay is situated on the north- ern coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. The Su- banuns of this region were studied by Mr. Christie during two periods of five and six weeks, respectively. The 29 plates illustrate the Subanuns at work and at play; their industries, houses, altars, and implements; and the people themselves., THE HISTORY OF SULU By NAsEEB M. SALEEBY Order No. 406. Paper, 275 pages, 4 maps, 2 diagrams, $0.75, postpaid. In the preparation of his manuscript for The History of Sulu, Doctor Saleeby spent much time and effort in gaining access to documents in the possession of the Sultan of Sulu. This book is a history of the Moros in the Philippines from the earliest times to the American occupation. ETHNOLOGY— Continued STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW, AND RELIGION By NAJEEB M. SALEEBY Order No. 405. Paper, 107 pages, 16 plates, 5 diagrams, $0.25; half mo- rocco, $0.75; postpaid. This volume deals with the earliest written records of the Moros in Mindanao. The names of the rulers of Magindanao are recorded in five folding diagrams. NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES By WiturAmM ALLAN REED Order No. 402. Paper, 83 pages, 62 plates, $0.25; half morocco, $0.75; postpaid. Plates from photographs, many of which were taken for this publication, show orna- ments, houses, men making fire with bamboo, bows and arrows, dances, ahd various types of the people themselves. INDUSTRIES PHILIPPINE HATS By C. B. RoBInson Order No. 415. Paper, 66 pages, §& plates, $0.50 postpaid. This paper is a concise record of the history and present condition of hat making in the Philippine Islands. THE SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE ISLAND OF NEGROS By HeRBerT S. WALKER Order No. 412. Paper, 145 pages, 10 plates, 1 map, $1.25, postpaid. Considered from the viewpoint of prac- tical utility, Mr. Walker’s Sugar Industry in the Island of Negros is one of the most important papers published by the Bureau of Science. This volume ‘is a real contribu- tion to the subject; it is not a mere com- pilation, for the author was in the field and gniers vanes the conditions of which he writes. A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE SILK CULTURE By CHARLES S. BANKS Order No. 413. Paper, 53 pages, 20 plates, $0.75, postpaid. In A Manual of Philippine Silk Culture are presented the results of several years’ actual work with silk-producing larve to- gether with a description of the new Philip- Pine race, THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE D. GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, AND ANTHROPOLOGY VOL. X MAY, 1915 No. 3 ON A COLLECTION OF STOMATOPOD CRUSTACEA FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS : A By STANLEY KEMP (Assistant Superintendent, Indian Museum, Calcutta, India) ONE PLATE The collection of Stomatopoda sent to me for examination by the zodlogical department, University of the Philippines, is an extremely interesting one. In addition to examples of a species hitherto undescribed, it contains a number of scarce and imper- fectly known forms and enables considerable additions to be made to our knowledge of the geographical distribution of some members of the order. In all, 20 species and 2 varieties of Stomatopoda are now known from the Philippine Islands, namely: Squilla scorpio Latreille. Lysiosquilla multifasciata Wood-Ma- Squilla leptosquilla Brooks. son. Squilla hieroglyphica Kemp. Lysiosquilla vicina Nobili. Squilla oratoria De Haan. Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabricius) . Squilla oratoria var. perpensa Kemp. Gonodactylus chiragra var. platysoma Squilla nepa Latreille (Bigelow). Wood-Mason. Squilla raphidea Fabricius. Gonodactylus demani Henderson. Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabricius). Gonodactylus glabrous Brooks. Pseudosquilla ornata Miers. Gonodactylus proximus sp. noy. Pseudosquilla megalophthalma Bige- Gonodactylus glaber Lenz. low. Gonodactylus glyptocercus Wood- Lysiosquilla maculata (Fabricius). Mason. Lystosquilla acanthocarpus Miers. Gonodactylus spinosissimus Pfeffer. All of these species, with the exception of Squwilla leptosquilla and oratoria, sensu stricto, are present in the collection before me. The former was obtained by the Challenger Expedition in the vicinity of the Philippine Islands at a depth of 115 fathoms, while of the latter a single somewhat abnormal specimen, col- 183912 169 170 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 lected in the Philippines by H. J. Veitch, is preserved in the British Museum collection. For the new species the name Gonodactylus proximus is sug- gested. It belongs to a group of five very closely allied forms, the characters of which I have discussed in some detail. Owing to the kindness of Dr. W. T. Calman I am able to give some further particulars, which I believe will be welcome, regarding the structure of G. tuberosus, a species briefly described by Pocock from the China seas. Of Squilla hieroglyphica, represented in the collection by a single example, only one specimen of unknown locality has previously been recorded. Pseudosquilla megalophthalma was hitherto known only from the Red Sea and Mauritius and Gono- dactylus spinosissimus only from the Red Sea, Zanzibar, and off Ceylon. If my identification is correct Gonodactylus glaber must also extend far to the east of the localities in which it has previously been found. Lysiosquilla vicina, a most inter- esting species, which like its near relative in California seems to inhabit burrows made by Balanoglossus, has hitherto been known only from Nobili’s mutilated type specimen taken in the Red Sea. Lysiosquilla multifasciata, another scarce form, is represented in the collection by a series of nine specimens which illustrate the manner in which the characteristic pigmen- tation is developed. I have to express my best thanks to Dr. R. P. Cowles, of the University of the Philippines, for the opportunity of examining this interesting collection. STOMATOPODA «Genus SQUILLA Fabricius Squilla scorpio Latreille. Squilla scorpio Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 42, Pl. II, fig. 30. No. 0-138. Bantayan, Cebu Province, 1909, 2 ¢, 83 mm. The two individuals are adult males; the carine of the last abdominal somite and telson and the bases of the primary teeth of the latter are strongly inflated, while the raptorial claws exhibit the characteristic features of the sex. The speci- mens seem to have deteriorated somewhat in alcohol, and unlike much older examples in the Indian Museum collection, the black patch on either side of the fifth thoracic somite, mentioned in Latreille’s original description, is scarcely visible; the other characters, however, clearly indicate that the specimens must be referred to the typical form and not to the variety immaculata. <1D).8 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 171 Squilla hieroglyphica Kemp. Squilla hieroglyphica Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 51, Pl. III, figs. 38—41. No. 0-341. Herran Street Market, Manila, Luzon, December, 1911, 1 °, 48 mm. : This species appears to be very scarce and has hitherto been known only from a single example of unknown origin in the Indian Museum collection. The specimen from the Philippines differs in some respects from the type, but may undoubtedly be referred to the same species. The rostrum is about as long as wide, but is much broader — apically than in the type, and there are fewer spines on the abdominal carine, namely: Carine. Abdominal somites. Submedian 6 Intermediate . 5,6 : Lateral 5,6 Marginal 2,3, 4,5 On the telson there are traces of a prelateral denticle, and between the primary marginal spines there are 4 submedian denticles, 7 or 8 intermediate, and 1 lateral. As in the type specimen the raptorial claw bears 5 slender teeth, including the terminal one, and there is no trace of the mandibular palp. The entire surface of the specimen is curiously eroded. This I believe to be due to the action of formalin, and the same cause may also account for the fact that the curious patches of black pigment, found on the telson of the type specimen, are here entirely missing. Squilla oratoria De Haan var. perpensa Kemp. Squilla oratoria var. perpensa KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 70, Pl. V, figs. 57-59. No. 0-100. Manila Bay, Luzon, 1910, 1 3, 883 mm. No. 0-341. Herran Street Market, Manila, Luzon, December, 1911, 2 J, 1 2, 61-62 mm. Except for the fact that in one specimen the anterior bifur- cated portion of the median carina of the carapace is semi- obsolete, the specimens are quite typical of this widely distributed form. Squilla oratoria, sensu stricto, is apparently restricted to more northern waters, although I have myself examined a single rather aberrant example from the Philippines which is preserved in the British Museum. The variety perpensa is recorded from an area ranging from Hongkong and N. Australia to the Per- sian Gulf. Wy The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Squilla nepa Latreille (Bigelow). Squilla nepa Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 60, Pl. IV, fig. 49. No. 0-100. Manila Bay, Luzon, 1910, 2 2, 117, 136 mm. No. 0-105. Manila Bay, Luzon, June, 1911, 2 9, 142, 147 mm. No. 0-106. Manila Bay, Luzon, December, 1911, 1 9°, 98 mm. No. 0-118. Divisoria Market, Manila, Luzon (7. Bangwis), Nov. 22, 1911, 1 9, 160 mm. No. 0-120. Divisoria Market; Manila, Luzon (7. Banguis), Nov. 10, 1911, 2 2, 93, 120 mm. No. 0-121. Herran Street Market, Manila, Luzon, 1911, 1 9, 98 mm. In one specimen (No. 0-100) the arms of the anterior bifur- cation of the median carina of the carapace, instead of being separated throughout their length, are joined together in front of the small middorsal pit. Otherwise all the specimens are quite typical. Squilla raphidea Fabricius. Squilla raphidea Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4,88, Pl. VII, fig. 77. No. 0-111. Divisoria Market, Manila, Luzon (T. Banguis), Noy. 22, 1911, 1 2, 160 mm. Genus PSEUDOSQUILLA Dana Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabricius). Pseudosquilla ciliata Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 96. No. 0-318. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), April 20, 1912, 1 9, 75 mm. Pseudosquilla ornata Miers. Pseudosquilla ornata KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 100. No. 0-659. Port Galera, Mindoro, 70 fms. (Cowles), April 20, 1912, 1 juv., 22 mm. The specimen is not in good condition. According to the label the color in life was “red with a brown tinge and with cream-colored dots and cream-colored bars transversely on cara- pace and on telson extending on to uropods.” A pair of dark eyespots circumscribed by a paler shade can be detected on the carapace. Apart from the fact that the rostrum is rather more sharply pointed apically and that the submedian carinz of the telson are not fully formed, there is no structural difference between this specimen and the examples in the Indian Museum. Pseudosquilla megalophthalma Bigelow. Plate I, fig. 1. Pseudosquilla megalophthalma BiGELOw, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1894), 17, 500; Nopit1, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (9) (1906), 4, 386; Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (19138), 4, 108. No. 0-654. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), June 3, 1912, 1 3, 38 mm. HAD; 3 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 173 The single specimen of this scarce species agrees closely in structure with Bigelow’s detailed description; but as in Nobili’s examples from the Red Sea, spines are found at the postero- lateral angles of only the last 3 abdominal somites, and there is no additional spine on the sixth somite on the inner side of the large intermediate spine. The external spine of the bifurcate process of the uropods is a trifle longer than the inner, though the difference between the two is not nearly so pronounced as in P. ornata. In this respect the specimen agrees with the type; in the examples from the Red Sea the two spines are equal in length. The eyes are noticeably larger proportionately than in the - allied species, and the ocular somite terminates anteriorly in a sharp spine, which is visible between the bases of the eyestalks. The dorsal process of the basal segment of the antennal proto- podite is longitudinally channeled above, while the inferior blade of the process (which is T-shaped in section) is not con- cave in lateral view; the process, in fact, is precisely similar to that found in P. ornata. The lateral truncate margin of the sixth thoracic somite is more definitely sinuous than in P. ornata or P. oculata and the > - shaped groove on the lateral wall of the first abdominal somite is well defined. The color, well preserved in the Philippine specimen, is very characteristic (Plate I, fig. 1). In place of the pair of eyespots found on the carapace in P. ornata, P. oculata, and P. oxyrhyn- cha there is in the present species a single median spot, black, circular, and circumscribed by pale yellow. The ground color of the specimen is dull maroon brown (probably much brighter in life) with numerous small cream-colored spots faintly cir- cumscribed by dark brown. These spots, which show a tendency toward arrangement in transverse rows, are found in the poste- rior third of the carapace, dn the exposed thoracic somites, and on all the abdominal segments except the Iast. The postero- lateral corner of the fifth abdominal somite is black, the area so colored being separated from the other parts of the somite by a well-defined band of yellow. The posterior edge of the last abdominal somite with the apices of its spines is blackish, and between this border and the brown anterior portion of the somite a narrow yellow band intervenes. The telson is blackish with traces of a transverse yellow band in its middle; the bases of each of the primary teeth are also yellow in color. The uropods are conspicuously banded with yellow. 174 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Pseudosquilla megalophthalma, specimens of which I have not hitherto had an opportunity of examining, belongs to a small group of very closely allied species which are somewhat difficult to determine with any facility. Apart from color, which in this case is very characteristic, P. megalophthalma may be distin- guished from its allies by the form of the rostrum, the length of the spines forming the bifurcate process of the uropods, and in particular by the presence and position of the first lateral carina of the telson. This carina in P. megalophthalma runs to the apex of the lateral tooth of the telson margin, whereas in P. oculata it terminates behind the base of the intermediate marginal tooth. In P. ciliata, P. ornata, and P. oxyrhyncha, the other three species comprised in this group, the first lateral carina is wholly absent. Genus LYSIOSQUILLA Dana Lysiosquilla maculata (Fabricius). Lysiosquilla maculata KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 111, Pl. VIII, figs. 86-91. No. 0-862. No locality given, 1 9, 125 mm. No. 0-1108. Taytay, Pala- wan, “Coll. by natives,” May 24, 1918, 1 2, 285 mm. No. 0-1109. Taytay, Palawan, “Coll. by natives,” June 4, 1913, 1 2, 280 mm. In the two very large females the teeth on the raptorial claws are, as is usual, very short and less numerous than in males. In specimen 0—1108 there are respectively 8 and 9, and in specimen 0-1109, 7 and 9. On these limbs there are tufts of hairs on the carpus and at the base of the propodus. In the small specimen the left hand claw, as in the male, bears 10 slender teeth including the terminal one, while on the right propodus, which is smaller and appears to have been regener- ated, there are only 9 teeth. In the two individuals in which the color is preserved the dark patch on the telson extends middorsally to the distal margin, isolating an oval, pale area on either side. On the middle of the last abdominal somite there is in one specimen a large transverse pale patch; this segment, as a rule, is wholly pigmented. Lysiosquilla acanthocarpus Miers. Lysiosquilla acanthocarpus Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 120. No, 0-329. Bantayan, Cebu Province, 1 9, 66 mm, The specimen has been preserved in formalin, and no trace of its original color remains. eeD eS Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 175 Lysiosquilla multifasciata Wood-Mason. Plate I, figs. 2, 3. Lysiosquilla multifasciata Woop-Mason, Figs. and Desc. of nine Squil- lidae (1895), 1, Pl. I, figs. 4-7; Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 1s Nos. 0-831 and 0-840. Port Galera, Mindoro, “Dug while hunting Balano- glossus near camp.” (Griffin and Wharton), June 13, 1912, 7 dg, 2 2, 28-56 mm. This scarce species is represented in the collection by 9 speci- mens of various ages, which are particularly interesting in that they show the manner in which the dark pigment pattern, which is such a characteristic feature of this and of most other species of Lysiosquilla, is developed. . In young specimens, 28 to 32 millimeters in length, there is far less pigment than in adults, that on the exposed thoracic somites being limited to a median patch with a blotch on either side, while on each of the first 5 abdominal somites there are 2 short transverse streaks in the middle and 4 or 5 isolated patches and streaks on either side. On the sixth somite there is a somewhat indefinite transverse patch on either side and on the telson a patch involving the bases of the 2 outer spines of the dorsal series and the lateral marginal teeth (Plate I, fig. 2). At a later stage, in specimens 40 and 42 millimeters in length, the various patches have almost completely joined, the narrow anterior transverse band of the abdominal somites be- ing, however, distinctly separated from the broader posterior band (Plate I, fig. 3). The coloring of the adults differs but han from that of the type specimen described by Wood-Mason. The amount of pig- mentation on the rostrum is decidedly variable, and as a rule, there is in the anterior two thirds of the carapace only a single large indefinite pigmented patch which does not extend to the lateral margins; it is rarely possible to distinguish 2 separate transverse bands in this region. There is always a very heavy transverse border to the posterior margin of the carapace. On the exposed thoracic somites, in place of the 2 bands found in the type specimen, there is, in adults, only a single band placed posteriorly. Double transverse bands occur on each of the first 5 abdominal somites, the 2 bands being connected mid- dorsally by a suffusion of pigment. The telson, the coloration of which could not be distinctly made out in the type specimen, exhibits dorsally a single large, semicircular, dark patch extending posteriorly to the base of the marginal teeth and denticles, but in the middle of its distal 176 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 edge deeply emarginate, leaving the whole of the base of the middle tooth of the dorsal series pale. In regard to structural features it may be mentioned that young males invariably possess 6 teeth on the raptorial claw, the posterior one being very small and lying close against the next of the series. In all the other larger specimens there are only 5 teeth. The penultimate tooth is invariably shorter than the antepenultimate, and the large angular lobe at the base of the dactylus on its outer side—one of the most characteristic features of the species—is well shown in all the specimens. In the middle of the distal margin of the telson, between the movable submedian denticles, there are 3 or 4 pairs of spinules. There are no marked structural distinctions between adult males and females. Lysiosquilla vicina Nobili. Plate I, figs. 4-8. Lysiosquilla vicina Nopiui, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (1904), 10, 229; Nopiti, Ann Sci. Nat. Zool. (9) (1906), 4, 339; Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (19138), 4, 126. No. 0-840. Port Galera, Mindoro, “Dug while hunting Balanoglossus near camp.” (Griffin and Wharton), June 13, 1912, 2 ¢, 29 and 32 mm. In the same bottle with the specimens of L. multifasciata were 2 examples of this species, hitherto known only from a single mutilated individual obtained in the Red Sea. These specimens have enabled me to supplement Nobili’s account in several particulars and to supply figures of the species. The rostrum (fig. 5) is one and a half times as broad as long and is remarkable for the fact that it terminates anteriorly in 3 spines, a character found only in one other species of the genus: namely, L. digueti Coutiére. The median spine extends little beyond those at the lateral angles and fails to reach the cornea of the eye. The anterior margin on either side of the median spine is deeply concave. In dorsal view the spines of the antennular somite are completely concealed by the rostrum. The eyes are short and rather broad; the cornea is not def- initely divided into 2 lobes and is hardly wider than the stalk. The antennular peduncle extends beyond the eye by the length of its distal segment. The antennal peduncle scarcely reaches the end of the eyestalks. As in L. multifasciata and several other species of the genus the antennal protopodite bears on its ventral surface a single soft elongated papilla. The mandibular palp is composed of 3 segments. The raptorial claw (fig. 6) somewhat resembles that of L. tigrina and is much more slender than that of L. multifasciata. x, D, 3 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea iver, The outer inferior margin of the merus is prominently angulate anteriorly, and the carpus bears a single sharp dorsal spine close to the distal margin; at the base of the pectinate margin of the propodus are 4 comparatively large movable spines. The dactylus is provided with 10 or 11 teeth (usually 10) including the terminal one. Of these the penultimate is equal in length to, or very slightly shorter than, the antepenultimate. The outer margin is evenly convex, and at its base there are 2 small lobes of which the proximal is subacute and the distal bluntly rounded. In the last 3 thoracic limbs the ultimate segment of the shorter ramus is elongate-oval on the appendage of the eighth somite and . almost circular on those of the sixth and seventh. On its dorsal side the sixth abdominal somite is produced at either posterolateral angle to a stout tooth, and on the inferior aspect there is a slender falcate spine situated anterolaterally on either side and projecting downward, curving round the basal segment of the uropods. There are no ventral spines on the posterior margin of the somite. The telson (fig. 7) is semicircular in shape and bears a dorsal series of 5 sharp teeth arranged in a curved transverse row. Beyond the outermost of these teeth there is, on each side, a small and inconspicuous tubercle. The posterior margin is armed, as described by Nobili, with 4 large teeth on either side, the lateral much the largest, the remainder more or less equal in size. Immediately beneath each submedian tooth is a large movable denticle, and between the two are 8 pairs (6 pairs in the type specimen according to Nobili) of small spinules, those of each side being arranged in a curved row around the base of the fixed submedian tooth so that the median pair is situated on the same level as that tooth (fig. 8). In the inter- spaces between the 3 lateral teeth, and on a lower level, a single denticle is to be found, while in front of the lateral tooth there is a prominent angular lobe on the same level as the denticles. The basal segment of the uropods is prominently keeled ex- ternally and bears a sharp dorsal tooth at its posterior angle. Inferiorly the bifurcate process consists of 2 long spines, the outer two thirds the length of the inner; there is also a small spinule over the attachment of the endopod. The proximal seg- ment of the exopod bears 5 or 6 movable spines on its external margin. In the endopod, as is usual in the group to which the species belongs, the anteroexternal margin is folded over and lies firmly pressed against the dorsal surface. The coloration is distinctive (fig. 4). The rostrum, eyestalks, antenne, antennular peduncle, and most of the thoracic ap- 178 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 pendages are sprinkled with large, black chromatophores. The carapace is similarly pigmented, the pigment spots toward the posterior end showing a tendency toward aggregation into a transverse band. Each of the last 3 thoracic and first 5 abdom- inal somites bears a narrow posterior band, which in the case of the abdominal somites is sometimes interrupted in the middle. In the median portion of each somite there are also 2 other narrow bands of pigment, distinctly separated in the middle, but always joined laterally. There are thus in this species 3 distinct bands on each somite in place of the 1 or 2 found in allied forms. On the sixth abdominal somite there is a single large, round, dusky patch on either side. On the telson, much as in L. multifasciata, a patch of black pigment invests the bases of the 2 outermost pairs of the dorsal series of teeth; the base of the median tooth is pale, and there is also a pale intrusion between the first and second lateral teeth. The uropods are suffused with black pigment at the proximal end of the basal segment, on the endopod, and on the joint between the 2 segments composing the exopod. Lysiosquilla vicina is very closely allied to L. digueti Coutiere, from Lower California, and these 2 species may be distinguished from all other members of the genus by the possession of a trispinous rostrum. Judging from Coutiére’s account ' of the American species, the two forms may be separated as follows: Lysiosquilla vicina Nobili. Lystosquilla digueti Coutiére. Raptorial claw furnished with 10 or Raptorial claw furnished with 8 11 teeth. teeth. Telson with 6 to 8 pairs of subme- Telson with 3 pairs of submedian dian denticles. denticles. No eyespots on fifth abdominal so- A pair of very prominent black spots, mite or telson. pale in the center and circum- scribed by a pale band on fifth abdominal somite, and a pair of similar spots partially fused on telson. Lysiosquilla digueti, like L. vicina, inhabits burrows made by Balanoglossus, and the only specimen known was found living commensally with a large polynoid worm in the tubular cavity formed by the genital ridges of the Balanoglossus. The stoma- topod was found in this curious situation fixed to the back of the polynoid. The two commensals resembled one another closely in color, the conspicuous patches of pigment on the Lysiosquilla *Coutiére, Bull. Soc. philomath., Paris (9) (1905), 7, 174. SEDs 18 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 179 bearing a striking similarity to those on the elytra of the polynoid.? Genus GONODACTYLUS Latreille Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabricius). Gonodactylus: chiragra. KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 155, Pl. IX, fig. 107. No. 0-338. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), March 30, 1912, 1 J, 33 mm. (form AD); 1°, 71 mm. (form A). No. 0-347. Bantayan, Cebu Province, 1909, 1 J, 110 mm. (form AB); 1 2, 91 mm. (form A). No. 0-651. B 30-58. Port Galera, Mindoro, 45 ft. (Cowles), April 21, 1912, 1 9, 14.5 mm (form H). No. 0-656. Medio Island, Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), April 4, 1912, 1 2, 28 mm. (form H). No. 0-653. D4. Port Galera, Mindoro ~ (Cowles), April 11, 1912, 1 ¢, 1 2, 13.5 and 18 mm. (form H). No. 0-657. B 51. Port Galera, Mindoro, 10 ft. (Cowles), April 20, 1912, 1 2, 17 mm. (form H). No. 0-658. C 32. Port Galera, Mindoro (Seale), April 11, 1912, 2 juv. 8 and 9 mm. (form H). No. 0-660. A 51. Port Galera, Min- doro, 70 ft. (Cowles), April 20, 1912, 1 ¢, 14 mm. (form H). No. 0-661. B 30-58. Port Galera, Mindoro, 45 ft. (Cowles), April 21, 1912, 1 J, 16 mm. (form H). No. 0-662. West coast of Paniguian Island, Port Galera, Mindoro (Griffin), March 30, 1912, 2 2°, 26 and 31 mm. (form H). No. 0-663. A 51. Port Galera, Mindoro, 70 ft. (Cowles), April 20, 1912, 1 4, 16 mm. (form H). No. 0-664. A 51. Port Galera, Mindoro, 70 ft., 1 d, 16.5 mm. (form H). No. 0-666. Port Galera, Mindoro, 70 ft. (Cowles), April 20, 1912, 1 9, 28 mm. (form H). No. 0-858. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), May 19, 1912, 4 3, 2 9°, 73-89 mm. (form A). No. 0-1035. Tay- tay, Palawan (Laki), April or May, 1913, 2 g, 3 9, 44-94 mm. (4 form A, 1 form AH). No. 0-1057. Taytay, Palawan (Cowles), April 11, 1913, 1 9, 65 mm. (form A). No. 0-1061. Taytay, Palawan (Laki), April 17, 1913, 1 J, 78 mm. (form A). No. 0-1079. Pabellones Island, Palawan (Laki), May, 1918, 2 2, 18 and 43 mm. (form D). No. 0-1094. Batas Is- land (Wharton), May 15, 1918, 1 2, 77 mm. (form A). No. 0-1095. Tay- tay, Palawan (Laki), April 17, 1918, 1 J, 77 mm. (form A). No. 6-1096. Taytay, Palawan (Cowles), April 21, 1918, 1 9, 57 mm. (form D). No. 0-1097. Taytay, Palawan (Ricardo), May 28, 1913, 1 3g, 1 9°, 77 and 99 mm. (form A). No. 0-1113. Taytay, Palawan (Laki), April 20, 1913, 1 2, 76 mm. (form A). No. 0-1114. Taytay, Palawan (Griffin), April 15, 1913, 1 2, 58 mm. (form D). Examination of the long series of specimens in the collection of the zodlogical department of the University of the Philippines tends to confirm the views which I expressed when giving an account of the material in the Indian Museum: namely, that of all the varieties which have been recognized by distinct names only one, variety platysoma Wood-Mason (with which form G = acutus Lanchester is apparently synonymous), can be sustained. All of the specimens listed above, in my opinion, are examples of Gonodactylus chiragra, sensu stricto. Under the records of “See Coutiére, loc. cit. 180 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 occurrence I have endeavored to indicate the form which the telson has assumed in each batch of specimens, using the initial ‘letters given by Borradaile in his key to the “varieties” of the species.°® As in the Indian Museum collection, the majority of the larger specimens are to be referred to form A (= incipiens Lanchester) . There are a few examples of form D (= smithi Pocock), while most of the very small individuals, of which there is a large series, represent form H (~—a/ffinis de Man). In a number of the very smallest examples, somewhat doubtfully referred to this last form, the median carina of the telson is very broad and exhibits on either side near its distal extremity a small dimple or longitudinal depression. This depression appears to become larger in the course of subsequent molts, and in time results in the formation of the short additional carina typical of form H. In my account of the Indian material I have suggested that the characters of specimens of form H become modified in the course of subsequent molts. Throughout the Stomatopoda there is a tendency for the carine of the telson to become blunter with age, and when this is borne in mind it is not difficult to understand how a specimen which started life as form H may, with increased size, take on the characters of form A. The coloration of the smaller specimens is, in many cases, noted in detail on the labels, and the range of variation in this respect is evidently very great. Most specimens appear to have been spotted or banded with cream on a ground color of red, reddish brown, brown, gray, or yellowish green. Gonodactylus chiragra var. platysoma Wood-Mason. Gonodactylus chiragra var. platysoma Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 162, text fig. No. 0-858. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), May 19, 1912, 5 g, 1 Q, 72-91 mm. Nos. 0-1011 and 0-1012. Guam, Mariana Islands (Thompson), 1913, 1 dg, 71 mm., 1 2, 64 mm. No. 0-1107. Medio Island, Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), April 20, 1913, 1 9, 58 mm. The specimens agree closely with the examples in the Indian Museum and resemble them in being noticeably broader in pro- portion than typical examples of the species. In describing the Indian Museum specimens I attempted to demonstrate this dif- ference mathematically, but one of the measurements used on that occasion, namely, the total length including rostrum, is per- haps liable to give somewhat inaccurate results owing to varying degrees of contraction or expansion in the preserved material. * Borradaile, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. (1907), 12 (2), 211. Se 8 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 181 In the case of the Philippine examples of this variety, therefore, I have attempted to express this difference in the form of a ratio between the length of the carapace (excluding rostrum) and the breadth of the abdomen at the fourth abdominal somite. The results seem to indicate that the variety is on the average broader than the typical form in the proportion of 6 to 5. TABLE 1.—Measurements of Gonodactylus chiragra var. platysoma. iz Breadth | Ratio of Total Length | of fourth carapace- No. Sex. lene of. abdom- | length to carapace. inal abdomen- somite. | breadth. | | nm. mm. mm. OSURD 2 a a ec es ae es seer len 91 18.4 17.3 1.06 OGRE Ae ew ees Rb eee semen Oe Shanes tee 1 of 84 17.4 16.6 1.05 Oes5n pees OW Wilttl ie ph neh so | 84 17.1 16.3 1.05 PSE AE Ne ee ee ee of 81 16.7 16.1 1.04 GPO ea As Seb ce Matisse Besant es eis 2 deer) Px) soz" | (OSTA Es ee eRe Soe OR Hf 71 15.5 14.2 1.09 | OAS eo ee ee ee eee eee \aeiae 76 | 16.3 16.2 1.01 | COD. ee ey ea ie ee Oe 64 | 14.0 14.1 0.99 Ql Greer ne eee Sener ae es een eee omen 58 12.0 12.5 0.96 TABLE II.—Measurements of Gonodactylus chiragra, sensu stricto. | Breadth | Ratio of Total | Length |of fourth carapace-| No. | Sex. eek. | of | abdom- |length to H jearapace.| inal jabdomen- | | somite. DIETER | mm. | mm. mm. | ORY U (SEE Se ne eee i neo eee eee eee ee gs 110 | 26.8 | 21.2 1.26 asta 2S bk Soa Tg eek ee ar Bae | o 89 19:2) VaslbPiliy) 1.26 DoT ORI ee ees er ee hee 78 | 18.0 | 14.7 1.22 V=SUG ie Sek RS eee een ene ee ee [ss 17 16.7 | 14.0 1.19 | O10 9 792 aoe ee eer tes 2) a fen eee Bee ake ote ode tees oe | Ss 17 16.2 | 18.5 1.20 | (DSTI te ee SiS eae | of 76 | 16.5 | 13.4 LPR} (HES RE Ee eos, oes eR Ee Ss 75 | 16.5 | 13.5 | 1.22 | (A Ee SER ee EO eee eee ee a CE) LEN Nab al E | Ori GARE we eond Me EE AD ie LR ate Al ee o 48| 10.8 | 8.0] 1.35 Onl OS ote een seas. CHEE 25 SP SEE Ss 44 10.0 TEA 1.30 | TSIGE esas access cosas sete beteseces secret scat 2 99 20.1) 16.5 1. 22 WR OSIGSh eat Araneae ss bbe MU Che amen tee dl Q 94 | 20.5 | iG il 1.20 OY tee Tal Me le SN WN 1 a Din eel ee eee Sus ce) 91 | 20.4 16.6 1.23 Geshe lees ces ela Nd eee RELL Se, epee @ 83 | 18.1 14.6 1.24 DaRbGp janes Weve tee fale ER ey A ede EE Q 81 | 15.8 | 13.4 1.18 Car oimbadiewces RCRA on seat, YL eer cud 2 hs Q T|\ . sehr 14.9 1.21 (Dib SE ied a Si a eee, ee eens eee een |, © 76 19.1 16.3 1.17 O03 Sis seks ay et ae she a eeu Cote 2 TB IE) IG 1.17 Oc Soe renee en Sauer reer eee oe Bien oe See 2 M1) 145 TUE || vow TPR} | CRORE 222 tee See coe dere see see sasees © 65 | 13.3 WE) TAL HOST O57 tee i 2 eee 2 ae es 9 65 13.6 11.7 1.16 O1096 peri et 5 Seates —o ae ae eel ee 5 2 57 Tsp ley lied) 1.18 We Om UiTT enw ae me See me: Bee wn Rs Bec 2 53 12.6 HOEO}|| ag, Wabi & 43 9.0 7.3 1.23 182 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 TABLE III.—Ratio of carapace-length to abdomen-breadth in two varieties of Gonodactylus. : Mini- Maxi- Variety. | Sa | Mean aii. Es aa Kes Guehiragraee st 22 fee oo A Fe NE Sn ee 1. 16 1.22 1.35 | | (GNCHUAGr ONY Aire DALY SOT Cane ee ee eee 1.01 1.08 1.09 | The other characters of the variety are clearly defined in all the specimens in the collection. The raptorial dactylus is short and is not markedly curved at the apex; the lateral teeth of the telson margin are entirely suppressed, and if classified ac- cording to Borradaile’s scheme, the specimens would belong to form G, or to a phase intermediate between it and form F. The dorsal processes of the ophthalmic somite are consider- ably larger in variety platysoma than in typical G. chiragra. In the latter the external margins of the processes are parallel,* whereas in the former they are posteriorly divergent. The pair of approximate dark spots on the first abdominal somite is distinct in all specimens of the variety and absent in all examples of G. chiragra, sensu stricto, while in most individuals a black patch is conspicuous on either side of the last thoracic somite and posteriorly on the fifth abdominal somite midway between the lateral margin and the middorsal line. Patches of pigment are also frequently visible in the middle of the sixth and seventh thoracic somites. Gonodactylus demani Henderson. Gonodactylus demani Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 164, 198, Pl. IX, figs. 108-111. No. 0-1088. Taytay, Palawan, from coral (Cowles and Laki), April 21, 1913, 3 g, 3 2, 10-19 mm. The specimens agree very closely with those which I have examined from the type locality,® and like them do not possess sete on the inner margin of the uropod. The spinules on the telson are not numerous, but are much sharper than is custom- ary; they occur only at the distal ends of the 3 median ridges and on the swollen bases of the marginal teeth. All the specimens show the characteristic transverse rows of black spots (bright blue in life) on the carapace and abdomen. Gonodactylus glabrous Brooks. Gonodactylus glabrous Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 167. No. 0-133. Bantayan, Cebu Province, 1909, 1 d, 55 mm. No. 0-342. Ban- tayan, Cebu Province, 1909, 3 ¢, 1 9, 39-63 mm. No. 0-665. C 82. Port *See Kemp (1914), Pl. IX, fig. 107. * Loc. cit., p. 198. 3 1 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 183 Galera, Mindoro (Seale), April 15, 1912, 1 9, 32 mm. No. 0-1088. Tay- tay, Palawan (Cowles), April 21, 1918, 1 juv., 15 mm. The majority of the above specimens belong to form B, which Borradaile names “var. rotundus.” One specimen, however, is of the narrow-keeled type, form A (= var. ternatensis de Man), and one, in which the keels of the telson are swollen, but possess prominent terminal spines, is intermediate between the two forms. Gonodactylus proximus sp. nov. Plate I, figs. 9, 10. No. 0-652. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), 2 3, 3 2, 12-15 mm. The carapace is longer than broad, with the posterior margin - concave. The anterior margins on either side of the rostrum are straight, but slope strongly backward toward the antero- lateral angles, which are subacute and slightly produced (fig. 9). The rostrum is sharply trispinous; the basal portion from which the spines arise is remarkably short, its length being less than one quarter its breadth. The 2 anterolateral spines are strongly curved and but little stouter than the central spine, which reaches at least to the middle of the eyestalks. The dorsal processes of the ophthalmic somite are visible be- tween the rostral spines (fig. 9). They are small and wing- shaped, with straight anterior margins and a lateral margin that slopes inward posteriorly; the anterolateral corners of the pro- cesses reach to a point midway between the median and lateral rostral spines on either side. The eyes are cylindrical and extend a trifle beyond the second segment of the antennular peduncle; the cornea in dorsal view is not wider than the stalk. The mandibular palp appears to be wholly absent. The dactylus of the raptorial claws resembles that of G. ne- fandus and is less strongly swollen than in G. pulchellus; at its proximal end it is distinctly notched externally. The lateral margins of the exposed thoracic somites are - rounded; the posterolateral angle of the third abdominal somite is rectangular, those of the fourth and fifth somites subacute. Each of the first 4 abdominal somites is grooved close to the lateral margin, and inward from this groove a small dimple or depression is visible; the median portions of the somite are in every case quite smooth. The fifth somite is feebly ridged long- itudinally on either side, but in the middle is quite smooth °(fig. 10), in this respect differing from the allied species, G. tuberosus and G. trispinosus. On the last abdominal somite the usual transverse row of 6 large tubercles is distinct. The telson is almost circular in shape and bears in the anterior 184 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 half of its dorsal surface 3 small, high tubercles, which are oval in shape and widely separated from one another (fig. 10). These tubercles are not beset with setz as in certain allied species. In the middle of the distal margin there is a narrow fissure, cut right through the telson, which extends as far as the level of the lateral dorsal tubercles. On either side of it 4 broad mar- ginal teeth are defined by means of triangular notches in the edge. - In this respect the species resembles G. nefandus and differs from other forms in which the teeth are separated by narrow and deep fissures similar to the central one. Each marginal tooth bears a small spinule on its inner edge, and there is a series of 7 or 8 still smaller spinules on the inner margin of each sub- median tooth. The basal process of the uropods terminates in 2 spines, the outer more than twice the length of the inner. There are 8 or 9 movable spines on the external margin of the proximal segment of the outer uropod. The inner uropod is normal in shape and bears setze all around its margin. This species forms one of a small group of closely allied species which are somewhat difficult to determine with any facility. The related forms are G. trispinosus Dana, G. pul- chellus Miers, G. tuberosus Pocock, and G. nefandus Kemp. In the form of its rostrum G. proximus agrees with the first two of these species; it resembles G. nefandus with respect to the incisions in the margin of the telson, and G. twberosus in the development of the dorsal processes of the ophthalmic somite. The absence of the mandibular palp is unexpected. The palp is present and 2-segmented in all the closely allied forms (except G. trispinosus, in which it has not been examined), and from the fact that it is similarly developed in the more distantly related G. glaber Lenz, G. glyptocercus Wood-Mason, G. eacavatus Miers, and G. spinosissimus Pfeffer it was natural to conclude that the character would be found constant throughout the section to which all these species belong.°® The distinctions on which I rely for the discrimination of the 5 closely allied species of the t7ispinosus-group are shown in tab- ular form on page 185. Of G. trispinosus I have seen no specimens; the details given are derived from the excellent figure and description which Borradaile has supplied.’ Gonodactylus tubevosus, another species which I have not been able to examine *See Kemp, loc. cit., p. 146. ‘Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1898), 38, Pl. V, figs. 1, la. Additional notes on this species recently have been published by Miss Rathbun, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1914), 663, Pl. Il, figs. 11, 12. 185 Stomatopod Crustacea Kemp X, D, 3 “43994 [BULZIBUI [819078] UeeA} -eq SUOISIDUL IB[NsueI4y Aq Ajeieauw pojzueseidezy "224s YIM pay.o[o you ‘AT[eur -jxoid =pasny = = AT [eiqaeg “yOOWS 371INH “po UeWsas-OM J, “Ie[NSuUvIIeL Sold “UB [BlezE[OIeIUe SpIeA -3oBq Buidoys jou “Wy sre.14g “ATI® -191 8] psonpoid you “snon -dIdsuodUL pue [[euUIs AIO A “au0 [#4jU90 0} Ie[IUIs soulds Sulut1oy you ynq ‘aynoe So[3ue [e1oJv[O1e}Ue S41 ‘Suo] uoijsod jeseq YIM | *ajoreqny 07 ABM “Hey Ay[aF Surpuszxo ‘qno A[deep pue MOo1IeN [8810p [193%] "e208 YQIM pay}o[o ‘peyeiedes AlepIm JON “"Ssu01}e} -ound 10 szid yuenyuoD “Te[no1lqns ‘rodoep WQIM ‘os0snd A[e[nsor1] tS, ~Sape peyuewdes-OM J, ‘asn}qo AYSIs pue pepunor sojsue [edio}e[o10juB fedo[s pareMyoeq 4y 31S AIaA @ YIM 4ySIe49 ‘winajso01 FO soulds [e190 -7e| pue [e1jUe0 useM} -eq AVMPIUL Buryovosr UISIVUL [eUIO}XO “ATE -1078] peonpord 9/341] Jug “9u0 [81] U0 04 Ie[LUIS SoUIdS SULUIALOF jou 4nq ‘eynoe sod -ue [eio}ye[O1ejue 541 £Zuo] uoIjZs0d jeseq ILA “47004 [Bul Ss1eU [B1e7B] U2eMy -0q SUOISIOUI IB[Nsuel1} Aq Ajateut poejueseidezy "#2J98S JIM peyyojo q40uU ‘pajyeredes ATOpIA oS tee eee y,OOWSs 931N% Sees eee quesq y “eynoeqns pue peonpoid AU ZI[s Se[sue [eisyelor ‘-03ue ‘edojs preMmyoeq Suoijs @ YIM 4YSIeIYS “UIN.I}SO1 JO soulds [eso -je[ pue [e1jzUe0 ueeMy -0q ABMPIUL Sulyover UIsIeUL [VUte}yxO “‘AI[e -J0}e[ peonpoid 97931] ng “souLds top -ue[s pue dieys 0} Alle -Jeje[o1e}ue peonpoid pue y1oys AOA uOoI}I0d jeseq ‘snouidsi1} A[dieyg ‘ajoqeqny [es -1Op [81978] 07 ABMI[eY Aj[N} suipueyxe 4nd A[deep pue MolIvu A193 A "e2J08 OUY ‘YIIM payyoyo ‘payeiedes Ajapi ON po See Y}OOUWS 941N% io weer pe}USeUIdesS-OMY, ‘aynoeqns sejsue [@4e7B[o1ejue ~§=‘aABou0D "QUIGS [VIJSOI [8.1078] Suiyovet Ajreou ‘Ae -10}8| peonpord A[su013g “souids Jepue[s pue daeys 0% A[[eloyejoi1sjyue peonp -o1d puev 41oys uolj410d [eseq ‘snourdsi13 A[daeyg *ajor1eqny [6s -1OP [#1978] 0} ABAT[VY A[[n}J Burpuezxe “4no A[deep pue Morieu A193 A *#J0S oULy YIIM payyoo ‘payeriedes AjapIm JON “poyes N1Ii0d. A][BUIPNyiduo'T (2) “eqnoeqns (j) ou so[sue ete} e[o1ejue fedo[s plemMyoeq 451s B YUM FYsIeI{s JsOoULY “(ay 8 ,o[lepeltog api) Alle -19}8[ peonporid A[su014g “soulds Jepue[s pue davys 04 Aj[eteyejoieyue peonp -oid pue 4104s uons0d jeseq ‘snourdsi1} Ajdaeyg “UISIBUL U0S|P} Ul SAINSSY [8191 BT “u0s]e} jo sajoteqny [es10q a} IUIOS [BUIWIOpge way Jo uorjsod usipsy pagina djsd 1e[nqipueyy “aseq [813801 jO apis 1eyjzIe uo soed -B189 JO UlS1IVW IOLIEJUy aPIUIOS DIU] BY -ydo Jo sesse00i1d [esiog Vi Paes? ee UINI}SOY “duley snpupfau “5 *yo000g snso1aqny “5 “Aaou “ds snuixo1d *4) “SIOlAl $7y70Y9)Nd “4 “eueq snsourdsr.4 “5 ‘smphiyoppouoy fo savoads pay)p Ajasojo aay fo sxajopsmyo earjounsig— A] A1aV IL, 2 133912 186 The Philippine Journal of Science personally, is only known from Pocock’s very brief description.’ For the information given in the table I am under great obliga- tion to Doctor Calman, who at my request made a special exam- ination of the original specimens preserved in the British Museum. From the combination of characters which it posses- ses it is evident that G. tuberosus is quite distinct from any of the allied species. Gonodactylus glaber Lenz. Gonodactylus glaber Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 182, Pl. X, fig. 121. No. 0-838. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), March 30, 1912, 2 2, 24 and 25 mm. The two specimens differ considerably from the examples in the Indian Museum. The last abdominal somite and telson are fused together, and the groove separating them is wholly invis- ible. There is, moreover, no trace whatever of the elevations on the sixth somite, while those on the telson are only very slightly raised above the surface. The differences are so great that I would without hesitation have referred the specimens to a new variety, or even species, had it not been that they are in extremely poor condition and that there is a possibility that the characters noted are due merely to post-mortem changes. The specimens have evidently been preserved in strong formalin, and I am inclined to think that this, while it has greatly softened all the calcareous parts, has caused the hinder end of the body to swell and thus has obliterated to a great extent the sculpture of those parts. Gonodactylus glaber has hitherto been recorded only from the Andaman Islands, Ceylon, and Zanzibar. Gonedactylus glyptocercus Wood-Mason. Gonodactylus glyptocercus KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 186. No. 0-338. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), March 30, 1912, 1 9°, 25 mm. Gonodactylus spinosissimus Pfeffer. Gonodactylus spinosissimus KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 191, Jel, O65 ae, Ue IPs No. 0-1088. Taytay, Palawan (Cowles and Laki), April 21, 1918, 2 9, $1 and 34 mm. This species has hitherto been recorded only from the Red Sea, Ceylon, and Zanzibar. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) (1893), 11, 476, Pl. XXB, fig. 2. ILLUSTRATIONS PrArE 2 (Drawings by A. Chowdhary.) Fic. 1. Pseudosquilla megalophthalma Bigelow. Dorsal view of the Philip- pine specimen. x12. Fics. 2 and 3. Lysiosquilla multifasciata Wood-Mason. 2. Dorsal view of a very young specimen, showing the characteristic pigmentation. x12. Dorsal view of an older specimen, showing a further stage in the development of the pigment-pattern. x12. to 8. Lysiosquilla vicina Nobili. Dorsal view of one of the Philippine specimens. x2. . Rostrum. x4. Last four segments of raptorial claw. x32. Last abdominal somite and telson. x 32. Telson seen from below. x 62. and 10. Gonodactylus proximus sp. nov. . Anterior part of carapace, rostrum, etc., in dorsal view. x58. Last two abdominal somites, telson, and left uropods. x53. 187 o Fics. FIGs. us) SSeMNOae — Kemp: PHILIPPINE STOMATOPODA. | [PHIL. JourN Scir., X, D, No. 3. PLATE |. PHILIPPINE STOMATOPOD CRUSTACEA. STUDIES IN PHILIPPINE JASSOIDEA: III, THE STENOCOTIDA OF THE PHILIPPINES By C. F. BAKER (From the College of Agriculture, University of the Philippines, Los Banos, P. I.) FOUR TEXT FIGURES The genus Signoretia is as unique among the Jassoidea of the - Oriental Region as Megophthalmus and Ulopa are among those of the Palearctic Region. The type of the genus, S. malaya Stal, from Malacca, was described in 1855, and first placed in the genus Thamnotettix, from which Stal removed it in 1858 to a position near Paropia (Megophthalmus). Atkinson prop- erly followed this suggestion: and placed it in the ‘Subfamily Paropina Fieber,” but most authors have appended Signoretia to the Tettigoniellidz, although it is entirely outside of this family in its essential characters. In 1903 Melichar ? described a new species, Signoretia gratiosa; Distant * made this the type of a new genus, Preta, which has scarcely more than the value of a subgenus. Melichar‘ also described from Ceylon a new genus with one species, Pythamus dealbatus, evidently related to Signoretia. Distant® added two new species to Signoretia: S. aureola, from Burma, and S. greeni, from Ceylon. Finally, Schmidt * added a new species, S. sumatrana, from Sumatra. Similar difficulties have been encountered in the location of the Australian Stenocotine, which have usually been appended to the Ledridz on account of the reduction in armature of the hind tibiz, although in other characters they show slight relation- ship to the true Ledride. Asa matter of fact the armature of the legs in the true ledrids is widely variable and has never been care- fully studied nor figured. Single character separations have pro- duced many very unnatural results in the taxonomy of the jassoid insects. Some ancient errors of statement regarding the arma- ture of the posterior tibize in certain jassoid groups, that must * Notes on Indian Rhynchota (1885), No. 2, 91. ?Homop. Ceylon (1903), 160. ’ Fauna Brit. Ind—Rhynch. (1907), 4, 234. *Homop. Ceylon (1907). * Loe. cit. ° Stett. Ent. Zeitg. (1911), 72, 298. 189 190 The Philippine Journal of Science — 1915 date from the days of low-power lenses, have been commonly repeated without reéxamination and perpetuated to the present day. Thus Ulopa is described as having the posterior tibize armed only with soft hairs, whereas under the compound micro- scope short stout spines are to be found, in distribution very similar to those of Signoretia, only smaller. Even Stal said of Ulopa, “‘tibiis posticis inermibus.” In spite of the fact that Kir- kaldy had dubbed Ulopa a membracid, it is very closely related to Megophthalmus and the Stenocotine, its former separation being very inexact and artificial. A significant indication is the posses- sion by most of these insects of a most remarkable type of sculp- turation, consisting of pits, in each of which is a small setigerous tubercle. The structure of the fore margin of the head in Ulopa calls to mind Pythamus and the Stenocotinz, a small triangular field indicating a vestige of ocellar sulcus, although the ocelli are apparently absent. The extraordinary tuberculate pitting of the surface would make the identification of ocellar rudiments diffi- cult. Another and unrelated genus, Aglena, commonly reported as without ocelli and placed in the Tettigoniellidze, when ex- amined under the compound microscope exhibits rudiments of ocelli on the extreme anterior margin of the head, and is a true jassid, as its general habitus would suggest. The profound impression of the facial sutures in Ulopa gives it a unique ap- pearance, but its front is no more swollen than that of Signoretia tagalica. The armature of the hind tibiz is scarcely different from that of Signoretia in anything except size, and the tibize are similarly sulcate. It also has the same strong ledges above the antennal scrobes, the superior frontal suture continuous below the margin of the vertex, and the veins of the tegmina basally strongly elevated. Evidently Ulopa represents a group very close indeed to the Stenocotide as recognized here. The genus Moonia of Distant, with some of its relatives, is likewise more closely related to these forms than to the Bythoscopidze (excluding the eurymelids), where it has been placed. On the other hand, Megophthalmus, the Stenocotine, Signo- retia, Preta, and Pythamus exhibit a striking similarity in the structure of the head and in the position of the ocelli. The ocelli are set in broad or narrow, more or less profound sulci below the border of the vertex and above the margin of the front. The sculpturation of all these insects is very heavy, consisting largely of very coarse pitting or striation, which usually extends on to the more or less coriaceous tegmina. The vertex of all is more or less excavated or carinate, or occasionally both. The antenne are seated in deep scrobes beneath a more DAS Baker: Philippine Jassoidea, III 191 or less strongly projecting and usually carinate ledge. In all, the pronotum is more or less strongly rounded between the eyes, and with strong and usually complete lateral carine. The pronotum is either normal in form or strongly extended posteriorly and largely covering the scutellum. The venation of the tegmina varies from very simple to most complex. The armature of the hind tibize varies from the numerous spines and teeth of Pytha- mus to the few teeth and weak hairs of Megophthalmus. Ina few of the forms the hind tibiz are longitudinally sulcate. Among the true Ledridz, however, can be found as wide variation in tibial armature as in this group. None of these forms possesses the remarkable structure of face common to the true Ledride. - Much wider variation in structure of head and thorax and in venation of tegmina is to be found in the family Tettigoniellide. From all of the evidence available it seems that this group is a natural one, as worthy of distinction in the Jassoidea as are Ledride and Tettigoniellide, the whole group to be included in one family, the Stenocotide.*’ It is true that Megophthalmus is only Palearctic, while the Stenocotine are Australasian, but Kir- kaldy * has described a genus, Kahavalu, from Australia, which is very closely related to Megophthalmus, if not congeneric with it. Rearrangement of these groups along more natural lines, and based upon more detailed knowledge, has been delayed, because the older species, often the types of the groups, have remained but little known as to their structural details. The older figures, and some of the later ones, are extremely misleading, and the older descriptions are usually inadequate. For instance, speci- mens of Megophthalmus scanicus Fall, of Sahlberg’s collecting, received from Doctor Reuter, cannot be placed in any position under the microscope that will cause the face to appear in the least like the cut in Fieber’s “Les Cicadines d’Europe.” Sketches from these specimens made with camera lucida are presented herewith (fig. 1). No previously published detail drawings of Signoretia are known to me. In fact, even the exact determi- nation of Signoretia malaya Stal, the type of the genus, is open 7 An instance of very unnatural association is Oshanin’s reference of the Persian genus Adelungia to the family Koebeliide, described by me in Psyche (1907), 8, 76. Koebelia has a ledroid habitus with thin horizontally laminate vertex, but the ocelli are on the face. Adelungia has a strikingly bythoscopoid habitus, but the head is provided with a porrect laterally com- pressed process. The two genera have not the remotest relationship. Ade- lungia pertains to the Bythoscopide and should there form a new subfamily, the Adelungiine. S Bull. Rep. Exp. Sta. Hawaiian Sug. Pl. Assoc. (1906), 1, pt. 9, 371. 192 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916 to doubt, due to lack of full descriptions and figures. It is not at all certain that the Indian, Malaccan, and Philippine forms referred to this species will turn out to be the same, when studied in detail side by side. Signoretia has long been recorded from the Philippines, and we can now add Pythamus, with a remarkably interesting species. Fic. 1. Megophthalmus scanicus Fall. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum; b, face; c, lateral view of head and pronotum; ad, apical half of tegmina; e, posterior tibia. STENOCOTIDAL Synopsis of the subfamilies. a. Venation of tegmina complex, usually with numerous supernumerary veins, the apical cells irregular and numerous, and the anteapicals at least 8; pronotum reaching far cephalad of eyes, but normal poste- riorly; sculpturing of vertex, pronotum, and scutellum largely a coarse striation; ocellar sulci closed toward the eyes; clavus apparently with a single median vein, although distally sometimes with super- numerary veinlets; “posterior tibiz quadricarinate, with six strong spiniferous spurs on the outer margin, shortly but strongly spined on the upper margin, and feebly bristled on the others” (Kirkaldy). Stenocotine. a’. Venation of tegmina simple, without supernumerary veins, the apical cells 4; sculpturing of vertex, pronotum, and scutellum largely a very coarse puncturation; ocellar sulcus open to eyes. b*. Ocelli nearer to median line than to eyes; pronotum extending ceph- alad of eyes; tegmina with 2 anteapical and 1 basal cell; clavus with 2 longitudinal veins; posterior tibie suleate and with few SPINES PANGS MOT Gan QiNyS weston eee eee Megophthalmine. x) D, s Baker: Philippine Jassoidea, III 193 b*. Ocelli nearer to eyes than to median line; pronotum not extending cephalad of eyes; tegmina with 1 anteapical cell or none. ¢. Pronotum greatly extended caudad, largely covering the scutellum, and strongly convex; head as wide ds, or wider than, pronotum; genz very short; clavus with 2 longitudinal veins, occasionally connate; posterior tibie with comparatively few spines and short ERLE BP a Ec ee ee ce ath Signoretiine. c’. Pronotum normal, shallowly incurved posteriorly, the exposed scutel- lum large; head distinctly narrower than pronotum, the pronotum not projecting between the eyes to half their length; clavus apparently with a single longitudinal vein; posterior tibiz with several thick-set rows of spines ___.._..............--------.---------- Pythamiine. STENOCOTIN 45 Synopsis of the genera (after Kirkaldy). ea. Scutellum plane. Dee Wertex: planey i) oo Seat Eat 3 SE erred eee Stenocotis Stal. 6’. Vertex somewhat recurved _........--...2--- eee Smicrocotis Kirk. Gerscubellumbcristate vhs ee a ee EKyphocotis Kirk. MEGOPHTHALMIN A: Synopsis of the genera. a. Ocellar sulcus broad. b*. Clypeus short, scarcely longer than broad, sides rounded; ocelli above Pheweyes! imi taciall ava were ee eee eee seen Megophthalmus Curt. b*?. Clypeus three times as long as broad, the sides subparallel; ocelli between the eyes in facial view... Paropulopa Fieb. a’. Ocellar sulcus narrow............. se pe ea ae eee er ec Kahavalu Kirk. SIGNORETIIN 42 Synopsis of the genera. a. Pronotum anteriorly with 2 very short, submedian carine; vertex blunt, usually broadly irregularly rounded between the eyes; clavus with 2 complete and distinct longitudinal veins............, Signoretia Stal. a’. Pronotum with 2 complete submedian carine; vertex long and rather acutely pointed; clavus with the 2 veins apparently medially connate. Preta Dist. PYTHAMIIN 4 Synopsis of the genera. a’. Vertex with a high, laminate, median carina; tegmina with very distinct venation, basally with setigerous tuberculate pits similar to those ONMPFONO CUM. stk et ees aS aie he A Pythamus Mel. a’. Vertex raised toward median line, but not carinate; tegmina subcoriace- OuSAVenALOnEVeRyaln Gis tin chasse aus see meen ac ee oun Tortor Kirk.® *This genus is placed here provisionally. 194 . The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 PHILIPPINE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE STENOCOTIDE SIGNORETIIN2 Genus SIGNORETIA Stal Signoretia malaya Stal. Stal, Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. (1855), 192 (Thamnotettia) . Stal, Free. Eug. Resa (1858), 290. Atkinson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal (1885), 54, 91. Distant, Fauna Brit. India—Rhynch. (1907), 4, 232. Head, most of pronotum and abdomen, except genitalia, stram- ineous; the following parts virescent: posterior portion of pro- notum, clavus at base and extreme apex, 2 inner sectors of corium apically, clypeus, forelegs, middle and hind tibize except base, all tarsi, and the genitalia. Tegmina albescent, the veins in apical area fuscescent. Length ¢, 7mm. Length of face greater than width across eyes (fig. 2, b). Front and clypeus strongly ridged, on former the ridge sharply carinate, surface adjoining ridge depressed, broadly so on upper part of front. Lateral faces of front convex and with about 9 weak, incomplete ridges; surface otherwise only irregularly and very minutely roughened. Facial ridge terminating in central swollen portion of clypeus; apical angles of clypeus depressed and laminate, length of clypeus about half that of front. Tem- ples with a lobular extension of ledge above scrobe extending over the lateral margin of front (hidden in facial view). Ocel- lar sulcus very narrow at apex of head and continuous except for a minute, blackish median carina, laterally twice suddenly broadened, the ocellus less than its own width from the eyes. Length of vertex more than half its width between the eyes, its plane parallel with the long axis of the body; the profound discal concavity of the vertex medially carinate, the carina brown- ish anteriorly, the surface of the area minutely tuberculate; the thick basal transverse ridge nearly straight, and with a brownish dot at center, the thin extremities of this ridge obliquely con- tinued to behind eyes. Pronotum (fig. 2, a) about three times the length of vertex; the lateral margin about two and one half times into the width; the marginal carina strong, straight, and complete; pleurz deeply furrowed and with a short transverse carina at two thirds of the depth. Sculpturing of the pronotum and pleure a very coarse and continuous bordered thimble-pitting, at the bottom of each pit a minute setigerous tubercle, exactly the peculiar character of sculpturing found in Ulopa, Megophthalmus, and Pythamus; a strong narrow depression from one lateral angle to the other, X,D,3 Baker: Philippine Jassoidea, III 195 passing one seventh of the length from the anterior border, and following the curve of the anterior margin; submedially this submarginal depression is crossed by 2 short longitudinal carine. Exposed portion of scutellum less than one fourth the length of pronotum, and with a curved transverse ridge at center. Veins of tegmina carinately prominent and strongly pit-bordered back of apical cells; basal half of clavus, and basal two thirds of 2 — et Fic. 2. Signoretia malaya Stal. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum; b, face; €, side view of head and pronotum; d, female genitalia (abnormally extruded) ; e, £ antenna; j, posterior tibia; g, apical half of tezmina. outer areas of corium, thickly thimble-pitted like the pronotum; tegmina entirely without an appendix, but the marginal vein apically very thick; margin of basal cell of clavus three times as long on the commissure as on the anal margin. Genitalia in this specimen unnaturally extruded (fig. 2), but subgenital plate of great length, subelliptical, strongly medially ridged and carinate, and the apex narrowly shallowly sinuate-emarginate. Posterior tibiz prismatic, shallowly sulcate on one side, the outer borders 196 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 spined as shown in fig. 2, b, but the inner angle, not shown in figure, with a thick-set row of slender spines. Apparently rare at Los Banos, Luzon. As that species has been described, it is only possible to refer our form provisionally to S. malaya of Stal, at this time. As stated, there is great need for the more thorough study of the type. Signoretia tagalica sp. nov. Stramineous, vertex with 2 transverse submedian brown dots near anterior border and a brown dot above each ocellus; tegmina albescent, with the veins in apical area fuscescent. Length, ¢ 6.5, 2 7 mm. Length of face less than width across eyes (fig. 3, b). Front more strongly inflated than in S. malaya and smoother, the median carina not extending on to the clypeus. The swollen margin of gene very broad below, reaching the genz. Clypeus much more than half the length of the front. Face otherwise, with temples, similar to that of malaya. The narrow connec- tion of ocellar sulci in malaya is here shallower and less sharply marked; laterally the ocellar area is twice broadened as in malaya, but the two subareas are separated by a longitudinal ridge, that in which the ocellus is situated being the deeper; ocellus distant much more than its width from the eye. Length of vertex less than half of its width between the eyes, its plane strongly decli- vous to the long axis of the body; the distal concavity less profound than in malaya and entirely without a median carina, the inner surface finely tuberculate; basal transverse ridge me- dially distinctly angled, laterally extended to behind eyes. Pronotum (fig. 3, a) more than four times the length of the vertex; the lateral margins contained more than four times in the width; the lateral carine less sharp than in malaya; pitting shallow, the margins of the pits broad, blunt, and shining, leay- ing a median, continuous, smooth line which becomes a carina where it crosses the anterior submarginal depression, the sub- median carinz of malaya at this point being entirely absent; pleurz medially irregularly ridged instead of furrowed and with- out a carina on lower portion. Exposed part of scutellum about one seventh the length of pronotum, surface nearly smooth, centrally slightly umbonate. Tegmina with pitting distributed somewhat as in malaya, but far weaker and more irregular, and mostly lacking the setigerous tubercles. Anteapical cell far shorter than in malaya. Margin of basal cell of clavus little longer on the commissure than on the anal margin. Subgenital kD; 3 Baker: Philippine Jassoidea, II 197 plate not as long as in malaya; broadened apically where the margin projects and is broadly bisinuate. Gonapophyses of male with but few very weak hairs. Posterior tarsi very similar to those of malaya. Described from a male taken on Mount Maquiling, Laguna Province, Luzon, and a female taken on the neighboring mountain mass of Banahao (types in coll. Baker). Fic. 3. Signoretia tagalica sp. nov. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, scutellum; b, face; c, side view of head and pronotum; d, female genitalia; e, male genitalia; f, pos- terior tibia; g, apical portion of tegmina. A provisional separation of the above two species from other species of Signoretia may be made as follows: a’. Vertex much longer at middle than at the sides, the length equal to, or more than, one half the width between the eyes. b*. Head, pronotum, scutellum, and abdomen not black. c. Pronotum with 2 very short submedian carinz on anterior area; lateral margins of the pronotum into the width 2.5 times; body stramineous, above partly and legs virescent; length, 7 mm. malaya Stal. 198 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 ©. Pronotum medially completely unicarinate; lateral margins of pro- notum into its width about three times; body above variously colored with chocolate brown, pale ochraceous, grayish brown, DY Cl ly O92 ea aN SL sr ts (Te greeni Dist. b*. Head, pronotum, scutellum, and abdomen black; tegmina dark, smoky brown; length, 7 mm. (Schmidt does not figure his species and does not described the structural details of head, pronotum, and tegmina, merely saying that in these particulars it is like malaya). sumatrana Schmidt. a. Vertex but little longer at middle than at sides, the length less than half the width between the eyes. b*. Lateral margins of pronotum into its width little more than two times; stramineous, the tegmina golden yellow, apically and basally SEEN AMO? LISTER, G) TANT ooo eeecssece see -e ee een eeee eee reece . aureola Dist. b*. Lateral margins of pronotum into its width more than four times; stramineous, the tegmina albescent; length, 7 mm. tagalica sp. nov. PYTHAMIINAE Genus PYTHAMUS Melichar Pythamus melichari sp. nov. Head yellowish, vertex with a very broad, irregular, transverse black band, a black spot at tip and one at each basal angle. Pro- notum shining bronzy black, bluish pruinose laterally, the lateral margin yellowish, this margin shortly angularly extending in- wardly at 3 points, once at the posterior lateral angle, once in the middle, and again behind the eyes. The pleura is almost entirely yellowish. Front at upper angles and on either side at antennal scrobes black-dotted. Scutellum black, shining, the lateral mar- gins of posterior area yellowish. Tegmina black on inner half, which is bluish pruinose at base, yellowish on outer half, the veins all blackish and paler distally, distal half of apical area fuliginous. Dorsum black with yellowish lateral margins. All below yellow except apices of pygofers, which are black. In the male the yellows are more intense. Length, ¢ 5.5, @ 6.5 mm. Length of face across eyes nearly once and one half the width (fig. 4, e). Front and clypeus shagreened; front not elevated medially, but sharply carinate, the carina not extending on to the clypeus; lateral surfaces of front with subobsolete transverse ridges, the lower half with indistinct submarginal brownish lines at sides. Lore and genz obscurely longitudinally rugose, the latter without swollen outer margin. Clypeus somewhat more than the length of front, strongly narrowed apically, the anterior angles not thin and laminate. Ocellar sulci very large and broad triangular, the inner points meeting but separated by a carina, the lower angles extending nearly to antennal scrobes, from whence a curved carina projects from the broken frontal! Dye Baker: Philippine Jassoidea, Ill 199 margin into the disk of this area; the disk of the ocellar area is shallow and coarsely transversely rugose; the ocellus is situated near its upper margin and about halfway between eye and median line of head. The anterior marginal carina of vertex curves to behind the eyes as in Signoretia. Length of vertex greater than width between eyes; the median carina is lami- nately raised to high above the disk, its highest part being on the VAS SSS > Fic. 4. Pythamus melichari sp. nov. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum ; b, side view of head and pronotum; c, female genitalia; d, male genitalia; e, face; f, posterior tibia; g, apical portion of tezmina. posterior half instead of on the anterior half as figured for Pythamus dealbatus Mel.; the disk concave, except on posterior half near the median carina, where it is swollen against the carina, the remaining pertion being finely and irregularly wrinkle concentrically to this swollen portion; the position of the basal ridge of Signoretia is occupied by a low transverse ridge near the posterior margin. Pronotum (fig. 4, a) broader than head, shorter than vertex, 200 The Philippine Journal of Science the posterior margin broadly evenly incurved, fully exposing the large scutellum, the lateral carinze complete and strongly curved. The pronotum and scutellum, and the tegmina partly, have the same type of large pits as in Signoretia, each pit having a setigerous tubercle within, although in this case the pits are more distant and without sharp rims, the surface be- tween them being smooth and shining, but without leaving a smooth median line on the pronotum; disk of pronotum slightly ridged along the median line, anterior area at sides only with narrowed depressions behind the eyes, these depressions occupied by yellow extensions from the lateral margins. The scutellum longer than wide and longer than the pronotum, posteriorly with a strongly impressed transverse line. Tegmina with veins less prominent than in Signoretia, all pit-margined, distally more weakly so; basal half of clavus and corium within at base sparingly pitted. In all the present material the fourth apical cell is confluent with the single anteapical cell. The subgenital plate (fig. 4, c) of the female is tranverse, truncate posteriorly, and about twice the length of preceding (strongly bent down- ward in the figure). The subgenital plate of male is of similar form, the gonapophyses are long, narrow, and heavily spined, the lateral plates without curved tips and weakly haired. The hind tibiz are prismatic and heavily spined as shown in fig. 4, f, although still another row of spines exists on the opposite side. This species is described from several specimens taken at Puerto. Princesa, Palawan Island, P. I., and is named for Dr. - L. Melichar, author of many monumental works on the Homop- tera. (Types in coll. Baker.) Pythamus melichari var. mindanaensis var. nov. A single male specimen from Iligan, Mindanao, is very similar to the type of P. melichari in general form and coloration, but differs in several secondary details. The lorz are entirely black, whereas in the type the inner margin only is faintly brown. The propleurze are entirely black, and the yellow on the pronotal margins is greatly reduced and without inward extensions. The yellow of the tegmina is also reduced, and a greater portion of the apical area is fuliginous. The genitalia also appear to differ slightly, the gonapophyses being longer and the side plates with tips appressed. On superficial examination this specimen would not be distinguished from the species. ILLUSTRATIONS TEXT FIGURES Fic. 1. Megophthalmus scanicus Fall. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum; b, face; c, lateral view of head and pronotum; d, apical half of tegmina; é, posterior tibia. 2. Signoretia malaya Stal. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum; b, face; c, side view of head and pronotum; d, female genitalia (abnor- mally extruded) ; e, antenna; f, posterior tibia; g, apical half of tegmina. 3. Signoretia tagalica sp. nov. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum; 6, face; c¢, side view of head and pronotum; d, female genitalia; e, male genitalia; f, posterior tibia; g, apical portion of tegmina. 4, Pythamus melichari sp. nov. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum; 6, side view of head and pronotum; c, female genitalia; d, male genitalia; e, face; f, posterior tibia; g, apical portion of tegmina. 133912——3 201 +4 ay ay ‘ iis eo wiht ayia ) urea th ne thee gia lta, hatin stent loud ‘ wy ve EU eae ae, Js it hag i iiss ee Xpahs VaR Mek bite Dial aca acai ak ee ‘sa lm Hig sibs RS Heath, tty it sasha ng Ae oe AY 24e he. ey aca! NENT Data hs Ps Pg ats | susie Baia 1 3 uit Six Wa lact sive ii er {a ese : Le ya ai ir et ae, yi ‘vrei vedgilaaae bare eS ite aby oe ee (ONE haa on senbaien Fouanann? wees eles ot druneg,\ cat wie i oleh ak OO Wh Eig a i Pa 1 abt ‘a lise brug (ia er aga Lo hue Le hie ean vt murponedey Tine waa = es, ee he y SAS i 2 ere a A he NOTES ON PHILIPPINE ALCYONARIA PART V: CORNULARIA MINUTA, A NEW SPECIES By S. F. Licut (From the Zoological Laboratory, College of Liberal Arts, University of the Philippines) SEVEN TEXT FIGURES Cornularia minuta sp. nov. Figs. 1-7. Specific characters.—The very minute colonies are attached to the surface of support by the creeping, anastomosing, threadlike stolons. The polyps arise from the stolons at irregular intervals, and when fully expanded have a maximum length of about 2.5 millimeters, including the tentacles, and a minimum diameter of from 0.3 to 0.4 millimeter just below the tentacles. Each polyp is connected with one or more stolons, each of which contains two or more endodermal canals lying in a thick homogeneous © mesoglea. These stolons are covered with a very thin, wrinkled, perisarclike, horny envelope, an extension of which forms a cuplike covering for the basal portion of the polyps. The ex- panded polyps are slender, and the tentacles are about one third as long as the body of the polyp and bear on either side a single row of from 6 to 10 rather short, thick, cylindrical pinnules. When contracted, the distal portion of the polyp is retracted within the basal, horny covering, which is then cone-shaped or beehivelike. There are no spicules. Color.—The polyps are dirty white to light yellow and more or less transparent. The perisarc of the basal portion of the polyps is dirty yellow or light brown and has a granular or corrugated appearance due to the wrinkles in its surface and to the particles of foreign matter attached to it. The stolons are white to light yellow and somewhat transparent. Type.—No. C. 2457, zodlogical collection of the University of the Philippines; Legaspi Bay, Albay Province, Luzon, P. I.; January. The specimens were found growing on colonies of Siphono- gorgia variabilis Hickson from the cable in Legaspi Bay in 90 meters of water. Systematic position.—It has been no easy matter to determine the systematic position of this aleyonarian. Its characters show 203 204 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 a relationship to both Cornularia and Clavu- Pa aes laria. Its external characters are those of Cornularia,; that is, there are no spicules, the Fic. 1. Part of a col. Stolons and the proximal portions of the polyp aes o ee are covered with a horny envelope within Actual size. ++Which the distal portion of the polyp is retrac- tile, and the polyps are connected by very slender cylindrical stolons. Here the similarity ceases, and the’ other characters are those of Clavularia. The stolons contain a number of endodermal canals instead of one as in Cornularia. These are surrounded by a very thick mesoglcea instead of the thin lamella of Cornularia; the polyps have a general form more like Clavularia than Cornularia, as they taper from the base to the distal end, while in Cornularia the basal portion of the polyp has the least diameter; the polyp in retraction has the form characteristic of Clavularia—that is, the distal portion is re- tracted within the proximal portion; and finally the perisarc, while distinct and always present, is extremely thin and might be considered as either disappearing or as being a recently acquired character. The external characters, however, are exactly those on which the generic definition of Cornularia is based, and we are confronted with the necessity of founding a new genus inter- mediate between Cornularia and Clavularia to receive the new species, or of placing it in the genus Clavularia in spite of the fact that in external characters it agrees with the definition of Cornularia, or of placing it in Cornularia in spite of the fact that it agrees with Clavularia in certain of its characters. Now that the family Cornularidz, after much confusion and wasted effort, has been reduced to a few well-defined genera, it seems unwise to introduce new genera unless absolutely neces- sary. The genus Cornularia as now constituted contains only one or perhaps two species, and the addition of this new species should not lead to confusion even though it is atypical in some of its characters. Of course, it is out of the ques- tion to add to the already large genus Clavularia a form which differs so distinctly from all the ,,, 5 «4 jar- known species of that genus. For these reasons tially retracted I have decided to consider the species under dis- P°8P ° Cor cussion as an atypical species of the genus Cornu- a eee laria, forming a connecting link between it and WN the genus Clavularia. covering of As I have stated above, the genus Cornularia the yhasalaor 0 5 5 tion. Much has contained until the present time but one well- Ealuseene x DS Light: Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria 205 ' known species, C. cornucopize (Pallas) Schweigger, first de- scribed by Pallas (1766) as Tubularia cornucopizx. This form is common in the Mediterranean and has been carefully de- scribed and figured by Cavolini (1785) and von Koch (1890). Busk (1867) named a new species, from Australia, Cornularia australis, basing the separation of the species on the smoothness of the horny covering of the polyps and on the difference in color. These seem to be rather slight grounds for establish- ing a new species, but we have the statement of so excellent an observer as Allman (Busk 1867), who was familiar with Cornularia cornucopix of the Mediterranean, that C. australis is specifically distinct, and the fact that the habitats of the - species are widely separated is further justification for retain- ing Busk’s species. The identity of the species of Cornularia named by Kent (1893), of which he gives figures but only very general descriptions, must remain in doubt. Before even their generic position can be definitely stated, we must know whether or not they have spicules, whether or not there is an outer horny envelope, and whether or not the polyps are retractile, and if retractile whether they are entirely retractile or whether they have a distal moiety retractile within a proximal moiety. None of these facts are given by Kent. His C. parva and C. glauca appear to be species of the genus Anthelia of the same general form as Dana’s Rhizoxenia primula, supposing that form to have had connecting stolons. . His C. tubiporoides has all the appear- ance of a species of Clavularia, somewhat similar, except in the length of the tentacles, to Clavularia violacea Quoy and Gaimard (1834). His C. auricula is very difficult to place. If it has, as Kent (1893) says, smooth tentacles without any pinnules what- soever, it may belong to a new group of Alcyonaria as yet un- named.t Cornularia crassa Milne-Edwards, according to Sars (1857) and Miiller (1910), is the same as H'vagora rosea Philippi (1842) = Rhizoxenia rosea Dana (1846). The species of Cor- nularia described by Quoy and Gaimard belong to other genera. Whatever the systematic position of these doubtful forms may be, they show no resemblance to Cornularia minuta. The minute size, the very thin, perisarclike, horny envelope, the presence in the stolons of a thick homogeneous mesoglea pierced by several endodermal canals, and the broadly cone-shaped form of its con- tracted polyps mark Cornularia minuta as a very distinctly new species. *I have been unable to find any pinnules in Clavularia violacea Quoy and Gaimard. 206 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Because of its interesting systematic position Cornularia mi- nuta is worthy of careful anatomical study. However, my material is so limited in amount and so poorly preserved that I have found it impossible to make a thorough or detailed investiga- tion of the anatomy. The few observations recorded here were made on specimens preserved in formalin. The extremely thin, horny envelope contrasts strongly with that figured and described by von Koch (1890) and Cavolini (1785) for C. cornucopize; it averages 0.0008 millimeter in thick- ness on the stolons and 0.001 millimeter in thickness on the base of the polyps. It is wrinkled throughout, and although closely applied to the ectoderm in some regions, it is as a rule separated from it by a considerable space (fig. 3 a). On the stolons the envelope appears smooth and transparent in surface view, but sections show that it is wrinkled. On the basal portion of the polyp the envelope is rather opaque and in surface view has a rough, corrugated appearance (fig. 2), which sections show to be due to wrinkling and to the presence of foreign particles rather than to inequalities in thickness. Fic. 3. A cross section of one of the stolons of Cornularia minuta, showing the peri- As von Koch says (1890), in sare (a), the endodermal canals (b), and ; 5 o the thick mesoglea. From camera lucida speaking of C. CONTAC OBES this outlines. 202.5. skeleton is a product of the ectoderm, similar in origin, ap- pearance, and function to the perisare of hydroids and of Scyphistoma. In C. minuta it has a remarkable resemblance, particularly in sections, to the perisare of certain hydroids; indeed there seems to be no valid objection to the application of the term perisarce to the horny outer covering of the species of Cornularia, and I have so used the term in this article. The thin cup of perisarc within which the polyp retracts is very flexible, as may be seen by a comparison of its shape in the expanded polyp, where its distal and proximal widths are approximately equal (fig. 4), and in contracted polyps where it is nearly closed distally and considerably broadened basally (fig. 2). This is in striking contrast to the condition in C. cornucopix, where it is thick and stiff, especially at the distal edge of the cup. eeDsS Light: Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria 207 Cornularia minuta is smaller in every way than C. cornucopiz ; the polyps of the latter are 10 millimeters or more in length, while those of C. minuta when fully expanded are but from 2 to 2.5 millimeters in length from the base to the tip of the ex- tended tentacles. These polyps are fully mature, as they were found in several cases to contain well-developed eggs. When expanded they are slender and taper slightly from the base to a region immediately below the tentacles. The tentacles are one third as long as the body of the polyp and form a crown, wide in proportion to the diameter of the polyp. This is in con- trast to the condition in C. cornucopie and gives an appearance Fic. 4. Camera lucida outline of an expanded polyp of Cornularia minuta. X23.5. similar to that of the polyps of certain species of Anthelia. The pinnules are short, thick, cylindrical, and crowded on: the ten- tacles, and show a superficial segmentation suggestive of hydroid tentacles. They differ decidedly from those of C. cornucopie as figured by Cavolini (1785), which are long, slender, and rather widely separated on the tentacles, suggesting the arrange- ment in Stereosoma (Anthelia) celebense Hickson (1895), This difference may be due to some extent to the contraction of the pinnules and tentacles of C. minuta. The oral surface shows a raised zone around a large mouth similar to that figured by Cavolini (1785) for C. cornucopie. In contraction the entire polyp lies within the cup of perisare Fig. 5. of a transverse section through a 208 A schematie representation retracted polyp of Cornularia minuta to show the relative posi- tions of the body layers. a, the perisare. The ectoderm is cross- lined, the mesoglea is in black, and the endoderm is represented by a line. (Siphonoglyphe not in- dicated. ) The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 surrounding its base. This is from one third to one half as long as the body of the extended polyp, and in contraction has the shape of a trun- cated cone or an old-fashioned bee- hive, the distal aperture being nearly closed and the base considerably broadened. The retraction of the polyps is accomplished as in Clavu- laria, by the pushing in of the distal portion, so that a transverse section of such a polyp taken so as to cut through the stomodzum near the mouth would cut the body wall three times as indicated in fig. 5. In re- tracted polyps the strongly muscled tentacles are tightly contracted and form an irregularly arranged mass over the oral surface and are not invaginated as figured by von Koch (1890) for Rhizoxenia (Hvagora) rosea and by Quoy and Gaimard (1834) for Clavularia violacea.? The stomodzeum in contracted polyps ends near the floor of the body cavity, and the mesenteries and mesenterial filaments are crowded together in its lower portion. The ectoderm of the body wall and of the stolons is thin and rather irregular, often consisting of a single layer of flat cells so thin that the nuclei form pro- tuberances in the layer. On the tentacles it is thicker, being a number of cells in depth, and it con- tains in many places large numbers of very curious oval bodies (fig. 7) con- sisting of an outer rounded or oval capsule containing Fic. 6. A drawing, from camera lucida outlines, of part of an oblique, transverse section through a contracted polyp of Cornularia minuta. a, the point of junetion of the body cavity and one of the stolons; a’, an oblique section through one of the endodermal canals of the stolon; b, the perisare; c, the wall of the polyp, represented in black; d, the stomodzeum; e, the siphono- glyphe; f and f’, mesenteries. 65.5. *T fail to find this invagination in Philippine specimens of Clavularia violacea. (1915), 10, 155. Notes on Philippine Aleyonaria, Pt. IV. This Journal, Sec. A x Diya Light: Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria 209 a spherical nonstaining body and a half-moon-shaped, darkly staining body—apparently a nucleus. The fact that these bodies are found in the ectoderm and that these Alcyonaria came from a depth of 90 meters makes it improbable that we have here a form of unicellular alge related to those so common in the endoderm of all shallow-water Philippine Alcyonaria. The clear spherical area, however, is strikingly like that sur- rounding the chromatophore in Zooxanthelle, but there is no cen- tral staining area as in these alge. A test for starch would very likely show whether these are alge or not, but unfortunately I have no material to spare for such a test. They may be dif- ferentiated ectoderm cells containing nematocysts of some peculiar type, the dark-staining body being the nucleus of the ectoderm cell. The nuclei of the typical ectoderm cells are quite distinct (fig. 7), however, and the clear spherule shows none of the structure characteristic of nematocysts. Again they may be some protozoan para- site or symbiote, the clear area being a vacuole. Here and there in the ectoderm of the tentacles are enlarged cells completely filled with small, deeply staining, 5 5 Fre. 7. An oblique section through the ec- rounded bodies which may be toderm of a tentacle of Cornularia minuta, another stage in the life cycle showing the ectoderm nuclei and the pe- . culiar bodies found in the ectoderm cells. of such a parasite. Because X13.40. of lack of material the de- termination of the exact nature of these very curious and interesting little bodies must be left to some future investigator. As would be expected in so contractile a form as C. minuta, the musculature is heavy. The ectoderm of the tentacles is penetrated by numerous “muscle banners,” which are very con- spicuous in sections of the contracted polyp. The thick ectoderm of the oral surface also overlies a layer of muscle fibers. The mesoglcea, which is everywhere a homogeneous mass show- ing no penetrating rods of cells as in Xenia and other genera, nor scattered amceboid cells as in Capnella, Lemnalia, Litho- phytum, etc., is outlined by an outer and inner deeply staining line. In the body wall the mesogleal layer averages 0.004 milli- meter in thickness, which is about the average thickness of the ectoderm and of the endoderm of the same region. On the oral surface and in the tentacles it is much thickened and sends out 210 The Philippine Journal of Science "1915 great numbers of supporting lamelle for muscle attachment. In the tentacles of contracted: specimens its edges are complexly folded. The stomodzum, which is about one third as long as the body of the extended polyp, is lined with the characteristic ciliated columnar epithelium. Scattered among these cells are numbers of goblet-shaped gland cells, making it probable that the stomo- deeum has in C. minuta, as in Xenia (Ashworth, 1899), a digestive function. The siphonoglyphe is distinct and separated from the rest of the stomod#um by two deep grooves. It extends with little change from the mouth to the proximal end of the stomo- deum. The prominence of the siphonoglyphe in so small a form is not in accord with Hickson’s theory (1883) as to the proportion between the development of the siphonoglyphe and the extent of the cavity supplied by a single polyp. The cells of the siphonoglyphe are long and very narrow with deeply staining elongated nuclei and basal portions and lightly staining outer areas. The cilia reach a length of 0.04 millimeter. The endoderm of the body like the ectoderm consists of a thin layer, usually one cell thick, of flat broad cells. In the tentacles the layer is thicker, and the cells are of the myoepithelial type (Hickson, 1895). The mesenteries have the structure typical for most Aleyonaria. The retractor muscles are strongly developed as would be ex- pected in so contractile a form. The ventral mesenterial fila- ments lack the central groove, but are otherwise typical and have cells which resemble very closely those of the siphonoglyphe. The stolons average about 0.25 millimeter in diameter and lie within the thin, wrinkled, loosely attached envelope of perisarc. They consist of a thick, homogeneous mesogloea covered by a thin, irregular layer of ectoderm, usually one cell deep. This mesogloea is pierced by from two to four endodermal canals lined with a smooth layer of thin, flat endoderm, one cell deep (fig. 3). As I have noted before, this type of structure agrees with that found in the stolons of those species of Clavularia having fili- form stolons and is quite different from that of Cornularia cornucopie. A number of eggs which seem to be fairly mature were found in the sections. They were attached to the mesenteries near the bottom of the body cavity and are as usual covered with a layer of mesoglea and endoderm. The eggs measure 0.04 millimeter in length, and 0.03 millimeter in breadth. The nu- cleus is large, averaging 0.022 millimeter in length and 0.016 millimeter in breadth. It contains a number of deeply staining x, D, 3 Light: Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria ial structureless spheres. The cytoplasm is finely reticulated. This specimen was collected early in January, and hence its breeding season, if definite, is probably during January and February. LITERATURE AsHworTH, J. H. The structure of Xenia hicksoni nov. sp. with some observations on Heteroxenia elizabethe Kolliker. Quar. Journ. Microsc. Sct. (1899), 42, 245-304, 5 plates. Busk. Zoophytology. Quar. Journ. Microsc. Sci. (1867), n. s. 7, 248, plate 36, figs. 7, 8, and 9. CAVOLINI. Memoire per servire alle storia de’ polypi marini (1785), 250— 255, plate 9, figs. 11 and 12. Dana, J. J. Zoophytes. U.S. Exploring Expedition (1846), 7. Hickson, S. J. A revision of the genera of the Alcyonaria stolonifera with the descriptions of one new genus and several new species. Trans. Zool. Soc. London (1894), 13, 325-347. KENT, W. SAVILLE. The Great Barrier Reef of Australia (1893). KocuH, G. von. Die Alcyonaceen des Golfes von Neaple. Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel (1890), 9, pt. 4, 654-657, figs. 4 and 9. MILNE-EDWARDS. Histoire naturelle des Corallaires ou Polypes proprement dits (1857), 1, 106, plate B 1, fig. 4. MuLier, R. Uber die Alcyonaceen-Gattung Rhizoxenia Ehrbg. Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel (1910), 20, pt. 1, 94-99. PALLAS. Elenchus Zoophytorum (1766). Puiuipri, A. Zoologische Beobachtungen. Arch. f. Naturg. (1842), 8. Quoy and GAIMARD. Voyage de l’Astrolabe. Zoophytes. Paris (1834), 4, 262, 263, plate 21, figs. 138-16. Sars, M. Bidrag til kundskaben om Middelhavets Littoral-Fauna, Chris- tiania (1857), 5. uae , aay Phares Py ‘ese uaa ca? We ? Oe aa Bh ya spy de dl uaa e Y ae th es ie i is 4 mek son ih Pee Valen ' i i aT aes mr pete penn heron boatilrey)~ | shite ees bookie ab ier ae Uni: tial . oo ‘* sil i La ape | + a Rad 4 $ i} _ & ra} 5 faint yy siete de Be nile cs : a i Wal, bak, Lae ai nee wal ney : bia Vs se send te TOEn airieedinete, ne are Rice waetiny it yon Megane ite Pog th? dt | Pi AML. Rina a Melons Aeanles wr | a Rec RARER par CSTREO IN at i repihels i ) aot yea iie i oa a he, ia Pe rey) entity ao the ea ee AN, aan Rr en, ut : oe ds a 1 SERRA CS TOT Eee.” Tt Se ye ay! “alld aade CEOU AR aa! Sy ee ee ‘neaeell an fo ee, aay Oey ear rat py 560 } uel FG ae ci Go? ah eit: Saas A “ ae deel Ra rene SN y Re ee A Ce a a a Wie op etn t oe ALES | we % \ . viery shite nih , aa ae On : } ’ ee ee ae, Crs nae yok i! y n ng " o team e eo ea vere ve We ae 8 om vie! ' x r re 4 a) ‘ ry ' ‘ ) * i fl te a tn f ILLUSTRATIONS TEXT FIGURES Fig. 1. Part of a colony of Cornularia minuta sp. nov. Actual size. 2..A partially retracted polyp of Cornularia minuta, showing the wrinkled perisarclike covering of the basal portion. Much enlarged. 3. A cross section of one of the stolons of Cornularia minuta, showing the perisare (a), the endodermal canals (6), and the thick mesoglea. From camera lucida outlines. 202.5. 4. Camera lucida outline of an expanded polyp of Cornularia minuta. Se2a.0e 5. A schematic representation of a transverse section through a retracted polyp of Cornularia minuta to show the relative posi- tions of the body layers. a, the perisare. The ectoderm is cross- lined, the mesoglcea is in black, and the endoderm is represented by a line. (Siphonoglyphe not indicated.) 6. A drawing, from camera lucida outlines, of part of an oblique, transverse section through a contracted polyp of Cornularia minuta. a, the point of junction of the body cavity and one of the stolons; a’, an oblique section through one of the endodermal canals of the stolon; 6, the perisarc; c, the wall of the polyp, represented in black; d, the stomodeum; e, the siphonoglyphe; f and f’, mesenteries. 65.5. 7. An oblique section through the ectoderm of a tentacle of Cornularia minuta, showing the ectoderm nuclei and the peculiar bodies found in the ectoderm cells. 13.40. 213 BMOrCAA hai! anuhinet: aie SON HON nee rary ye" ABA Bi pul 1 ie ne He eg ah S poe abei, 10 EP RR ane Ue a aoe oa ae. paket ats Tatas ee Mer) Laser ahaieie ae, on : RTA SLi ‘ee tibaie ae arb setie He Nias ay gcd tee. eh iseateg te yhad boparrerrt eG rite sa > ©. an es ot eye, pero Rass Na wobtnlanbaieses we fang at aloe aid gots. Gt sais ihe iran hanya) te ays of ctypstestow MPR! > erhalten alle wratal tack odd: ty, arene t 27 werebahing iy (ite Neb as Ri ew panne wey a aie £2 Braet APD AE TO, Hog etyads ghee, oat. w serve hitie) Sect hae tay 5G QU ata) Ca ake: Se ee ‘ape pe ee MeN AOC IAD rey els ame, 1 regi ae vi + i ail Sa Garth: Pepa akon Mahe waniay sale Fk) La’ Gatto Lee Sethe ae FAS EOR ER CLG A yf pitt ty ERE) eas Alt" aries yee ast eta | ehh Lay ie wad 4 Sats with ort der Rye bie s thaualdiyidlep ki ted” ol Save hniyehaa® geeks Me: bial t af bate : i ' Gy ou anlage Ay. ita ; ; Lit ulnetal HY aed fe dee read phe Ed) ree Re Le 6 Ska Ratan > Sees = ey Lira biviey crete? wed ela, : ole warns, GEP pt "rss NOTE REGARDING THE DUGONG IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS By ALVIN SEALE (From the Section of Ichthyology, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.) ONE PLATE On August 8, 1913, Capt. Edward R. Nicholson, of the Phil- ‘ippine Constabulary, brought to the Bureau of Science a pair of large tusks and some photographs of the Philippine dugong, Dugong dugong Miller (Plate I). The animal photographed was caught by fishermen on Magalaua Island, near the town ~ of Palauig, Zambales Province, Luzon, in June, 1913. Captain Nicholson states that the flesh of the dugong is highly valued as food by the people of Zambales. The tusks, which Captain Nicholson kindly presented to the Bureau of Science, are of smooth hard ivory, slightly curved, and somewhat flat- tened on the inner surface; length, 164 millimeters; circum- ference at base, 93 millimeters. Captain Nicholson stated that these tusks were hidden in the skull and scarcely protruded into the mouth. This specimen was a female about 2 meters in length. It is believed that the dugong arrives on the coast of Zambales during May and remains for about one month. Being desirous of finding out more about the habits of these animals, and of securing a living specimen for the Bureau of Science acquarium, I wrote to the senior inspector of constab- ulary at Iba and received the following reply: IBA, ZAMBALES, December 24, 19138. Sir: In answer to a communication from your office dated August 8th and addressed to Captain Nicholson, I have the honor to state that I visited, about two months ago, the Island of Magalaua, situated near the town of Palauig, this province, and where most of the sea cows are caught. [| could, however, make no definite arrangements about catching one or two of their young. The people thought it might be done, but said it would be difficult, as the animals—the young—were large and did not live as long as an ordinary fish in the open air. They would set no price on the undertaking, but said they would have a meeting and let me know. Up to date nothing has been heard. They could tell me very little about the habits of the animals, but thought they give birth along this coast. Said their eyes would undergo a trans- formation as soon as they enter the open air, but supposed the vision would return when they were put back into the water, if alive. They claim that the eye apparently turns, instantly, to flesh when exposed to the open air. They are usually caught during the rainy season of the year. Very respectfully, JOHN L. F. THARP. 215 lide * J iad y “gant “yang oningegiliat ail % wa bteotads, aioe Bi ope pereatoda Laetitem gre | ET bhal ty’ saltieM saben: ents ae: hater: ‘“pantaga ht Oe baits ni sepllis « = aa i ie names ahd tri ihi a tet iO yin ee on geld faith a Yeh uiaarnae lt "ond a partis ei gnlvit i steve Wee j abit Ferns sia} “pedonciank: sol nak wihired: “Stren? I: ponent PC Lae eh er G 5. spay 9 Pail aJibde. bd agro wilh Rr i | cceretniiae yt pebonened at ‘ yep st Niey Vatantty alabama Te Yor dor Gel alt omen 9 i ay'83 : fybirah Bi: DRA yak?) ya eal ey ate tea iT ane eee Noa (poe Oot ne dad ‘cae 14 Ba epee ‘aus re ga “yaa Pat bee Ge ares ney ‘ : wore geerroliol: aad f vlna Waka metite fig? inde wifes ap hy err] rent shoagiied ahnengale a Py f an ued, ae Aen gee “eae Yo eet patna Bee eae ne 9eG “haves Reels einem rei adiviibali- it, ae eet ak Utter Shiites ghia: Cae EE 2k Ei, Role” saad aay tne sik es akan a: att nye Sie de) Beth Aye saa, i wut T hfinang seat 6 Biel ‘ond y . ay ¢ 1, abi taedt nsieet gel el dun. ddtehud sot bintela gfeatt erin cit: hie eyes Silesiwe er ST bhies jhads: ein -gaple ae eee pe A: chat Hip, ypu oe fergie oe +erie Weinhl ay Sita | f rig sont andl es ry tela ad cdleet sbegick lng 29 9 pad Line oat yeh Of basi moulds data vhtkeleul erry yi oN Dee ett. ty “ipnenor eat 8, att. arigeh Fania eee vie ¥ ; Disha esicoh ae aye ILLUSTRATION PLATE I Fic. 1. Dugong dugong Miller, a female on the beach. 2. Dugong dugong Miiller, showing head and fore part of body. 3. Tusks of Dugong dugong Miiller. 217 1339124 ‘Vorrasrenda ae De | eran eT) ou ott pa! ofarisit a “ont bed to Peta wyod bia had. said eta ¥ ' Aes oan ten cious ean ver. o i ‘ yay, ’ as es Ps SEALE: DuGoNG.] Puiu. JouRN. Sci., X, D, No. 3.] Nostril Fig. 3. The tusks of a dugong. PLATE lI. PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS—Continued BOTANY A FLORA OF MANILA By Exmer D. MERRILL Order No. 419. Paper, 490 pages, $2.50, postpaid. Practically a complete flora of the cul- tivated areas in the Philippines. Descrip- tions, with keys, of over 1,000 species, 590 genera, and 136 families, with native names, glossary of technical terms, etc. THE COCONUT PALM IN THE PHIL- IPPINE ISLANDS 3 Order No. 37. Paper, 149 pages, 30 plates, $1, postpaid. The reprint contains the following arti- cles: On the Water Relations of the Coconut Palm (Cocos nucifera), The Coconut and its Relation to Coconut Oil, The Keeping Quali- ties of Coconut Oil and the Causes of its Rancidity, and The Principal Inseots Attack- ing the Coconut Palm. INDO-MALAYAN WOODS By Fred W. FoxwortTHy Order No. 411. Paper, 182 pages, 9 plates, $0.50, postpaid. In Indo-Malayan Woods, Doctor Fox- worthy has brought together a large amount of accurate information concerning trees yielding woods of economic value. ZOOLOGY A LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, EXCLU- SIVE OF THE CETACEA By Nep HOLuIsTER Order No. 418. Paper, 64 pages, $0.50, postpaid. This is the only recent attempt to enu- merate the mammals of the Philippine Islands. The distribution of each species is given, and the original descriptions are cited. ZOOLOGY—Continued A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS By RicHarp C. McGrecor Order No. 103. Paper, 2 parts, 769 pages, $4, postpaid. y A Manual of Philippine Birds contains in compact form descriptions of all the known species of Philippine birds. The usual keys and diagnoses of orders, families, and genera help the novice in identification. A CHECK-LIST OF PHILIPPINE FISHES By Davin STARR JORDAN and RosertT HARL RICHARDSON Order No. 102. Paper, 78 pages, $0.75, postpaid. This list will be found a convenient guide to the synonymy of Philippine ichthyology. The nomenclature is thoroughly revised, and the distribution of each species within the Philippine Islands is given. MEDICINE REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL PLAGUE CONFERENCE Held at Mukden, April, 1911, under the auspices of the Chinese Government. Edited by ErtcH Martini, G. F. PErris, ARTHUR STANLEY, and RicHarD P. STRONG 483 pages, 18 plates (2 colored, 4 half- tones, 12 charts and maps) Order No. 416. Paper, $2.50; cloth, $3.50; postpaid. The proceedings of this International Con- ference and information gained therefrom, to- gether with the results of certain bacte- riological investigations, constitute the pres- ent report. : The Bureau of Science of the Govern- ment of the Philippine islands has been appointed sole agent for the distribution of the vrinted proceedings of the Interna- tional Plague Conference. PRICES ARE IN UNITED STATES CURRENCY Orders for these publications may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER, PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, P. I., or to any of the agents listed below. The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York, U. S. A. Please give order number. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Kelly & Walsh, Ltd., 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India. Page. KEMP, STANLEY. On a Collection of Stomatopod Crustacea : fromthe Philippine tislands 22) se oe pes 2 eee ee 169 BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine Jassoidea: III, The Steno- cotides of the ;Philippirtes 25 uc yea ee eee ete 189 LIGHT, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria, Part V: Cornu- daria ‘minuta, ai New Species..3. 2.205 So ee 203 SEALE, ALVIN. Note Regarding the Dugong in the Philippine ISTE Yo Ih eM ea May ee ee a es AU OM eo ee cee earhe EDD, 215 U. S. The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’’ is issued as follows: currency. Section A. Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries.. $2.00 Section®B./fropical® Medicine 22. Boe eee on Seine 3.00 Section: ©.1Botan ysis. 22-2 se ee ee ae he ree A ee eee ae ee 2.00 Section D. General Biology, Ethnology, and Anthropology (Sec- tion D began with Volume V) -----__,_..---------------------------2-2--------= 2.00 Entire Journal, Volume II, III, IV, or V --.-.-----.-.-------------------------- 5.00 Entire Journal, beginning with Volume VI ---.--___..--_.._-------.--.------ 7.00 Single numbers (except of Volume [) .-.------------.--.-.------------+------- .00 Each section is separately paged and indexed. Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections) and supplement, sold only with a complete file of section A, B, or C--_--__---..---.--------- 10.00 Supplement to Volume I (botany) -.----.---------.------------------------------ 3.50 Volume I (without supplement), sold only with a complete file of SECLIODYASG cB: OT © se ea ee CR ee 8 Seer oe era 6.50 Single numbers of Volume I -_.----...-..--.------------------------------------+- 75 Publications sent in exchange for the Philippine Journal of Science should be addressed: Library, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Subscriptions may be sent to the Business MANAGER, Philippine Jour- nal of Science, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents listed below: AGENTS | E The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. ~ Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Ger- many. Kelly & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India. Entered at the post office at Manila, P. I., as second-class matter. VoL. X, SEC. D, No. 4 JULY, 1915 THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE ALVIN J. COX, M. A., Pu. D. GENERAL EDITOR SECTION GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, AND ANTHROPOLOGY EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF M. L. MILLER, Pu. D.; R. P. COWLES, PH. D.; ALVIN SEALB, A. B. C. F. BAKER, A. M.; C. S. BANKS, M. S.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B. R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. EH. KUPFER, Pu. B. MANILA BUREAU OF PRINTING 1915 PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS ETHNOLOGY A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LAN- GUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE BONTOC IGOROTS By WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP Order No. 408. Paper, $9 pages, $0.75, postpaid. The vocabulary is given in Igorot-English and English-Igorot. THE NABALOI DIALECT By Otto SCHEERER and THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN By Epwarp Y. MILLER Order No. 403. Paper, $0.25; half mo- rocco, $0.75; postpaid. The Nabaloi Dialect (65 pages, 29 plates) and the Bataks of Palawan (7 pages, 6 plates) are bound under one cover. THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP OF LANGUAGES By Otto SCHEERER and “F? AND “Vv? IN PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES By CARLOS EVERETT CONANT Order No. 407. These two papers are issued under one cover, L41 pages, paper, $0.80, postpaid. THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY By Emerson B. CHRISTIE Order No. 410. Paper, 121 pages, 1 map, 29 plates, $1.25, postpaid. Sindangan Bay is situated on the north- ern coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. ~The Su- banuns of this region were studied by Mr. Christie during two periods of five and six weeks, respectively. The 29 plates illustrate the Subanuns at work and at play; their industries, houses, altars, and implements; and the people themselves. THE HISTORY OF SULU By Nasnes M. SALEEBY Order No. 406. Paper, 275 pages, 4 maps, 2 diagrams, $0.75, postpaid. In the preparation of his manuscript for The History of Sulu, Doctor Saleeby spent much time and effort in gaining access to documents in the possession of the Sultan of Sulu. This book is a history of the Moros in the Philippines from the ‘earliest times to the American occupation. “recorded in five folding diagrams. | Order No. ~understands the conditions Saye ats hee fm, me es hea dh a BR ote toe b f Ke pate is ae Z ETHNOLOGY—Continued STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW, AND RELIGION By Nasees M. SALEEBY Order No. 405. Paper, 107 pages, 16 plates, 5 diagrams, $0.25; half mo- rocco, $0.75; postpaid. This volume deals with the earliest written records of the Moros in Mindanao. The names of the rulers of Magindanao are NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES By WiniiAm ALLAN REED Order No. 402. Paper, $3 pages, 62 plates, $0.25; half morocco, $0.75; postpaid. Plates from photographs, many of which were taken for this publication, show orna- ments, houses, men making fire with bamboo, bows and arrows, dances, and various types of the people themselves. INDUSTRIES PHILIPPINE HATS By C. B. RoBinson 415. Paper, 66 pages, & plates, $0.50 postpaid. This paper is a concise record of the history and present condition of hat making in the Philippine Islands. THE SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE ISLAND OF NEGROS By Herspert S. WALKER Order No. 412. Paper, 145 pages, 10 plates, 1 map, $1.25, postpaid. 4 Considered from the viewpoint of prac- tical utility, Mr. Walker’s Sugar Industry in the Island of Negros is one of the most important papers published by the Bureau of Science. This volume is a real contribu- tion to the subject; it is not a mere com- pilation, for the author was in the field and of which he writes. A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE SILK CULTURE By CHARLES S. BANKS Order No. 413. Paper, 53 pages, 20 plates, $0.75, postpaid. In A Manual of Philippine Silk Culture are presented the results of several years’ actual work with silk-producing larve to- gether with a description of the new Philip- pine race. THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE D. GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, AND ANTHROPOLOGY Vou. X JULY, 1915 No. 4. NEUE KAFER VON DEN PHILIPPINEN: III Von K. M. HELLER (Kgl. Zoologisches und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museum, _ Dresden, Germany) MIT EINER TAFEL Der vorliegende faunistische Beitrag befasst sich mit der Beschreibung nur von Riissel- und Bockkafern, die mir, wo nicht ausdrticklich anders erwadhnt, in der liebenswiirdigsten Weise von dem so erfolgreichen Sammler, Herrn Prof. Charles Fuller Baker, in Los Banos, zur Verfiigung gestellt wurden. Mit weni- gen Ausnahmen, die weiter unten erwahnt sind, stammen sie alle aus Luzon und sind die neuen Arten, nicht aber die neuen Varietaten, gleichlaufend mit den Beschreibungen numeriert worden. Folgende Arten finden in der eingehaltenen Reihen- folge Erwaéhnung, oder werden als neu beschrieben: CURCULIONIN 4& 1. Metapocyrtus pachyrrhynchoides. 9. Agametina (gen. nov.) discoma- 2. Metapocyrtus bakeri. culata. 3. Hupyrgops banahaonis. 10. Chirozetes arotes. 4. Polycatus eupholoides: Mindanao. Pempheres habena Pasc. 5. Auletobius ascendens. 11. Poropterus bengueticus. 6. Parimera trivittata. 12. Tragopus pygmaeus. 7. Parimera negrito. Cyamobolus sturmi var. definitus. Parimera negrito var. variabilis. Cyamobolus charpentieri Bohem. 8. Megarrhinus suratus. 13. Otidognathus fulvopictus. Megarrhinus carinicollis: Ban- 14. Prodioctes (?) rubrovittatus. guey. 15. Cercidocerus curvaturatus. Megarrhinus alternans: Formosa. 16. Aphioda integripennis. 135635 219 220 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 CERAMBYCIN 42 17. Halme (?) spinicornis. 25. Cacia proteus. 18. Polyphida monticola. Cacia proteus var. disjuncta. 19. Nericonia glabricollis. 26. Huclea ruficollis. 20. Diochares mindanaonis: Minda- 27. Proteuclea (gen. nov.) Jlateri- nao. vitta. 21. Cereopsius irregularis. 28. Xyaste uniformis. 22. Anancylus stria. 29. Xyaste varioscapus. 23. Cacia xenoceroides. 30. Xyaste trigonocephala. 24. Cacia ulula. CURCULIONIN 42 1. Metapocyrtus (Orthocyrtus) pachyrrhynchoides sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 1 und 2. Aterrimus, prothorace margine apicali basalique, utrinque lineis submarginalibus et supracoxalibus conjunctis, elytris vittis tribus, laterimarginali discalique integris, subsuturali in tertia parte mediana interrupta ac hic lineola transversa de- terminata, lateribus inter lineis longitudinalibus, in primo et secundo triente lineolis transversis, pallide aurato-squamulosis. Long., 15; lat., 7 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Schwarz, etwas fett glanzend, mit blassgoldiger hie und da schwach griinlicher Schuppenlinienzeichnung. Korper gestreck- ter wie bei Orthocyrtus triangularis m., viel feiner und zer- streuter punktiert, der Riissel von ganz ahnlicher Bildung, Stirn jedoch ohne Mittelfurche, undeutlich entfernt punktiert. Fih- lerschaft leicht geschwungen, den Augenhinterrand kaum errei- chend, Keule sehr wenig kiirzer als das 1. und 2. Geisselglied, die unter einander ungefaihr gleich lang sind. Oberrand der Augen mit Furche. Halsschild sehr wenig breiter als lang, mit gleichmassig gerundeten Seiten, zerstreut und undeutlich punk- tiert, eine Linie auf dem Vorder- und Hinterrand, die jederseits innerhalb des Seitenrandes und dicht iiber den Vorderhtften durch eine Langslinie mit einander verbunden sind, blass gold- gelb beschuppt. Fliigeldecken entfernt zerstreut, kaum gereiht punktiert, Seitenrand und Mitte jeder Decke mit einer ganzen, zwischen Naht und Deckenmitte je mit einer im mittleren Drittel unterbrochenen und T-formig endigenden hell beschuppten Langslinie. In gleicher Hé6he mit dem T-f6rmigen Querstrich findet sich im 1. und 2. Deckendrittel zwischen Rand und Dis- calstreifen ein kurzer Schuppenquerstrich. Alle hellen Langs- schuppenstreifen der Decken sind an der Deckenwurzel und an der Spitze mit einander verbunden. In der Mitte der Naht je ein kurzer Liangsstrich, im 4. Funftel je ein langlicher Punkt, X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 991 ebenfalls hell beschuppt. Hinteres Drittel des Deckenseiten- randes wie bei den verwandten Arten (z.B. O. triangularis und O. politus) durch eine Furche wulstartig abgesetzt. Vor- derseite der Vorderhiiften, Hinterrand der Mittelbrustepimeren, das Metasternum, die Rander ausgenommen, eine grossere Makel jederseits auf dem 1., eine kleine jederseits auf dem 2. Ab- dominalsternit und vor der Schenkelspitze wie die Linien auf den Decken goldgelb beschuppt. Die komplizierte Linienzeichnung der Art erinnert viel mehr an Pachyrrhynchus als an Metapocyrtus, daher der gewahlte Artname. 2. Metapocyrtus (Orthocyrtus) bakeri sp.nov. TafelI, Fig. 3 und 4. Aterrimus, prothorace margine apicali basalique utrinque lineis submarginalibus et supracoxalibus conjunctis, elytris margine basali, laterali lineaque subsuturali in triente parte mediana interrupta, altera discali in secundo triente, lineis trans- versis, punctatim interruptis, in primo et in secundo triente, hac solum usque ad vittam subsuturalem extensa, pallide viridi- squamosis; tibiis dorso maculaque anteapicali in femoribus au- _rato-squamosis. Long., 11; lat., 5 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Mit vorigem (O. pachyrrhynchoides) verwandt, aber kleiner, Stirn mit Mittelfurche, Fliigeldecken mit anderer und blassgriin beschuppter Linienzeichnung. Riissel langer als breit, nach vorn konisch verbreitert, seine Wurzel und die Stirn mit gemeinsamer langlicher, goldig beschuppter Makel, eine dhnliche unter dem Auge. Halsschild wenig breiter als lang, auf der Scheibe zerstreut punktiert, die griinen Schuppenstreifen unterhalb des Seitenrandes vorn etwas verbreitert, die darunter liegenden Halsschildseiten fast unpunktiert. Decken unregelmdssig und kaum gereiht punkiert, ein breiter Seiten und schmalerer Basal- rand, so wie ein der Naht naher als dem Seitenrand verlau- fender Langsstreifen, der im 2. Viertel der Lange unterbrochen ist, ein anderer kurzer Liangsstrich im 2. Deckendrittel zwischen letzterem und dem Seitenrand, und eine punktartig unterbro- chene Querlinie im 1. und 2. Drittel der Deckenlange, von welchen die hintere jedoch nur bis zur subsuturalen Langslinie reicht, blassgriin beschuppt. Epimeren der Mittelbrust, die Hinter- brust und jederseits das 1. und 2. Bauchsternit, so wie die Schen- kel vor der Spitze mit griiner Schuppenmakel. Riicken der Schienen rotlichgolden beschuppt. Bei dem typischen Exemplar ist der subsuturale Schuppenstreifen im 2. Drittel der Naht durch DY The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 eine astartige Erweiterung mit dem gegeniiberliegenden ver- bunden, wahrend bei dem zweiten Stiick (in coll. Baker) diese Schuppenlinien durch die Naht getrennt bleiben. 3. Eupyrgops banahaonis sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 5 und 6. Kupyrgops submaculato Faust major, niger, elytris, margine laterali, basi excepta, plagisque irregularibus, quarum subsu- turali vittiforme, subaurato- aut coeruleo-squamosis; rostro dorso utrinque late sulcato, in medio subsulcato; prothorace latitudine perpaulo longiore, sat nitido, remote punctato; margine antico in medio interrupto, maculis utrinque intra angulis posticis, vitta supracoxali, anguste interrupta, pallide viridi-aurato (aut coeruleo-) squamosis; elytris ampliatis, subseriato-punctatis, in dimidia parte basali transverse subrugulosis, in dimidia parte apicali punctis asperatis, stria prima secundaque apice fossula- tis; corpore subter remote punctato. Long., 15; lat., 7 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Grosser als EL. submaculatus Faust und der Kérperform nach an einen grossen Pachyrrhynchus erinnernd. Riisselriicken je- derseits mit breiter, sich nach vorn verschmdalernder, in der Mitte ohne, oder mit undeutlicher Langsfurche. Stirn nur vorn mit kurzer Langsfurche, hinter der Basalfurche des Riissels mit griinlicher Beschuppung, im tibrigen sehr vereinzelnt punktiert. Halsschild etwas langer als breit, seine grésste Breite vor der Mitte, kraftig aber entfernt punktiert, der Vorderrand und damit im Zusammenhang stehend, ein Langstreifen tiber den Vorder- hiiften, beide in der Mitte unterbrochen, so wie eine etwa dreiek- kige Makel innerhalb der Hinterecken griinlich oder blaulich beschuppt. Fliigeldecken breit eiformig, entfernt und klein gereiht punktiert, die breiten Zwischenriume in der vorderen Deckenhalfte hie und da etwas querrunzelig, die Punkte in der hinteren Deckenhalfte, soweit sie von Schuppen frei sind, ras- pelig gekérnt; die vorgezogene Deckenspitze jederseits mit tiefem Langseindruck. Die unsymetrische Schuppenmakelzeichnung besteht in einem Liangsstreifen auf der hinteren Halfte des Seitenrandes, in einem eben solchen, aber kaum das erste Decken- drittel erreichenden, an der Schulter und einem langeren auf dem 2. Spatium, beide sind an der Wurzel mit einander verbunden, letzterer fliesst zuweilen auch mit der hinter der Deckenmitte gelegenen, unregelmissigen Makel zusammen. Eine andere un- regelmassige gréssere Makel, die mit einer submarginalen hinter der Deckenmitte meist zusammenhingt, befindet sich vor der Deckenspitze; sie wird von der gegeniiberliegenden nur durch X, D, 4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 923 einen feinen schwarzen Nahtstreifen getrennt. Kleinere Schup- penmakeln finden sich je am Seitenrand tiber den Hinterhiiften, zuweilen auch zwischen den beiden ersten Lingsstreifen, in der vorderen Deckenhalfte. Mittelbrust, Epimeren, Hinterbrust, die Schenkel an der Wurzel und vor der Spitze, 1. und 2. Bauch- sternit an den Seiten griin beschuppt. 4. Polycatus eupholoides sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 7 und 8. Aterrimus, pallide coeruleo- aut viridi-aurato-squamosus, elytris fasciis duabus aut tribus spatioque secundo in triente basali (in femina etiam in 3., 5. et 6.) nigro-denutatis; rostro dorso acute carinulato; prothorace linea mediana in medio dila- tata, nigro-glabra; elytris remote seriato-punctatis, spatiis alter- natis angustioribus, in dimidia parte apicali remote ac seriatim fusco-setosis, stria prima secundaque apice impressis. Long., 13.5—15; lat., 5-7 mm. MINDANAO, Talkulan. . Gedrungener als P. awrofasciatus Heller: jedoch in beiden Geschlechtern sehr auffallend verschieden gezeichnet, Halsschild grosstenteils, Fliigeldecken nur teilweise mit matt goldgriinen oder blaulichen Schiippchen bedeckt, so dass wenigstens das 1. Spatium und die Deckenwurzel so wie zwei Querbinden, beim Weibchen ausserdem 2-3 Langsstreifen im Spitzendrittel kahl schwarz sind. Riissel mit deutlich nach vorn divergierenden Seiten, ungefahr 14 mal so lang wie an der Spitze breit, mit scharfer Dorsalleiste, die zwischen den Augen in einen runden Kahlfleck mit Griibchen endigt, die Seiten der Lange nach eingedriickt und grob punktiert. Fiihler dicht griinlichgrau beschuppt, das 2. Glied der Geissel beim Mannchen wenig langer, beim Weibchen so lang wie das erste (wie bei P. aurofasciatus, was bei dessen Beschreibung nicht erwahnt ist). Keule beim Mannchen schwarz, beim Weibchen blass rotbraun. MHalsschild fast so lang wie breit (3.5 « 4), vor der Mitte etwas breiter als am Hinterrande, mit glatter in der Mitte erweiterter kahler Mittellinie, im iibrigen zerstreut punktiert und ziemlich dicht mit blaulichen oder goldgriinen Schiippchen bedeckt, die am -Vorderrande und beiderseits der Mittellinie, in der hinteren Halsschildhalfte, mehr weisslich und dicht gedrangt sind. Beim Weibchen findet sich beiderseits dicht hinter der Mitte, in der Mitte zwischen Seitenrand und Mittellinie, ein griibchenartiger Schrigeindruck. Fliigeldecken entfernt gereiht punktiert, die Punktreihen den leicht erhabenen Basalrand nicht erreichend, * Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1912), 7, 380, Tafel II, Fig. 15. 224. The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 die 1. von der Wurzel nach der Mitte der Naht zu sich von dieser allm&hlich entfernend und so wie die tibrigen und alle Spatien im Spitzendrittel mit gereihten braunlichen Borstchen, das 2., 3. und 5. Spatium breiter als die tibrigen. Beim Mannchen tiberwiegt der beschuppte Teil der Decken den kahlen, so dass mehr als das ganze Basaldrittel, mit Ausnahme des 1. Spatiums und zweier kahler Querbinden, blass blaulichgriin beschuppt sind. Die erste Kahlbinde liegt in der Deckenmitte und reicht bis zum Seitenrand, die zweite im zweiten Drittel und wird durch das 7. Spatium unterbrochen. Beim Weibchen sind die kahlen und beschuppten Stellen ungefahr von gleicher Ausdehnung, die schwarzen Querbinden sind breiter als die beschuppten und diese haéufig unterbrochen, das 2., 3. und 6. Spatium sind im Spitzendrittel schwarz kahl, die dazwischen liegenden beschuppt, ausserdem findet sich im 1. Viertel der Deckenlange noch eine dritte, bis zur dritten Punktreihe nach innen reichende kahle Querbinde. Unterseite dicht graugriin oder goldgriin beschuppt, mit zerstreuten gelbbraunen Borstenschiippchen. Analsternit des Weibchens jederseits an der Wurzel mit eingedriicktem Strichelchen. 5. Auletobius ascendens sp. nov. Rufescescenti-fulvus, elytris subviridiaeneo-lavatis, crebre punctatis, praeterea seriato-punctatis, stria suturali, basi excepta, impressa; rostro prothorace longiore, dorso basi sulcato; antennis ad rostri basin insertis, clava triarticulata, articulo tertio duobus praecedentibus paulo longiore; prothorace longitudine latitudine basali fere aequali, lateribus rectis, antror- sum convergentibus, angulis posticis rotundatis; pedibus flaves- centibus, unguiculis fissis. Long., 2.8; lat., 1.6 mm. LUZON, monte Maquiling. Gelbrot, Hinterbrust schwArzlich, Fliigeldecken schwacherzgrun iibergossen, Riissel in der Apicalhalfte und die Fiihler schwarz- lich. Riissel linear, linger als der Halsschild, im basalen Drittel mit Dorsalfurche, beiderseits davon mit entfernt gereihten Punkten. Fiihler nahe der Riisselwurzel eingefiigt, so dass die Spitze des 2. Fiihlergliedes iiber den Augenvorderrand nach hinten reicht. Fiihlergrube gestreckt oval, das Auge nicht erreichend. Zweites Fiihlerglied langer als das etwas dickere 1. und wenig kiirzer als das 4., das sechsmal so lang wie an der Wurzel dick ist, die folgenden an Linge abnehmend, die dreiglied- rige Keule so lang wie die vier vorhergehenden Glieder zusam- men, ihr 1. und 2. Glied so lang wie breit, das 3. Keulenglied X, D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 235 sehr wenig langer als die beiden vorhergehenden zusammen. Kopf an den halbkugelig vorgequollenen Augen so breit wie lang, Stirn gewolbt mit sehr feinen, nach vorn gerichteten Harchen, Scheitel mit verhaltnismassig groben Querfurchen. MHalsschild vor der Basis kaum so breit wie seine Mittellinie lang ist, die Seiten gerade, nach vorn convergierend, die Hinterecken ver- rundet in den etwas kupfrig gesAumten Hinterrand tibergehend. Oberseite fein und dicht punktiert und fein behaart. Schildchen gleichseitig dreieckig verrundet. Fltigeldecken nicht ganz dop- pelt so breit wie lang (2.5 x 4.3), die Seiten gerade, nach hinten zu kaum merklich divergierend, die Spitze gemeinsam abge- rundet, dicht und fein punktiert, ausserdem mit Reihen entfern- _ ter wenig grésserer Punkte, von denen die erste, neben der Naht, ausgenommen im basalen Fiinftel tief streifenartig eingedriickt ist. Abdomen glinzend, nach der Spitze zu kaum erkennbar punktiert, Naht zwischen dem 1. und 2. Sternit verstrichen. Hinterschenkel das 38. Bauchsternit nicht tiberragend. Fiisse kriftig, ihr 1. Glied nicht linger als das 2. und 3. zusammen genommen. Klauen gespalten. 6. Parimera ” trivittata sp. nov. Fulvo-testacea, rostro, clava, vertice, scutello, vitta mediana thoracali, sutura vittaque utrinque sublaterali in elytris, nigris; maris rostro elytris parum breviore, in dimidia parte apicali dorso utrinque et in medio longitudinaliter remote seriato- granuloso, in dimidia parte basali tricarinulato, feminae sub- tiliter remoteque punctato; funiculi articulo primo secundo longiore ac crassiore, reliquis, etiam ultimo, oblongo-conicis; prothorace latitudine longiore, fere conico, maxima latitudine ante basin, crebre subtiliterque punctato, vitta mediana nigra, tertia parte marginis apicalis aequilata; elytris punctato-striatis, spatiis crebe punctatis, vitta sublaterali nigra, in spatio quinto et sexto disposita et basi apiceque abbreviata; femoribus anticis haud dentatis; maris tibiis anticis in duabus trientibus apicalibus articuloque primo tarsali longe fulvo-fimbriatis. Long:, 3—4, lat., 1-2’ mm: LUZON, monte Maquiling, in palmae Pinangae inflorescentiis. 7. Parimera negrito sp. nov. Unicolor, nigra, solum scapo subfuscescenti femoribusque in- termediis interdum etiam prosterni in dimidia parte basali flavescentibus ; rostro elytris longioribus (in utroque sexu), maris in dimidia parte apicali utrinque et in linea mediana seriato- *Faust, Stett. Hnt. Zeitg. (1896), 57, 146. 226 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 granuloso, apice dilatato; antennis post medium rostri insertis, funiculi articulo primo secundo vix longiore, reliquis oblongo- conicis, ultimo longitudine paulo latiore; prothorace subconico, longitudine latitudine maxima (ante basin) aequali, margine basali in angulis posticis denticulato-prominente; scutello minuto, trigono; elytris punctato-substriatis, spatiis pygidioque crebre punctatis ; femoribus anticis fortiter dentatis, maris tibiis anticis margine interno in duabus trientibus apicalibus fulvo-fimbriatis. Long., 5—7 (mas) ; lat., 2-2.5 (mas) mm. LUZON, monte Maquiling, eodem tempore et loco cum praece- denti. Parimera negrito var. variabilis var. nov. Differt a specie typica: prothorace rufo-testaceo, in medio nigro- vittato, elytris vitta discali, aut totis, femoribus omnibus, anticis nigris interdum exceptis, plus minusve fulvis, abdomine fulvo aut nigro. Magnitudine et habitatione praecedentis. Die Arten der Gattung lassen sich nach folgenden Merkmalen auseinander halten: a’. Fliigeldecken dicht tomentiert, die Streifen daher undeutlich, ohne wahrnehmbare Punkte. : b'. Alle Deckenstreifen gleich fein, Decken briunlichschwarz, ihr Basal- und Apicalrand mit lehmgelben Toment, das an der Wurzel des 1., 3. und 5. Spatiums kurz streifenartig ausgezogen, am Nahtwinkel schnorkelartig aufgebogen ist............--.---.---20ss0eeeee- = signata Faust.° b. Deckenstreifen 3, 5 und 7 starker als die tibrigen eingedrtickt, Naht, das 4., 5. und 6., die Wurzel des des 7. und fast das ganze 8. Spatium braunlich, der tibrige Teil der Decken gelblich. vittata Faust. a’. Fliigeldecken miassig dicht tomentiert, immer mit deutlichen Punkt- streifen. c’. Vorderschenkel gezahnt, Kafer teilweise dunkel rot und schwarz, oder ganz schwarz. d'. Riissel des Mannchens in der Apicalhalfte oberseits in der Mittel- linie und am Seitenrand mit deutlicher Kornerreihe, in der Basalhalfte ohne Mittelleiste. e’. Riissel des Weibchens kiirzer als die Fliigeldecken, 1. Geissel- glied langer und dicker als das 2., das 3.6. fast kugelig. obscura Faust. e*. Riissel des Weibchens deutlich linger als die Fliigeldecken. f. Korper mit Ausnahme der gelben Mittelschenkelwurzel und des rotlichen Fiihlerschaftes ganz schwarz, 1. und 2. Geis- selglied gleich lang..........2......0--::eeeeeeeeeeee negrito sp. nov. f’. Korper zweifarbig, Halsschild grésstenteils rot. negrito var. variabilis. “Ibid. (1896), 57, 147. X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 297 ad. Riissel in der Apicalhalfte hochstens am Seitenrande, nicht aber auch in der Mittellinie, mit einer Kornerreihe, 1. Geisselglied deutlich langer als das 2..0.......22...---.2:ce-eeeeeeeeeeos -uniformis Faust. ce’. Vorderschenkel ungezahnt. g. K6érper rotgelb, Riissel, Halsschildmittelstreifen und Dek- IKOMES ChWwaeZig er ecoeeees secret ence M erumecuee vitticollis Heller.* g°. Korper gelb, Riissel, Halsschildmittelstreifen, Naht und je ein an der Wurzel und Spitze abgektirzter Deckenseiten- StrerkenyschweatZ) ees eee trivittata sp. nov. 8. Megarrhinus suratus sp. nov. Niger, rostro prothorace longiore, sat dense punctato, antennis nigris, clava funiculi longitudine aequante; prothorace subconico, maxima latitudine ante basin, longitudine perpaulo latiore, sub- tiliter granoso; scutello transverso, rotundato, margine antico sinuato, crebre punctato, margine postico levi; elytris sub- punctato-striatis, spatiis carinulatis, subtilissime granuloso- rugosis, limbo apicali membranaceo, nigricante; pygidio rude rugoso; corpore subter sat dense fortiterque punctato, punctis singulis fasciculo e pilis brevibus, griseis; femoribus posticis intermediis distincte brevioribus; tibiis anticis in primo triente margine interno dentatim dilatato. Long., 4.5; lat., 2.5 mm. LUZON, montibus Maquiling et Banahao. Die Art unterscheidet sich von allen bekannten durch den relativ langeren, an den Seiten weniger gerundeten, fast koni- schen, fein gekornten Halsschild, dessen grésste Breite nahe an der Basis liegt. Sie.ist einfarbig schwarz, ihr Riissel relativ lang und ihre Deckenspatien sind vom 2. ab am Aussenrand scharf kantig; der hautige Spitzensaum ist schwarzlich. Schild- chen quer, hinten gerundet, sein Vorderrand ausgebuchtet, bis auf den glatten Hinterrand ziemlich dicht punktiert. Zwei weitere noch unbeschriebene Arten, die eine von der Insel Banguey (N. Borneo), die andere von Formosa, sind: Megarrhinus carinicollis sp. nov. Totus aterrimus, rostro prothorace longiore, crebre punctato; antennis clava funiculo breviore; prothorace longitudine latiore, ad basin perpaulo angustato, subtiliter granuloso, carinula me- diana levi; scutello transverso-rotundato, margine antico sinuato, *Abh. u. Ber. Mus. Dresden (1900-1), No. 5, 35, Taf. IV, Fig. 14, aus Celebes. Die Fiihlerbildung' und habituelle Ahnlichkeit veranlasste mich schon damals diese Art so wie heute vitticollis zur Gattung Parimera zu stellen, die wegen den ungezahnten Vorderschenkel leicht fiir eine Telphasia Pasc., Ann. Mus. Civ. (1885), 235, gehalten werden kénnte. 228 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 postico levi; elytris latitudine humerali brevioribus, punctato- striatis, sutura elevata, spatiis granulosis, margine externo carinato-declivi; tibiis anticis margine interno, post medium perobsolete dentato-dilatato. Long., 4; lat., 2 mm. BANGUEY, Borneo bor. (ex coll. J. Faust). Megarrhinus alternans sp. nov. Niger, tomento griseo, in prothorace subvittatim, parce tectus; rostro prothorace breviore; antennarum clava nigra, funiculo rufescenti breviore; prothorace transverso crebre punctato, ante scutellum impresso, disco utrinque griseo uni- aut bivittato; scutello rotundato, convexiusculo, crebre punctato; elytris sub- punctato-striatis, sutura elevata, spatiis punctatis, parce pilosis, alternatis (2., 4. et 6.) margine externo fortius carinatis, limbo marginali nigricante; tibiis anticis margine interno in triente basali dentatis. Long., 4; lat., 2.1 mm. ForMoSA, Taihorinsho et Alikang, legit H. Sauter. Die somit mir bekannten Megarrhinus-Arten lassen sich wie folgt unterscheiden: a. Halsschild mit bis zur Mitte nach vorn reichender Mittelleiste. b*. Innenrand der Vorderschienen, vor der Mitte, mit zahnartiger Hrwei- COUT OE ee en RCT LWA RAED 1 ROn Eat Se LL iene Oe Ee RS brachmanus Faust. b*. Innenrand der Vorderschienen, hinter der Mitte, mit schwacher zahn- ALtICeT EM Welter Ui e eee ee ee ee eee nee ee eee carinicollis sp. nov. a. Halsschild nur vor dem Schildchen auf dem Grund eines Hindruckes mit kurzer Mittelleiste, Fiihler und Decken rdotlich........ subfasciatus Faust. a’. Halsschild ganz ohne Mittelleiste. c’. Vorderschienen am Innenrande nicht zahnartig erweitert. cingalensis Faust. c’. Vorderschienen am Innenrande deutlich zahnartig erweitert. d’. Halsschild mit gerundeten Seiten, seine grésste Breite nahe der Mitte. e’. Die vier neben der Naht gelegenen Spatien sehr flach gewolbt, Decken rétlich, mit zwei grauen Tomentquerbinden. bifasciatus Faust. e’. Spatien, vom dritten ab, am Aussenrande scharf kantig ab- fallend. ; f’. Zahnartige Erweiterung der Vorderschienen in der Mitte, Spatien gleichmassig kantig................--..----------- infidus Faust. f°. Zahnartige Erweiterung der Schienen hinter der Mitte, 2., 4. und 6. Spatium etwas starker hervortretend. alternans Faust. ad’. Halsschild mit schwach gerundeten Seiten, fast konisch, seine grosste Breite nahe der Basis....................-.-.------ suratus sp. nov. X, D, 4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 239, Genus AGAMENTINA novum Zygopidarum prope Agametis Pasce Differt a genere Agametis: rostro breviore, funiculi articulo secundo primo paulo longiore, prothorace basi truncato, lateribus rotundatis, elytris oblongo-trigonalibus, femoribus clavatis ac brevioribus. Die Gattung unterscheidet sich von Agametis durch das relativ ktirzere 2. Geisselglied, den an der Basis nicht zweibuchtigen, sondern gerade abgestutzten Halsschild, dessen Seiten stark gerundet sind, die langlich dreieckigen, kahnfo6rmigen Fliigel- decken, die auf der Scheibe abgeflacht sind und die keulenartig verdickten, kurzen Schenkel. ? 9. Agametina discomaculata sp. nov. Nigra,-subter sqamulis ferrugineis sat parce, subter albidis dense tecta; rostro flavo, basi infuscato, carinula mediana, ac crebrius punctato; elytris squamoso-striatis, spatiis striis haud latioribus, secundo, praesertim ante declivitatem, quarto quinto- que carinulatis, macula suturali oblongo-trigona, nigro-velutina ; femoribus in dimidia parte apicali subinfuscatis, squamulis albidis remotis. Long., 5; lat., 1.8 mm. LUZON, monte Maquiling. Schwarz, oberseits mit rostbraunen Schtippchen massig dicht, unterseits mit weissen Schiippchen dicht bedeckt, eine langliche keilformige Nahtmakel in der Deckenmitte, die ihre Spitze dem Schildchen zukehrt und hinten von einer querovalen schmutzig gelbgrauen Schuppenmake! begrenzt wird, sammtschwarz. Riissel gelb, kaum so lang wie der Halsschild, in der Basalhalfte braunlich und mit Mittelleiste, an den Seiten mit gelblichen Schuppenborstchen. Fiihler gelbbraun, 2. Geisselglied wenig langer, das 3. etwas kiirzer als das 1., das 4. walzenformig, 15 mal so lang, das letzte so lang wie dick, Keule so lang wie die 3 vorhergehenden und das halbe 3. Geisselglied zusammengenom- men. MHalsschild quer mit abgesetztem, stark ausgebuchtetem Vorderrande, sehr grob und dicht punktiert, jeder Punkt von einer rostgelben, in der Halsschild Mittellinie von einer helleren ~Schuppe ausgefiillt. Schildchen langlich, nach hinten zu ver- breitert und verrundet. Fliigeldecken kahnférmig, in den Punktstreifen rostfarbig gereiht beschuppt, die Spatien schméler als die Streifen, undeutlich gekornelt, hie und da mit entfernten weissen Schtippchen, das 4. und 5. in der Mitte, das 2. hinter der Mitte starker vortretend, letzteres vor dem Deckenabsturtz etwas 230 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 hockerig, Naht im mittleren Drittel zwischen den 2. Spatien mit sammtschwarzen Keilfleck. Unterseite weisslich beschuppt, die dicken keulenf6rmigen Schenkel in der Apicalhalfte angedunkelt, mit kraftigem Zahn bewehrt, die hinteren die Deckenspitze eben erreichend. Schienen und Tarsen etwas rotgelb. 10. Chirozetes arotes sp. nov. Robustus (major quam sphaerops Wied.) niger subter parte anteriore metaepisternarum nigra excepta, scutello, prothorace in dimidia parte basali linea mediana, elytris ad suturae basin linea T- aut V-forme inversa punctisque marginalibus ad basin et ante apicem transverso-fasciatim dispositis albido-, punctis numerosis lateralibus in prothorace et in elytris lineolaque mediano-apicali in prothorace, ochraceo-squamosis; prothorace disco haud carinulato; elytris, spatio primo in dimidia parte basali remote seriato-granuloso, tarsis anticis, praesertim maris, nigro-ciliatis. Mas: prosterni cornubus subrectis, paulo diver- gentibus, apice dilatis, margine apicali exciso. Long., 13; lat., 5 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Eine der grossten Arten, mit mehr gestreckt elliptischen als cylindrischen Fligeldecken. Schwarz, Halsschildseiten sparlich, die vordere Halfte der Mittellinie dichter stroh- bis lehmgelb, hintere Halfte der Mittellinie, die Hinterecken des Halsschildes, das Schildchen, die Decken an der Wurzel, namentlich innerhalb der Schultern, eine gemeinsame verkehrt V-formige oder pfeilformige Makel an der Nahtwurzel, eine punktformig unter- brochene Querbinde vor der Spitze und die Spitze des 2. Spatiums weiss, zahlreiche Langspunkte an den Deckenseiten gelblich beschuppt. Erstes und 2. Geisselglied der etwas bradunlichen Fiihler des Mannchens gleich lang, beim Weibchen das 2. deutlich linger als das 1., die folgenden ziemlich kugelig, zusammen kiirzer als das 1. Keulenglied. Riissel im Basalteil mit 5, beim Weibchen undeutlicheren Lingsleisten,. von welchen die mittlere sehr fein ist. Halsschild breiter als lang, mit ausgebuchtetem Vorderrand, hintere Hilfte der Seitenrinder nahezu parallel, Hinterecken rechtwinkelig verrundet, Scheibe in der hinteren Halfte querrunzelig gekornt, in der vorderen dicht punktiert, nur beim Weibchen in der Mitte mit Andeutung eines kurzen Kielchens. Schildchen wenig linger als breit, schwach trape- zoidal. Fliigeldecken an der Wurzel fast gerade abgestutzt, die Spatien unter einander von ziemlich gleicher Breite, breiter als die Punktstreifen und raspelartig gekornt, nur das 1. Spatium in der Apicalhalfte ungekérnt, matt. Prosternalbewehrung des KD, 4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 931 Mannchens gerade, etwas schrag nach oben gerichtet, von oben gesehen leicht nach vorn divergierend und etwas geschwungen, der Spitzenteil schaufelartig verbreitert, am Vorderrand derartig ausgeschnitten, dass die 4ussere Spitze langer und mehr nach aussen gerichtet ist. Unterseite weisslich, die vordere Halfte der Hinterbrustepisternen und ein Langsstreifen unterhalb des Halsschildseitenrandes schwarzlich tomentiert. Tarsen unter- seits schwarz bewimpert, Spitze des 1. Vordertarsengliedes, die ganze Oberseite des 2. und 3. Gliedes weiss behaart. Klauenglied rotlich gelbbraun. Pempheres habena Pasc. Ein Exemplar aus Luzon, von Prof. Baker auf dem Banahao ~ gesammelt, unterscheidet sich von dem typischen P. habena Pasc. dadurch, dass die weissliche Beschuppung der Naht auch an der Wurzel auf diese beschrankt bleibt und der helle Mittelstreifen auf dem Halsschild hinten abgekiirzt und nicht verbreitert ist. Bei der Seltenheit der Arten dieser Gattung, von denen mir nur Hinzelstiicke vorliegen, lasst sich vorliufig nicht sagen, wie weit die erwahnten geringen Abweichungen konstant sind und zu einer besonderen Benennung: berechtigen. 11. Poropterus bengueticus sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 9. Poropterus irrito Pasc.° subsimilis, sed paulo minor, elytris pone humeros obtusangulatis ac tuberculatis summo apice ab- rupte declivi; prothorace in triente apicali transverse constricto ac utrinque tuberculato, disco tuberculis granosis duabus, singulis antrorsum seria e granulis circiter quatuor exmitente, lateribus tuberculosis, basin versus convergentibus; elytris remote forti- terque seriato-punctatis, spatiis salebrosis, sutura in dimidia parte apicali tribus tuberculis geminatis, remotis, spatio primo basi apiceque, spatio secundo prope basin, ad apicem et in medio et post medium tuberculis majoribus oblongis, spatio quarto ante et post medium tuberculis rotundatis paulo minoribus, spatiis reliquis tuberculis minutis dispersis, duobus extremis in parte mediana haud tuberculatis. Long., 9; lat., 5 mm. . LUZON, monte Maquiling. Das mir vorliegende einzige Exemplar ist bis auf die grésseren Tuberkeln, die den Scheitel braun borstig beschuppt zeigen, schwarz, kahl abgerieben und etwas kleiner als P. irritus Pasc. aus Ceram, und von diesem durch die abweichende Form des Halsschildes, der Decken und durch die andere Verteilung der ° Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1888), VI, 2, 418. 232 The Philippine Journal of Scrence 1915 Hocker verschieden. Riissel massig dicht und grob punktiert, Stirn zwischen den Augen mit tiefem Furcheneindruck, vom Scheitel, wie bei allen typischen Arten der Gattung, buchtig abge- grenzt. Ftihler dunkel rotbraun, 2. Geisselglied linger als das 1., die folgenden so lang wie dick, nach der Keule zu etwas an Grosse zunehmend. Halsschild so lang wie breit, im vorderen Drittel abgeschniirt und jederseits mit langlichem Hécker, seine Scheibe jederseits mit einem gekérntem Liangshécker, der nach vorn eine Reihe von ungefahr vier Kérnchen entsendet. Fligel- decken an der aussersten Spitze plotzlich steil abfallend, von oben gesehen daher abgestutzt erscheinend, in der hinteren Halfte der Naht mit drei von einander entfernten Paaren von kleineren Hockern. Erstes Spatium an der Wurzel und an der dussersten Spitze, 2. Spatium nahe der Wurzel, in und hinter der Mitte, so wie ebenfalls an der Spitze mit grdsserem langlichen, 4. Spatium dicht vor und hinter der Mitte mit kleineren rundlichen Héckern, im tibrigen mit zerstreuten Kornern, die zwei Ausseren Spatien, die Wurzel und Spitze ausgenommen, ohne Korner. Abdomen unpunktiert. Schenkel entfernt punktiert und beborstet, im - Spitzendrittel stark gekriimmt, die hinteren die Deckenspitze knapp erreichend. Schienen aussen mit Langsleisten. 12. Tragopus ° pygmaeus sp. nov. Aterrimus, parce breviterque nigro-, punctis nonullis ochraceo- squamoso-setosis; rostro parum arcuato, latitudine fere triplo longiore, prothorace breviore, rude subseriato-punctato ac se- tuloso; antennis prope ante medium insertis, scapo subrufescenti funiculi articulo secundo primo longiore, reliquis moniliformibus, clava ovata, articulisquinque praecedentibus zquilonga; pro- thorace longitudine latitudine aequali, lateribus rotundatis, basin versus paulo, antrorsum fortius angustatis, basi subsinuato- truncata, rude punctato, spatiis minute granulatis, parce, mar- gine antico dense nigro-, seria transversa discoidali e punctis quatuor, basali e punctis tribus ochraceo-tomentosis; elytris bre- viter ovatis, rude seriato-, lateribus irregulariter foveato-puncta- tis, sutura spatiisque tres internis minute seriato-spatiis externis vix granulatis; femaribus fere reticulatim, tibiis carinulato- punctatis. Long., 5-6.5; lat., 3 mm. LUZON, monte Maquiling. °Vergl. die Gattungstabelle von A. Lea: Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (1918), 38, 452. X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 2332 Von Gestalt des P. fossulatus Faust aber mindestens um die Halfte kleiner, schwarz, kurz schwarz beborstet, einige Quer- reihen bildende Punkte auf dem Halsschild und den Decken lehmgelb beborstet (letztere nur bei gut entfetteten Exemplaren deutlich). Rtissel grob und etwas langsstreifig punktiert, missig dicht mit nach oben gerichteten schwarzen Schuvpenborstchen besetzt. Fiihler dunkel braunrot, 2. Geisselglied langer und schlanker als das 1., die tibrigen ziemlich kugelig nach der Keule zu an Grosse und Breite zunehmend, letztere schwarz, stumpf oval. Halsschild so lang wie breit, grubig punktiert, die Spatien mit langlichen, der Vorderrand mit mehr rundlichen, glanzenden Kornern besetzt und daselbst dichter schwarz beborstet. In der Mitte des Vorderrandes mit einem, in der Mitte der Scheibe mit einer Querreihe von vier, an der gleichmassig ausgebuchteten Basis mit einer solchen aus drei lehmgelb beschuppten Punkten. Fliigeldecken grob gereiht punktiert, die schmalen, etwas ge- wolbten Spatien mit entfernten unregelmassigen Kornerreihen, die einzelnen Korner kleiner als das 3. Geisselglied und auf den ausseren 5 Spatien fast ganz fehlend, letztere zeigen einzelne zerstreute weissliche, die tibrigen ziemlich dicht stehende - schwarze Schuppenborstchen. Ausserdem finden sich auf der _ Deckenscheibe mehr oder weniger zahlreiche, bei einem Exemplar vor und hinter der Mitte zu einer undeutlichen Querreihe angeordnete, bei einem anderem ganz fehlende, lehmgelbe Schup- penpunkte. Schenkel sehr grob netzartig punktiert, unbewehrt, die hinteren die Deckenspitze sehr wenig tiberragend. Schienen an der Aussenseite mit vier Langsleisten, zwischen diesen mit borstentragenden Punktreihen. Cyamobolus sturmi var. definitus var. nov. Differt a specie typica: superficie, praeter lineis albo-squa- mosis, unicolore aterrima. LUZON, monte Maquiling. Das einzige, mir vorliegende Exemplar dieser Abanderung unterscheidet sich sehr auffallig von C. stwrmi durch die tief matt schwarze Oberseite, von der sich die weisslich beschuppten drei Langslinien des Halsschildes, der Seitenrand der Decken, der bis zur Mitte reichende Streifen auf dem 1. Spatium und die Quer- linie hinter der Deckenmitte scharf abheben. Die Korperunter- seite ist viel sparlicher wie bei der Stammart weisslich beschuppt. Da mir der typische C. sturmi u. a. auch von der Insel Samar vorliegt, so konnen erst weitere Stiicke aus Luzon dartun, ob die dort vorkommende Form als Aberration, oder als Localrace aufzufassen ist. 234 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Cyamobolus charpentieri, der auf Java und Borneo vorkommt, liegt mir ebenfalls aus Luzon, vom Berg Maquiling, vor. 13. Otidognathus fulvopictus sp. nov. Aterrimus, pro-, meso-, et metasterni lateribus ut scutello dense ochraceo-sericeis, elytris vitta obliqua, post humeros, ad scu- tellum incipiente et marginem lateralem versus directa, basi apiceque maculatim dilatata, macula rotundata anteapicali, inter suturam et striam quartam et plus minusve cum vitta conuncta, fere litteram C. formante (maculam medianam, nigram sutura- lem, transversam includente) ut macula minuta marginali ante- apicali, fulvis; sternito anali dupliciter punctato. Long., 16; lat., 7.5 mm. LUZON, Prov. Tayabas, Malinao. Dem O. elegans an Gestalt und Skulptur dhnlich, aber tief schwarz, jede Decke mit ungefahr C-, respective verkehrt C- formiger, mit ihrem convexen Teil nach aussen gerichteter gelb- roter Zeichnung. Riissel relativ kiirzer, kraftiger und gerader als bei elegans, jederseits mit bis zu den Fiihlergruben herauf reichender Reihe von langlichen Tuberkeln, zwischen diesen ohne Mittelleiste. Letztes Glied der Fiihlergeissel quer. Halsschild durchaus fein, nach den Seiten zu nicht kraftiger punktiert, Hinterrand des Scutellarlappens durch eine Querreihe gréberer Punkte abgegrenzt. Die 5 inneren Deckenstreifen wie bei ele- gans punktiert gestreift, die 4usseren gestreift punktiert nur im Spitzenteil eingedriickt, der 1. Streifen ebenso der Wurzel der Naht gendhert, Spitze des 4. und 5. Streifens spitzwinkelig mit einander zusammenstossend, die Nahtspitze mit kleinem Zahn- chen. Die rotlichgelbe Deckenzeichnung besteht aus je einer langlichen Basalmakel zwischen dem 1. und 4. Streifen und einer viereckigen Seitenmakel zwischen dem 5. Streifen und dem mittleren Teil des Seitenrandes, die durch einen schragen Streifen mit einander verbunden sind, ausserdem aus einer runden Ante- apicalmakel, zwischen Naht und 4. Streifen und einer kleinen streifenartigen auf der Spitze des 8. Spatiums. Analsternit mit doppelter Punktierung. 14. Prodioctes (?) rubrovittatus sp. nov. Angustus, ruber, antennis, prothorace vittis tribus, elytris disco utrinque usque ad striam tertiam, in triente apicali solum sutura, lateribus usque ad striam sextam, abdomine maxima parte, femoribus apice tarsisque totis nigris; antennis funiculi articulis 3.-6. transversis, prothorace latitudine distincte lon- giore, lateribus in dimidia parte basali parallelis; scutello X, D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 935 lineiforme, latitudine quintuplo longiore; pygidio carinula me- diana, parce seriato-setoso. Long., 8.5; lat., 3 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Schlank, in Korperform dem centralamerikanischen Rhodo- baenus sanguineus Gyllh., in der Farbung dem Rh. rubrovittatus Champ. ahnlich. Rot, die Fiihler, drei Streifen auf dem Hals- schild und drei auf den Fliigeldecken, von denen der mittlere bis zum 38. Langsstreifen reicht, im Spitzendrittel jedoch auf die Naht beschrainkt bleibt, der seitliche, ein schmaler Saum ausge- nommen, vom Seitenrand bis zum 6. Streifen reicht, an der Wur- zel aber bis auf das dusserste Spatium eingeengt ist. Riissel ge- bogen, fast so lang wie der Halsschild, fein zerstreut, im Basalteil kraftiger punktiert und daselbst mit Riickenfurche. Fiihler schwarz, ihr 3.6. Glied sehr deutlich quer, Keule doppelt so lang wie dick, kaum zusammengedriickt, ziemlich kegelformig, im Spitzendrittel grau tomentiert. Halsschild viel langer als breit, zerstreut punktiert, ohne Langsleisten, der schwarze Mittel- streifen vorn verjiingt, vom Seitenrandstreifen nur die halbe Breite von oben sichtbar. Schildchen linienformig, fiinfmal langer als breit. Fltigeldecken mit 10 ganzen, gleich tiefen Streifen, die kaum punktiert sind. Pygidium zerstreut gereiht beborstet, mit Mittelleiste. Unterseite und Beine mit entfernten, von einem grauen Hof umgebenen Borstenpunkten. Alle Hiiften, die Mittelbrust so wie das Abdomen, die schmalen roten Rander der Sternite ausgenommen, und die Schenkelspitzen schwarzlich. Hinterschenkel die Hinterleibsspitze erreichend, Schienen mit kurz beborsteten Langsleisten, 2. Tarsenglied nur wenig langer als breit. Wahrscheinlich liegt eine neue Gattung vor. 15. Cercidocerus curvaturatus sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 10. Niger, tomento ochraceo et albido, partim lineis formantibus, tectus; prothorace subtiliter remoteque punctato, lineis albis, una utrinque discoidali, altera supracoxali, sexta subter angulos posticos et in dimidia parte antica abbreviata; elytris striatis, spatiis partim irregulariter, spatio secundo crebrius, seriato- punctatis; sutura, spatio secundo quartoque in quarta parte basali anguste, hic etiam in triente apicali, linea postmediana semicirculari, in spatio sexto post humeros incipiente ut lineis tribus pygidialibus albido-tomentosis; corpore subter albido-, metasterni lateribus pallide ochraceo-abdomine seriebus tribus e maculis punctiformibus nigro-tomentosis. Long., 12; lat., 5 mm. LUZON, monte Maquiling. 135635——2 936 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Etwas an C. pictus Faust erinnernd, jedoch mit anderer weisser Linienzeichnung und namentlich der Halsschild viel feiner sculptiert, nur in der vorderen Halfte mit feiner undeutlich erhabener Mittellinie. Die weissliche Halsschildzeichnung hbe- steht aus einem breiten Streifen auf der Vorderbrust, je einer Linie beiderseits der Mittellinie und tiber den Vorderhiiften, die durch den weissen Vorderrand mit einander verbunden sind und einer in der vorderen HAalfte abgekiirzten Linie, die dicht unter den Hinterecken verlauft und von oben daher nicht sichtbar ist. Schildchen lang gestreckt dreieckig, mit feiner Mittelfurche. Fligeldecken gestreift, die Naht und die meisten Spatien mit einer, das 2.-8. Spatium mit verworrenen Punkten. MHinter der Schulter beginnt auf dem 6. Spatium eine weissliche Linie, die hinter der Mitte die Naht durchschneidet und einen halben Kreis- bogen bildet, ausserdem ist die Naht, das Basalviertel des 2. und 4., so wie das Apicaldrittel des letzteren weisslich tomentiert, diese letzteren Linien verschmalern sich nach vorn und reichen bis an die Bogenlinie heran. Pygidium grob punktiert, alle Rander und die Mittellinie weisslich, Seiten der Decken dichter lehmgelb tomentiert. Zweites bis 5. Bauchsternit in der Mitte und an der Seite je mit schwarzlicher Punktmakel, letztes Sternit an der Spitze mit einer solchen. Beine einfarbig weisslich, Schienen mit der tiblichen einfachen Punktreihe. 16. Aphioda integripennis sp. nov. Nigra fortiter punctata, indumento cereo tecta; rostro lati- tudine duplo dimidiaque parte longiore, prothorace fere tertia parte breviore; antennis ante rostri medium insertis, scapo compressiusculo, oculi marginem posticum vix attingente, funi culo scapo breviore, articulo primo crasso secundo longiore, reliquis apicem versus lititudine increscentibus; clava fusiforme, articulis sex praecedentibus unitis longitudine aequali; capite rostri tribus quadrantibus longitudine aequali; prothorace lati- tudine multo longiore, antrorsum paulo angustato; scutello punctiforme; elytris prothorace plus duplo dimidiaque parte longioribus, basi singulis perpaulo obliquatis, rude striato- punctatis, punctis spatiis multo latioribus, spatio secundo quarto- que apicem versus tenuissime carinulatis ac subgranulosis; sutura, stria prima secundaque apice foveato-impressis; femo- ribus posticis sterniti abdominalis secundi apicem haud attingen- tibus; abdomine planiusculo, rude punctato, sternito abdominali secundo tribus sequentibus unitis paulo breviore. Long., 6.5; lat., 1 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. X, D, 4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 237 Pascoe‘ beschreibt eine merkwiirdige Curculioniden-Gattung, die er mit Fragezeichen zu den Calandriden stellt und von der er die ihm einzige bekannte Art auf pl. VII, fig. I und Ia, abbildet. Nur auf Grund dieser Figuren konnte ich die mir vorliegende Art von den Philippinen als zu dieser Gattung gehdrend erkennen, denn ich wiirde sie eher fiir eine aberrante Form, mit schmal getrennten Vorderhiiften und linearen Schenkeln und Schienen, der Hylobiidz, etwa bei Paipalesomus gehalten haben. Spatere Untersuchungen miissen erst dartun, ob Pascoes Vermutung, dass eine neue zwischen den Campylosceliden und Calandriden ein- zuschiebende Subfamilie vorliege, Bestatigung findet. Die nur in einem Exemplar mir vorliegende philippinische Art ist mit einer gelben wachsartigen, schwer zu entfernenden Aus- schwitzung dicht bedeckt und unterscheidet sich von A. diura sofort durch die an der Spitze gemeinsam abgerundeten Fliigel- decken. Die Naht ist sehr wenig verkiirzt und in ihrem Spitzen- teil tief grubig eingedriickt. Dieser Eindruck sowohl als die ahnlichen Eindriicke an der Spitze des 1. und 2. Punktstreifens werden nach aussen hin von der etwas leistenartig vortretenden Spitze der Naht und des 2. Spatiums begrenzt. Deckenbasis im vergleich zu diura sehr wenig abgeschragt. CERAMBYCINA: 17. Halme (?) spinicornis sp. nov. Fulva, subtiliter remoteque erecte pilosa, femoribus fortiter pedunculato-clavatis, intermediis et posticis in dimidia parte basali, ut tibiis anticis, infuscatis, tibiis intermediis et posticis nigris; elytris apice rotundatis, macula, transversa, postmediana, subcallosa, eburnea; antennis articulo tertio apice spina, oblique introrsum directa, armato; prothorace globoso, irregulariter punctato; cutello, punctisque duobus lateralibus in prothorace ut mesosterni, metasterni et abdominis lateribus, albo-sericeo- maculatis. Long., 7; lat., 2 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Gelbbraun, Vorderschienen und Basalhalfte der Mittel- und Hinterschenkel braunlich, Mittel- und Hinterschienen schwarz, eine querstreifenf6rmige, schwielige Makel hinter der Decken- mitte elfenbeinweiss. Das Schildchen, zwei Punkte, einer aussen iiber der Vorderhiifte, der andere in der Mitte des Seitenrandes, die Seitenstiicke der Mittelbrust, eine die hintere, 4ussere Ecke der Hinterbrust und die hintere Halfte ihrer Seitenstiicke ein- * Journ. Linn. Soc. (1871), 11, 214. 238 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 nehmende Makel weisslich seidenglanzend behaart. Stirn unre- gelmassig zerstreut punktiert. Fiihler vom 5. Glied ab matt und von da nach der Spitze zu an Dicke zunehmend, die Glieder vom dritten ab ohne Langsfurche, das 2. Glied mindestens doppelt so lang wie dick, das 3. betrachtlich langer wie das nur undeutlich punktierte erste und an der Spitze innen mit schrag abstehendem fadenférmigen Dorn, der dem halben Glied an Lange gleich- kommt. Fliigeldecken entfernt, nach der Spitze zu viel feiner punktiert, die Punkte langs der Naht gereiht punktiert, auch an der Deckenwurzel viel kleiner als ihre Zwischenriume. Schenkel und Schienen wie der ganze Kafer fein lang abstehend behaart, die gebogenen Hinterschienen innen ohne Langsfurchen und Leisten, grob, etwas kornig gereiht punktiert. Tarsen gelb- braun. Die abweichende Form der Fiihler diirfte, trotz der sonstigen Uebereinstimmung dieser Art mit Halme, spater Anlass zur Errichtung einer neuen Gattung geben. 18. Polyphida monticola sp. nov. P. metallicae Nonfr. affinis sed major, niger subter argenteo, elytris obscure viridi-aeneis fasciatim subaurato-sericeis; anten- nis articulo primo in fronte longitudinaliter sulcato, quarto aequi- longo, tertio duobus sequentibus unitis paulo breviore; prothorace subcylindrico, latitudine distincte longiore, disco ante medium carinula transversa, reliquo sat remote punctato; scutello semi- circulari; elytris apice truncato, foris spinoso, in dimidia parte basali manifeste, reliquis subtilius punctatis, in primo triente macula transversa, subimpressa, post medium fascia, foras angustata quintaque parte apicali subaurato-sericeis. Long., 16; lat., 4 mm. LUZON, Prov. Bataan, Limay. Grosser als alle bisher bekannten Arten und in der Farbung der affinis Nonfr. (—feae Gahan) dhnlich, namlich schwarzlich, unterseits weisslich seidenglanzend, die Fltigeldecken dunkel erzgriin mit gelblichweiss seidenartig tomentierten Querbinden, ausserdem iiberall spdrlich und fein weiss abstehend behaart. Stirn mit feiner Mittelfurche, beiderseits dieser glatt, mit einigen groben Punkten. Erstes Fiihlerglied etwas braunlich, vorn mit einer aussen von einer Leiste begrenzten Langsfurche. Hals- schild langer als breit (5 « 3.5), mit sehr schwach gerundeten, vor der Mitte kaum merklich eingeschniirten Seiten, auf der Scheibe, vor der Mitte, mit einer Querleiste, im tibrigen entfernt punktiert. Schildchen halbkreisfoérmig.* Fliigeldecken an der * Die Abbildung von P. feae Gahan [Ann. Mus. Genova (1894), 34, Taf. I, Fig. 8] zeigt ein spitz dreieckiges Schildchen. X, D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 929 Wurzel, besonders der 5. Streifen grob gereiht, nach hinten zu allmahlich feiner und da verworren punktiert, ihre Spitze abge- stutzt, aussen mit kurzem Dorn. Im basalen Deckendrittel eine leicht eingedriickte Quermakel, hinter der Mitte eine aussen ver- schmalerte Querbinde und das ganze Spitzenfiinftel fein gelblich seidenartig tomentiert. Hinterschenkel die Deckenspitze eben erreichend. 19. Nericonia glabricollis sp. nov. Fusea, parce nigro-, antennis pedibusque albido-ciliatis; abdo- mine elytrorumque quarta parte apicali nitido-glabris, haud tomentosis; prothorace disco haud tuberculato, nitido glabro; scutello ochraceo, elytris subaurato aut ferrugineo, fasciisque tribus, una obliqua basali ad suturam interrupta, altera ante- mediana, ad suturam antrorsum producta, tertia, recta, ante- apicali, griseo-tomentosis; femoribus fuscis unicoloribus, tibiis nigricantibus. Long., 6.5; lat., 2 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Kastanienbraun, die Fiihler helbraun, 2-5. Abdominalsternit und Spitzenviertel der Decken glanzend schwarz, diese im iibrigen fein goldig rostgelb tomentiert, mit drei grauen Querbinden, eine schrage basale, die die Naht nicht erreicht, eine nach innen verbreiterte, vor der Mitte, an der Naht nach vorn ausgezogene, und eine gerade, die den schwarzen kahlen, nur sparlich bewim- perten Apicalteil vorn begrenzt. Halsschild, mit Ausnahme der fein rostgelb tomentierten Basalfurche, so wie der Kopf glanzend, sehr spidrlich schwarz abstehend bewimpert, so lang wie an den Seitenhéckern breit, die Scheibe ohne Hocker, gleich- massig gewodlbt. Fiihlerschaft die Spitze der Seitenhdcker erreichend, etwas langer als das 3. Glied, das 4. etwas langer als das 8. Schildchen wenig breiter als lang, rechteckig, der Spit- zenrand verrundet. Fliigeldecken nicht ganz dreimal so lang wie breit (8.3 < 3), oberseits mit 4 groben, in der Deckenmitte erldschenden Punktreihen. Schenkel einfarbig gelbbraun, so wie die schwdrzlichen Schienen sparlich weiss abstehend bewimpert, die Hinterschienen langer als die Hinterschenkel. Seiten der Mittelbrust und die hintere Aussenecke der Hinter- brust weiss tomentiert. Die letzten 5 Fiihlerglieder fehlen dem vorliegendem Unicum. Von den zwei bekannten Arten: N. tri- fasciata Pasc. aus Sarawak und N. morio Gah. aus Birma u. a. durch die an der Wurzel nicht weiss geringelten Schenkel zu unterscheiden. 240 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 20. Diochares mindanaonis sp. nov. Niger, ochraceo-marmoratus, elytris utrinque macula trans- versa, antemediana, nigro-marmorata; antennis maris corpore duplo longioribus, nigricantibus; vertice, ut in D. fimbriato, lineis tribus ochraceis; prothorace transverso, tuberis lateralibus sub- acutis, vittis tribus longitudinalibus, mediana sat obsoleta, disco utrinque, ante medium, plaga subelevata, elliptico-transversa, post medium transverse plicato; elytris in triente basali fortius ac subasperato-, reliquis subtiliter remote, humeris granuloso- punctatis, apice anguste truncatis, angulo externo subdentato. Long., 16-18; lat., 4.5-6 mm. MINDANAO, Davao (legit W. Micholitz). Eine infolge der geringen Ko6rpergrosse an die Gattung Hpe- peotus erinnernde, lehmgelb und fein marmorierte Art, die aber wegen der an der Basis entfernten Fiihlerhocker zu Diochares gestellt werden muss und in der Linienzeichnung des Kopfes und Halsschildes viel Ahnlichkeit mit dem. immer viel grésseren D. fimbriatus hat. Der Thorax zeigt an den Seiten eine stumpfere Bewehrung, auf der Scheibe beiderseits vor der Mitte eine quere, ovale, wenig erhohte, geglattete Flache, hinter der Mitte 1-3 leichte Querrunzeln. Schildchen dicht lehmgelb tomentiert. Fliigeldecken in der Apicalhalfte mit Suturalfurche, fein punkt- artig marmoriert, die dunkle Makel vor der Mitte weder die Naht noch den Seitenrand erreichend, von einer mehr einfarbig lehmfarbigen Zone umgeben. Deckenspitzen schmal abgestutzt, ihre Aussenecke undeutlich zahnformig. Unterseite und Beine schwarz, sehr fein und sparlich, die Epimeren der Mittelbrust, der Hinterrand der Hinterbrust und der Bauchsternite etwas dichter lehmgelb tomentiert. Pascoe ® fiihrt auch D. fimbriatus von Manila an, von welchem Fundort ich noch kein Exemplar zu sehen Gelegenheit hatte. 21. Cereopsius irregularis sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 11. Niger, femoribus anticis basi tibiisque anticis, parte apicali incurvatis, obscure sanguineis; lobo oculari inferiore latitudine altiore; prothorace margine antico posticoque, scutello, elytris, apice truncatis, fascia in primo quarta, fasciisque vermiculosim ac racemosim confiuentibus, in dimidia parte apicali, prosterno, mesothoracis episternis sternitisque abdominalibus in margine postico, albo-tomentosis. Long., 19.5; lat., 5 mm. ° Trans. Ent. Soc. London, III, 3, 304. X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 2A1 LUZON, monte Banahao. Von der gestreckten Gestalt des C. praetorius Er., der untere Augenlappen aber wie bei C. varius mihi? deutlich héher als breit, die Vorderschienen in der Apicalhalfte nach innen ge- bogen, Deckenspitzen breiter und vollkommen gerade abgestutzt, die 4ussere Ecke kaum merklich zahnartig ausgezogen. Grund- farbung schwarz, Wurzel der Vorderschenkel und die ganzen Vorderschienen dunkel blutrot. Stirn mit haarfeiner Mittel- leiste, fein, ein seitlicher Langsstreifen dichter grau tomentiert. Halsschildvorder- und Hinterrand mit weissem Toment, das durch die Randfurche teilweise in zwei Linien gespalten wird. Das quere, verrundete Schildchen, ebenso eine Querbinde im ersten Deckenviertel und unregelmassig verdstelt in einander fliessende Quermakeln in der hinteren Deckenhalfte, die Vorder- brust, die Episternen der Hinterbrust und die Spizenrainder der Abdominalsternite weiss tomentiert. Die zerstreuten Punkte der Decken sind an der Wurzel etwas raspelartig gekornt, werden aber nach hinten zu immer feiner und sparlicher. Beine fein grau tomentiert, Mittel- und Hinterschienen auf dem Riicken in der Spitzenhalfte schwarz behaart. 22. Anancylus strix sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 12. Fusco-niger, elytris variegatim fusco- nigro- et albido, corpore subter capiteque luteo-squamosis; antennis corpore plus duplo longioribus, brunneis articulis singulis bsi anguste abidis, scapo in fronte longitudinaliter sulcato, articulo tertio subarcuato, scapo aequilongo, articulo quarto distincte longiore; prothorace transverso, remote punctato, luteo tomentoso, maculis fuscis sat symetrice dispositis; scutello transverso-rotundato, utrinque in- fuscato; elytris intra humeros longitudinaliter subimpressis, linea suturali praesertim in dimidia parte apicali impressa, in triente basali subgranoso-, reliquis apicem versus subtilius punctatis, basi utrinque plaga discali, femoribus tibeesque basi apiceque fusco-, quarta parte basali luteo-, fascia mediana fusco-bifenes- trata, altera subapicali racemosa ut tarsis articulis duabus basa- libus albo-tomentosis. Long., 13; lat., 5 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Obwohl das Mesosternum dieser Art einen stumpfen Hocker trigt, stelle ich sie vorlaufig in diese Gattung. Der Kopf ist parallelseitig und die Stirn langlich, die Backen wie bei A. 0 Abh. u. Ber. Mus. Dresden (1889-90), Nr. 8, 85, Taf. Fig. 10. 242 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 maculosus Auriv.! viel héher als der untere Augenlappen und ausserdem der Fiihlerschaft vorn der Lange nach gefurcht. Die Farbung ist dunkelbraun, unterseits lehmfarben, oberseits in der aus der Abbildung ersichtlichen Verteilung braun, weiss und ockergelb tomentiert. Die dunklen Makeln auf dem Halsschild und auf den Decken sind schwarzbraun. Sie stehen auf ersterem auf lehmfarbigem, auf letzterem im basalen Viertel auf ocker- bis rostgelbem Grund, die helle durch dunkle Makeln unterbro- chene Bindenzeichnung in der Mitte und vor der Spitze ist weiss. Auf der lehmgelben Unterseite ist nur je eine Makel an den Seiten der Hinterbrust und in der Mitte der ihnen anlie- genden Episternen so wie die Wurzel und Spitze der Schenkel und Schienen schwarzbraun, alle ersten und zweiten Tarsen- glieder oberseits weiss tomentiert. 23. Cacia xenoceroides sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 13. Nigricans, corpore subter, prothorace lateribus vittaque me- diana, scutello, elytris sutura, margine basali et laterali anguste maculaque transversa antemediana, margine laterali confluenti et infra humeros vittam, parum curvatam, basin versus exmit- tente, albido-tomentosis; antennis articolo tertio quartoque basi, quinto fere toto albidis, quarto in femina apice subter nigropeni- cillato; tibiis anticis apice, intermediis et posticis prope basin et ad apicem, femoribus intermediis et posticis macula anteapicali apicalique nigris. Long., 9-13; lat., 3-5 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Grauschwarz, Unterseite, Stirn, ein Streifen auf dem Scheitel, drei auf dem Halsschild, das Schildchen, mit Ausnahme der seitlichen Ecken, eine Quermakel vor der Mitte der Decken, die innerhalb der Schulter einen Streifen nach der Deckenbasis zu entsendet, so wie alle Deckenrinder weisslich. Fihler schwarz- lich, Wurzel des 3.4. und das 5., mit Ausnahme der schwarzen Spitze, weisslich, das 4. beim Weibchen in der Spitzenhalfte unterseits mit schwarzem Haarbiischel. Halsschildseiten mit zerstreuten Punkten. Fliigeldecken gleichmassig gewolbt und nur im Basaldrittel mit sehr zerstreuten, feinen, etwas raspel- artig gekérnten, Naht bis iiber die Mitte hinaus, mit entfernt ge- reihten Punkten. Die weisslichgraue Zeichnung ist am besten aus der beigegebenen Skizze (Fig. 13) zu entnehmen. Unterseite ganz weisslich, zuweilen das 1. und 2. Abdominalsternit an den Seiten und die Schenkel vor und an der Spitze, die Schienen in der Regel in der Basalhalfte, die Wurzel ausgenommen, schwarzlich. 1 Arkiv f. Zool. (1911), 7, Nr. 19, 16. X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 243 24. Cacia ululasp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 14. Nigra, ochraceo-tomento, vartice prothoraceque utrinque vitta, elytris fasciis irregularibus duabus, una postbasali, altera me- diana, zigzag-forme lineisque vermiculosis in parte apicali fusco- tomentosis; antennis nigris, articulo tertio, quarto quintoque basi albido-tomentosis, quarto apice nigro-fimbriato; corpore subter lateribus ochraceo-, medio albido-, marginibus mesoepis- ternis, metasterni margine laterali, metaepisternis vitta obliqua maculisque in lateralibus in metasterno et in segmentis abdomi- nalibus ut vittis duabus in pygidio et macula mediana et apicali in femoribus, altera antemediana et apicali in tibiis, fusco- tomentosis. Long., 15; lat., 5.8 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Hine relativ grosse, infolge der Deckenzeichnung an die Gat- tung Coptops erinnernde Art, bei der auf der Unterseite das lehmfarbige Toment vorwiegt, wahrend auf der Oberseite dieses und die schwarzbraunen Stellen ungefahr die gleiche Flache be- decken. Diese bestehen hauptsdchlich aus je einer Langsbinde hinter dem Auge, zwei eben solchen auf dem Thorax, die aber unregelmassig gerandet und durch Makeln unterbrochen sind und aus zwei Zickzackbinden auf den Decken, eine hinter der Wurzel, die andere hinter der Mitte, ausserdem aus verworrenen eine un- deutliche und sehr schmale Zickzackbinde bildenden Strichen. Die Mitte der Korperunterseite ist weisslich, die Seiten sind lehmgelb tomentiert, der Rand der Mittelbrustepisternen, der Aussenrand der Hinterbrust, eine Schragbinde auf den Hinter- brustepisternen, je eine Makel an den Seiten der Hinterbrust und der Abdominalsternite sowie in der Mitte und an der Spitze der Schenkel und eine vor der Mitte und im Spitzendrittel der Schienen, dunkelbraun. Tarsen oberseits weiss, nur die Lappenspitzen des dritten Gliedes schwarz. 25. Cacia proteus sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 16. Castanea, subtiliter ochraceo-tomentosa, fronte inter anten- narum basi fascia transversa nigricante, vertice prothoraceque utrinque vitta, scutello elytrisque maculis fuscis anguste livido- marginatis, una basali intra humeros, margine postico diluto, altera postmediana obliqua, elliptica (interdum in maculis tribus divisa) et tribus minoribus oblongis, una suturali et duabus marginalibus, plus minusque inter se conjunctis, in apice; Antennis brunneis, articulo tertio quartoque basi anguste, quinto fere toto, apice nigro excepto, albo-tomentosis ; fronte sat remote, prothorace parcius, elytris in dimidia parte basali distincte ac 244 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 subseriatim in parte apicali subtilius punctatisa corpore subter uniforme luteo-tomentoso, metaepisternis margine inferiore fusco; tibiis in medio late albido-anulatis. Long., 8.5-10; lat., 3-4 mm. LUZON, monte Maquiling. Zwei in der Grésse und Zeichnung abweichende Stiicke von der gleichen Ortlichkeit halte ich zu derselben Art gehorend und mit C. intricata Pasc. verwandt. Die Grundfarbung ist ein dunkles Rotbraun, die Tomentierung fein lehmfarben, auf den dunklen, am besten aus der Abbildung (Fig. 16) ersichtlichen Makeln, schwarzlich, an deren Randern weisslichgelb. Wahrend das kleinere Stiick dicht hinter der Mitte eine einzige schrig gestellte grosse Makel aufweist, zeigt das gréssere an dieser Stelle drei kleine (siehe die Fig. 15). Sie wurde als var. dis- qguncta nov. bezeichnet. 26. Euclea ruficollis sp. nov. Nigra, subtiliter cinereo-tomentosa, prothorace sanguineo, antice haud armato; antennis articulo quarto scapo haud lon- giore; scutello longitudine fere triplo latiore; elytris punctis pallide ferrugineo-tomentosis, dense adspersis; corpore subter ochraceo-tomentoso, nigro-punctato. Long., 16; lat., 5 mm. LUZON, monte Maquiling. Schwarzlich, Halsschild mit Ausnahme des Vorder- und Hinterrandes rot, oberseits, namentlich in den Punkten, fein weisslich. Unterseite und Kopf mehr lehmgelb tomentiert, die Fliigeldecken mit blass rostgelben Punktmakeln dicht bedeckt. Unterer Augenlappen stark quer, deutlich niedriger als der Vorderrand der Backen, Stirn am Vorderrande beiderseits der Mittelleiste mit Eindruck, im tibrigen entfernt und grob punk- tiert. Die basalen vier Fiihlerglieder, mit Ausnahme der Spitze des 3. und 4., sparlich weiss tomentiert, das letztere etwas ktirzer als das 1. Glied (bei EF. albata New. viel linger), das 5. halb so lang wie das 4., die folgenden an Lange abnehmend. Halsschild vorn, an den Seiten, unbewehrt, diese ziemlich gerade und nach hinten zu divergierend, seine Oberseite ziemlich entfernt und flach punktiert, die Scheibe mit geglattetem Langsfieck, am Basalrand in der Mitte mit leichtem in der Mitte undeutlich gekieltem Lingseindruck. Schildchen fast dreimal so breit wie lang. Fliigeldecken der ganzen Lange nach deutlich, aber kaum gereiht punktiert, im Spitzendrittel mit Nahtstreifen. Unter- seite blass rostgelb (isabellfarben) tomentiert, mit grossen schwarzlichen Kahlpunkten. X, D, 4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 9A5 Genus PROTEUCLEA novum Niphonidarum Differt a genere Euclea: antennis longioribus ac gracilioribus, apicem versus sensim attenuatis ac elytrorum apicem fere at- tingentibus, articulo quarto quinto vix duplo, articulo quinto latitudine fere quinquiens longiore, articulis quinque ultimis inter se magnitudine parum differentibus. 27. Proteuclea laterivitta sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 17. Nigra, omnino ochraceo-tomentosa, supra creberrime, subter punctis nigris parce adspersis; elytris linea laterali, post humeros incipiente, subflexuosa, ante apicem evanescenti, cretaceo- squamosa; antennis nigris, subtilissime ochraceo-tomentosis. Long., 15; lat., 4.6 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Schwarz, Abdomen braunlich, tiberall lehmgelb tomentiert, unterseits sehr zerstreut, oberseits dichter punktiert, die Punkte mit schwarzen Hofen, die auf der Halsschildscheibe, ausgenommen in der Mittellinie und auf der inneren Deckenhalfte, ausgenom- men auf der Naht, fast ganz zusammenfliessen und nur Spuren des lehmgelben Tomentes frei lassen. Deckenseiten mit einem tiber den Hinterbrustepisternen beginnendem, hinten fein ausge- zogenen und drei Viertel der Decken einnehmenden, weiss tomen- tierten Langsstreifen. Oberlippe und Epistom gelbrot, Stirn grob zerstreut punktiert, mit etwas undeutlicher Mittelleiste, die auf dem Scheitel in eine feine Furche tibergeht. Fiihler einfar- big schwarz, fein lehmgelb tomentiert, Schaft kaum merklich punktiert, sein freier Teil doppelt so lang wie dick und sehr wenig langer wie das 5. Glied. MHalsschild (von der Spitze der Hinterecken ab gemessen) so lang wie breit, Seiten dicht hinter dem Vorderrande mit kurzem spitz konischem Hocker, Mittellinie in der Basalhalfte kahl. Decken gleichmAassig zerstreut punk- tiert, die Punkte an der Deckenwurzel grober. Hinterschenkel die Mitte des 3. Bauchsternites erreichend und, so wie die an- deren, gross schwarz zerstreut punktiert, Schienen einfarbig, 2. Glied der Vordertarsen so lang wie breit. 28. Xyaste uniformis sp. nov. Fulvo-testacea, subtilissime aurato-tomentosa, capite thorace- que plus saturate fulvis; antennis corpore dimidia parte longiori- bus, articulis tribus basalibus totis, ut quinque ultimis, nigris, reliquis fuscis in dimidia parte apicali nigricantibus, articulo tertio quarto aequilongo; fronte convexa prothoraceque remote 246 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 punctatis ; scutello transverso-rotundato; elytris latitudine duplo longioribus, apice singulis subrotundatis, unicoloribus, stria suturali, usque ad apicem seriato-punctatis; corpore subter sub- tilissime parceque aureo-sericeo. Long., 7-8; lat., 2.5 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Hinfarbig, Kopf, Halsschild und Hinterbrust etwas gesattigter bréunlichgelb, tiberall fein goldgelb tomentiert. Die Mandibel- spitzen, die ersten drei und letzten fiinf Fiihlerglieder ganz, die tibrigen nur in der Spitzenhalfte schwarzlich, das 3. Glied nur so lang wie das 4. Halsschild breiter als lang, an der Basis etwas schmdaler als am Vorderrand, vor der Wurzel sehr schwach ein- geschniirt, zerstreut punktiert und wie bei Serixia und den fol- genden Arten die Scheibe hinten in einem dem Schildchen zuge- kehrten geglatteten, verrundeten Hocker tibergehend. Fliigel- decken doppelt so lang wie breit, mit Nahtstreifen, bis zu den einzeln schwach abgerundeten Spitzen hin, daselbst aber feiner gereiht punktiert, zwischen der 1. und 2. Punktreihe mit ver- worrenen Punkten, vom 2. Streifen ab die Zwischenraume breiter als die Punkte. Unterseite sehr fein und sparlich goldgelb to- mentiert, mit zerstreuten langeren etwas abstehenden goldgelben Haaren. Ich stelle dies und die folgenden Arten in diese Gattung weil sie mir wegen der relativ langen Fiihler, trotzdem das 3. Fiihler- glied nicht verdickt ist, mir naiher mit ihr als wie mit Serixia verwandt scheint. 29. Xyaste varioscapus sp. nov. Fulvo-testacea, elytris sericeo-tomentosis, apice nigricantibus; antennis maris corpore plus duplo, feminae paulo longioribus, nigricantibus, scapo basi apiceque, interdum solum in dimidia parte basali fulvo, articulo quarto in dimidia parte basali tes- taceo; prothorace transverso, remote punctato, margine apicali basali paulo latiore, vitta mediana in dimidia parte basali haud punctata; scutello transverso; elytris stria suturali simplici, reli- quis seriato-punctatis, punctis ad basin majoribus in triente apicali evanescentibus. Long., 6-8; lat., 1.5-2 mm. LUZON, montibus Maquiling et Banahao. Blass briunlichgelb, Thorax und Kopf etwas mehr rotlichgelb, Apicalhalfte der Mandibel, die Fiihler mit Ausnahme der Wurzel und zuweilen auch der Spitze des 1. und der Basalhalfte des 3. Gliedes so wie das Spitzenfiinftel der Decken schwiarzlich. Fiihler des Mainnchens mindestens doppelt so lang, beim Weibchen X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 9AT nur wenig langer als der Korper, ihr Schaft roétlich gelbbraun, gewohnlich nur im mittleren Teil schwarzlich geringelt, zuweilen jedoch in der ganzen Apicalhalfte schwarz, das 3. Glied linger als der Schaft, das 4. in der Basalhalfte, zuweilen auch die Wurzel des 5., braunlichgelb. Stirn mit haarfeiner Mittellinie, beider- seits zerstreut punktiert. Halsschild quer, nach vorn deutlich verbreitert, unregelmassig zerstreut punktiert, in der Basalhalfte mit unpunktierter Mittelschwiele. Fliigeldecken dreimal so lang wie breit, gereiht punktiert, die Punkte in der Apicalhalfte ver- schwindend, dichter und heller als Kopf und Thorax, gelblich seidenartig tomentiert, ihr schwarzer Spitzenteil vorn ziemlich gerade abgegrenzt. Unterseite einfarbig, zart seidenartig to- - mentiert, die Hinterschenkel das 4. Abdominalsternit deutlich iiberragend. 30. Xyaste trigonocephala sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 18 und 19. Praecedenti, varioscapo, verisimilis, sed fronte triangulariter dilatata, antennis articulis quatuor basalibus fulvis, scapo medio nigro-anulato; elytris macula nigra subapicali, transversa tibiis- que in dimidia parte basali margine externo nigris; femoribus posticis pygidii apicem attingentibus. Long., 8; lat., 2 mm. LUZON, monte Banahao. Der vorigen Art sehr ahnlich, der Kopf aber (von vorn ge- sehen) zu einem gleichseitigem Dreieck verbreitert, dessen Aus- senecken die unteren Augenlappen bilden. Die ersten vier Glie- der der Fiihler vorwiegend rotlichgelb, der Schaft kiirzer als das 3. Glied, in der Mitte mit schragem schwarzen Ringel, 4usserste Spitze des 3. und das Spitzenviertel des 4. Gliedes, so wie der Vorderrand der Vorderschienen, in der Basalhalfte und eine undeutliche Makel an der Deckenspitze schwarzlich. Hinter- schenkel die Spitze des Abdomens erreichend. Abdomen,nament- lich aber die Episternen der Hinterbrust, dicht gelblichweiss seidenartig tomentiert. es Cat ay 4 Uy ee 1 Dg GELS .F A 5 Pi py rat % foe ep oe fevtihe oe ons wii st ‘nob 90) ata * retin. pee me ny fie ine Pie ‘i hutie eae eee et a ee oe ey we ere eb a1 AGEN ok OOS eh wily . a iy Velo Wun Fie. 1, 3, 5, . Polycatus eupholoides 8. . Polycatus eupholoides?. Umriss des Thorax und Deckenzeichnung. . Poropterus bengueticus. Umrisszeichnung. . Cercidocerus curvaturatus. . Cereopsius irregularis. . Anancylus strix. . Cacia xenoceroides. . Cacia ulula. . Cacia proteus var. disjuncta. Linke Fliigeldecke, im Umriss. . Cacia proteus. . Proteuclea laterivitta. . Xyaste trigonocephala. Kopf, Umriss von vorn. . Xyaste trigonocephala. Kopf, Thorax und Deckenwurzel, im TAFELERKLARUNG TAFEL I 2. Metapocyrtus pachyrrhynchoides. Umriss des Thorax und Dek- kenzeichnung von oben und von der Seite. 4. Metapocyrtus bakeri. Dergleichen. 6. Hupyrgops banahaonis. Dergleichen. Umriss. 249 pares pee itor haw pine it : eb 3 a Par ge fame i ie aa ee Ne Re oy “eilagalt aol nbedigyasnte Phd = Leleaee wot fete eetod tT Sie x Pose daar he [PHiu. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 4. HELLER: KAFER VON DEN PHILIPPINEN.] TAFEL I. NEUE KAFER VON DEN PHILIPPINEN. TWO AMPHIPODA OF LUZON ; By C. F. BAKER (From the College of Agriculture, Los Banos, P. I.) THREE PLATES The great, shallow, fresh-water lake of central Luzon, Bay . Lake, connected with the sea by Pasig River, possesses a fauna of unusual interest. For example, the curious water snake (Chersydrus granulatus Schneider) is common, and the fisher- men sometimes use its blood to dye their nets. A shark is said to occur in the lake. Its waters possess a marvelously rich plankton and swarm with crustaceans. The bottom is occupied by vast colonies of univalve and bivalve mollusks. Fresh-water sponges are abundant. Finally, under débris along its shores are to be found amphipods and isopods. The amphipods found here are of very peculiar interest, for the reason that a few miles distant, at an altitude of 1,060 meters on Mount Maquiling, in the mossy forest, occurs a closely related but very distinct species of the same genus, Parorchestia. Search in streams between these two stations has so far failed to produce amphipods: The beach form lives at water margin, the mountain form under stones in the dripping mossy forest. The beach form has short antennz and fully developed pleopods, while the mountain form has long antennz and reduced pleopods. The heavier armature of the uropods in the mountain form may be an adaptation to the terrestrial life. In form of perion, pleon, and pereiopods, the two species are very much alike. These two species are clearly Talitride by the palpless man- dible and the third uropod of one ramus. Likewise they belong to the genus Parorchestia of Stebbing by the distinct and non- unguiform fourth joint of the palp of the maxillipeds and by the simple two-jointed third uropod. In both species the pleopods decrease very rapidly in size from first to third, though otherwise they are normal. Talitroides of Bonnier, found in a conservatory at Ghent, probably came from some tropical forest, and must be very close to Parorchestia, if not synonymous with it, since in one of our species the pleopods are reduced, though still normal. 135635——3 251 252 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Parorchestia tenuis (Dana) was found in New Zealand “among roots of grass and in small stream.” Parorchestia hawaiensis (Dana) is from the Hawaiian Islands. Parorchestia sylvicola (Dana), also from New Zealand, was found in “moist soil in the bottom of the extinct volcano of Taiamai, far from the sea.” Curiously enough our mountain form comes from the bottom of an extinct crater, and both of our forms are most nearly related to P. sylvicola. Other talitrids have been reported from tropical forests, usu- ally from high altitudes. Chiltonia mihiwaka (Chilton) comes from high mountain streams in New Zealand, but Chiltonia has antennz I and II of equal length and uropod III 1-jointed. Or- . chestia rectimana (Dana) is from high altitudes in Tahiti; O. montana Weber, from high altitudes in Celebes; O. parvispinosa Weber from high altitudes in Java; O. humicola Marts. is a ter- restrial species from Japan; and O. bottae M. E. has been found in Holland, remote from the sea. Likewise Talitrus furnishes several terrestrial species, as, 7. sylvaticus Hasw. from New South Wales and Tasmania, T. allawdi Chevr. from Seychelles, and T. gullivert Miers from Rodriguez Island. But Orchestia and Talitrus are both characterized by a wanting or rudimentary fourth joint of palp of maxilliped. It seems, from the specific descriptions, as if a number of the terrestrial talitrids, especially those from high altitudes, should be reexamined — as to their generic relationships to Parorchestia.' Following Stebbing, in the ‘““Amphipoda Gammaridea” of Das Tierreich, the species, including our two new Luzon forms, may be arranged as follows: Genus PARORCHESTIA Stebbing Synopsis of species. a’. Antenne I with third joint of peduncle shorter than second, flagellum 5- to 6-jointed; uropod I, outer ramus without marginal spines; telson apically with groups of spinules................---.-..--....--- P. tenuis (Dana). a’. Antenne I with third joint longer than second; telson apically without * groups of spinules. b*. Antenne I with joints (7-jointed) of flagellum unusually elongate, third joint of peduncle longer than first and second together; uropod I, outer ramus without marginal spines..... P. hawaiensis (Dana). b?. Antenne I with joints of flagellum not very elongate, third joint of peduncle shorter than first and second together. *In this connection the student should carefully examine a paper on similar amphipoda recently published in Indian Museum Notes. ? Certainly without groups of spinules in P. luzonensis and P. lagune, and not mentioned for P. hawaiensis or P. sylvicola. X,D,4 Baker: Two Amphipoda of Luzon 258 ec’. Antenne I with flagellum (8-jointed) longer than peduncle; uropod I, outer ramus without marginal spine; telson slightly notched EEO IaT oe errata an SUN A Na i eee ne P. sylvicola (Dana). ec’. Antenne I with flagellum (3- to 4-jointed) distinctly shorter than peduncle; telson entire at tip. d@. Antenne I with flagellum 3-jointed; antenne II not as long as head and first three segments of pereion together, joints (14) of flagellum thick; uropod I, outer ramus without marginal spines, the rami longer than peduncle; lower lip deeply simply Uke) rere a Ges AO Ee 4a ee el iat eae ee P. lagunz sp. nov. d@. Antenne I with flagellum 4-jointed; antenne II surpassing pe- reion, joints (18) of flagellum slender; uropod I, outer ramus with marginal spines, the rami shorter than peduncle; lowe1 lip very shallowly lobed and with rudiments of inner lobes. P. luzonensis sp. nov Parorchestia luzonensis Sp. nov. Color pale olive-green; eyes large, round, black. Side plates subuniform, with lower margins in line. Antenna I (Plate I, fig. 7) with third joint of peduncle about same length as second; flagellum shorter than peduncular joints 2 and 3 together, 4-jointed, the third joint longest. Antenna II (Plate I, fig. 8) surpassing the pereion, third joint of peduncle longer than first two together; flagellum about once and a half the length of peduncle, about 18-jointed, the joints slender. Maxilla I (Plate I, fig. 11) with inner plate about three fourths the length of outer plate, narrowly rounded at tip, with an inner terminal fringe of soft hairs; outer plate with about six long, curved teeth, the surface of which is denticulated; palp with a tuft of ‘spines at tip. Maxilla II (Plate I, fig. 5) with inner plate acute. Lower lip (Plate I, fig. 6) shallowly lobed and with rudimentary inner lobes. Gnathopod I in ¢ (Plate II, fig. 3) with joints 5 and 6 subequal in length, the sixth with an inner, terminal, rectangular laminate epiphysis, which the small finger does not nearly equal. Gnathopod II (Plate II, fig. 1) in 2. with joint 5 very slightly shorter than 6, joint 6 nearly three times as long as wide and with three tufts of spinules on outer margin; the finger equals the oblique palm. Pereiopod 5 but little longer than 4, but both 4 and 5 much longer than 3. Pleopods not half the size of those of P. lagune, but otherwise normal. Uropods I and II (Plate II, fig. 4) with ramus joint small and with two terminal spines, the peduncle much longer than broad. Telson (Plate II, fig. 5) narrowly rounded at tip, entire, and with few weak spines. Length, 8-9 mm. LUZON, Laguna Province, summit of Mount Maquiling, in the extinct crater, under stones. This locality is in the dripping 254. The Philippine Journal of Science mossy forest. Apparently not at all common, only a few females being encountered. Types in coll. Baker. Parorchestia lagunez sp. nov. Color pale olive-green; eyes large, round, black. Side plates subuniform, their lower margins in line. Antenna I (Plate III, fig. 2) with joint 3 of peduncle very slightly longer than 2; flagellum shorter than joints 2 and 3 together, 3-jointed, the second joint longest. Antenna II (Plate III, fig. 1) not as long as head and first three segments of pereion together; third joint of peduncle as long as joints 1 and 2 to- gether; flagellum about once and a fourth as long as peduncle, about 14-jointed, the joints very thick. Lower lip deeply simply lobed. Gnathopod I in ¢ (Plate III, fig. 6) with sixth joint much shorter than fifth, greatly broadened apically, the palm concave, the finger not reaching apex of palm. Gnathopod II in 8 (Plate III, fig. 7) with joint 6 very large, oval in outline, the palm oblique and fringed with a row of short, stout teeth, the finger very long and slender toward the tip, surpassing the palm. Pereipod 5 but little longer than 4, but both 4 and 5 much longer than 3. Pleopods (Plate I, fig. 12) large and normal. Uropods I and II (Plate III, figs. 10 and 11) with rami longer than peduncle, the other ramus without lateral spines. Uropod III (Plate III, fig. 8) as in P. luzonensis, but somewhat stouter. Telson narrowly rounded at tip, entire, and with few inconspicuous hairs. Length, 9-10 mm. LUZON, Laguna Province, shores of Bay Lake, under stones at water margin. Only encountered on rocky shores. Types in coll. Baker. ILLUSTRATIONS PLATE I Parorchestia luzonensis sp. nov. Fig. 1. Upper lip. 2. Left mandible. 3. Right mandible, outer view. 4, Right mandible, inner view. 5. Second maxilla. 6. Lower lip. 7. First antenna. 8. Second antenna. 9. Maxilliped. 10. Apex of inner lobe of maxilliped. 11. First maxilla. Parorchestia lagunz sp. nov. Fig. 12. First pleopod. PLATE II Parorchestia luzonensis sp. nov. Fig. 1. Second gnathopod. 2. First pereiopod. 3. First gnathopod. 4. First and second uropods. 5. Telson and third uropod. PLATE IIT Parorchestia lagunz sp. nov. Fig. 1. Second antenna. . First antenna. . Right mandible. . Left mandible. . Upper lip. . First gnathopod gd. . Second gnathopod gd. . Third uropod and telson . Lower lip. . First uropod. . Second uropod. Poo OTD OP & ee 255 trie phe 421 me A ae ; a eat “Ue ; us RT le eR at en ete og ee i ee oe Rita al onit : ; tdbPrenpea ey ae ’ : =) ; 2 by a ae Ue ATs The aed Rat 0 Oe “ ‘ ; ed ee a eae NCO JE eal tae aa brute Meaetiewe tuna sean? | Daligs, bnsigretes ake. e) ' ae arf ise le ae NN yore C2 ae aae bite ; : , ; ° v1 1 UE Bug: i BAKER: Two AMPHIPODA OF LUZON.] [PuHIL. Journ. Sct., KX, D, No. 4. ‘PLATE I. PARORCHESTIA LUZONENSIS. BAKER: Two AMPHIPODA OF LuUZzON.] [PHIL. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 4. PLATE Il. PARORCHESTIA LUZONENSIS. BAKER: Two AMPHIPODA OF LUZON.] [PuiL. JouRN. Scr., X, D, No. 4. PLATE Ill. PARORCHESTIA LAGUNA. CEYLONESE AND PHILIPPINE PSYLLIDAZ (HOMOPTERA) By D. L. CRAWFORD (Pomona College, Claremont, California) ONE PLATE The tropics of the Old World contain a host of interesting in- sects, and many of them are still unknown to science. Two small collections of Psyllidx, or jumping plant lice (Homoptera), have been recently received by.me from two distinct parts of the eastern tropics. One is from the Philippine Islands, sent by - Prof. C. F. Baker, of the College of Agriculture at Los Bajos, and the other is from Ceylon, sent by Mr. Andrew Rutherford, of Peradeniya. It is not surprising that some of the species are found in both of these regions, and that several species in each are very closely related to species in the other. A few species of psyllids seem to be widely distributed throughout all the Asiatic tropics, such as the citrus psyllid, Euphalerus citri (Kuwayama). These two collections are not treated separately, for there are several species identical in both. The Philippine collection con- tains 23 species, most of which are new. The Ceylon collection contains 4 species, one of which has already been described from the Philippines, another is closely related to a Bengalese species, and a third resembles another Philippine species. The descriptions of several species, mostly of the genera Psylla and Trioza, are deferred until a later date. The type specimens are retained in my collection, awaiting later disposal. A synoptic key of the genera thus far known to occur in the Philippines is presented for facilitating the determination of species. There are several other genera doubtfully represented by a few undescribed insects in the collections before me, but these will be added to the key at a later date. Also there are several other genera in Formosa, Japan, and southern Asia which may have representatives in the Philippine Islands as well. This key, therefore, is simply temporary. Synopsis of the Philippine genera of Psyllide. a. Head deeply cleft in front between antennal bases. Antenne very thick at base and attached at apex of lobes, increasing the cleft appearance. Genz may be produced beneath into lobes or cones. b*. Antenne very slender and long, not hairy. Vertex with a pair of horns between eyes. Genal cones wanting.......................- Dynopsylla. 257 958 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 b’. Antenne very thick and often long, densely clothed with long hairs. Vertex without horns. Genal cones present, may be small or large. Homotoma. a’. Head not deeply cleft, as above, and antennz not thickened so con- spicuously. (Genal cones may give appearance of a cleft head, but antennz are not attached to their apices.) b’. Genal cones wanting. c’. Wings broad and more or less angular at the apex; vertex rather smoothly and uniformly rounded down in front. Antenne short, not much longer than width of head. Thorax usually very thick E208 US 0) ay DESH mee ee eNO ee oe ee eee Pauropsylla. c’. Wings ovate, rounded at apex, smaller; vertex less smoothly rounded down in front, sometimes flattish. Antenne relatively a little longer. Thorax not strong'ly arched, often pubescent. Paurocephala. b*. Genal cones present. c. Head as in Pauropsylla, but with small or large genal cones far underneath, projecting down or forward. First marginal cell much larger than second....................--.::.22f0ceeeeeeeeeeee teen Calophya. c’. Head not as above; cones not far underneath. ad’. Cubital petiole (stem of media and cubitus) present. First tar- sal segment with 2 spines at apex. e’. Genal cones very long, longer than vertex, pointing forward. Epipsylla. e’. Genal cones shorter, pointing downward obliquely or vertically. f’. Genal cones continuing in plane of vertex, broad and rounded. Euphalerus. f’. Genal cones depressed below plane of vertex and not con- tinuing in same line, usually tapering to a point....... Psylla. da’. Cubital petiole wanting, media and cubitus arising together from basal vein. First tarsal segment without spines at apex. e. Dorsum scarcely arched; pronotum long and not depressed below level of mesonotum and vertex....................... Megatrioza. e’. Dorsum arched; pronotum short and distinctly depressed. f’. Genal cones long, slender, not at all divergent, pointing for- ward or down. Body slender...........................-.-- Neotriozella. f’. Genal cones divergent, thicker, usually pointing down.. Trioza. Genus PAUROPSYLLA Riibsammen Body usually short and thick. Head short, without genal cones. Antenne short. Wings usually broad, hyaline, or ma- culated. Insect usually gall-forming. Species mostly tropical. Pauropsylla triozoptera Crawford. One female from Mount Maquiling, Luzon, P. I. (Baker). Pauropsylla bakeri sp. nov. Plate I, fig. f. Length of body, 1.9 millimeters; length of forewings, 2.6; width, 1.4; width of head, 0.7. General color chocolate brown to ‘This Journal, Sec. D (19138), 8, 296. xD) 4 Crawford: Ceylonese and Philippine Psylliidz 259 black; mesosternum and legs, except tibiz and hind femora, yellowish brown; surface of vertex and thorax finely reticulated. Head nearly as broad as thorax, short; vertex convexly rounded downward, very finely pubescent, with posterior ocelli somewhat elevated; frons mostly covered by gene; antennz a little longer than width of head, slender ; terminal setz short. Thorax thick and very robust as in congeners, but pronotum and prosternum much smaller and partly covered by mesothorax; “legs moderately long and slender; wings large, hyaline, nearly half as broad as long, broadest subapically; first marginal cell twice as large as second. Abdomen rather short and thick; female genital segment not - quite as long as rest of abdomen, subacute at apex; dorsal valve a little longer than ventral. Described from one female, collected on Mount Maquiling, Luzon, P. I. (Baker). This is very close to an Indian (Ben- galese) species, Pauropsylla depressa Crawford.” Pauropsylla floccosa sp. nov. Plate I, fig. 7. Length of body, 0.9 millimeter ; length of forewing, 1.2; width, 0.4; width of head, 0.25. General color light brown, with lighter spots and streaks; legs lighter colored. A very small species. Head as broad as thorax, short; vertex rounded down in front, but less evenly so than in some congeners, with posterior ocelli not much elevated; frons, with its ocellus, visible as a small, narrow sclerite to clypeus; antennz somewhat longer than width of head, slender; terminal sete much longer than two terminal segments. Thorax moderately robust; legs relatively rather long and slender ;.wings hyaline, with a whitish tinge, brownish in apical half, rather small, broadly rounded, about twice as long as broad; veins spotted with brown; venation somewhat similar to that of P. tuberculata Crawford, a Bengalese species, but the first mar- ‘ginal cell is much larger relatively. Abdomen small; third and fourth tergites rather prominent. Male genital segment small; forceps relatively long and slender, as long as genital segment; anal valve as long as forceps, larger, simple. Female genital segment nearly as long as rest of ab- domen, acutely pointed at apex. Described from 17 males and females collected at Peradeniya, Ceylon (Rutherford), on leaves of Aglaia roxburghiana. “The leaf is inrolled along the edge from below upward. The nymphs *Indian Mus. Rec. (1912), 7, pt. 2, 429. 260 ‘The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 are enclosed in a woolly covering of wax. Some Chalcid parasites emerged from the material (Psylledontus secundus Girault n. sp.).” This species bears a close resemblance to the Bengalese species referred to above, Pauropsylla tuberculata Crawford,? which was taken on leaves of Alstonia scholaris, but the Ceylonese species differs markedly in being much smaller, in having ovate wings with a whitish tinge and brown spots and venational difference as noted above, and a longer female genital segment. | A single mutilated female specimen from Butuan, Mindanao, P. I. (Baker), resembles very closely both of these species and more closely the Ceylonese species, although its size is somewhat larger. A description of this, however, is deferred until more material becomes available. i Pauropsylla spondiase sp. nov. Plate I, fig. g. Length of body, 1.5 millimeters; length of forewing, 2.1; width, 1.3; width of head, 0.7. Head and thorax dark brown; legs, abdomen, and antennze except apical segments greenish yellow or light brown; wings yellowish. Head very short, not quite as broad as thorax, rounded down in front uniformly, with posterior ocelli a little elevated, finely pubescent; frons not wholly covered by genx, but largely so; antennz not longer than width of head, slender, with terminal sete longer than 2 terminal segments. Thorax very thick and strongly arched, surface reticulated; legs short; wings large and broad, scarcely twice as long as broad, broadest near apex, hyaline but with yellowish tinge, with a pterostigma; marginal cells rather large. Abdomen short, thick. Male: Forceps rather long, curved forward, tapering to a point, pubescent. Anal valve shorter than forceps, erect, narrow. Female genital segment not as long as rest of abdomen, dorsal valve blunt, short; ventral valve longer, acutely pointed and curved upward. Described from two males and two females from Peradeniya, Ceylon (Rutherford), taken from galls on leaves of Spondias mangifere. “Leaves inrolled on the margins.” Paurocephala psylloptera Crawford.* One female from Los Banos, P. I. (Baker), and 23 males and females collected in Peradeniya, Ceylon, May 24, 1914, on young shoots of Ficus hispida and Ficus asperrima (Rutherford). An *Tbid. (1912), 7, pt. 2, 4380. “This Journal, Sec. D (1918), 8, 294. K,D,4 Crawford: Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllide 961 accompanying note states that “these insects are attended by ants. The nymphs excrete a long filament of white wax.” Paurocephala orientalis sp. nov. Plate I, fig. 7. Length of body, 1 millimeter; length of forewing, 1.5; width, 0.7; width of head, 0.8. General color light brown to yellowish. Antennz black at tips. Head about as wide as thorax, short; vertex rather flat, slightly concave on each side of median line, posterior ocelli slightly elevated, emarginate in front at median suture; frons not covered by genz, visible as a narrow sclerite from front ocellus to clypeus; genal cones wanting; antennz about one and one-half . times as long as width of head, slender; terminal setz short. Thorax moderately arched; legs rather short; wings hyaline, with a yellowish tinge, rounded broadly at apex; pterostigma small; cells elongate. Abdomen small. Male: Forceps nearly as long as anal valve, broadened at apex; anal valve rather narrow and short. Female genital segment as long as rest of abdomen, thick; dorsal valve longer than ventral, both subacute. Described from one male and one female from Los Banos, P. I. (Baker). This species differs somewhat from the typical species of the genus in having the vertex a little more flattened, in this re- sembling species of Aphalaroida, an American genus. Genus CALOPHYA Loew The genus Calophya belongs to the subfamily Pauropsylline ° and is represented in Asia and the Orient by several species, four of which are Japanese. It differs from the related genera in that the members have the genz produced into short or long conical processes which are situated far back under the head. Calophya luzonensis sp. nov. Plate I, fig. k. Length of body, 0.7 millimeter; length of forewing, 1.2; width, 0.6; width of head, 0.25. Head and thorax dark brown or black; abdomen, legs, antennz, and genal cones yellowish to green. Wings hyaline. Head small, short, nearly as broad as thorax, rounded down in front, surface smooth, posterior ocelli only a little elevated; frons covered by genze; genal cones slender, acute, as long as .2 basal antennal segments, well separated and divergent; an- "Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1914), No. 85, 42. 262 The Philippine Journal of Science © 1915 tennz short, about two thirds as long as width of head, terminal setz about as long as antenne. Thorax thick, strongly arched, surface finely reticulated. Legs short and small. Wings clear, transparent, rounded at apex. First marginal cell much larger than second. Abdomen small, short. Male: Forceps very small and slender, acutely pointed; anal valve longer, thicker. Female genital segment thick, not as long as rest of abdomen; apex abruptly and acutely pointed. Described from one male and one female from Mount Maqui- ling, Luzon, P. I. (Baker). This species is rather closely related to a Japanese species, Calophya nigridorsalis Kuwayama, differing primarily in charac- ters of the genal cones and forewings. Genus HOMOTOMA Guérin The members of the genus Homotoma seem to be mostly trop- ical in their distribution. The very thick and densely hirsute antennz are very characteristic of the genus. The gene are produced beneath into broadly rounded cones or prominent swellings. The wing venation is usually peculiar. Homotoma radiatum Kuwayama is a Japanese species, while H, distincta Crawford is a closely related Bengalese species. Two new species are added now from the Philippine Islands. Homotoma pacifica sp. nov. Plate I, fig. b. Length of body, 3.7 millimeters ; length of forewing, 4.6; width, 1.5; width of head, 0.7. General color glossy black; tibize and tarsi brown ; wings hyaline, veins black and margined with black; body surface, legs, antennz, and wing veins clothed with prom- inent black hairs; the dorsum and antennze very conspicuously hirsute. Head not as broad as thorax, not deflexed; vertex somewhat cleft in front, concave on each side of median suture, posterior ocelli somewhat elevated; frons covered by genze; genz swollen beneath, but not strongly conical; antenne very thick, very hirsute, five sixths as long as forewings, 2 basal segments very thick, remainder thinner, but very much thicker than in species of other genera, somewhat carinate. Thorax not strongly arched, surface glossy but hirsute; prono- tum long and prominent; legs short, thick, and hairy; wings long, relatively rather slender, hyaline, with black veins and black margins on veins, acute at apex; marginal cells long and large; radial sector short. X, D,4 Crawford: Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllidz 963 Abdomen very long and slender, shining black; male genital segment small; forceps nearly as long as anal valve, slender, apical half a little slenderer than basal, not acute at apex; anal valve slender, tapering to a narrowly rounded end. Described from one male from Mount Banahao, Luzon, P. I. (Baker). Homotoma bakeri sp. nov. Plate J, fig. c. Length of body, 3.1 millimeters; length of forewing, 5.6; width, 2.5; width of head, 0.9. General color shining black; venter of thorax and head reddish brown; wing veins black and mar- gined with black; body surface conspicuously hairy. Head as in H. pacifica, but more deeply cleft in front, genz less swollen and produced into 2 small, blunt cones. Antenne less thick, not carinate, wholly terete, only about three fourths as long as forewings. Thorax more strongly arched, hairy. Legs short and thick. Wings very large, broad, acute at apex, hyaline, but veins black and margined with black; venation suggestive of H. radiata Kuwayama, but quite different, first marginal cell very small; second very large; fourth furcal (M 1-12), adjacent to radial sector, and practically fused therewith and thence with costal margin to apex of wing. Abdomen short and thick; genital segment thick, as long as rest of abdomen; dorsal valve a little longer than ventral, sub- acute at apex. Described from one female from Mount Maquiling, Luzon (Baker). Dynopsylla minor sp. nov. Plate I, fig. a. Length of body, 3 millimeters; length of forewing, 4.3; width, 1.6; width of head, 0.8. General color light brown to brown with spots and streaks of yellowish to brownish yellow on body, legs, antennez, and wings. Head not as broad as thorax, deeply cleft with front ocellus at bottom of cleft and just visible from above; vertex concave, sparsely hairy, with horns a little smaller than in D. cornuta, but rather prominent; eyes large; genz somewhat swollen, cover- ing frons; antenne about four fifths as long as forewing, very slender, 2 basal segments thicker. Thorax broad, large, well arched, very sparsely hairy; legs of medium length, rather thick; hind tibiz with a spur at base and several conspicuous spines at apex; wings elongate, acute, hya- line; venation suggestive of the genus Carsidara. 264 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Abdomen rather long. Male forceps cultrate in shape, pos- terior edge sharp, apex truncate; anal valve twice as long as forceps, thick at base and tapering to a blunt apex. Described from one male from Los Bajios, Luzon, P. I. (Baker). This species resembles the American species of Carsidara in wing venation, but is allied to Dynopsylla cornuta Crawford ° in the shape of the vertex and genz and in the presence of the vertex horns. In the larger species the hind tibie are not spurred at the base, but this was stated to be a less important character. However, it is apparent that Dunes and Carsi- dara are closely related. A Japanese species, Mesohomotoma paniBhonee Matsumura, is also closely allied to this species and is, perhaps, congeneric. Genus MEGATRIOZA novum Allied to Leuronota; dorsum scarcely arched; pronotum long, not or only slightly depressed below level of mesonotum and vertex; head long, not deflexed; genal cones long, directed for- ward; legs long; hind tibiz armed with a spur at both base and apex, and several large spines at apex; wings long, acute at apex, triozine in venation. Type of genus: Megatrioza armata sp. nov. Megatrioza armata sp. nov. Plate I, fig. d. Length of body, 3.5 millimeters; length of forewing, 6.7; width, 2.1; width of head, 0.8. General color light to yellowish brown; eyes dark. Body elongate, surface covered with long pale hairs. Head not quite as broad as thorax, long, not much deflexed; vertex somewhat concave between posterior ocelli; front ocellus visible from above; genal cones longer than vertex, divergent, thickest midway between base and apex, tapering to a blunt point, directed forward in plane of vertex; antennz about two and one-half times as long as width of head, slender. Thorax long and large, but not much arched, ascending a little to mesonotum and rather straight; pronotum nearly as long as vertex, with an epiphysis on anterior edge dorsad; hind tibize with a large spur at base and a larger, conspicuous one at apex, as well as 3 large spines and several smaller ones as a fringe around apex; wings more than three times as long as broad, hya- line, acute at apex, extending fully one half their length beyond abdomen in both sexes; first marginal cell larger than second. Abdomen rather long. Male: Genital segment small; forceps as long as anal valve, relatively thick, not acutely pointed; anal °This Journal, Sec. D (1918), 8, 295. X, D,4 Crawford: Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllidz 265 valve short, rather broad, hairy. Female genital segment long, as long as rest of abdomen, dorsal valve tapering to a slender apex, both acute. Described from one male and one female from Butuan, Min- danao, P. I. (Baker). Genus NEOTRIOZELLA Crawford This small genus is characterized by the very peculiar genal cones, which are not in the least divergent. They extend either down almost vertically from the head or more nearly horizontally. The body is typically slender, and the legs are small and delicate. The venation is triozine, lacking the cubital petiole. Neotriozella bicolor sp. nov. Plate I, fig. h. Length of body, 1.8 millimeters; length of forewing, 3.1; width, 0.9; width of head, 0.35. General color reddish to chocolate brown on dorsal half and yellow on ventral half, including venter of both head and thorax and abdomen, legs, antennz except tip, and lower portion of wings (when folded). Head not as broad as thorax; eyes large; vertex a little longer than breadth between eyes, slightly convex; genal cones longer than vertex, extending in same plane, slender, tapering slightly to a blunt point, yellowish beneath; antennz scarcely twice as long as cones, slender. Thorax a little arched, dorsal surface reticulated; pronotum scarcely visible between vertex and mesonotum; legs short, small, apparently weak; wings long, slender, acute, subhyaline, with a dark band extending from basal attachment to apex; cells elon- gate; abdomen long, rather slender; female genital segment short, about half as long as rest of abdomen; valves about equal in length, thick at base, subacutely pointed. Described from one female from Los Banos, Luzon, P. I. (Baker). Genus TRIOZA Foerster For a description and discussion of this old and large genus see Crawford.’ In the collections before me there are 6 Philip- pine species. Some of these, however, are not sufficiently repre- sented to be included in these descriptions. Trioza eugenie sp. nov. Plate I, fig. e. Length of body, 2 millimeters; length of forewing, 5.2; width, 1.7; width of head, 0.7. General color greenish yellow; abdomen bright green, wings shining (field notes by Rutherford). "Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1914), No. 85, 74. 266 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Head distinctly narrower than thorax, rather large; vertex concave on each side of median suture; genal cones scarcely half as long as vertex, broadly rounded, a little divergent, pubescent; . antenne about one and one-half times as long as width of head, slender. Thorax broad, long; pronotum large; przescutum longer than broad; legs moderately long; hind tibiz with 4 black spines at apex, 3 together and 1 alone; wings hyaline, very long, acute at apex, more than half of length beyond abdomen; marginal cells long. Abdomen rather short, especially in male; forceps short, slender; anal valve. larger, triangular, with a petiolate attach- ment at base. Female genital segment very short; dorsal valve longer than ventral; both subacute. Described from 9 males and females from Peradeniya, Ceylon, collected by A. Rutherford on May 12, 1913, in galls on leaves of Eugema malaccensis. “The galls were so numerous that they formed a continuous gall on the upper surface of the leaf.” This and the next species are closely related both in structure and habits to two American species of the same genus, Trioza magnolie Ashmead and T. koebelei Kirkaldy. An Asiatic genus, Cecidotrioza Kieffer, bears a close resemblance to these gall makers and is probably congeneric. Trioza asiatica Sp. nov. Allied closely to T. eugeniz, but differs markedly as follows: Color shining black or dayk brown; middle and hind tibiz and antennz whitish, except at tip; body distinctly more slender; head nearly as wide as thorax, because of the slenderer thorax; genal cones smaller, about one third as long as vertex, orange to brown; antennze twice as long as width of head; thorax more slender. Wings similar, a little shorter (4.2 millimeters), differ- ing slightly in venation as follows: Second marginal cell scarcely twice as long as greatest width; first marginal cell smaller, narrower; cubital vein about twice as long as first furcal. Ab- domen more elongate. Male anal valve much larger, more rectangular rather than triangular. Female genital segment large, nearly as long as rest of abdomen, thick at base, converging to acute apex; dorsal valve a little longer than ventral. Described from two males and two females from Butuan, Min- danao, P. I. (Baker), and one male from Mount Maquiling, Luzon, P. I. (Baker). Judging from its close resemblance to the foregoing species, it is probable that this is a gall-making species. X, D,4 Crawford: Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllidx 267 BIBLIOGRAPHY CRAWFORD, D. L. Indian Psyllidz. Indian Mus. Rec. (1912), 7, pt. 2, 419-437. Ip—em. New genera and species of Psyllide from the Philippines. Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1918), 8, 2938-308. IDEM. The jumping plant lice or Psyllide of the new world. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. (1914), No. 85, 1-186. KuwayamMa, 8. Die Psylliden Japans, I. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. (1908), 2, 149-189. IpEM. Die Psyllide Japans, II. Ibid. (1909), 3, 53-69. 135635——4 fas x Sy & ; ‘ : 4 « , te a fe 4) WAM: . & 7 i i i i i 5. ae yet Cypre iu 7) ‘alt et | cr) soit dott ike mn aierm Rh ie does ts SPAT ky Oe Teint wayne! ain 7 a Ae ssucr a Raih a Ee uid NA 4 t een A GE es MN eam ee ‘Ni ; aA a) hy Ye i { oe Tats & t x ee oie “oi : : \ im, ‘“ ie n ( ag She { } ” halls oo ‘i y *, ie Ley. gk Br / i ma oe i ae OIC § 1 Can, i i sit ‘ Tathe a eae 7 hunt a ae | f “any F bey pipes va iv eae ” vy Oe | 8 ay Aik Pad, BIS* vet] a A phahah | 4 5 7 i { aay aT if eh _ a ar i ty OUF poi eee ; : A A le it 5 : ; i . vat 1 Play yaa ee el Lea i 0 oat} ‘ ary f al Th Ae is “ } ft i : a , ' 4 : v f ; c A ' ‘ %y hay (hal H ‘ : i rf iy #4 it ig (ie feel), nines ihe y 7 : , wakthy put YOO i) a: AMT Sal Pag, = Le ay . bat juve eh LAPT TY se TTL AT Sa liie® \ ; ‘ ' ' vig ' t whe ‘4 i os ye ai) 0 i . 1 ’ : rey j bide era Le as ' i Le One Ay i b ” ey * i ’ 0 Me 1 a f 4 ry 4 FIG. Foo TAPS Aaagnrea ILLUSTRATION PLATE I. FOREWINGS OF PSYLLIDA. . Dynopsylla minor sp. nov. Dotted portions brown. . Homotoma pacifica sp. nov. Dotted portions black. Homotoma bakeri sp. nov. Dotted portions black. Megatrioza armata sp. nov. . Trioza eugeniz sp. nov. Pauropsylla bakeri sp. nov. . Pauropsylla spondiase sp. nov. . Neotriozella bicolor sp. nov. . Paurocephala orientalis sp. nov. . Pauropsylla floccosa sp. nov. . Calophya luzonensis sp. nov. 269 L TA ai wy AE Uy AG a awathieg badkulh. veg: 46 sede Nosh qa aay iey Me VO oe vivid ‘ roe Wn) BN ee Ag Vin 27S SRS wor See Peel DE: ply att ‘ hs ge Che sali liga ot yagi ThE ENS SER ea AER er ED hasta eas uci seem oly ait din Awupa Bige wa con heh CRAWFORD: CEYLONESE AND PHILIPPINE PSYLLIDZ. ] [Puiu. Journ. Sctr., X, D, No. 4. PLATE Il. FOREWINGS OF NEW PSYLLIDAZ. I. BEITRAG ZUR COLEOPTEREN FAUNA DER PHILIPPINEN Von W. SCHULTZE (Manila, P. I.) MIT 2 FIGUREN IM TEXT CETONIN 4: Thaumastopeus mcgregori sp. nov. Textfigur 1, Db. Supra et subtus laete viridi-aurea aliquid rufescens, nitidis- sima. Processu mesosterni longo et conspicuus angulatus. Long. 31.5 mm., lat. 16.5 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Paete (R. C. McGregor). Type in meiner Sammlung. Diese Art sieht oberflachlich kleinen Exemplaren von. Ages- trata luzonica sehr ahnlich, die Farbe ist jedoch mehr metallisch kupfrig glanzend. Im Vergleich mit Thawmastopeus cupripes Waterh. (Textfigur 1, c) ist diese Art viel gedrungener gebaut. Kopf relativ gross, der Cly- pealausschnitt halb so lang als der Clypeus. Letzterer kraf- wi? © tig punktiert, seine erhabenen a Aussenrander nach den Au- Fic. 1. Mesosternalfortsatz von a, Thaumasto- genwinkeln zu etwas nach ean ag b, T. megregori; c, T. cu- innen gebogen. Die Punk- tierung reicht bis tiber die Augen, nur ein kleiner Teil der Stirn ganz glatt. Fiihler dunkelgriin. Thorax in der Mitte und nach den Hinterrandern zu seicht narbig, nachst den Seiten- randern kraftiger punktiert. Die Ausbuchtung am Seitenrand des Thorax nicht gerundet wie bei T. cupripes, sondern stumpf- winkelig. Der Thoraxfortsatz im Verhaltnis zu _letztge- nannter Art relativ gedrungen gebaut. Fliigeldecken griin kupfrig metallisch glanzend. Parallel der Naht eine deutliche Punktreihe die in die Schwiele und letztere in einen kleinen Dorn auslauft. Weitere feine Punktreihen auf den Fliigeldecken die teilweise unterbrochen sind. Die Buckel sehr scharf markiert. Hinterer Teil des Seitenrandes stark nadelrissig, desgleichen das Pygidium. Die wellenartig und concentrisch nadelrissigen Stel- len seidenartig glanzend. Abdominalsegmente etwas dunkler kupfrig rot. Mesosternalfortsatz sehr stark entwickelt, einen kraftigen Dorn bildend. Derselbe ist 4hnlich wie bei T. pugna- tor Heller (Textfigur 1, a) bildet jedoch zuerst eine gerade Linie 271 Die, The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 mit der Korperunterseite und ist dann, einen stumpfen Winkel bildend, nach oben gebogen, von der Spitze an ist die obere Kante zuerst geradlinig und erst wo sie in die Basis tibergeht, gebogen. Diese schone Art widme ich dem eifrigen Sammler und Orni- thologen, Herrn R. C. McGregor. TROGIN A: Trox montalbanensis sp. nov. Textfigur 2 a—c. Schwarz, matt. Kopf: Clypeus stumpfwinkelig, vorn gerundet, der Rand aufgebogen und mit feinen Borsten besetzt. Fuhler dunkelbraun, 1. Glied mit borstenartigen gelben Haaren be- setzt. Stirn mit einer wulstartigen Erhohung, desgleichen eine solche jedoch schwacher nachst dem Seitenrande. Thorax stark gewolbt, nichst den Seitenrindern scharf abgesetzt und flach. Vorder- und Seitenrand eine scharfe Ecke bildend. Langs des mittleren Teiles des Thorax und am Vorderrande, sowie nachst den Seitenrandern— hier jedoch flachenartig er- weitert—Schwielen oder schwielenartige Erhohungen bestehend aus einer gelb- braunen wachsartigen Sub- stanz mit feinen Tuberkeln, Fic. 2. a, Trox montalbanensis sp. nov.; b, die letzteren mit feinen Borst- linke Antenna von unten; c, linkes Vorderbein chen besetzt. Die Stellen vaio ct zwischen den Schwielen sind schwarz, jedoch ebenfalls mit zerstreuten Tuberkeln besetzt. In der Mitte, am Hinterrande des Thorax, eine grubenartige Vertiefung. Seiten- und Hinterrand mit feinen Borsten besetzt. Fliigeldecken mit je neun leistenartigen, unterbrochenen Schwie- len, dieselben nach den Seitenrindern zu tuberkelf6rmig, mit feinen Boérstchen besetzt, gelbbraun. Zwischen den Schwielen je eine Reihe tiefer Nadellécher. Vor letzteren steht ein feiner gelbbrauner Punkt. Die Seitenrander der Fliigeldecken leicht aufgebogen und mit feinen Borstchen besetzt. Vordertarsen sehr kurz, ein Drittel der Lange der Hintertarsen. Vordertibia am Vorderrand mit gelbbraunen Borsten, Aussenrand mit einem Zahn. Mittel- und Hintertibien mit wachsartiger Substanz bedeckt und fein beborstet. Lange, 12 mm. LUZON, Rizal, Montalban Schlucht (A. de los Reyes). Type in meiner Sammlung. «Diese Art wurde von meinem Sammler, im August dieses X,D,4 Schultze: Coleopteren Fauna der Philippinen 2783 Jahres, in der sogenannten oberen Hohle in der Schlucht von Montalban, in Anzahl, an dem Guano von Fledermausen, die dort zu vielen Tausenden hausen, gefunden. RHIPIDOCERINA Nur eine Art des Genus Callirhipis war bis jezt von den Phi- lippinen bekannt, die Originalbeschreibung dieser Art folgt hiermit : Callirhipis antiqua Waterh.’ Elongata, postice attenuata, obscure fusca, dense flavo-griseo-pubescens; thorace antice parum angustato et rotundato, creberrime evidenter punctato, impressionibus quatuor parum distinctis; elytris sat crebre fortiter punc- tatis, interstitiis crebre subtilissime punctatis. Long. 72 lin; lat. 22 lin. Antenae two-thirds the length of the elytra, fuscous. Thorax gradually (but not much) narrowed anteriorly from the base, regularly rounded in front, not constricted in the middle, distinctly and very thickly punctured; the dorsal impressions are not deep, the two on the disk and the pair next the scutellum moderately distinct, the impression within the posterior angles searcely perceptible. The punctuation of the elytra is very strong, but the punctures are not so large as in C. occultus, and they do not form lines, the interspaces are very finely and thickly punctured. Hab.—Philippine Islands. Brit. Mus. This species is close to C. Bowringii, but is less narrowed posteriorly, the thorax is not so short, and is a little narrowed from the posterior angles forward. The punctuation of the elytra is less strong and not in lines. Waterhouse beschreibt nur den ¢ von C. antiqua. In meiner Sammlung befinden sich sechs Exemplare, 4 ¢ und 2 9°, die ich vorlaufig auf diese Art beziehe. Bemerken mochte ich jedoch, dass bei allen Exemplaren die Leisten auf den Fliigeldecken kraftig ausgepragt sind. Die Behaarung der Mannchen ist ver- haltnismassig lang reihenfOormig und die Haare stehen zu ein- ander V-formig. Lange ¢, 13.5-15 mm.; ?, 17-21 mm. LUZON, Benguet, Baguio (R. C. McGregor). Callirhipis bituberculata sp. nov. 6 : Ockerfarbig, Kopf kraftig und dicht punktiert und behaart. Zwischen der Fiihlerbasis wulstartig aufgetrieben, hinter der- selben eine schwarze Tuberkel. Fiihler schwarz, kraftig und dicht punktiert und behaart, die Enden des dritten bis elften Gliedes mit gelblichen Haaren besetzt. Thorax dicht punktiert und behaart, vorn stark desgleichen der discale Teil gewdlbt, seitlich und nach dem Hinterrande zu abgeflacht, und mit * Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1877), 384. * Waterhouse, ibid. (1877), 383. 274 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 einer kraftigen grubenartigen Vertiefung. Hinterrand des Thorax sowie Vorderrand des Schildchens und der Fliigeldecken schwarz gesdumt. Letztere sehr kraftig reihenformig punktiert und sehr dicht behaart, sodass die Leisten zwischen den Punkt- reihen undeutlich wahrnehmbar sind. Eine massige Impression in der Mitte nachst dem Vorderrande jeder Fliigeldecke. Meso- und Metathorax sowie Abdominalsegmente schwarz, punktiert und sehr fein behaart, nur die basale Halfte der Klauen rotbraun. Lange, 10.5 mm. LUZON, Rizal, Montalban (A. de los Reyes). Type in meiner Sammlung. Callirhipis helleri sp. nov. 6: Kopf, Thorax und Fliigeldecken schwarzbraun, hellgrau behaart. Kopf kraftig punktiert, die hockerartige Erhohung zwischen der Basis der Fiihler stark und tief gekerbt, nach der Stirn grubenartig verlaufend. Fiihler, 1. Glied schwarz, fein punktiert und sparlich behaart, die folgenden rotbraun, 3. bis 11. Glied facherartig, sehr fein behaart. Fihlerlange 17 mm. Thorax dicht punktiert, vorn stark gewolbt. Zwei kleine gru- benartige Vertiefungen im discalen Teil, etwas seitlich, dieselben unbehaart; zwei weitere langliche und seichte Eindriicke in der Mitte nachst dem Hinterrande; mehr seitlich davon je ein mehr flachenartiger Eindruck. Fliigeldecken stark gewolbt, kraftig und unregelmassig punktiert, ein kraftiger Eindruck auf jeder Fliigeldecke in der Mitte am Vorderrande die Fortsetzung des Kindruckes des Thorax bildend. Zwei leistenartige Langs- schwielen in der Mitte jeder Fliigeldecke und eine langs der Naht; die mittlere nur 2/3 der Lange der Fliigeldecke erreichend; die aussere nahe der Spitze verlaufend. Schildchen nahezu rund und sehr stark behaart. Korperunterseite dicht und fein punk- tiert und sehr fein behaart, Beine rotbraun, Schenkel schwarz, dicht hellgrau behaart, besonders die Tibien und Tarsen. Klau- en, die 4ussere Halfte schwarz. Lange, 19 mm.; Schulterbreite, 5.9 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Paete (R. C. McGregor). Type in meiner Sammlung. Diese Art widme ich dem eifrigen Coleopterologen Herrn Hof- rat Prof. Dr. Heller, Dresden. Diese Art ist der C. dissimilis Waterh.* der Beschreibung nach ahnlich, jedoch ist die Skulptur von C. helleri eine andere. * Waterhouse, ibid. (1877), 380. X,D,4 Schultze: Coleopteren Fauna der Philippinen 275 Callirhipis montalbanensis sp. nov. @ : Kopf kraftig, dicht perlich punktiert und schwach behaart. Vorderrand des Clypeus, Seiten des Kopfes und ein schmaler Querstreifen auf dem Scheitel schwarz. Unterseite, Stirn und Scheitel ockerfarbig. Ein leichter stufenartiger Querabsatz auf der Stirn und ein seichter Langseindruck in der Mitte des Schei- tels. Fiihler schwarz, 1. und 2. Glied kraftig und dicht punk- tiert und beborstet, 3. bis 11. Glied fein behaart und an den Enden mit einigen Borstchen besetzt. Thorax, Ober- und Unter- seite ockerfarbig, dicht punktiert und fein behaart. Langs der Mitte eine seichte Rinne, seitlich, nachst dem Hinterrande, je eine kriftige grubenartige Vertiefung. Hinterrand des Thorax | sowie Vorderrand des Schildchens und der Fliigeldecken schwarz gesAumt. Letztere nahezu parallel fiir 4/5 der Lange, dann sanft gerundet bis zur Spitze; ockerfarbig; sehr kraftig, dicht und reihenformig punktiert. Ein keilf6rmiger schwarzer Langsfleck auf jeder Fliigeldecke, von der Mitte nach hinten gerichtet, sowie vier nicht stark ausgepragte leistenartige Langs- schwielen. K6orperunterseite und Beine schwarz, erstere sehr dicht und fein punktiert und fein behaart, letztere stirker be- haart. Lange, 17 mm.; Schulterbreite, 4.8 mm. LUZON, Rizal, Montalban (A. de los Reyes). Type in meiner Sammlung. Callirhipis nigriventralis sp. nov. é : Rotlich ockerfarbig, Kopf kraftig und dicht punktiert und sehr fein behaart. Die Wulst zwischen der Fiihlerbasis massig entwickelt. Seiten des Kopfes sowie Fiihler schwarz. Erstes Glied kraftig punktiert, letztgenanntes und 2. Glied massig be- haart, die folgenden facherférmigen sehr dicht behaart. Thorax sehr dicht und kraftig punktiert und weitlaufig gelblich behaart. Schwach gewolbt, nachst den Hinterecken mit einem seichten Eindruck, desgleichen ein solcher nachst dem Hinterrande in der Mitte. Hinterrand des Thorax sowie Vorderrand des Schild- chens und der Fltigeldecken schwarz gesdumt. Fliigeldecken mit einem kraftigen Eindruck in der Mitte nachst dem Vorder- rande; kraftig und dicht reihenfé6rmig punktiert und weitlaufig gelblich behaart. Die Skulptur der Fliigeldecken ahnlich wie bei C. philippinensis m. Abdominalsegmente schwarz, sehr fein punktiert and behaart. Beine dicht punktiert und kraftig be- haart, schwarz, Schenkel und basaler Teil der Klauen rotbraun. Lange, 9.5 mm. ; 276 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 LUZON, Laguna, Paete. Zwei Exemplare (R. C. McGregor). Type in meiner Sammlung. Callirhipis philippinensis sp. nov. 6: Kopf rotlich ockerfarbig, sehr dicht kornig punktiert und fein behaart. Fihler schwarz und behaart. Erstes Glied kraf- tig, die folgenden sehr dicht punktiert. Thorax ockerfarbig, sehr dicht koérnig punktiert und fein behaart. Seitlich in der Mitte eine kraftige Impression. In der Mitte nachst dem Hin- terrande ein seichter Eindruck nebst zwei Griibchen. Vorder- und Hinterrand des Thorax sowie Vorderrand des Schildchens und der Fliigeldecken schwarz gesdumt. Fliigeldecken sehr gross und dicht reihenformig punktiert und fein behaart. Ers- tes Drittel ockerfarbig, sodann W-formig abgesetzt und die hin- teren zwei Drittel schwarz. Ein kraftiger Eindruck in der Mitte am Vorderrande. Abdominalsegmente schwarz dicht punktiert und fein behaart. Metathorax rotbraun, seitlich und vorn schwarz, ebenfalls punktiert und fein behaart. Beine sehr dicht punktiert und behaart, schwarz, die Schenkel, mit Ausnahme eines kleinen Teiles naéchst den Kniegelenken, sowie die Coxae, ockerfarbig. @ : Die gekimmten Fiihler starker behaart, speziell die Spitzen des dritten bis elften Gliedes. Thorax ohne seitliche Impression ; in der Mitte nachst dem Hinterrande zwei feine Griibchen. Flii- geldecken, die schwarze Zeichnung erreicht nahezu das Schild- chen und ist vorn an der Naht verbreitert, nicht W-formig wie beim ¢; auch ist die Skulptur kraftiger, die Leisten zwischen den Punktreihen staérker ausgepragt. Der dussere Teil des Ovi- positors rotlich ockerfarbig, die Spitzen dunkler. Lange ¢,8mm.; 2, 9, 5 mm. LUZON, Laguna, Paete. Drei Exemplare,2 ¢ und1 92 (R.C. McGregor. Typen in meiner Sammlung. Callirhipis tiaongona sp. nov. 6: Hell rotbraun, Kopf kraftig und dicht, Stirn und Scheitel weitliufig punktiert, die wulstartige Erhebung zwischen der Fiihlerbasis sehr stark entwickelt und in der Mitte seicht ge- kerbt. Fiihler rotbraun, 1. Glied sehr fein und dicht punktiert und sehr fein behaart, 2. Glied mit wenigen feinen Borstchen besetzt; die folgenden facherformigen sammtartig. Thorax dicht punktiert, vorn sehr fein, nach dem Hinterrande zu kraf- tiger und dichter gelblich behaart. Massig gewolbt, nach den Hinterecken zu abfallend. In der Mitte etwas seitlich zwei X, D,4 Schultze: Coleopteren Fauna der Philippinen oT7 kraftige, nachst dem Hinterrand, oberhalb des Schildchens, zwei kleine seichte Griibchen, Fliigeldecken kraftig reihenformig punktiert, ein massig tiefer Eindruck in der Mitte jeder Fliigel- decke am Vorderrande. Letzterer sowie das _ Schildchen schwarz gesaumt. Die Fliigeldecken nachst der Naht dicht, nach den Randern zu feiner und schwicher gelblich behaart. Beson- ders je seitlich des Schildchens eine kurze deutliche Haar- schwiele. Unterseite und Beine sehr dicht und fein punktiert und behaart. Klauen schwarz. Lange, 9.5 mm. LUZON, Tayabas, Tiaong (A. Worm). Type in meiner Sammlung. Diese Art dhnelt der Beschreibung nach der C. lineata Waterh.* “Ibid. (1877), 387. otatd| a Bites) hi 4 ie 1 iiSsire asp St Pg bet ; it BAS ERKLARUNG DER TEXT FIGUREN Fic. 1. a, Thaumastopeus pugnator; b, T. megregori; c, T. cupripes. 2. a, Trox montalbanensis sp. nov.; 6, linke Antenna von unten; c, linkes Vorderbein von unten. 279 , } Rane Sh eat Me ee srs ae ig ivi ; if } sa 2 2 ‘XN i PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS—Continued BOTANY A FLORA OF MANILA By Etmer D. MerriLu Order No. 419. Paper, 490 pages, $2.50, postpaid. Practically a complete flora of the cul- tivated areas in the Philippines. Descrip- tions, with keys, of over 1,000 species, 590 genera, and 136 families, with native names, glossary of technical terms, etc. THE COCONUT PALM IN THE PHIL- IPPINE ISLANDS Order No. 37. Paper, 149 pages, 30 plates, $1, postpaid. The reprint contains the following arti- cles: On the Water Relations of the Coconut Palm (Cocos nucifera), The Coconut and its Relation to Coconut Oil, The Keeping Quali- ties of Coconut Oil and the Causes of its Rancidity, and The Principal Insects Attack- ing the Coconut Palm. INDO-MALAYAN WOODS By Freo W. FoxwortHy Order No. 411. Paper, 182 pages, 9 plates, $0.50, postpaid. In Indo-Matayan Woods, Doctor Fox- worthy hes brought together a large amount of accurate information concerning trees yielding woods of economic value. ZOOLOGY A LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, EXCLU- SIVE OF THE CETACEA By Nep Ho Luister Order No. 418. Paper, 64 pages, $0.50, postpaid. This is the only recent attempt to enu- merate the mammals of the Philippine Islands. The distribution of each species is given, and the original descriptions are cited. ZOOLOGY—Continued A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS By Ricwarp C. McGrREGoR Order No. 103. Paper, 2 parts, 769 pages, $4, postpaid. ‘ A Manual of Philippine Birds contains in compact form descriptions of all the known species of Philippine birds. The usual keys and diagnoses of orders, families, and genera help the novice in identification. A CHECK-LIST OF PHILIPPINE FISHES By Davin STARR JORDAN and RoBERT EARL RICHARDSON Order No. 102. Paper, 78 pages, $0.75, postpaid. This list will be found a convenient guide to the synonymy of Philippine ichthyology. The nomenclature is thoroughly revised, and the distribution of each species within the Philippine Islands is given. MEDICINE REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL PLAGUE CONFERENCE Held at Mukden, April, 1911, under the auspices of the Chinese Government. Edited by Erich Martini, G. FP. Parris, ARTHUR STANLEY, and RIcHARD P. STRONG 483 pages, 18 plates (2 colored, 4 half- tones, 12 charts and maps) Order No. 416. Paper, $2.50; cloth, $3.50; postpaid. The proceedings of this International Con- ference and information gained therefrom, to« gether with the results of certain bacte- riological investigations, constitute the pres- ent report. The Bureau of .Science of the Govern- ment of the Philippine Islands has been appointed sole agent for the distribution of the printed proceedings of the Interna- tional Plague Conference, PRICES ARE IN UNITED STATES CURRENCY Orders for these publications may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER, PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, P. I., or to any of the agents listed below. Please give order number. The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York, U. S. A. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Kelly & Walsh, Ltd., 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India. CONTENTS Page. HELLER, K. M. Neue Kafer von den Philippinen: III... 219 BAKER; G. F/T wo Amphipodavof Iuzon:=: 38>. 2 eae 251 CRAWFORD, D. L. Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllide (Hom- Optera) ee eats cee Une San) OAR COIR No oe an ee 254 SCHULTZE, W. I. Beitrag zur Coleopteren Fauna der Philip- PImen ee oe 8 OR aS repre are Sere te eae 271 U.cSi sie The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’’ is issued as follows: currency. Section A. Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries... $2.00 Séction: B.. Tropical: Medicine ii. 22e ss ee ees 3.00 | Séetions CG. \Botantys 5-255 ode ea a eee ee ee eee 25005 Sam Section D. General Biology, Ethnology, and Anthropology (Sec- 4 ; tion. D:. began with Volume (WV) 22:---2---.2)---2 2 2.00 Entire Journal, Volume II, III, IV, or V -------------------------------------- 5.00 Entire Journal, beginning with Volume VI -____.______-___-___-__---------- 7.00 Single numbers (except of Volume I) -.---.-------.-.....-------------------- .00 Each section is separately paged and indexed. Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections) and supplement, sold only with a complete file of section A, B, or C_.-..--..---.------.-..- 10.00 Supplement to Volume I (botany) -.-------------------------------------------- 3.50 — Volume I (without supplement), sold only with a complete file of Pa. Section: A; By Or Oso: 28 eee sas Bs Se eee a eee 6.50 Single“numbers: of Volume: ]. 2.2222c-2 eke es a eee Br tare Publications sent in exchange for the Philippine Journal of Science should be addressed: Library, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Subscriptions may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER, Philippine Jour-_ nal of Science, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents” listed below: AGENTS The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. — Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Ger- many. Kelly & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India. Entered at the post office at Manila, P. |., as second-class matter. VOL. Dae SEC. D, No. 5 SEPTEMBER, 19157 qanconian Insiity > | hy “Pp { Seas ee ae THE PHILIPPINE b JUL 7 19T6 JOURNAL OF SCIENCE ~*~ ALVIN J. COX, M. A., Pu. D. GENERAL EDITOR SECTION D GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, AND ANTHROPOLOGY EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF M. L. MILLER, Pu. D.; R. P. COWLES, Pu. D.; ALVIN SEALB, A. B. C. F. BAKER, A. M.; C. S. BANKS, M. S.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B. R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. E. KUPFER, Pu. B. MANILA BUREAU OF PRINTING 1915 PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS ETHNOLOGY A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LAN- GUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE BONTOC IGOROTS By WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP Order No. 408. Paper, $9 pages, $0.75, postpaid. The vocabulary is given in Igorot-English and English-lgorot. THE NABALOI DIALECT By Otto SCHEERER and THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN By Epwarp Y. MILLER Order No. 403. Paper, $0.25; half mo- rocco, $0.75; postpaid. The Nabaloi Dialect (65 pages, 29 plates) and the Bataks of Palawan (7 Pages, 6 plates) are bound under one cover. THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP OF LANGUAGES By Otto SCHEERER and “Ff” AND “V” IN PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES By Cartos Everett CONANT Order No. 407. These two papers are issued under one cover, 141 pages, paper, $0.80, postpaid. THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY By Emerson B. CHRISTIE Order No. 410. Paper, 121 pages, 1 map, 29 plates, $1.25, postpaid. Sindangan Bay is situated on the north- ern coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. The Su- banuns of this region were studied by Mr. Christie during two periods of five and six weeks, respectively. The 29 plates illustrate the Subanuns at work and at play; their industries, houses, altars, and implements; and the people themselves. THE HISTORY OF SULU By Naseps M. SALEEBY Order No. 406. Paper, 275 pages, 4 maps, 2 diagrams, $0:75, postpaid. In the preparation of his manuscript for The History of Sulu, Doctor Saleeby spent much time and effort in gaining access to documents in the possession of the Sultan of Sulu. This book is a history of the Moros in the Philippines from the earliest times to the American oocupation. ETHNOLOGY— Continued STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW, AND RELIGION By NAJEEB M. SALEEBY Order No. 405. Paper, 107 pages, 16 plates, 5 diagrams, $0.25; half mo- rocco, $0.75; postpaid. This volume deals with the earliest written records of the Moros in Mindanao. The names of the rulers of Magindanao are recorded in five folding diagrams. NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES By WiLuiAM ALLAN REED Order No. 402. Paper, 3 pages, 62 plates, $0.25; half morocco, $0.75; postpaid. Plates from photographs, many of which were taken for this publication, show orna- ments, houses, men making fire with bamboo, bows and’ arrows, dances, and various types of the people themselves. INDUSTRIES PHILIPPINE HATS By C. B. RoBINson Order No. 415. Paper, 66 pages, & plates, $0.50 postpaid. This paper. is a concise record of the history and present condition of hat making in the Philippine Islands. THE SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE ISLAND OF NEGROS By HerBerT S. WALKER Order No. 412. Paper, 145 pages, 10 plates, 1 map, $1.25, postpaid. Considered from the viewpoint of prac- tical utility, Mr. Walker’s Sugar Industry in the Island of Negros is one of the most important papers published by the Bureau of Science. This volume is a real contribu- tion to the subject; it is not a mere com- pilation, for the author was in the field and unde retauee the conditions of which he writes. A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE SILK CULTURE By CHARLES S. BANKS Order No. 413. Paper, 53 pages, 20 plates, $0.75, postpaid. In A Manual of Philippine Silk Culture are presented the results of several years’ actual work with silk-producing larve to- gether with a desoription of the new Philip- pine race. THE PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE D. GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, AND ANTHROPOLOGY VoL. X SEPTEMBER, 1915 No. 5 NOTES ON JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA AND THEIR LARV: PART II + By A. E. WILEMAN (Manila, P. I.) THREE COLORED PLATES RHOPALOCERA NYMPHALIDA NYMPHALIN2& APATURIDI Genus APATURA Fabricius Apatura FABRICIUS, Illiger’s Magazin (1807), 6, 280; Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 160. Apatura ilia Schiffermiller. Larva and pupa of Apatura substituta Butler. Plate I, fig. 1, larva; fig. 2, head; fig. 3, cephalic horn, inside aspect; fig. 4, view of dorsal tubercle, lateral aspect; fig. 5, tail, dorsal aspect; fig. 6, food plant; figs. 7 and 8, pupa. Japanese name, ko-murasaki. Papilio (Apatura) ilia ScHIrF., Wien. Verz. (1776), 172; HUBNER, Eur. Schmett. (1794), 1, figs. 115, 116; (1824-1826), figs. 809, 810; LeEcH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1893), 1, 161; Muiya- JIMA, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 134, Pl. XIV, fig. 6, ¢ (nec Htibn. = substituta Btlr.) ; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 7, No. 50; STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 161, Pl. 50c. ¢ 2; Berge’s Schmett.- Buch. Hoffmann (1899), 14, Pl. 8, figs. 5 a, larva; 5 b, imago, 3; NAGANO, Nawa’s Insect World [Konchti Sekai (Jap.) ] (1909), 13, 375. * The first paper of this series was printed in This Journal, Sec. D (1914), 9, 247-268, 3 pls. 136814 281 922 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Apatura substituta BUTLER, Cist. Entom. (1873), 1, 158; PRYER, Rhop. Nihon. (July, 1888), 22, Pl. 5, fig. 9, ¢; StTICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 168, Pl. 50d, 6. Papilio (Apatura) clytie Scuirr., Wien Verz. (1776), 321; STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 162, Pl. 50c, 6&6 2; MATSUMURA, Thousand Insects of Japan (Nihon Sencht Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 79, Pl. 68, fig. 4, J (mee Schiff = ? substituta Btlr.). Apatura ilia var. serarum OBERTH., Etud. d’Ent. (1891), 15, 11, Pl. 1, fig. 8, 5; STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 163, Pl. 50d, ¢. Apatura ilia ab. mikuni WILEMAN, Entomologist (1910), 43, 93, ¢. Apatura here FELDER, Wien. Ent. Mon. (1862), 6, 27; STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 162, Pl. 50e, ¢ @. Apatura here ab. sobrina STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, Pl. 50e, 92. Apatura bunea HERRICH-SCHAFFER, Schmett. Eur. (1844), 1, figs. 161, 164; StTicHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 1638, Pl. 55d, 3. The larva of A. substituta figured (Plate I, fig. 1) was taken May 28, 1901, at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, on willow, Japanese name, yanagi (Salix sp.). A female imago emerged June 11, 1901, which I identified at the British Museum (Na- tural History) as A. substituta Butler. Another male imago, which emerged at Hakodate, Hokkaido (Yezo), August 5, 1902, and a female, locality and date unrecorded, are both refer- able to A. substituta. The larvee from which these two speci- mens emerged were compared, previous to pupation, with the drawing of the larva from which the female imago emerged June 11, 1901, and were found to be identical. Apatura substituta is placed by Leech and Stichel as a form or variety of A. ilia Schiff., and I am content, for the present, to leave it as a synonym of that species. At the same time I am inclined to think that, for reasons which follow, it is a distinct species, and not a subspecies nor a variety. Stichel 2 remarks of A. substituta as follows: In Japan, the species (A. ilia Schiff.) is represented by substituta Btlr. (Plate 50d) which is very similar to metis Frr. (and therefore often con- founded with it). The ground-colour of this form is generally darker, the eye-like spots of both wings are not obsolescent, the submarginal spots of the hindwing elongate-ovate or rounded-quadrate, instead of arrowhead- shaped or luniform as in metis, and on the underside the band of the hindwing is more distinctly white, contrasting with the ground. Some specimens (from Korea) have the bands or the upperside whitish and therefore recall bunea. * Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 168. ee ee ee ee X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 283 I may remark that these Korean specimens referred to by Stichel, which recall A. bwnea, may be referable to the aberration A. mikuni Wileman, which I described from Mikuni, Bungo Province, Kyushu,’ as “possibly a dimorphic form of A. ilia var. substituta,’”’ but as the type is not at hand, I am unable to say positively and cannot compare it with Seitz’s figures of bunea or substituta. Stichel catalogues many forms of A. ilia, but the names appearing in the synonymic caption seem to be the only ones connected in any way with China and Japan. Of Apatura ilia Schiff. (Seitz, 1, Plate 50c) (= Papilio iris Esp.) Leech remarks that ‘“‘typical specimens of ilia are either exceedingly local, or of very rare occurrence in eastern Asia,” and Seitz does not record it from Asia. Matsumura in his Cata- logus Insectorum Japonicum (sic) mentions that it is found in Honshu. No doubt his ilia Hiibn. equals substituta Btlr., as he does not mention substituta in his catalogue. Apatwra ilia seems to be confined to Europe. Apatura clytie Schiff. (= iris Esp., julia Schrk., astasia Hbn.) (Seitz, 1, Plate 50c), according to Stichel, also is confined to Europe. Matsumura‘ records it as a variety of A. ilia from the four islands of Hokkaido (Yezo), Honshu, Shikoku, and Kyushu and from Korea and China; this also seems to be an error for A. substituta, as his figure, apparently, represents either swbsti- tuta Butl., or mikuni Wileman, not clytie Schiff. Apatura substituta Butl. (Seitz, 1, Plate 50d) is the common form (?) of ilia in Japan, and is recorded by Stichel from the Japanese islands of Honshu and Hokkaido (Yezo) and from northern China, Korea, and Amurland. Pryer records it from Honshu as ilia, from July to September. I have taken it in Honshu from June to September, in Kyushu in June and July, and in Hokkaido (Yezo) in July and August. The larva appears in June, and there seems to be only one brood of the butterfly in the year. It is to be noted here that Miyajima figures A. ilia Hiibn., male, and Matsumura * figures A. ilia var. clytie Schiff., male, as being the form of Apatura ilia occurring in Japan. Both the figures given by these authors neither agree in the 5’ Entomologist (1910), 43, 93. “Thousand Insects of Japan (Nihon Sencht Dzukai) (1907), 4, 79, Pl. 68, fig. 4, o. * Japanese Butterflies (1904), 184, Pl. 14, fig. 6, ¢. * Thousand Insects of Japan (1907), 4, 79, Pl. 68, fig. 4, 3. 234 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 former case with the figure given by Stichel’ for ilia, male, nor in the latter case with the figure given by him for clytie, male, ® but they both agree well with the figure given by Stichel for substituta, male. Matsumura in referring to his figure remarks in a note that “this variety has the markings very distinct but the ground-color is ashy-white; it occurs in Kyushu but is rare.” His figure, I believe, represents mikunt Wileman, male,’° also taken in Kyushu, in which the tawny-orange spots and bands of both wings are replaced by white ones. Apparently these spots and bands in his figure are white, not tawny-orange; and, if so, the figure represents mikuni, a dimorphic form of substituta. Apatura here Feld. (Seitz, 1, Plate 50e) ab. sobrina Stichel (Seitz, 1, Plate 50e) is from eastern, central, and northern China and seems to have been erroneously recorded from Japan by Felder. Apatura serarum Oberth. (Seitz, 1, Plate 50d) (male — phae- dra Leech) from western and central China and Yunnan. Apatura ila ab. mikuni Wileman (male, type unfigured) from Honshu, Japan = ? dimorphic form of A. substituta Butl. The tawny-orange spots and bands of substituta are replaced by white. ; The reason why I think Apatura substituta Butl. is entitled to rank as a species is because the larva apparently differs from that of zlia Schiff., which is described by Stichel*: as follows: Larva of the species (A. ilia Schiff.) adult 4-5 cm, dirty green, similar to that of iris Linn. (nec Esp.) in shape and markings, but the reddish horns on the head with black stripe, the anterior part of the body with two red-edged yellow lines, the body from the center backwards on each side with 5 red-margined yellow oblique stripes which extend over two segments, anal processes and legs blue-green. Its habits similar to those of A. iris Linn.; feeding especially on Populus tremula, P. pyramidalis, and on various willows, like Salix caprea, viminalis, and rosmarinifolia. Pupa greenish, carinate dorsally, the back, the wing cases and the processes of the head edged with yellow. A comparison of Stichel’s description of the larva of A. ilia with my original figure of the larva of substituta shows the following differences: ‘Anterior part of the body with two red- 2? edged yellow lines;” substituta shows one yellow longitudinal line only, not red-edged, extending from the head to the end of ‘Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 161, Pl. 50c, d 2. * Opus cit., 162, Pl. 50c, ¢ ¢. ® Opus cit., 168, Pl. 50d, o. *” Entomologist (1910), 43, 93, unfigured, 3. “Opus cit., 162. ee ee X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II IR5 the sixth segment (counting from and including the head). Apatura substituta has the same number of yellow oblique stripes, namely five, which are not red-margined. No mention is made by Stichel of the dorsal tubercle or spine on segment 8; this is an important point, and if this spine does not exist in the larva of ilia, it at once separates the two species. A figure of this dorsal spine is given in Plate I, fig. 4; apparently it is composed of four small tubercles. As the larva is represented in fig. 4 ina lateral position, I am unable to say positively whether this spine is single or paired on the dorsum. The artist did not draw a figure showing an upper dorsal aspect of the larva, and I made no note at the time as to whether the spine on the dorsum was single or paired. It is probably paired. However, this point is of minor importance, as ilia apparently possesses no dorsal spine. A reference to the figure of this larva given in Berge’s Schmet- terling-Buch shows no dorsal spine nor does mention of! it appear in his description. Lang‘? remarks of the larva of ilia that it is— very similar to that of iris Linn., but somewhat smaller and of a yellowish colour, except on the ventral surface. The cephalic horns are bordered with yellow. Feeds on Salix and several kinds of Populus, chiefly Populus alba. Lang also does not mention the presence of a spine on the dorsum, and as these two authors could hardly have overlooked such an important character, I believe that swbstituta is a species distinct from ila. Pupa.—tThe pupa of Apatura substituta is figured on Plate I, figs. 7, 8. Pryer states that “the green pupa mimics a young willow leaf, both in shape and colour.” It has faint white oblique stripes on the dorsum, and with the exception of this agrees with Stichel’s description of the pupa of ilia. Genus VANESSA Fabricius Vanessa FABRICIUS, Illiger’s Magazin (1807), 6, 281; STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 200. Vanessa canace Linnzeus. Plate I, fig. 17, larva; fig. 18, food plant. Japanese name, murasaki-tateba or ruri-tateba. Papilio canace LINN., Syst. Nat. (1767), 12, 779. Vanessa canace LEECH, Butterf. of China, Japan, Corea (1892-1893), 1, 255; STer. and REBEL, Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 26, No. 163; KERSHAW, Butterf. Hongkong (1907), 41, Pl. V, fig. 2, 2; Pl. 6a, fig. 5, larva; fig. 6, pupa; Miyagima, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui “ Butterfil. Eur. (1884), 157, Pl. 35, fig. 1. 286 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 118, Pl. X, fig. 8; MaTsumuRA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 9, No. 68; MatsumuRA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sencha Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 91, Pl. 70, fig. 12, 9; STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 205, Pl. 68¢c; FRUHST., Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Indo-austral. (1912), 9, 527. Papilio charonia Drury, Ill. Exot. Entom. (1710), 1, Pl. XV, figs. LD Vanessa charonia PRYER, Rhop. Nihon (1889), 27, Pl. VII, fig. 4. Vanessa glauconia MOTSCHULSKY, Etud. Entom. (1857), 6, 28 (= no- japonica Sieboid). Stichel and Fruhstorfer ** give the following races and sub- species of Vanessa canace which are connected with China, Japan, and Formosa, and I have given a précis of their remarks. Fruhstorfer says: V. canace, widely distributed from North to South, inclines to geographi- cal differentiation. Two general types can be recognized: The first, peculiar to the Japanese and Philippine Islands, displays before the apex of the forewing a white spot, whereas in the second type, which belongs to the Indian-Malayan region, this spot is blue. Of the first group Fruhstorfer records the three following insular races: RACES AND SUBSPECIES OF VANESSA CANACE WHITE-SPOTTED RACES Vanessa no-japonica Siebold (= glauconia Motsch.); subspecies insular race (1, 206, Pls. 63c and d, ¢ 9, figured as charonia Drury; 9, 427); Siebold’s older name of no-japonica has to be retained instead of glauconia Motsch. for this subspecies. From Japan (Honshu), also in the southern Japanese islands as far as Oshima and Okinawa in the Loochoo Islands (Ryukyu), Korea. The female in two forms (? seasonal). Vanessa siphnos Fruhst.; subspecies, insular race (? seasonal form), 1, 206; 9, 527, Pl. 117, fig., 3). From Ishigakishima, most southern of Loochoo Islands (Ryukyu). Vanessa benguetana Semper (9, 527) ; subspecies, very near to no-japonica Seib.; from northwestern Luzon, Philippines, at 3,800 feet [about 1,200 meters]. I have taken this form in Luzon at from 1,700 to 2,000 meters (5,000 to 6,000 feet), in November and December, from Baguio up to the Cervantes trail leading to Bontoc. It was of frequent occurrence on the Cervantes trail at about 2,000 meters elevation below Pauai (Haight’s), but not many specimens were observable at about 2,100 meters, which is the elevation of Haight’s place. The female of this species is a remarkably large and handsome form. I have.also found the larva feeding on a species of Smilax and observed the female ovipositing on the same plant, which grows commonly in the mountains of Benguet. Semper records it during July and August. * Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, 1, 205, and 9, 527. X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II - 287 With Vanessa drilon Fruhst. the series of the blue-banded subspecies begins. In contrast to no-japonica the white spotting on the apical area of the forewing is reduced. The female hardly differs from the male. BLUE-BANDED SUBSPECIES Vanessa drilon Fruhst. (9, 527). From Formosa, 1,500 to 2,000 meters (4,000 to 6,000 feet), at Chip-chip and on the borders of Dragon and Le-hiku Lakes. Vanessa charonides Stichel (1, 206, Pl. 63, 3, and underside, figured as canace Linn. (9, 328). From eastern Siberia (Amurland and Ussuri), western China, and Korea. Vanessa charonia Drury (1, 206; 9, 528). From eastern and southern China, Hongkong,? Tonkin, Assam, Hainan; larva on Smilax, gregarious in December. All the forms found in continental India are comprised under the ~ general name of canace, but it is not necessary to refer to them here. The larva figured (Plate I, fig. 17) was taken October 15, 1900, at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, on a spiny creeper which my Japanese collector named sankirai (Heterosmilax japonica Kth.). Pryer and Miyajima, however, give the name of the food plant as saru-tori-ibara (Smilax china Linn.), and this is probably the correct name of the creeper figured (Plate I, fig. 18). The larva also appears to feed on Smilax china in Hongkong according to Kershaw, and I have found it on a species of Smilax in the mountains of Benguet subprovince, Luzon. I have also found the larva on a species of lily growing in a garden at Atami, Honshu, feeding in a semigregarious state. A male imago emerged from the pupa resulting from my larva, which is probably referable to the form glauconia — no-japonica, but the date of emergence was not recorded. Another larva was taken at Tokyo May 2, 1894. The larva appears to be very liable to attack by ichneumon flies, as I have taken it on many occasions, but have only once succeeded in rearing it, all the other larve having been infested with ichneu- mons and dying before coming to maturity. My figure of the larva is not very good, as it was just preparing to pupate. The one given by Kershaw in Butterflies of Hongkong and south- eastern China is an excellent figure, and his description of the full-grown larva, which is given below as well as descriptions of the ova and pupa, agrees with my figure. Ova sub-conical, multi-angled longitudinally, the angles whitish, the rest green. Laid singly on the upper side of leaves of Smilax china Linn., a very prickly climber with scarlet berries, native to China, Cochin China and Japan. Fam. Liliaceae. Larva, very young; head black, general colour shiny yellow brown, base of spines light yellow. Later, general colour grayish maculated with dark brown, the yellow of the base of the spines suffused and almost forming a Prete The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 broad yellow ring on each segment. Branches of spines nearly black. Full grown, each segment narrowly banded transversely with black and pale yellow, these latter bands narrower than the black. Each segment also broadly banded transversely with orange, spotted with black, the spines being set in these bands. Seven longitudinal rows of stout, pale yellow spines, or processes, spined laterally at the top with black and up the stems with pale yellow spinelets, the tips black. Head black bristly with black hairs, with the suture narrowly marked in orange. The first spine of the central dorsal row is on the fifth segment, the last spine on the twelfth or penultimate segment. The two last segments irregularly marked with black and orange, with a large sub-circular black spot above the anus. Prolegs black, ringed at the base with orange. Underside chiefly black, but banded narrowly with whitish, something like the upper surface. After the late molts, when nearing pupation, the stems of the spines become white, and the pale yellow transverse bands on the body also are nearly white. Pupa angular, two rows of sharp processes down the back of the abdo- men, and other very small processes on the dorsal surface. Head deeply cleft, the two parts sharply pointed and curved inwards. General colour deep purple-brown, variously marked with reddish; a silver marking on each side of the back of the thorax, each marking divided into two by a trans- verse brown line. After some days the four lowest processes (just above the silver spots) become dark red-gold. Attached by the tip only, without a band. Although the eggs seem to be always laid on S. china, and the larve are there found, yet they will generally eat several other species of Smilax. The following descriptions of the larva and pupa are taken from various authors :** Vanessa canace Linn. “Larva. Segments alternately orange and white, with numerous black spots on the orange segments and black streaks on the white; seven white, branching, black-tipped spines on each orange segment.” (Hampson.)* “Pupa. Variegated reddish brown, with frontal gold and silver spots; head produced and bifid.” (Hampson.) Vanessa canace, race haronica Moore. “Larva. Light red; spotted with black, the segments divided by blackish and purple lines; anal segment slightly humped; segments armed with eight longitudinal rows of yellow branched spines: head and legs black. Feeds on Smilax.” (Moore.)* Pupa.— “Reddish brown; abdominal segment with two dorsal rows of small reddish pointed tubercules; thorax angular; head-piece produced and bifid.” (Moore.) Imago.—“Usually a very wary, easily scared insect, it is occasionally seized with unaccountable fits of boldness, and I have more than once seen it settle again and again on a moving jinrikisha in a crowded street. It is on the wing throughout the year, though most numerous in autumn. “See Fauna of Br. India, Butterflies (1905), 1, 372. * Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. (1888), pt. 2, 355. ** Lepidoptera of India (1899-1900), 4, 94, Pl. 315, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, larva and pupa, o 9. RD; 6 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 289 The sexes are similar, but the white sub-apical marking on the upper side of the forewing is larger in the female, than in the male.” (Kershaw.) “Common all over Japan and Korea. It is a variable species in the contour of the wings, width of the blue submarginal bands, and the size and colour of the costal spots, which may be either blue (canace), or white (glauconia), the blue submarginal band of the forewing, which usually ceases at its junction with the larger costal spot, is in some specimens carried up as far as the apical spot, noticeably so in specimens taken in the mountain districts of central Japan in October. * * * So far as I know the var. glauconia appears to be confined to Japan and the Loochoo Islands. * * *.” (Leech.) The adult is very partial to the gummy exudations of wild cherry and other trees and to the sap issuing from Cossus bur- rows in oak trees. As Kershaw observes, it is occasionally very bold. Individuals of this species have settled on my butterfly net while I held it and on my white helmet. It is fond of sitting on wet places on the roads and of flying about late in the after- noon just before dusk, when it is more than usually audacious. Matsumura records Vanessa glauconia Motsch. (= no-japonica Sieb.) from the Japanese islands of Hokkaido (Yezo), Honshu, Shikoku, and Kyushu, and J have taken it in Honshu and Kyushu in various localities on the mountains and plains from May to October. It undoubtedly hibernates in the imago state, as I have taken specimens flying in the months of March and April at Tokyo. I have observed it in Japan as high as from 1,300 to 1,700 meters (4,000 to 5,000 feet). There are probably two if not three broods in the year according to its geographical range. In Hokkaido there is probably only one brood, as the summer is very short. Genus DIAGORA Snellen Diagora japonica Felder. Plate III, figs. 10 and 11, young larva, lateral and dorsal aspects; figs. 7 and 9, adult larva; fig. 8, cephalic horn, enlarged; fig. 1, head, enlarged; figs. 2, 8, 4, and 5, horn on segments 3, 6, 8, and 11, respectively, enlarged; fig. 6, anal horns, enlarged; figs. 12 and 13, pupa. Japanese name, gomadara-cho. Apatura japonica FELDER, Wien. Ent. Mon. (1862), 6, 27. Euripus japonica PRYER, Rhop. Nihon. (July, 1888), 23, Pl. 5, fig. 8. Hestina japonica ‘LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1893), 1, 146, Pl. 20, figs. 5 and 6, vars.; MIyAJIMA, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 186, Pl. 14, fig. 7, J; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 7, No. 48; Matsumura, Thousand Insects of Japan [Senchtii Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 80, Pl. 68, fig. 5, 2 Diagora japonica STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 167, Pl. 56b, 3; 56ce, &. 290 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Hestina australis LrecH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1893), i Ie = 4s Cea Po A Diagora australis STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, Pl. 56c; NAw4, Insect World [Konchii Sekai (Jap.)] (1902), 6, 184, Pl. 4, larva, pupa, imago, ¢ 9. Diadema diagoras Hew., Exot. Butt. (1863), 3, Pl. 1, fig. 1 (= japo- nica Feld.). Hestina subviridis LrmcH, Entom. (1891), 24, suppl. 27. Diagora subviridis STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, Pl. 60b, sex? Hestina yankowskyi GROSE-SMITH and KirBy, Rhop. Exot. (1891), pt. 16, 2, Pl. 1, figs. 8 and 4, d. Diagora yankowskyi STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 167. Hestina subviridis var. intermedia LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1893), 1, 145. Diagora subviridis var. intermedia STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 167. Hestina japonica var. chinensis LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-18938), 1, Pl. 20, fig. 6, og. Diagora japonica var. chinensis STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, Pl. 56c. Stichel remarks that Diagora subviridis Leech is presumably a subspecies of persimilis Westwood, the nymotypical form of which inhabits the Himalayas; D. subviridis differs from persimilis only in the whitish green streaks and spots being enlarged, the underside being of a greenish tint. Diagora subvi- ridis, with its aberrations or forms of yankowskyi, intermedia, and chinensis, is the Chinese race or subspecies, while japonica Feld., with its aberration australis, is the Japanese race or sub- species. Stichel places all of these under subviridis. Diagora japonica Felder, however, should have precedence as the type, since it was described in 1862 and subviridis in 1891. Plate III, figs. 10 and 11, represent the young larva of Diagora japonica Felder, taken at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, in October, 1900, on a tree named in Japanese enoki (Celtis sinensis Pers.). This larva, which is given in lateral and dorsal aspects, I failed to breed. Plate III, figs. 7 and 9, represent an adult larva of D. japonica taken in June, 1901, at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, also on enoki. Fig. 7 represents this larva on June 8, 1901, and fig. 9 repre- sents it on June 29, 1901. About the latter date it was preparing to pupate, but unfortunately died before it effected the pupal metamorphosis. Therefore I was unable to obtain the imago. However, I have bred D. japonica from similar larve on previous X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 991 occasions and have no doubt as to the identity of the larva figured. My larva, moreover, agrees well with the figures and description given by Nawa.1’ Nawa states that “the young larve [of Diagora japonica] hatched from the third brood of the imago, appearing at Gifu, Honshu, from the middle of September to the beginning of October, are at first ashen-grey in colour and during hibernation rest on dead enoki leaves their color assimilating well with the dry, dead leaves so that they are not easily discovered.” I have found them myself as late as February concealed in crevices of the bark. Nawa further states that “when full grown the larva is green with two bifurcated horns on the head; two large horns on segment 7 (not including head as first segment), smaller horns on segment 2, 5, 10 and two on the anal segment.” This agrees with the number of horns on my _ larva. The pupa is described by Nawa as light green. It is repre- sented with oblique white streaks in his figure, but Nawa does not mention these streaks in his description. I bred an imago of D. japonica from a light green pupa with oblique white streaks on May 18, 1901, so that they evidently exist as figured by Nawa. Pryer remarks of the larva: it hibernates on the bark of the twigs of the tree (enoki), and is then grey, but as soon as the leaves appear in spring’ it changes its skin and becomes green. It is of the usual Apatura, tapering, cylindrical shape, with strongly bifurcated head. The following description is taken from my original figure. In the description I have taken the head as the first segment, so that the horns are placed upon segments 3, 6, 8, and 11, respect- ively, instead of, as in Nawa’s description, on segments 2, 5, 7, and 10. Nawa counts the segment succeeding the head as seg- ment 1, while I count the head as segment 1. Larva.—Length, 56 millimeters when full grown. Apaturid shape; green; two cephalic horns; five faint yellowish, oblique, lateral stripes; whitish, longitudinal, subspiracular (or supra- pedal) stripe from head to tail; short white longitudinal line from head to first pair of spines on segment 3; anal segment strongly bifurcated into two parallel horns. Nawa does not mention the oblique stripes in his description. It appears from Nawa that Pryer gives the time of appearance of the imago as June, August, and October. Miyajima gives it as June and September. Both Pryer and Miyajima are agreed that there are only two broods of the insect in the year. Nawa “Insect World (Koncht Sekai) (1902), 6, 148, Pl. 4, larva, pupa, imago, ¢ 2. 992 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 states that there are three annual broods in Gifu, Honshu, namely: Brood 1. From May to the middle of June. Brood 2. From end of July to the middle of August. Brood 3. From the middle of September to the commencement of October. But few specimens of the imago are seen flying from the middle of August to the middle of September, and very few emerge during this period. The imagoes of the third brood die after ovipositing, and their young larve hybernate. Matsumura records this species from the four islands of Hokkaido (Yezo), Honshu, Shikoku, and Kyushu and from Formosa and Korea, and Seitz records it from China and Japan. It would be interesting if some entomologist were able to breed Diagora persimilis Westwood,!* in order to discover if the larva is the same as that of japonica Leech, since Stichel states that subviridis Leech, a form of japonica Leech, is presumably a subspecies of persimilis. Matsumura gives nire (Ulmus parvi- folia Jacq.) as a food plant of japonica. LYCAINIDA& Genus ZEPHYRUS Delman Zephyrus DELMAN, Kong. Vet.-Akad. Hand. (1816), 37, 62, 90; SEITZ, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 269. Zephyrus orientalis Murray. Plate I, figs. 12 and 18, larva, lateral and dorsal aspects; fig. 14, food plant; figs. 15 and 16, pupa, lateral and dorsal aspects. Japanese name, 0-midori-shijimi. Dipsas orientalis MuRRAY, Ent. Month. Mag. (1875), 11, 169. Thecla orientalis JANSON, Cis. Ent. (1877), 2, 156; PRYER, Rhop. Nihon. (July, 1888), 14, Pl. IV, figs. 8a and 8b. Zephyrus orientalis LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1894), 2, 376; StTer. and REBEL., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 71, No. 480; Miyagima, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 180, Pl. XX, fig. 3, J; 4, 2; MAaTSuMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 18, No. 140; MatTsumuRA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sen- chu Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 214, Pl. 75, fig. 3, f; SrITz, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 269, Pl. 73h, 2 and underside. Zephyrus diamantina OBERTH., Etud. d’Ent. (1880), 5, 18, Pl. i, fig. 1. Zephyrus cognata STGR., Rom. Mém. Lép. (1892), 6, 152, note. Zephyrus suffusa LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1894), 2, 377, Pl. XXVII, fig. 14, J; Seitz, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 269, Pl. 73h. * Since writing the above I have discovered a reference to the pupa of Diagora persimilis Westw. See Mackinnon, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. (1897), 11, 369, Pl. 4, fig. 8, pupa. Nex ID, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 293 The larva figured (Plate I, figs. 12 and 13) was taken June 14, 1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on dwarf oak, Japanese name, ko-nara (Quercus glandulifera Bl.) ; it pupated June 21, and a male imago emerged, date unrecorded, which I identified at the British Museum (Natural History) as Zephyrus orientalis Murray. Another male pupated at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, May 11, 1901, and emerged June 1, 1901. Larva.—sSeitz describes the larva as ashy gray, with darker markings, the segments projecting laterally; lives until June on oak. The following description is taken from my original figure: Length, 20 millimeters. Ashy-gray; mediodorsal longitudinal - black line edged by white lines on each side; darker lateral oblique streaks edged with white; segments on dorsum projecting acumi- nately, slightly hairy; the segments projecting laterally above legs. Pupa.—tThe pupa is attached by a silken tail pad and abdominal girdle. Miyajima states that in Japan the larva feeds on evergreen oak, Japanese name, aka-gashi (Quercus acuta Thunb.). Matsumura and Seitz record the species from Hokkaido (Yezo) and Honshu and also from Korea, central and northern China, and eastern Siberia (Amurland). Matsumura gives kashiwa (Quercus dentata Thunb.) and miyama-hannoki (Alnus viridis var. sibirica Rgl.) as food plants of the larva. I have taken it at Hokkaido, Honshu, and Kyushu from June to July. Pryer records it in Japan on the plains from May to July and on the mountains from July to August. Leech states that it occurs plentifully all over Japan and at Gersan, Korea, from the end of June to the beginning of August. Zephyrus attilia Bremer. Plate I, fig. 11, larva. Japanese name, mizuiro-onaga-shijimi. Thecla attilia BREMER, Bull. Acad. Pétr. (1861), 3, 469; Bremer, Lep. Ost.-Sib. (1864), 24, Pl. 2, fig. 3; Murray, Ent. Month. Mag. (1874), 11, 168, 2; PryER, Rhop. Nihon. (July, 1888), 15, Pl. 4, fig. 11; Ster., Rom. Mém. Lép. (1892), 6, 153. Zephyrus attillia LrEcH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-94), 2, 392; Ster. and REBEL., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 71, No. 483; MIyAJIMA, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 185, Pl. XX, fig. 12; Marsumura, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 18, No. 142; MAatsumuRA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sen- chu Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 122, Pl. 74, fig. 20, 2; Srrtz, Macro- lep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 272, Pl. 74d, ¢ . Zephyrus attilia subgrisea WILEMAN, Entomologist (1911), 44, 55 (aberration). 294 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 The larva figured (Plate I, fig. 11) was taken May 21, 1901, at Yoshino, Yamato Province, on evergreen oak, Japanese name, aka-gashi (Quercus acuta Thunb.). A female imago emerged June 8, 1901. The larva also feeds on the dwarf oaks, Japanese name, kunugi (Quercus serrata Thunb.) and ko-nara (Quercus glandulifera Bl.). Graeser found the larva on Quercus mongolica at Chabarowka, Amurland, eastern Siberia. It is an interesting fact that the larva of this species emits a faint sound which resembles the feeble clucking of a hen. One male and four female imagoes also emerged from larve similar to the one figured on June 7, 8, 9, 11, and 12, 1901. Larva.—Seitz describes the larva as pale green with yellow dorsal dashes. Until the end of May, found on Quercus mongo- lica, and frequently infested with Tachina. The following de- scription is taken from my original figure: Length, 20 milli- meters. Dark yellowish green with lateral yellow oblique streaks; dorsum on segments 5 to 11 acuminate and spined with a few stiff hairs; a slender whitish longitudinal subdorsal line from head to segment 5. Matsumura records the species from Hokkaido (Yezo) and Honshu and from China, Korea, eastern Siberia (Ussuri and Amurland), and Manchuria. I have taken it from June to July in Honshu and Kyushu, and Pryer records it from May to July. Zephyrus attilia ab. subgrisea Wileman was described from two specimens taken in Yamato Province, Honshu, and as it has not been previously figured, a figure of the imago is given on Plate III, fig. 14. The original description is also quoted be- neath for convenience of reference. It may possibly turn out to be a distinct species, as the markings on the underside differ in some respects from those of typical Z. attilia. The latter is very common in the Bukenji Woods, near Kanagawa, Yoko- hama, Honshu. ZEPHYRUS ATTILIA ab. SUBGRISEA Wileman. Blackish with a faint purplish tinge; a black mark at end of cell, and indications of the darker under side markings; traces of a bluish white marginal line on each side of the tail. Fringes white. Under side greyish white; fore wings have a brown elongate spot at end of the cell, edged with white and enclosing a faint white line; a brownish, slightly oblique, post- medial band, outwardly edged by a broad white band; the area beyond the band is suffused with brownish and traversed by a submarginal series of white-ringed blackish spots, those towards costa smaller than those towards inner margin, the latter outwardly edged with orange; marginal line blackish; on the hind wings the brown and the white bands are similar to those on the fore wings, but the submarginal spots are less clearly defined outwardly; the outer margin below vein three is orange X, D, 6 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 295 enclosing two black spots, that between veins two and three round. Ex- panse, 32-36 millim. Collection numbers 2017 and 2018. Two specimens from province Yamato, Honshu, July, 1894. Zephyrus saepestriata Hewitson. Plate I, fig. 9, larva; fig. 10, food plant. Japanese name, uranami-akashijimi. Dipsas saepestriata HEWITSON, Ill. Diurn. Lep. (1865), 67, Pl. 26, figs. 7 and 8; PRyER, Rhop. Nihon. (July, 1888), 18, Pl. IV, fig. 5. Zephyrus saepestriata LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892- 1894), 2, 384; Ster. and Repei., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 71, No. 488; Seitz, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 278, Pl. 74e and f, g and underside; Miyagima, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 183, Pl. XX, fig. 9, J; MATSUMURA, _ Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 18, No. 146; MatsumurA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sencht' Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 126, Pl. 75, fig. 6, 2. The larva figured (Plate I, fig. 9) was taken May 20, 1901, at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, on dwarf oak, Japanese name, kunugi (Quercus serrata Thumb.); a female imago emerged from the pupa of this larva June 8, 1901. Larva.—The following description is taken from my original figure: Length, 23 millimeters. Pale green with faint yellow ’ subdorsal oblique streaks on the side; dark spiracles; spines on dorsum highly acuminate on segments 5, 6, 7, and 8; a whitish longitudinal subspiracular line running from head to tail. Miyajima states that the larva of this species feeds on ko-nara, a species of dwarf oak (Quercus glandulifera Bl.) ; Mat- sumura gives kashiwa (Quercus dentata Thunb.). The imago generally flies among dwarf oaks in the early morning and also again in the evening from 5 o’clock on and is very regular in its time of flight. Japanese professional col- lectors call it tokz (time, hour) on account of its punctual habits. Matsumura records it from Hokkaido (Yezo) and Honshu and from eastern Siberia (Ussuri). I have taken it in Hok- kaido and Honshu from May to August. It does not appear to have been recorded yet from Shikoku and Kyushu. It is abundant in the Bukenji Woods, near Kanagawa, Yokohama, where dwarf oak is plentiful. Genus ARHOPALA Boisduval Arhopala BoIsDUVAL, Voy. Ast., Lép. (1832), 75; Snitz, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 274. Arhopala japonica Murray. Plate II, figs. 14 and 15, larva, dorsal and lateral aspects; fig. 16, food plant; fig. 17, pupa. Japanese name, murasaki-shijimi. 296 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Amblypodia japonica Murray, Ent. Month. Mag. (1875), 11, 170; PryER, Rhop. Nihon. (1886), 11, Pl. II, fig. 14; Lercu, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1894), 2, 344, Pl. 30, fig. 14, d. Arhopala japonica MiyAJIMA, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 178, Pl. XIX, fig. 6; Matsumura, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 17, No. 128; Matsumura, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sencha Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 114, Pl. 74, fig. 7, 2; SEITZ, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 274, Pl. 75b, 6 and underside. The larva figured (Plate II, figs. 14 and 15) was taken September 26, 1900, at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, on evergreen oak, Japanese name, aka-gashi (Quercus acuta Thunb.) ; it pupated September 30, 1900, and a male imago emerged October 5, 1900. I also found larve of this species at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, in May, 1901, from which I bred specimens June 7 and 19, 1901, and July 11, 1901. There- fore there are evidently at least two broods in the year, the larva of the first brood being taken in May or possibly earlier, and the larva of the second brood in September or earlier. Mat- sumura gives shii (Pasania cuspidata Cerst.) as the food plant. Seitz states that A. japonica is common in the spring and again from August in central and southern Japan and Korea, . and that he caught numerous males in flowering fields as late as November. Miyajima gives the time of appearance as May to September for the first brood and September to April for the second brood. Pryer gives September to December and April. I have taken this species in Honshu and Kyushu from May to October, and Matsumura records it from the same islands and from Shikoku. Therefore it may be said that the species occurs in Honshu, Shikoku, and Kyushu from May to the follow- ing April. The late imagoes of the second brood frequently appear on sunny days from November to April, flitting about flowers or the branches of the food plant (evergreen oak). Pryer records the fact that the species hibernates. Miyajima also records it from the Loochoo Islands (Ryukyu). In a note written in a copy of Pryer’s Rhopalocera Nihonica which I obtained from the Rev. W. Andrews, of Hakodate in Hokkaido (Yezo), itis stated that japonica occurs in Hokkaido, but no date of appearance is given. No author, however, appears to have recorded it from that island, and Matsumura distinctly states that it does not occur there. Larva.—The larva may be described from my original figure as grayish white tinged with yellow; dark mediodorsal, longitud- inal stripe edged broadly with yellow; pale subdorsal and sub- spiracular longitudinal stripes. Length, 19 millimeters. X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 297 In the British Museum (Natural History) Arhopala japonica Murray is placed as a synonym of Panchala asinarus Felder. The type species of Panchala Moore is P. ganesa Moore. Seitz, however, does not refer to asinarus in his description of, and notes on, A. japonica, so I have adopted his nomenclature. Genus CURETIS Hiibner Curetis HUBNER, Verz. bek. Schmett. (1827), 102; Seitz, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276. Curetis paracuta Nicéville. Larva and pupa of Curetis paracuta Nicéville. Plate II, fig. 18, larva; fig. 19, food plant; fig. 20, pupa, abdominal aspect; fig’. 21, pupa, - dorsal aspect; fig. 22, ace mark on pupa, enlarged. Japanese name, wragin-shijimi. Curetis acuta Moors, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1877), IV, 20, 50; PRYER, Rhop. Nihon. (Nov., 1886), 11; (July, 1888), Pl. IV, fig. 1a, 6; 1b, 2 (= paracuta Nicéville); LrEEcH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1893), 349 (= paracuta Nicéville) ; MiyasIMA, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 176, Pl. XIX, fig. 9, 6; 10, 2 (= paracuta Nicéville) ; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 17, No. 1381 (= paracuta); MATSUMURA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sencha Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 123, Pl. 75, fig. 1, 6 (= paracuta); KeRSHAW, Butterf. Hongkong (1907), 77, PI. VIII, fig. 8, 5; 9, 2 (=? paracuta) ; Nawa, Insect World [Konchi Sekai (Jap.)] (1907), 11, 235, Pl. VII, figs. 1-8 (= paracuta) ; SEITZ, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276. Curetis truncata Moorr, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1877), IV, 20, 51 (= 2 of acuta Moore). Curetis paracuta NICEVILLE, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. (1901), 14, 248. Curetis japonica FRUHST., Stett. Ent. Zeitg. (1908), 56; SEITZ, Macro- lep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276, Pl. 75c, ¢ 9. Curetis tsushimana FRUHST., Stett. Ent. Zeitg. (1908), 57; Seitz, Ma- crolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276. — Seitz 1° gives the following forms of Cuwretis acuta, but does not mention paracuta Nicéville, which is the Japanese form or subspecies of acuta: Curetis acuta Moore (2 = truncata Moore) from China is the “darkest form; the black border is so much enlarged that the discal spots are quite small.” ' Curetis japonica Fruhst. (Plate 75c, 5 2), from Japan; “the red discal spots are larger than in Chinese specimens.” Does this equal paracuta Nicéville? Curetis tsushimana Fruhst. from Tsushima Island, between Korea and Kyushu, “has smaller but brighter red discal spots in the 6, the @ being quite black above except for traces of bluish white scaling on the disc.” * Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276. 1368142 298 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 “A fourth form from Ichang, China, which has above a broad, black border and very light yellowish red discal spots, the hindwing being strongly angulate, is considered by Leech to be a form of angulata Moore, while Fruhstorfer treats it together with angulata as a form of bulis Doubl. and Hew. But as I have found in Japan as well as in China at the same place and hour specimens with sharply angulated outer margin to the hind wing and individuals with the hindwing completely rounded, the distinctions in the shape of the wings appear to me to be of doubtful value.” The following description of Curetis paracuta Nicéville is given for convenience of reference: Male.—Upperside, both wings may be distinguished from all known species of the genus by having the red areas of a duller colour, ferruginous rather than cupreous, as usual, the extent of the red coloration varies greatly, in some specimens being twice as great as in others. Female.—Upperside, both wings differentiated in the same way by the white areas being heavily frosted with bluish scales, the extent of these bluish-white areas being as variable as in the male, and the apex of the forewing also varies in its greater or lesser acumination. All writers on Japanese butterflies have called the species of the genus Curetis occurring there C. acuta Moore, which was originally described from Shanghai in North China and of which the C. truncata of Moore, and the C. angulata of Moore, are in my opinion synonymous. C. acuta occurs from the eastern coast of China (Shanghai and Hongkong) to the Western Himalayas. The female has the wings above with white central areas. The late H. Pryer’s figure of the female of the Japanese Curetis is very bad, as it shows the upperside of both wings white instead of bluish white as it is, I believe, invariably. He describes it as “blue.” C. paracuta appears to be a fairly common species in Japan, Pryer giving four localities for it, Leech, the mountains of Central Japan and I have it from Tokyo and Nikko, besides other places not specified. Habitat: Japan. Expanse: d, 2.0 to 2.1; 2 2.0 to 2.2 inches. The larva of Curetis paracuta (Plate II, fig. 18) was taken June 4, 1901, at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, on wistaria, the Japanese name of which is fuji (Kraunhia floribunda Willd.) . It pupated June 6, 1901, and a male imago emerged June 16, 1901. A second larva was taken at Yoshino July 18, 1901. The imago which emerged is no doubt referable to C. paracuta Nicéville, which is the Japanese form of the species. The transformations of C. acuta have been figured and de- scribed by Nawa. He gives figures of the larva in all its stages, of the pupa, and of the imago, and a general life history. Larva.—tThe following is a description of my larva of C. para- cuta (Plate II, fig. 18) taken from my original figure: Length, 29 millimeters. Dark green; head retractile; segment 4 con- siderably dilated laterally and vertically so as to form a decided ridge across the segments; spiracles brown ocellated with white; spiracular and subspiracular region paler in color; two semi- %, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 299 vertical horns on segment 12, base yellow and black-tipped, from these the larva darts filamentary tentacles, when irritated. These tentacles, which are armed with hairs at the apex, strongly resemble the ciliated antenne of a bombycid moth and are very well represented in Nawa’s *° figure of the full-grown larva. The markings in his figures, however, do not seem to agree well with those of my specimen. Nawa represents his larva as having a series of subdorsal lateral streaks more or less oblique, a supra- spiracular and spiracular line of white dashes, and a rather quadrate white blotch on the side of segment 9. My larva agrees with his in ground color, and as can be seen from the figure is merely of a paler color in the spiracular region. Nawa mentions~ that the larva exserts tentacles when irritated and gives the food plant as wistaria (fuji). There are, therefore, apparently two forms of the larva. The pupa is figured on Plate II, figs. 20 and 21, and the following description is taken from my original figure: Pupa.—Dorsum green, speckled lightly with white and marked with the exact facsimile in miniature of a white ace of spades on the thorax; on the underside, wing cases, and abdomen whitish. Nawa in the figure of his pupa also shows the white ace mark. Seitz 2+ describes the larva ‘“‘of the very closely allied (and perhaps not specifically distinct) C. malayica Felder” as follows: Larva velvety green with a brown head and a dark red oblique lateral stripe on the 3 and 4 segments, posteriorly with a yellow dorsal stripe and on the 9th segment a white quadrangular spot. The projections of the 12th segment yellowish green, the reversible tentacles reddish yellow with black and white hairs at the apex, the tentacles being moved very fast and at once retracted. The head of the larva is always kept retracted, being hardly visible when the larva is feeding. On Pongamia glabra. Pupa semiglobular, transparent greenish, with a yellowish ovate spot on the anterior portion. A large white spot, more or less rhomboidal, is represented by Nawa on the side of segment 9 of his larva, but in other respects Seitz’s description of malayica Felder does not agree with the descriptions by Nawa and myself. Bingham ” also gives a long description of the larva of Curetis bulis var. malayica Felder. Matsumura records C. acuta from Honshu, Shikoku, and Kyu- shu. This, no doubt, is C. paracuta Nicéville, the Japanese race. I have taken it in Honshu and Kyushu from June to October, and have taken hibernated specimens in the same islands in May. 70Tnsect World (1907), 11, Pl. 7, fig. 5. ** Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276. ™ Fauna Br. India, Butterflies (1907), 2, 446. 300 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 There are probably two broods, and it hibernates in the imago form. It never appears to have been taken so far north as Hokkaido (Yezo), where there are five months of rigorous winter with much snow and ice and a very short summer. Miyajima records acuta from Loochoo Islands (Ryukyu), but whether or not this is typical acuta or paracuta, I am unable to say. Genus ARTOPOETES Chapman Artopoétes CHAPMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1909), 473. Type, Lycena pryeri Murray. Artopoétes pryeri Murray. Plate II, figs. 23 and 24, larva, dorsal and lateral aspects; fig. 25, food plant; figs. 26 and 27, pupa, dorsal and lateral aspects. Japanese name, uragomadara-shijimi. Lycena pryeri MurRAY, Ent. Month. Mag. (1873), 10, 126; PRYER, Rhop. Nihon. (July, 1888), 18, Pl. V, fig. 16; LrEcH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-94), 2, 318; Stcr. and REBEL., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 90, No. 649; Miyagima, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 165, Pl. XVIII, fig. 8, 2; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 20, No. 160; MatsumurA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Senchi Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 112, Pl. 74, fig. 3, 3; Seitz, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 322, Pl. 83e, J 2 and underside. Artopoétes pryeri CHAPMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1909), 473. The larva figured (Plate II, figs. 23 and 24) was taken June 16, 1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on a species of ? privet, Japanese name, ibota (Ligustrum japonicum Thunb.). This larva pupated July 3, 1902, and a female imago emerged July 18, 1902. Dorries found the full-grown larva in Sutschan District, eastern Siberia, in June, feeding on Syringa amurensis Rupr. This shrub is also found in Japan and is called hashidoi in Japanese. Pupa.—tThe pupa is attached by a silken pad at the tail with a girdle round the body. Larva.—The following description of the larva is taken from my original figure: Length, 17 millimeters. Green; a darker longitudinal mediodorsal line; a brown dorsal patch on segments 2 to 4, narrow on segments 2 and 3, and expanding triangularly on segment 4; abdomen whitish; spiracles dark. Matsumura records this species from Hokkaido (Yezo) and Honshu. Seitz records it from eastern Siberia (Amurland) and Japan. Miyajima states that it flies from May to July. I have taken it in Honshu and Hokkaido in the same months and in Kyushu (Haki, Bungo Province; Shimoshiiba, Hytga Province) in July. There appears to be only one brood in the year. X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 301 HESPERIIDA ISMENIN4 Genus ISMENE Swainson Ismene SWAINSON, Zool. Ill. (1820-21), 1, Pl. 16; Watson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1898), 125 (type, wedipodea Swainson) ; MABILLE, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 341. Ismene aquilina Speyer. Plate II, fig. 1, head, enlarged; fig. 2, dorsal aspect; fig. 3, larva; fig. 4, food plant; figs. 5 and 6, pupa. Japanese name, kibane-seseri. Ismene aquilina SPEYER, Stett. Ent. Zeitg. (July, 1879), 346; LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1894), 2, 635; STer., Rom. Mém. Lép. (1902), 6, 214; Miyasima, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 206, Pl. XXII, fig. 10; MatTsumurRA, Cat. Insect.-Jap. (1905), 1, 24, No. 195; MarsumuRA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sencht. Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 133, Pl. 75, figs. 24, 3; 20, 2; Ster. and REBEL., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 94, No. 681; MABILLE, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 342, Pl. 86f. Ismene jankowskii OBERTH., Diagn. Ask. (Aug‘ust, 1879), 4 (published in Naturae Novitates, Sept., 1879); OBERTH., Etud. d’Ent. (1880), 5, 23, Pl. 1, fig. 2, 9. Proteides chrysaeglia BUTL., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1881), 586. Pythauria chrysaeglia PRYER, Rhop. Nihon. (Dec., 1889), 33, Pl. X, figs. 5a, d; b, 2. The larva figured (Plate II, fig. 3) was taken July 21, 1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo) on a tree named in Japanese sen-no-ki (Acanthopanax ricinifolium S. and Z.). It pupated July 28, 1902, and a female imago emerged August 18, 1902; three other female imagoes emerged on August 10, 18, and 19, 1902, respectively. Larva.—tThe following is a description of the larva taken from my original figure: Length, 41 millimeters. Head ocherish; color brownish with paired vertical lateral yellow streaks on each segment parallel with the segmental divisions; two dorsal yellowish white longitudinal lines, one on each side of the dor- sum; yellowish white subdorsal and subspiracular stripes, the latter edged with brown below and then with white; abdomen pale. Pupa.—Purple-gray with a prominent thoracic horn on apex of head and dusted with a purplish bloom. Attached to leaf by a silken pad by tail and a girdle round the middle of abdomen. Matsumura records this species from Hokkaido (Yezo), Honshu, and eastern Siberia (Ussuri). Leech remarks that it is 302 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 “not rare in the mountainous parts of central Japan and also in Yezo.” Pryer records it from Asamayama Mountain and Nikko, both in Honshu, and from Yezo (Hokkaido). I have taken Ismene aquilina in the following localities: Honshu, Yamato Province (Dorokawa, August); Hokkaido (Yezo), Oshima Province (Junsai Numa, July, August) ; Shiribeshi Province (Iwanai, August) ; Ishikari Province (Sap- poro, August; Jozankei, August). I captured it in great num- bers at Jozankei, near Sapporo, where it frequented the flowers of a giant thistle which grew from 2 to 3 meters high. I also found it in profusion on the summit of Raiden Toge (Pass) on the way to Iwanai in Hokkaido (Yezo). Miyajima gives the time of appearance as July and August which coincides with the months mentioned by me above. In Honshu this species appears to be a mountain butterfly, but in Hokkaido it frequents the plains, being also found in great abundance in the mountains. Genus AUGIADES Hiibner Augiades HUBNER, Verz. Bek. Schmett. (1827), 112; Watson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1893), 103; MABILLE, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 347. Augiades ochracea Bremer. Plate II, fig. 7, larva; fig. 8, food plant; figs. 9 and 10, pupa, dorsal and lateral aspects; fig. 11, head, enlarged; fig. 12, section, dorsal aspect; fig. 13, tail section, dorsal aspect. Japanese name, hime-kimadara-seseri. Pamphila ochracea BREMER, Bull. Acad. Petsbr. (1861), 3, 473; BREMER, Lep. Ost.-Sib. (1864), 338, Pl. I, fig. 11. Augiades ochracea LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1894), 2, 605; StTer. and REBEL., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 98, No. 673; MIyAJIMA, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 199, Pl. XXII, fig. 1, J; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect Jap. (1905), 1, 22, No. 183; MatsumurRA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Senchi Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 180, Pl. 75, fig. 14, d'; MABILLE, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 348, Pl. 88c, ¢. Pamphila rikuchina BuUTL., Cist. Ent. (1878), 2, 285. Hesperia rikuchina PRYER, Rhop. Nihon. (Dec., 1889), 34, Pl. X, fig. 16a, 2; 16b, 3. The larva figured (Plate II, fig. 7) was taken July 29, 1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on bamboo-grass, Japanese name, sasa-gusa (? Lophatherum elatum S.andZ.). A female imago emerged from the resulting pupa on August 17, 1902. The following descriptions of the larva and pupa are taken from my original figures: Larva.—Length, 24 millimeters. Head blue-green; body X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 303 whitish green; dark green mediodorsal longitudinal stripe; laterally whitish; white subspiracular line. Pupa.—Green; elongated acuminate thoracic horn; five white lines on the dorsum; attached to leaf of food plant by silken pad at tail and a girdle around the abdomen. Matsumura records the species from Hokkaido (Yezo), Honshu, and Shikoku and from Korea, eastern Siberia (Ussuri and Amurland), and Manchuria. He says that it is rare in the vicinity of Tokyo, but common at Aomori, in northern Honshu. Miyajima adds Kyushu, and gives the time of appearance from July to August. Butler in describing Pamphila rikuchina says - that the type “occurs at Rikuchin.” There is probably no place _ of that name in Japan, and “Rikuchin” is doubtless a slip for Rikuchiu Province. “palate a Ny isi> ae ae a mai d yi ct Dade i: oH ihn ‘ oa) +? 0 hive iy, ponbne ’ csi h, wr Tae, oa + Pe Le CSS iy LRT ae * ikaky 1? aetna * 4 di is ers oe ee ee ee ee ee ‘ ete wi i ae? we Ree tepoetiey:, 7 a, 468) 3h Teed Sage ie r aL. cK 9ST S Gil hg H hee @ wae ‘ i ioe . ee bie aie eo ee iy el i) Re i ia ie i? nl eee a. a9 iste eR ay aya 4 cae 4 tae { ; er eeeeh | Lar ie ne tr 5 ae i? ov | ; 3 bga Tet FAs San hirtal Mp; % Disk ; wn iM ele th ie me | f : Ua Wee ie Pay Og oe ay | Hn te Vy Aad ee ay “Vi te ml it eae aS bg hey? ae hi Pe area a 1 ay) i, Cay prea an LE ah alt piles ] ( 4 AP Re Lys pe a inet He OF, ‘ pervs ‘i net ; ve ; a \iteod Ay ( 0 Aes vii Woteteil ayn Ot) ee hm =) wee Hane trey ILLUSTRATIONS [Drawings by Hisashi Kaido.] PLATE I Fiegs. 1 to 8. Apatura substituta Butler. 1, larva; 2, head; 3, cephalic horn, inside aspect; 4, view of dorsal tubercle, lateral aspect; 5, tail, dorsal aspect; 6, food plant; 7 and 8, pupa. 9 and 10. Zephyrus saepestriata Hewitson. 9, larva; 10, food plant. Fig. 11. Zephyrus attilia Bremer. Larva. Fics. 12 to 16. Zephyrus orientalis Murray. 12 and 18, larva, lateral and dorsal aspects; 14, food plant; 15 and 16, pupa, lateral and dorsal aspects. 17 and 18. Vanessa canace Linnzus. 17, larva; 18, food plant. PLATE II Fies. 1 to 6. Ismene aquilina Speyer. 1, head, enlarged; 2, dorsal aspect; 3, larva; 4, food plant; 5 and 6, pupa. 7 to 13. Augiades ochrace Bremer. 7, larva; 8, food plant; 9 and 10, pupa, dorsal and lateral aspects; 11, head, enlarged; 12, section, dorsal aspect; 18, tail section, dorsal aspect. 14 to 17. Arhopala japonica Murray. 14 and 15, larva, dorsal and lateral aspects; 16, food plant; 17, pupa. 18 to 22. Curetis paracuta Nicéville. 18, larva; 19, food plant; 20, pupa, abdominal aspect; 21, pupa, dorsal aspect; 22, ace mark on pupa, enlarged. 23 to 27. Artopoétes pryerit Murray. 28 and 24, larva, dorsal and lateral aspects; 25, food plant; 26 and 27, pupa, dorsal and lateral aspects. PLATE IIT Fies. 1 to 13. Diagora japonica Felder. 1, head, enlarged; 2, 3, 4, and 5, horn on segments 3, 6, 8, and 11, respectively, enlarged; 6, anal horns, en- larged; 7 and 9, adult larva; 8, cephalic horn, enlarged; 10 and 11, young larva, lateral and dorsal aspects; 12 and 18, pupa. Fic. 14. Zephyrus attilia ab. subgrisea Wileman. Imago. 305 wate - aucen disheat ‘wt Wines , ee cape Mi | feogue eer ds th etapa ede ‘wertogey f | sg i os re AI gO yim MU aA hee i BP ages ae nica eel | ; Sik leas : i ‘beat Ge da vhddi Sk eek 2 ek a rei i ate: sel ae ae | rare 7 nvunian! Menkes ROS VAY Lees tails fata Eacteral (ee a Bee RE { ai olgeng( Ladis init iba : feettal nt ee Hebe He iden; ri “ausneen RS siteniybiy isonet dnl] feok: 8h. Gables ihe BT oa as IN ah Ie an . Pyar ap eaee Be ait vain, We od eee Ve treaty bani (ef aytine:. Ree ee a (eh. Spanien age) oe) ae Rem nye EME eRe NS! wali : " in maint lusee | oeats . Vertex in male with two black spots, pronotum with two spots behind anterior margin; scutellum basally with a single, large, median DIA CK ES OG ee eee eee ERR 2 See eee een tagalicus sp. nov. Idioscopus palawanensis sp. nov. Length, 4.25 mm.; width of head, 1.5 mm. Ochraceous, olive- tinted on vertex and pronotum; basal field of scutellum reddish brown; large basal lunule on scutellum, small pronotal lunule back of eyes, two spots on anterior margin of head, small dots inclosing ocelli, basal two thirds of clypeus, spot on mesopleure, and the ovipositor black; antennal scrobes darkened; tegmina golden brown, paler apically, the region of outer apical cell clearer ; costa broadly, alternately yellow and brown to the outer apical cell. Vertex, and face to just below upper black spots, finely, trans- versely striate, remainder shagreened; head wider than prono- tum; length of vertex into width between eyes four and one-third times; length at middle nearly the same as at eyes. Face slightly longer than broad; distance between ocelli two and a half times the distance between ocelli and eyes and twice the width of Sep WIG Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 839 clypeus at base; front slightly broader than long; clypeus of medium width, about as wide basally as apically, apex truncate; lore much longer than clypeus and two thirds as broad. Width of pronotum two and a half times the length, the length slightly less than three times that of the vertex. Scutellum as long as pronotum and about one half of the vertex together; transverse impressed line obtuse-angularly bent, the apex open, the lateral limbs not arcuate; surface just posterior to impressed line with a few, shallow, transverse wrinkles. Tegmina distinctly thickened and roughened on basal half, this area having numerous strong punctures along the veins. Hind margin of anal segment slightly produced medially. PALAWAN, Puerto Princesa (coll. Baker). Idioscopus clypealis Leth. Colors as described by Distant. He does not state that it is the male which lacks the two spots on anterior margin of head, Fic. 19. Idioscopus palawanensis sp. nov. Fic. 20. Idioscopus clypealis Leth. this being a sexual character. The clypeus in my specimens is uniformly black. The female also possesses two small black spots between the ocelli, as shown in Distant’s figure, where the ocelli, laterad of the spots, are not shown. Vertex, and face to just below upper black spots, finely, trans- versely striate, remainder shagreened; head wider than prono- tum ; length of vertex into width between eyes two and one-fourth times, length at middle distinctly greater than at eyes. Face somewhat broader than long; distance between ocelli two and two-thirds times the distance between ocelli and eyes and about twice the width of clypeus at base; front longer than broad; clypeus of medium width, slightly broader apically than basally, tip gently emarginate; lore far longer than clypeus and nearly as broad. Width of pronotum little more than twice the length, the length little more than twice that of vertex. Scutellum as long as pronotum and three fifths of the vertex together; trans- 340 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 verse impressed line very obtusely bent, open apically, the lateral limbs not arcuate, the surface just posterior to this with a few, shallow, transverse wrinkles. Tegmina with subobsolete | punctures along the veins on basal half, those on the yellowish costa minute and dark. Hind margin of.anal segment of female gently bisinuate to subtruncate, in the male subtruncate. Py- gofers slender at base, compressed, subspatulate. LUZON, Los Banos (coll Baker). Occurring in swarms on mango flowers and probably fully as injurious as Chunra niveosparsa. Idioscopus tagalicus sp. nov. Length, 5 mm.; width of head, 1.8 mm. Ochraceous, olive- tinted on pronotum, scutellum yellow; a large, median, basal spot on scutellum, two small spots near anterior margin of pro- Fig. 21. Idioscopus tagalicus sp. nov. Fic: 22. Idiocerinus melichari sp nov. notum (sometimes absent), two large spots on anterior margin of head, clypeus (concolorous in male), and ovipositor black; corium semitransparent, faintly tinted with brownish, more or less smoky-tipped, the middle third of costa and a broad stripe adjoining claval commissure and reaching half the length of clavus black or piceous; clavus opaque yellow; punctures along veins few and shallow on the basal half of tegmina. Vertex, and face nearly to ocelli, finely, transversely striate, remainder shagreened; head wider than pronotum; length of vertex into width between eyes two and a half times, the length at middle distinctly greater than that at eyes. Face slightly broader than long; distance between ocelli two and one-third times the distance from ocelli to eyes and two and a half times the width of clypeus at base; front about as broad as long; clypeus narrowed to base, the apex suddenly broadened, the tip broadly, evenly rounded; lorz longer than clypeus and broader than clypeus at middle. Width of pronotum two and one-fourth X, D, 6 Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 841 times the length, the length a little less than two times that of the vertex, surface uniformly finely shagreened. Scutellum as long as pronotum and about one fifth of the vertex together; surface coarsely, irregularly shagreened on basal field; trans- verse impressed line obtuse-angularly bent, open at apex, lateral limbs not arcuate. Hind margin of anal segment of female subtruncate, in male medially, narrowly, acutely produced. Pygofers twisted, apical half uniformly narrowed. LUZON, Mount Maquiling and Mount Banahao (coll. Baker). Genus IDIOCERINUS novum The two species here described under the new genus I[dioce- rinus present a form of front not noted by me in any other Philippine idiocerine insects. The clypeus is shorter for its width than is to be found elsewhere. Otherwise it is much more like Idioscopus and Pedioscopus than like typical Idioce- rus. It includes the most delicately beautiful idiocerine insects in the Philippine fauna. Idiocerus stali of Fieber is apparently to be referred here. Type, Idiocerinus melichari sp. nov. Synopsis of the Philippine species of Idiocerinus. 1 Ty a’. Head and pronotum shining ochraceous, the latter and scutellum tinted with reddish brown; tegmina smoky, the veins concolorous; hind margin of anal segment of female truncate, the side plates not GAPINAE CRNAs Ya) Rte Oe eel are Re a el es ed melichari sp. nov. a. Head and pronotum shining pearly; tegmina subhyaline, the veins basally orange; hind margin of: anal segment of female medially produced and emarginate, the side plates strongly carinate. nacreatus sp. nov. Idiocerinus melichari sp. nov. Length, 4 mm.; width of head, 1.8mm. Ochraceous, tinted with reddish brown on pronotum and scutellum. Tegmina semi- transparent; corium very slightly tinted with pale brownish, only the inner veins distinct, the median vein broadly blackened throughout its length; clavus opaque golden brown; punctures obsolete. : Vertex, and face to near ocelli, sharply and strongly cross striate, the striz on face strikingly oblique (a rare condition in the Idiocerini) ; length of vertex into width between eyes about five times, the length at middle very slightly greater than that at eyes. Face about as broad as long; distance between ocelli once and a half the distance between ocelli and eyes and about once and a half the width of clypeus at base; clypeus very short, broadened toward tip, where it is slightly emargi- 842 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 nate; lore as long as clypeus, about two thirds as wide, and with outer margin incurved. Width of pronotum two times the length, the length three and a half times that of the vertex; surface very finely shagreened. Scutellum very finely sha- greened, the impressed line very inconspicuous and nearly straight; the length equaling that of pronotum; corium with second apical cell pedunculate. Hind margin of anal segment of female truncate. Pygofers of male with slender bases, gra- dually narrowed apically where the tip is upturned. LuZON, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker). Idiocerinus nacreatus sp. nov. Length, 4 mm.; width of head, 1.3mm. Head, thorax, and legs pearl white; tegmina semitransparent, with basal Se third washed with orange, postnodal veins orange. (| : Head sculptured as in J. i melichari; length of vertex NG into width between eyes about three and one-third times, Fic. 23. Idiocerinus nacreatus sp. nov. length at middle distinctly greater than at eyes. Face about as broad as long; distance between ocelli once and a half the distance between ocelli and eyes and once and a half the width of clypeus at base; clypeus as in I. melichari; lore as long as clypeus and about two thirds the width, the outer margins not incurved. Width of pronotum two and a fourth times the length, the length two and a half times that of vertex; surface finely shagreened. Scutellum as long as pronotum and one half of vertex together, sculptured as in melichari. Corium with second apical cell pedunculate. Genitalia of female as in melichari, but side plates strongly, discally carinate. LUZON, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker). FIG. ILLUSTRATIONS “TEXT FIGURES Iposcopus distanti sp. nov. . Iposcopus breviceps sp. nov. . Ipo conferta Kirk. . Ipocerus kirkaldyi sp. nov. . Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. lagunensis var. nov. . Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. palawanensis var. nov. . Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. philippinensis var. . Busonia scutellaris sp. nov. . Busonia mindanaensis sp. nov. . Balocha busonioides sp. nov. . Pedioscopus . Pedioscopus . Pedioscopus . Pedioscopus . Pedioscopus . Pedioscepus . Pedioscopus . Pedioscopus . Idioscopus palawanensis sp. nov. . Idioscopus clypealis Leth. . Idioscopus tagalicus sp. nov. . Idiocerinus melichari sp. nov. . Idiocerinus nacreatus sp. nov. agenor Kirk. disjunctus sp. nov. modestus sp. nov. maquilingensis sp. nov. similis sp. nov. angustatus sp. nov. simplex sp. nov. coloratus sp. nov. nov. 343 < S60 +) easyer t 0 | 1m fs 3 s ne vide, ot : ae eet fiae ie | } a N@iE) Bai mere oti? Conan ae rs Pht? SEE TREND: 1 CLS A Met Ai wes : ; e pat s * Sia ‘ola Z | ‘ R PAS. « he Apt ‘ 3 oi ¥ % 4 js t } i fa8 ‘ i ‘ : 4 Raa NOTES ON JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA AND THEIR LARV: PART III * By A. E. WILEMAN (Manila, P. I.) THREE COLORED PLATES HETEROCERA BOMBYCIDZ Genus THEOPHILA Moore Theophila Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1867), 688. Theophila falcigera Butler. Plate I, fig. 1, young larva; fig. 2, food plant; fig. 3, adult larva; fig. 4, head and thoracic segments. Japanese name, 0-kuwa modoki. Lagyra falcigera BUTLER, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. (1878), 2, 45, Pl. 35, fig. 4, 2; PRyER, Trans. Asiat. Soc. Japan (1888), 12, No. 204. Oberthiria falcigera MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 48. Hyposidra falcigera LrEcH, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1897), VI, 19, 314; MAtTsumuRA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sencht Dzukai (Jap.)] (1909), suppl. 1, 50, Pl. 8, fig. 6, @. =? Euphranor caeca OBERTH., Etud. d’Ent. (1880), 5, 40, Pl. 6, raves, alal &e =? Oberthiiria caeca STGR., Rom. Mém. Lép. (1892), 6, 337; STGR. and Res., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 128, No. 1044; GRUNBERG, Seitz’s Macrolep., Faun. Pal. (1911), 1, 190, Pl. 35e. =? Oberthuria rutilans GRUNBERG, Seitz’s Macrolep., Faun. Pal. (1911), 1, 190 (ab. of caeca.) =? Andraca gracilis BUTLER, Cist. Ent. (1885), 3, 125, No. 22; LEECH, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1888), 625, No. 217; LescuH, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1898), 272; GRUNBERG, Seitz’s mineroieel Faun. Pal. (1911), 1, 190. The larva figured (Plate I, figs. 1 and 3) was taken in August, 1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on itaya- kaede, a species of maple (? Acer pictwm Thunb.). The artist figured the larva in the young stage on August 13, 1902, and again in its full-grown stage on August 27, 1902. No record * The first paper of this series was printed in This Journal, Sec. D (1914), 9, 247-268, 3 pls.; part II, in (1915), 10, 281-306, 3 pls. 345 346 | The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 was made of the date of pupation, but a female imago emerged July 7, 1903, which I identified at the British Museum (Natural History) as Lagyra falcigera Butl. It also agrees well with Butler’s figure, which is that of a female. The larva figured is the only one of this species I have ever taken or seen and attracts particular attention on account of its peculiar cobra- like thorax. The head is retractile and, together with seg- ments 2 and 3, can be almost entirely withdrawn into segment 4, giving the larva the appearance of a cobralike serpent. Poulton alludes to similar instances in larve when discussing protective mimicry, instances in which “the defenceless form lives upon the reputation of some dangerous animal belonging to another subkingdom. * * * Such caterpillars terrify their enemies by the suggestion of a cobra-like serpent.” He gives as illustrations the larve of Chaerocampa elpenor and Chaerocampa orcellus.2. The particular form of protective mimicry suggested by the larva of Theophila falcigera should probably be classed under pseudaposematic colors.® Larva.—tThe following description of the larva is taken from my original figure: Length, full-grown about 55 millimeters. Anterior or thoracic segments—namely 2, 3, 4—broadly light olive with expanded ochraceous lobes on segments 4 and 5; olive dorsal stripe; lateral ground color whitish olive with darker olive streaks; a yellowish oblique stripe on segments 9 and 10, running down the side of proleg on segment 10; caudal horn thick at base and olive-colored, tapering to a slender yellowish filament at the apex; spiracles black. (In this description the head is taken as the first segment.) The young larva is much darker in color and the caudal horn is somewhat longer. When the larva is not feeding, it very often hangs from the leaf head downward and in this position mimics a dead leaf. Butler places the present species in the genus Lagyra Walker, among the Geometride. Leech also places it among the Geo- metride, but in the genus Hyposidra Guénée. There is no doubt, however, that the larva has no affinity with this family, but that its proper place is among the Bombycide, where the species is placed in the British Museum (Natural History) under the genus Theophila Moore, to which I have accordingly assigned it. Butler’s type of L. falcigera, a female, came from Hakodate, Hokkaido (Yezo), and there appears to be no male specimen in *See previous papers for nomenclature of segments. * The Colours of Animals. 2d ed. London (1890), 257-259, figs. 55-56. *See Wileman, This Journal, Sec. D (1914), 9, table I, facing p. 248. X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 347 the British Museum collection. Staudinger remarks that the female of falcigera Butler appears to be the female of Huphranor caeca Oberthiir (the type of which is a female), or of a species very closely allied to the latter. I am inclined to share the same opinion and have provisionally included E. caeca as a synonym of T. falcigera. Euphranor caeca is placed by Staudin- ger and Seitz in Oberthiiria of the Bombycide. Possibly fal- cigera is referable to this genus and not to Theophila, as the larve of Theophila falcigera and Theophila mandarina are very different in form and color, although they have this special point in common that they both exhibit the same form of pro- tective mimicry alluded to by Poulton under pseudaposematic colors.* Theophila mandarina has two eyelike spots on each side of segment 4, which is much swollen, and when segments 1 (head) to 3 are withdrawn into segment 4, the larva assumes the threatening snakelike attitude of a Chaerocampa larva alluded to by Poulton.® I am also inclined to think that Andraca gracilis Butler, the type of which is a female, is a form of falcigera Butler. An- draca gracilis is possibly the normal female of caeca (= falct- gera), while the typical female falcigera is probably a dark variety. I have only one male specimen of falcigera, taken at Tobetsu, Hokkaido (Yezo), July 20, 1902, which agrees in markings with Oberthiir’s male caeca, but not in size nor in color. I am inclined to think that caeca is merely a light fawn-colored (“fauves ailes’”) form of falcigera. Butler’s type of Lagyra falcigera (2) was from Hakodate, Hokkaido (Whitely). Butler’s type of Andraca gracilis (2) was from Nikko, Honshu (Pryer). Oberthiir’s type of caeca (¢) was from Askold Island, eastern Siberia. Askold Island is situated on the coast opposite Hokkaido (Yezo). Pupa.—tThe pupa is inclosed in a smooth, light golden brown, semitransparent cocoon, stiff in texture. It has a transverse slit at the top like the cocoon of Rhodinia fugax Moore, which belongs to the Saturniide. Local distribution.—Theophila falcigera: Hokkaido (Yezo), Junsai Numa, near Hakodate, July, 1 male, 1 female. Matsu- mura records the species from Hokkaido (Yezo) and Honshu. General distribution.—Theophila caeca, eastern Siberia (Us- suri?) ; T. falcigera, Japan; T. gracilis, Japan. “See Wileman, loc. cit. ° Loe. cit. 848 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Theophila mandarina Moore. Plate II, fig. 5, larva; fig. 6, food plant. Japanese names, kuwago; yama-kaiko. Theophila mandarina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1872), 576, Pl. 33, fig. 5; Seitz, Macrolep., Faun, Pal. (1911), 1, 190, Pl..351, 3d. ~ Bombyx mandarina LEECH, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1888), 626,No. 222; LEECH, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1898), 271, No. 22; Matsumura, Injurious Jap. Insects (Nihon Gaichthen) (1899), 55, fig. 1, imago, 6; fig. 2, ove; fig. 3, larva; MaTsumURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 48, No. 391; MatsumurA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sencha Dzukai (Jap.)] (1909), suppl. 1, 1388, Pl. 18, fig. 18, ¢. Bombyx fuscata MotscH., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. (1866), 39, 1, 192. The larva figured (Plate II, fig. 5) was taken September 8, 1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on mulberry, named in Japanese kuwa. This larva died without passing through its metamorphoses, but I bred one male and three females from similar larvee, which are common on mulberry trees. Larva.—tThe following description of the larva is taken from my original figure: Color, grayish brown; segments 4 and 5 abnormally distended dorsad; on segment 4 a subdorsal, black ocelluslike spot, ringed internally with red and externally with black; on segment 6 a black ocelluslike spot, ringed internally with gray and externally with black; a short caudal horn. This larva is another striking example of the form of protec- tive mimicry exhibited by its near ally Theophila falcigera Butler, which has been alluded to in the notes on the latter species. Matsumura ® records the life history of this species under Bombyx mori var. mandarina Moore and gives figures of the ove, larva, and male imago. He says that in Hokkaido it is single-brooded and hibernates in the ova stage. The ove, which are deposited in rows on mulberry twigs, hatch in the following spring. The larva spins its cocoon after the fourth molt in precisely the same way as the domesticated silkworm, Bombyx mori Linn. However, owing to the fact that it lives in a wild state, it takes a longer time in attaining full growth and does not spin its cocoon until the end of July or the beginning of August. The cocoon, which is of an ashy white or ashy yellow color, is spun in a curled up leaf, and the imago emerges in about two weeks. Pupa.—tThe pupa is inclosed in a flimsy yellowish cocoon spun in the leaves of the mulberry. It is of no use for silk, as the thread cannot be reeled. °Injurious Jap. Insects (Nihon Gaichthen) (1899), 55, Pl. 24, figs. 1 to 3. X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 849 Leech remarks that Bombyx mandarina is ‘“‘probably the wild form of Bombyx mori. In color the imago is darker and the markings are distinct, the female is much larger than the same sex of B. mori.” I have captured it in Honshu and Hokkaido (Yezo) in June, August, October, and November, and Matsu- mura records it from Hokkaido (Yezo), Honshu, Shikoku, and Kyushu, and Seitz records it from eastern China, Korea, and Japan. Seitz states that Bombyx fuscata Motschulsky from Japan appears, according to the descriptions, to be only a dark form of mandarina. GEOMETRIDZ& GEOMETRINA Genus EUCHLORIS Hiibner Euchloris HUBNER, Verz. Bek. (1827), 283. Euchloris difficta Walker. Plate I, fig. 5, larva, lateral aspect; fig. 6, larva, dorsal aspect. Japanese name, shirofu-aoshaku. Comibaena difficta WALK., Cat. Lep. Het. (1861), 22, 576; BUTLER, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. (1879), 3, 37, Pl. 50, fig. 3, o. Euchloris difficta LEECH, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1897), VI, 20, 236; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 117, No. 1006; NAGANO, Insect. World [Koncht Sekai (Jap.)] (1909), 13, 91, Pl. 5, figs. 1 to 8, larva, pupa, imago, ¢ @. Phorodesma gratiosaria BREM., Lep. Ost.-Sib. (1864), 77, Pl. 7, fig. 1, 2 (teste Warren). Ochrognesia difficta WARREN, Nov. Zool. (1894), 1, 391. The larva figured (Plate I, figs. 5 and 6) was taken in May, 1901 (figured May 5), at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, on willow; Japanese name, yanagi. This larva was unfortunately thrown away with old dry ‘ leaves when changing the daily supply of food, and I was never able to discover another larva to breed and compare with the figure drawn by my artist. I was much vexed that I did not have an opportunity of further observing it, as it is a most striking example of procryptic colors affording special protective resemblance. Poulton defines this class of resemblance as ‘‘resemblance in shape and outline, as well as in color, to some object in the environment as a protection against enemies.” * In this case the larva both in shape and outline mimics, or ™See Wileman, loc. cit. 1374003 350 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 resembles, the unexpanded leaf buds of the willow and thus effects concealment from its enemies. Fortunately, owing to the researches of Nagano, the well- known authority on Japanese lepidopterous larve, I am now able to give the figure of this larva, which has been identified by me from Nagano’s figures as that of Huchloris difficta Walker. Nagano has published a description of the larva and its habits, accompanied by three figures representing its dorsal and lateral aspects.® The figures of my larva agree very well with those given by him, and I have no doubt as to its identity. Nagano, however, has not succeeded in portraying so faithfully, as has my artist, the exact mimetic resemblance of this larva to the unexpanded leaf buds of a willow. The figure in my plate (fig. 6) re- presents the larva at rest, and in this position, while it lies flat along the willow twig, it exactly resembles willow buds in various stages of expansion. The caudal lobes of the larva, which are green, represent the more developed stage of the buds; the cephalic lobes, the undeveloped buds. This position imparts to it a most deceptive protective resemblance and thus secures it immunity from its enemies when it is quiescent. Larva.—The following description is taken from my original figure: Length, 32 millimeters. Segments 2 to 9 acutely bilobed; the lobes of segments 2 to 5 brownish black, those of segments 6 to 8 green; segments 9 to 11 brownish black; with pale medio- dorsal and spiracular stripes; ventrum brownish black. Leech states that Warren considers Phorodesma gratiosaria Bremer, from eastern Siberia, as identical with Euchloris difficta. A comparison of Nagano’s figures of the male and female imagoes of difficta with the female imago figured by Bremer seems to confirm this opinion and, therefore, I have included gratiosaria as a synonym of difficta. Nagano states that he has not discovered the ova of this species, but that the larva probably hatches in April, feeding on kawa-yanagi and kori-yanagi. Matsumura in his Catalogue of Japanese and foreign plants of Japan gives Salix purpurea L. as the botanical name of kawa-yanagi and S. purpurea var. multinervis Fr. and Sav. as that of kori-yanagi; both are willows. My larva was taken some time previous to May 5, when it was figured. The insect pupates from May to June and the adult emerges from June to July. Nagano took his specimen May 19; it pupated June 2, and the adult emerged June 20. Nagano * Insect World (Koncht Sekai) (1909), 13, Pl. 5, figs. 1-8. X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 851 also thinks that H. difficta is not properly placed in the genus Euchloris, as the larva differs very much in appearance from those of other species of the genus found in Europe. Probably the ova passes the winter without hatching, or there may be a second brood later in the year. Leech records the species from northern and central China, eastern Siberia, Korea, and Japan. Genus MEGALOCHLORA Meyrick Megalochlora Mryrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1892), 95. Megalochlora valida Felder and Rogenhofer. Plate I, fig. 7, larva; fig. 8, food plant; fig. 9, head. Japanese name, schiroseuji-aoshaku. Geometra valida FELD. and ROGENH., Reise der Novara (1875), 5, Pl. 127, fig. 37. Megalochlora valida Ster., Iris (1897), 10, 1; Ster. and Res., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 262; MAtTsumuRA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 116, No. 1001; Prout, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World (1912), 4, Pl. 1, fig. 1, J; SASAKI, Insects Injurious to Japanese Trees [Nihon Jumoku Gaichthen (Jap.)] 3d ed. (1910), pt. 2, 47, Pl. 96, larva, pupa, imago, d. Geometra dioptasaria CHRIST, Bull. Mosc. (1890), 9. The larva figured (Plate I, fig. 7) was taken in April, 1901, at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, on dwarf oak, Japanese name, kunugi (Quercus serrata Thunb.), and a male imago was bred from it June 1, 1901. The coloration of this larva is an example of procryptic colors, affording special protective resemblance.® In this case the larva mimics the young leaf buds and leaves of the oak as will be observed on reference to the figure. The color of the spines on segments 5 and 12, the lateral blotches on segments 9, 10, and 11, and the anal segment harmonize extremely well with the young leaf buds of the tree, which are of the same color, and render the larva difficult of discovery, although one may search very closely for it. Larva.—The following description is taken from my original figure: Length, about 36 millimeters. Light green; paired dorsal tubercles on segment 3; two pairs of long dorsal spines on each of segments 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 12, those on segments 5 and 12 light red-brown, all the others light green tipped with brown; light red-brown lateral blotches on segments 9, 10, and 11; anal segment entirely light red-brown. It is appropriate to mention ° See Wileman, loc. cit. 352 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 here that the larva of the closely allied species Megalochlora sponsaria Bremer *° is very similar to that of M. valida. How- ever, it is much smaller, with only four pairs of dorsal spines all directed forward instead of six pairs as in valida. It is green without dark markings. I bred two imagoes from larve of M. sponsaria at Kobe on June 18, 1901, and July 21, 1902, respectively, but my artist did not figure the larva, so I think it advisable to mention the resemblance here. Pupa.—tThe pupa of M. valida is green, sparsely spotted with black dots on the dorsum. I have taken valida in Honshu Island in June and July only. Matsumura records it from Honshu and from eastern Siberia. The larva appears in April with the young buds of the oak, the pupa in May, and the imago in June and July. I have never taken specimens of the imago later than July; therefore it is probably single brooded. GEOMETRIDA BOARMIIN& Genus AUAXA Walker Auaxa WALKER, Cat: Lep. Het. (1860), 20, 271. Auaxa cesadaria Walker. Larva of Auaxa sulphurea Butler. Plate II, fig. 1, larva; fig. 2, food plant; figs. 3, 4, larva, previous to pupation. Japanese name, ki-edashaku. Auazxa cesadaria WLK., Cat. Lep. Het. (1860), 20, 271. Bizia sulphurea BUTLER, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. (1878), 2, 47, Pl. 35, fig. 10. Auaxa sulphurea LEECH, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1897), VI, 19, 220; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 148, No. 1265. The larva figured (Plate II, fig. 1) was taken in July (figured July 2), 1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on wild rosé; Japanese name, no-bara (Rosa multiflora Thunb.). It pupated July 6, and an adult female emerged August 3, 1902. Another female emerged from a larva (Plate II, figs. 3, 4) taken in May, 1901, at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, and two males and one female from larve taken July 29 and 31, 1902. Pupa.—tThe pupa is inclosed in a frail cocoon spun among rose leaves. ; Larva.—The following description is taken from my original figure: Length, 37 millimeters. Pale green, a lateral series of four pairs of curved pink spines situated on segments 5, 6, 7, and 8; a pair of similar spines, submediad, on the dorsum * Lep. Ost.-Sib. (1864), 77, Pl. 7, fig. 25. X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 353 of segment 12. These spines almost exactly mimic the young pink spines of the wild rose. The coloration of this larva seems to suggest procryptic colors, affording special protective resemblance." When this larva is hidden by the green leaves of the rose, it is most difficult of detection; lying, as it does, flattened against the rose twig, the resemblance of the pink spines to those of the rose completes the concealment. I have taken the imago in Hok- kaido (Yezo), Honshu, Kyushu, and Shikoku in June, July, and August, and Leech records it from Honshu, Kyushu, and central and western China. The larva appears from June to July, the imago from June to August. : Leech !° remarks that this species is “probably identical with Auaxa cesadaria Walker from China, the type of which I have not been able to discover.”’ In the British Museum collection Bizia sulphurea Butler is placed as a synonym of Auaxa cesadaria Walker from China. However, I have named the larva as that of Auaxa sulphurea. Walker’s** description agrees with But- ler’s figure. NOCTUIDA CATOCALIN& Genus METOPTA Swinhoe Metopta SWINHOE, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. (1900), 2, 170. Metopta rectifasciata Ménétries. Plate II, fig. 7, larva; fig. 8, food plant. Japanese name, shirosuji-tomoye. : Sipirama rectifasciata MmN., Cat. Lép. Het. Mus. St. Pétersb. (1863), Pl. 17, fig. 6; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 96, No. 819. Metopta rectifasciata HMSN., Cat. Lep. Phal. (1918), 12, 301, fig. 50. Spirama rectifasciata LEECH, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1900), 575, No. 1325. Calliodes rectifasciata LEECH, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1889), 545. Spiramia japonica WLK., Cat. Lep. Het. (1865), 33, 948, nee Guén. Spirama interlineata Butu., Ann. & Mag. Nat. (1878), V, 1, 291; Butt., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. (1878), 2, 41, Pl. 34, fig. 2. The larva figured (Plate II, fig. 7) was taken in September, 1902 (figured September 8), at Hokodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on shiode? (? Smilax herbacea Linn. var. nip- ponica Maxim.). Iam not sure about the name of the food plant, but it was identified by my Japanese collector as shiode, for which the botanical name is given in J. Matsumura’s Catalogue of Japa- “See Wileman, loc. cit. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1897), VI, 19, 220. * Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. (1860), 20, 271. 354 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 nese and foreign plants. A male, which is of the interlineata form, emerged in the following year on June 19, 1903. This larva is an example of the form of protective mimicry alluded to by Poulton under pseudaposematic colors,** which he defines as “an appearance which deceptively suggests something unpleasant, or dangerous to an enemy.” In this instance the eye- like subdorsal spots probably suggest something unpleasant to its enemies, as in the case of Theophila mandarina and Ophideres tyrannus.*® Larva.—The following description is taken from my original figure: Length, about 45 millimeters. Color, shades of pinkish and chocolate brown; a broad pinkish brown mediodorsal fascia, marked medially with a series of darker diamond-shaped spots; head with a yellow longitudinal stripe laterad; from the center of the head caudad there runs a subdorsal chocolate-brown stripe, attenuated anteriorly and broadening toward the anal extremity; on segment 4 a midlateral dark blue ocelluslike spot on each side, ringed internally with ochraceous red and externally with black; a subdorsal minute white spot on each of segments 4 to 11; a yellow stripe on each of segments 8 and 9, extending from spiracles to end of prolegs; a lateral, whitish violet band from segment 8 to 11; dorsal shield on anal segment black. Pupa.—Brownish black with a purple pruinescence. Local distribution.—I have taken this species in the following localities: Honshu. Oyama, Sagami Province, May; Nikko, Shimotsuke Province, May, July; Dorokawa, Yamato Province, July. Kyushu. Beppu, Bungo Province, May; lida-san, Higo Province, August. Leech records it from Tsuruga and Shimo- noseki in Honshu, June, July. Matsumura records it from Honshu, Kyushu. Hampson records it from Hokkaido (Hako- date), Kyushu, and Honshu (from Tsuruga, Nikko, Yokohama). General distribution.—Japan, Korea, northern and central China, and Formosa. NOCTUIDA Genus OPHIDERES Boisduval Ophideres BOISDUVAL, Faun. Ent. Madag. Lép. (1838), 99. Ophideres tyrannus Guénée. Plate III, fig. 1, larva, dorsal aspect; fig. 2, food plant; fig. 3, larva, lateral aspect. Japanese name, akebi-kohoha. “See Wileman, loc. cit. * See this article, pp. 347, 348, and 356. X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 855 Ophideres tyrannus GUEN., Noct. (1852), 3, 110; Hampson, Moths India (1894), 2, 562; LmmcH, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1889), 544, No. 326; LrecH, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (1900), 577, No. 1329; STer. and ReEs., Cat. Lep., Pal. (1901), 1, 247; Matsumura, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 98, No. 885; NAGANO, Nawa’s Insect World [Konchu Sekai (Jap.)] (1908), 12, 315, 354, Pl. 8, figs. 1-9, larva, pupa, imago, 2; NAGANO, Insect World (1912), 16, 41; MATSUMURA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Senchi Dzukai (Jap.)] (1910), suppl. 2, 1, Pl. 17, fig. 1, J; Sasaki, Insects Injurious to Fruit Trees [Kwaju Gaichthen (Jap.)], 5th ed. (1911), 166, Pl. 50, imago. Ophideres amurensis STGR., Rom. Mém. Lép. (1892), 6, 581; STeR. and Rss., Cat. Lep., Pal., 1, 247; OBERTH, Etud. d’Ent. (1880), 5, 86 (= ? fullonica Linn.). Adris tyrannus Moore, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1881), 11, 69, Pl. 12, fig. 5. : The larva is figured in two positions (Plate III, figs. 1 and 3). The larve from which these figures were drawn were taken in September and October, 1900 (figured September 21 and October 1), at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, on a creeper with large golden yellow fruit, known in Japanese as akebi (Akebia quinata Decne.). Ibred from them a male and a female imago, which emerged November 8, 1900, and December 4, 1900, respectively. These are apparently not referable to typical Ophi- deres tyrannus, but to the form described by Staudinger as var. amurensis. I also took the larva, which evidently belongs to the first brood at Yoshino, on May 12, and from it an imago was bred June 10, 1901. I found a green form of larva at Hakodate, Hokkaido (Yezo), in which the markings were rather more distinct than in the form figured, but this was not bred. It was feeding on barberry (Berberis sp.). Nagano,'® who has written at some length on the transformations of this species, states that no fixed rule can be laid down as to the color of the larva, which varies according to its stage and the locality it inhabits. Larva.—The following description is taken from my original figure: Length, about 67 millimeters. Blackish brown with a pink tinge dorsally; of a darker shade laterally; sprinkled with yellowish patches and dots; a conspicuous yellow patch on segment 10 spotted with the ground color; two prominent ocellus- like spots on segments 6 and 7, internally black, centered with blue, and ringed externally with a broad yellow circle; segment 12, humped. There seem to be two or three broods of the larva in the year. * Nagano, Insect World (1908), 12, 315, 354, Pl. 8, figs. 1-9, larva, pupa, imago, °. 356 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916 This larva is an example of the form of protective mimicry alluded to by Poulton under pseudaposematic colors.” Poulton *® mentions and gives a figure of an Indian larva, a species of Ophideres allied to O. tyrannus, which possesses ter- rifying eyelike spots similar to those of the larva of tyrannus, and which assumes a terrifying attitude— by doubling the front part of its body beneath the rest, the bend being made at the spot where the eye-like marks are placed so that the latter are brought into an appropriate position at the anterior end, while the real head is, of course, concealed under the body. This attitude, which is also assumed by O. tyrannus, is well figured by Nawa.!® When the larva wishes to assume a terrify- ing attitude, it elevates the anal segments and doubles segments 1 to 5 beneath the succeeding ones, making the eyelike spots on segments 6 and 7 very conspicuous. My artist has not figured tyrannus in a terrifying attitude, but it will be noted that in Plate III, fig. 3, the anal segments are elevated, giving also a minatory aspect to the posterior segments of the larva, so that it is apparently protected fore and aft. The imago lies concealed in dark places in the daytime, and can only be taken by beating, as it does not come to light nor to sugar. It is commonly known among professional Japanese collectors as ki-no-ha tora, or the leaf tiger, as when at rest it resembles a dead leaf. The orange underwings are exposed only in flight and are then very conspicuous. This species, therefore, is protected in both the larval and imago stages. Leech remarks: the primaries of the wings of the imago vary considerably in tint and in the amount of green markings and some specimens seem to agree with the form described by Staudinger as var. amurensis, in which the primaries are unicolorous brown, darker than is usual in typical examples. There are all intergrades, between this form and the type occurring in China. Matsumura records Ophideres tyrannus from Hokkaido (Yezo), Honshu, and Kyushu and from India and China. He records var. amurensis from Japan and eastern Siberia (Ussuri, Amurland). I have captured it in Honshu during all months from May to December, with the exception of July. Sasaki 2° states that the larva appears about July and feeds ** See Wileman, loc. cit. * Colours of Animals (1890), 263, fig. 57, Indian larva (Ophideres). This is probably the Indian form of O. tyrannus, which is also recorded from Calcutta and the Himalayas. * Insect World (Koncht Sekai) (1912), 16, 41 (woodcut) ; Ibid. (1908), 12, Pl. 8, fig. 3. * Insects Injurious to Fruit Trees (Kwaji Gaichthen) (1911), 167. RD, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 357 on akebi and also on hiragi-nanten (Berberis bealei Fort.), and that the imago appears from the end of August to December. As I have taken the larva at Yoshino, Yamato, in May, the young larvee possibly hibernate. Local distribution.—Honshu. Koya-san, Kishu Province, Aug- ust, September; Yoshino, Yamato Province, June; Kobe, Settsu Province, October to December. Hokkaido (Yezo). Hakodate, Oshima Province, September. Cocoon.—The larva spins a loosely webbed cocoon among the leaves of the food plant. Matsumura * states that the imago causes injury to such fruits as pears, peaches, etc., by sucking their juices. The following. references to this habit alluded to in the Zoological Record and elsewhere are of much interest :”” The proboscis of Ophideres is modified into a strong, rigid, boring ' instrument, armed with spines, with which the insect pierces the skin of oranges and sucks the juice. [The proboscis of O. fullonica L. is figured. ] Ophideres fullonica and its allies do not perforate oranges, etc., but enlarge the hole previously made by some other insect and suck the juice through that.” The structure of the proboscis of O. fullonica is also described, with figures, by F. Darwin.”* ZYGANIDA CHACOSIIN 42 Genus ELCYSMA Butler Eleysma BUTLER, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1881), 4. Elcysma westwoodii Vollenhoven. Plate III, fig. 4, larva; fig. 5, pupa, dorsal aspect; fig. 6, pupa, abdominal aspect; fig. 7, apex of cocoon; fig. 8, cocoon, lateral aspect; fig. 9, cocoon, upper aspect; fig. 10, food plant. Japanese name, usuba-tsubamega. Agalope westwoodii VOLL., Tidjschr. Voor. Ent. (1863), 6, 186, Pl. 9, fig. 3. Elcysma westwoodii EuwEs, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. (1890), 386, Pl. 34, * Thousand Insects of Japan (Nihon Senchi Dzukai) (1910), suppl. 25) 1. "Zool. Rec. (1875), 12, 441; see also J. Kunckel, Compt. rend. Acad. sci. (1875), 81, 387-400. Translation in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1875), IV, 16, 372-374, and Bull Soc. Ent. Fr. (1875), 5, 212. * Zool. Rec. (1877), 14, 167; see also Pilcher, Cis. Hnt. (1875), 2, 237— 240. * Zool. Rec. (1875), 12, 441; see also F. Darwin, Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci. (1875), n. s. 15, 884-889, and Month. Micros. Journ. (1875), 19, 235- 236. 358 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916 fig. 5; Ster. and Res., Cat. Lep., Pal. (1901), 1, 392, No. 4428; LreEcH, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1898), 349, No. 261; MatTsuMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 188, No. 1529; NaGano, Nawa’s Insect World [Koncht Sekai (Jap.)] (1907), 11, 489, Pl. 18, larva, pupa, imago, d @, and (1912), 16, 512; MatsumuRA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sencht Dzukai (Jap.)] (1911), suppl. 3, 3, Pl. 30, fig. 3, 2; JORDAN, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 2, 13, Pl. 3a; Miyake, Tokyo Zool. Mag. [Tokyo Dobutsugaku Zasshi (Jap.) ] (1907), 19, No. 220, 41; Pl. (unnumbered), fig. 5; SASAKI, Insects Injurious to Fruit Trees [Kwaji Gaichthen (Jap.)], 194 (larva) ; MATSUMURA, Classification of Insects [Koncht Bunruigaku (Jap.) ], pt. 1, 233. Elcysma translucida ButTu., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1881), 4; PRYmR, Trans. Asiat. Soc. Japan (1883), 48, No. 82; LrEcH, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1888), 612, No. 155. Elcysma caudata BREM., Lep. Ost.-Sib. (1864), 97, Pl. 8, fig. 8; ELWEs, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1890), 387, Pl. 34, fig. 6; SteR., Rom. Mém. Lép. (1892), 6, 248; Ster. and Res., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 392, No. 4428a; JoRDAN, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 2, 13, Pl. 3a; SASAKI, Insects Injurious to Fruit Trees [Kwaju Gaichthen: (Jap.)], 5th ed. (1911), 194, Pl. 60b, larva, imago, 3. The larva figured (Plate III, fig. 4) was taken in May, 1901 (figured May 21), at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, on sumomo (Prunus communis Huds.), a species of plum tree. I have bred the imago on several occasions from larve taken at Yoshino, and I have never found them elsewhere. I have found the larva living in a gregarious state on sumomo and another tree which my Japanese collector named me-ga-hadzusa. This, I presume, is a local name, as I am unable to find it in Matsumura’s Catalogue of Japanese trees and plants. The first time that I found the larve of Elceysma westwoodiu was on June 23, 1895, at Imoseyama, Yoshino. They were feed- ing on a me-ga-hadzusa, a tall tree with rank-smelling white flowers. The branches of this tree had been almost entirely denuded of foliage. However, there were very few larve left, as they had evidently all pupated, but I found under the tree a number of their curious boat-shaped cocoons fixed to the leaves of dwarf camellias and oak bushes. The second time I went to Yoshino was on June 11, earlier in the year by twelve days, and judging from my experience of 1895, I hoped to find the larva in greater abundance, but I was disappointed, as there were very few to be found. In 1901 I paid another visit to Yoshino about May 15 and succeeded in finding them in great numbers feeding on sumomo. Nagano writes at length on the metamorphoses of H. west- woodii and gives the following details: The flight of the imago is sluggish and it is easy to capture. The X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 859 larva, which in Gifu, province Mino, Honshu, feeds on Momo (Peach) and Sakura (Cherry), first appears there in May and June. In June and July it is full-grown and spins its cocoon. The imago appears from the end of September to the middle of October. This agrees with my experience, as on June 11 and 23 there were very few larve to be found at Yoshino, but many cocoons, whereas on May 15 I found the larve in profusion. One larva which I bred pupated as late as August 15. I have never myself seen the imago flying, but my Japanese collector captured many specimens at Yoshino in August and September and some in Kyushu in October. Sasaki states that the imago appears at the end of July, but Nagano has never seen it flying at Gifu in this month, as it does not appear there before September. The examples of this species in the Nawa collection at Gifu, numbering over one hun- dred specimens, were all taken there between the end of Sep- tember and the middle of October. Nagano states that he bred young larve from a batch of eggs laid the middle of October. These eggs were placed in a moder- ately warm greenhouse and hatched at the end of October. He questions whether this would occur in a state of nature, as the rapid incubation may have been due to the unusual warmth. If it is their usual habit to hatch at that time of the year, they would suffer from scarcity of food and, therefore, probably would hibernate in the larval state. If these eggs were forced by the heat of the greenhouse and it were unnatural for them to hatch at that time, they would probably hibernate in the egg stage. Larva.—tThe following is a description of the larva taken from one found on May 15, 1901: Length, 29 millimeters. Light greenish yellow; head retractile, almost hidden by deep skin fold of second segment, black, smooth, shiny, a black spot on each side of mandibles; two black submedian spots near dorsal margin of segment 2, and one black spot on each side of same segment; from segment 3 to the anus there extend five violet-brown longi- tudinal stripes: one mediodorsal, two midlateral, and two spira- cular. Spiracles black; the dorsal region has minute, paired black bristles on each segment situated on each side of the medio- dorsal line and also a minute bristle issuing from ventrad of the midlateral stripe on each segment. Ventrad to the spiracles and the spiracular stripe there is on each segment, from 3 to anus, a single, slender, long black bristle, feathered somewhat like the ' antenna of a Procris, those on the anterior and posterior seg- ments being rather longer. On the dorsum of segment 2 there are also paired black bristles, one on each side of the black spot; 360 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 also two bristles on each side of the anus, altogether twenty-six bristles; the mediodorsal stripe is dilated somewhat into a small diamond pattern; segmental sutures strongly marked; ventrum, legs, and prolegs yellowish white. The caterpillar is sluggish in movement and drops from the leaf by a silken thread when disturbed. ¢ Pupa.—The larva seems to spin its cocoon on the upper sur- faces of such leaves as camellias or oak bushes. The cocoon is somewhat boat-shaped and is placed with the flat surface (Plate III, fig. 9) resting on, and parallel with, the midrib of the leaf, the sides of which are drawn together and give support to the sides of the cocoon which adhere to the drawn-in leaf. There- fore, only the curved keellike dorsum (Plate III, fig. 8) of the cocoon is exposed to view, while the rest is concealed by the leaf. The cocoon is dirty white and is parchmentlike in texture, being moderately tough. The pupa is ringed and streaked with golden brown, dorsally of a yellowish golden tinge, and wing cases golden brown. Staudinger’s description of the larva and cocoon of FH. caudata Brem. agrees very closely with my description of those of LE. westwoodii, and this seems to prove that caudata is merely a local form of westwoodiu as mentioned by Jordan. Staudinger also states that the larva and cocoon of caudata have a certain resemblance to those of Aglaope infausta (sic— ? Agalope). Imago.—I have noticed in Elcysma westwoodui that the tails of the hind wings of the female are often shorter than those of the male and that the forewings of the female are not so heavily powdered with fuscous scales at the apex as in the male. My Japanese collector informed me that this insect is very local and only flies in the early morning, seldom afterwards. It seems to be abundant locally, my collector having taken over a hundred specimens. Pryer remarks: this flies by day and the first one I saw flying I took to be a new Parnassius, it has long curled tails and is a very peculiar insect. The type of Agalope westwoodii was described by Vollenhoven from a male captured in Japan by Doctor Siebold, not “from a female found at Port May, Japan, August 15,” as stated by Staudinger.”® Local distribution—Honshu. Yoshino, Imoseyama, Yomato Province, August, September (Wileman, Pryer); Gifu, Mino Province, September, October (Nagano, Pryer). Kyushu. > Rom. Mém. Lép. (1892), 6, 248. X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 361 Hiko-san, Busen Province, and Nanaori, Hytga Province, October. My Japanese collector informed me that HL. westwoodti occurs in Hokkaido (Yezo) at Ishigori, Sapporo. Jonas also took it at Osaka, Honshu. Matsumura, however, does not record it from Hokkaido but only from Honshu. Considering the proxi- mity of eastern Siberia to Hokkaido, there seems no reason why caudata should not be taken in Hokkaido. Time of appearance.—Larva, May, June; pupa, June, July, August; imago, August, September, October. Only one brood. Local, but plentiful where found. General distribution—Elcysma westwoodii: Korea, eastern. Siberia (southern Amurland), Japan, and Burma (Seitz). Elcysma caudata: Eastern Siberia (Askold, Ussuri). It should also occur in Hokkaido. ake vous: ‘cathe ban amee tacaiieatael ; i broswe dome iaeolt: beck savetionedatem baaubhl ails bgiokonatartadsl (Bessie dat sei soda nee ae ‘eae ua : Hie at ah 6 © salen aber oraetne Ha tithes at) cithband | ie beni Vib sntashapenallddiderthae Rabie “heat innh head : TOA tae Rage fe cece, bee, cael otha Hiedtynae: bebstiele dhe <; heel Rleniawatenle lalate Nadi onal Bahra: ’ i i AR ef ‘ t rad | ¥ Lae? es o- N \ : » ‘ “i os whe win ¥ . ; ha ‘ yy x 1 ie ae fi f ay .; ie ; . hey ener fy ‘i ‘Shae Fi Seieh a - hee bh . a ; ( ‘ pee ba poate ae an: Fev i c na f web i Ae #8 /, have FW . ,' Y ws i 5 ‘ " i Li tre Ae ; ie, i on RE PRT Oy AAO, FRONT UR Pat. CHE a ae ' i = " ‘ie . Res. arene ayy Sa ean ee amt ee ieee rank ie ft i ee) ; Me , Pr Dee iay ae 4 oe aby tai tat, tf Mg ‘ : af yan ys oan ats of } CAN wis Le Why, Pp. co CS Re va ye SGT he OWT LT ea ees) ae it an j 5 hag HiT Ha weer 8 ied . é ‘ 4 ae! tue WS ¥ La { ee Ae Maid H 7) RRS ‘ f ” 4 LB 6 1 } ? > ALD tek rete ¢ 5G bial ay { a a Y Fei f iy 4 . Mi . ait ILLUSTRATIONS [Drawings by Hisashi Kaido.] PLATE I Figs. 1 to 4. Theophila falcigera Butler. 1, young larva; 2, food plant; 3, adult larva; 4, head and thoracic segments. 5 to 6. Euchloris difficta Walker. 5, larva, lateral aspect; 6, larva, dorsal aspect. 7 to 9. Megalochlora valida Felder and Rogenhofer. 7, larva; 8, food plant; 9, head. PLATE II Figs. 1 to 4. Auaxa sulphurea Butler. 1, larva; 2, food plant; 3 and 4, larva, previous to pupation. 5 to 6. Theophila mandarina Moore. 5, larva; 6, food plant. 7 to 8. Metopta rectifasciata Méneétries. 7, larva; 8, food plant. PLATE III Figs. 1 to 3. Ophideres tyrannus Guénée. 1, larva, dorsal aspect; 2, food plant; 3, larva, lateral aspect. 4 to 10. Eleysma westwoodii Vollenhoven. 4, larva; 5, pupa, dorsal aspect; 6, pupa, abdominal aspect; 7, apex of cocoon; 8, cocoon, lateral aspect; 9, cocoon, upper aspect; 10, food plant. ! 363 ny oF toni vary: aera hk ta Ad VRig hoods, Lae’ | arial MOLTAS TONE, Li ( A6iaS, cil eEs Wel qyace i AEE 2 ME 4. Aad | vel sure invent silane | ete 8 Preicy Oe) ae ‘ayia BNE | ar ne attroargon, tawny soit hindib sae ry oh (oral waves 0. coeqes eet Awe ya oe ae rqtortioryod brie tehley abies alAalouang & i baad Are rie a) Paani & iyi. See vi = iH avArT . SG (Aol: ‘onedbien: aii: ato aan: soba Ane WA 2 deel Bhan (a feral: Aes wal Avant Vt Wines yee ete \ Y F(take boat 6 aera | FLL yah DAD weeny Ase DOO ED dntd-lonk at pieeded feos (aval ae concn wal lo ete LE salts ¥ bea Lae es i a weey |S O00 he Ie Le ; ‘ I a ea: hee ”) Pic fale PONTE. Ee WILEMAN: JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA, III.] [PHiLt. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. /6. PLATE Il. THEOPHILA FALCIGERA BUTLER, EUCHLORIS DIFFICTA WALKER, AND MEGALOCHLORA VALIDA FELDER AND ROGENHOFER. WILEMAN: JAPANESE LepipoerTerRA, III.] [PuHit. Journ. Sci., X, D, No. 6. PLATE Il. AUAXA SULPHUREA BUTLER, THEOPHILA MANDARINA MOORE, AND METOPTA RECTIFASCIATA MENETRIES. WILEMAN: JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA, III.] [Puit. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 6. a PLATE Ill. OPHIDERES TYRANNUS GUENEE AND ELCYSMA WESTWOODII VOLLENHOVEN. , nm ; REVIEW OF THE PHILIPPINE MEMBRACID By W. D. FUNKHOUSER (From the Entomological Laboratory of Cornell University, Ithaca, New York) TWO PLATES AND 3 TEXT FIGURES INTRODUCTION The following study has been made with the view of bringing up-to-date the knowledge of those forms of the family Membra- cide known to occur in the Philippine Islands. This group of homopterous insects, so remarkable for the unusual and peculiar development of the pronotum, is well represented in the fauna of the Islands and, indeed, from this region have emanated some of the most bizarre of the species. The extensive and careful collecting of Professor C. F. Baker, of Los Bajos, has made it possible to recognize practically all of the species hitherto described, as well as a few forms which are apparently new. These are here reviewed and classified with the hope that they may be made more easily recognizable. The synoptic tables given are admittedly artificial, but it is believed that these keys, based on easily determined structures, even though perhaps unnatural, will make it possible for the student to recognize all of the species known to the Islands at the present time. This paper is in no sense monographic and is intended merely as a preliminary contribution toward a more thorough study of the local forms of the family. A brief discussion of each species is given in cases in which the species has been recognized, and a summary is given of the original description of those species which have not been taken in recent years. Iam greatly indebted to Professor Baker, who has very kindly sent me practically all of the material on which this study is based and whose excellent collecting has made the work possible. SUBFAMILIES OF THE MEMBRACIDA Six subfamilies are recognized in the Membracide, and these may be separated as follows: Key to the subfamilies. a’. Scutellum wanting or entirely concealed by the pronotum. b*. Tarsi of equal length or the posterior pair longest. CaeAnteriorntibizt toliaceousi st eine ee eee Membracine. c’. Anterior tibiz simple. 137400-——4 365 366 The Philippine Journal of Science, 1915 d. Apical cell of tegmen not petiolate —........... eee Darnine. d’. Apical cell of tegmen petiolate, the adjacent cells touching before it. e. Tegmina opaque, veins not distinguishable ............. Tragopine. e’. Tegmina membranous, veins distinct... Smiliine. b’. Posterior tarsi very short, much shorter than anterior or interme- Late Yee OE Nd ARR CESS NAR SATE eos era naar Hoplophorine. a’. Scutellum present and usually, but not always, uncovered...... Centrotine. DISTRIBUTION AND CHARACTERS OF THE CENTROTINZ It is interesting to note that only one of these subfamilies—the Centrotine—is represented in the species thus far taken in the Islands.1. This subfamily is the dominent subfamily in the Kast Indies and the Orient, but other subfamilies are found in India and in Australia and may appear in the Philippine fauna, in which case the above table will be available. The presence of the scutellum, which is the subfamily char- acter, can sometimes be determined only by dissection, but in most cases this structure is plainly visible at the sides or just beneath the posterior process of the pronotum. In all cases the pronotum is greatly developed, completely covering the mesonotum and the metanotum in the adult insect. The anterior pronotum is often produced in horns and spines, the function of which is conjectural. — HISTORICAL AND BIBLIOGRAPHICAL Most of the species found in the Islands were described by Walker, Stal, Buckton, and Distant. Walker’s descriptions are most unsatisfactory, and some of his species will, perhaps, be located only by reference to type material. Stal’s work is so excellent as to need no comment; his genera and species are evidently the result of careful study and should be recog- nized if found. Buckton’s contribution to the Philippine faunal literature is negligible, but his species must remain in the synonymy until they can be definitely located. Distant’s de- scriptions are uniformly excellent and his figures good, but his types are from British India, and his species cannot perhaps be placed with absolute certainty from Philippine material, although it seems that one or two are identical. In the bibliography which is given for each species it has been necessary greatly to abbreviate the titles and references, which *Buckton has described two species of the subfamily Membracine as noted later in the text, but it seems inadvisable to recognize them here from the evidence at hand. x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 367 in some cases are of consider- able length. To supplement this, a complete bibliography of all of the references cited is given at the end of the paper. NOMENCLATURE Some of the terms men- arg tioned in the following de- ay, scriptions and a few of the SS characters used in the generic and specific diagnoses are Wie. 1. Fore and hind wings of Tricentrus fair more or less peculiar to the mairei Stal. a, discoidal cells ; 6, apical cells ; family and should perhaps be ° *™“""*! @m8!* briefly explained. The term tegmina is used throughout for the forewings, following Stal, Fowler, Goding, Van Duzee, and other authors. In this wing the discoidal areas (the inclosed cells in the center of the wing) and the terminal or apical areas (the cells reaching the apical margin) are frequently used, but are not entirely reliable characters (fig. 1, a and b.) The clavus is the narrow posterior portion at the base of the teg- men which is next to the scutellum when the wing is closed. The internal angle of the tegmen is the angle made by the union of the clavus with the corium at the internal margin, usually about two thirds of the distance from the base to the tip (fig. 1, c). The terminal areas of the hind wings have proved valuable taxonomic characters, but unfortunately are hard to determine in dried specimens without relaxation. If the speci- men is fresh, however, no difficulty is experienced in the use of this character, and even in dried specimens the tegmen may usually be lifted far enough to expose the tip of the underwing without damage to the insect. The sides of the pronotum above the eyes are usually swollen or produced into humeral angles Fic. 2. Front and lateral outline of Tricentrus fairmairei Stal. a, humeral angles; b, supra- humeral horns; c, metopidium; d, clypeus; e, posterior process. (fig. 2, a). Above these angles arise the suprahumeral horns (fig. 2, b). The front of the pronotum between the suprahu- 368 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916 meral horns has been termed the metopidium (fig. 2, c).2 Along the median dorsal line of the pronotum is often a distinct ridge, the dorsal carina, which is generally present on the posterior process, if not percurrent. The posterior extension of the pro- notum, which often reaches beyond the tip of the abdomen and sometimes beyond the apex of the tegmen, is known as the posterior process (fig. 2, e). The relative position of the ocelli -and the eyes is a character which is of value for specific, if not for generic, diagnosis. The clypeus (fig. 2, d) in the Mem- bracidee is the sclerite just below the median line of the vertex and is usually distinct; the labrum below itis much reduced and generally flattened against the body, so that it is not visible from a front view, thus giving the clypeus a labial appearance. The posterior trochanters in some gen- era show a curious row of teeth along their internal margin (fig. 3). This character is often somewhat difficult to verify, but is most valuable. The tibize of the forelegs are occasionally flattened or foliaceous (always so in the subfamily Membracine), and usually spined. The pres- ence of punctures and pubescence is used in specific descriptions. Fic. 3 Armed posterior trochan- ters. LIST OF SPECIES The following check list includes all of the species of the subfamily Centrotine described from the Islands to date: Tricentrus convergens Walk. Tricentrus fairmairei Stal. Tricentrus capreolus Walk. Tricentrus pilinervosus Funkh. Tricentrus plicatus sp. nov. Tricentrus attenuatus sp. nov. Centrochares horrificus Westw. Pyrgonota bifoliata Westw. Pyrgonota tumida Stal. Pyrgonota philippina Stal. Pyrgonota bifurca Stal. Pyrgonota semperi Stal. Pyrgonota pinguiturris sp. nov. Leptobelus dama Germ. Lobocentrus zonatus Stal, Dograna falco Buckt. Leptocentrus taurus Fabr. Leptocentrus leucaspis Walk. Leptocentrus reponens Walk. Leptocentrus aduncus Buckt. Emphusis bakeri sp. nov. Sertorius erigens Walk. Periaman brevifrons sp. nov. Centrotus magellani Fairm. Centrotus dilatatus Walk. Centrotus torcus Buckt. Sipylus crassulus Stal. Sipylus nodipennis Funkh. Centrotoscelus typus Funkh. Ebhul carinatus sp. nov. Gargara luconica Fairm. Gargara pygmaea Walk. Gargara patruelis Stal. Gargara varicolor Stal. * Cf. Van Duzee, E. P., Studies in North American Membracide. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. (1908), 9, 30. Bull. x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracidz 369 Gargara pulchripennis Stal. Gargara brunnea Funkh. Gargara nigrofasciata Stal. Gargara trifoliata Funkh. Gargara tuberculata Funkh. Cryptaspidia pubera Stal. Gargara luteipennis Funkh. Cryptaspidia tagalica Stal. Gargara nitidipennis Funkh. Cryptaspidia impressa Stal. Gargara nigrocarinata Funkh. Cryptaspidia obtusiceps Stal. Key to the genera of the Centrotine. a’. Tibiz more or less foliaceous; sides of thorax armed with two teeth. b'. Two suprahumeral horns; posterior process bilobed.......... Centrochares. b*. Single dorsal horn, often bilobed at tip; posterior process simple. Pyrgonota. a’. Tibiw simple; sides of thorax unarmed. b*. Hindwings with four apical areas. c’. Pronotum highly discally elevated; suprahumeral horns absent. d’. Posterior process simple and gradually acute.................. Leptobelus. a= Posterior process lobater rs. . 222 pe ee senses eee eeeeses Lobocentrus. ce’. Pronotum not highly discally elevated; suprahumeral horns present. ad’. Posterior pronotal process connected with scutellum by a perpen- Gicwlare DRO] Ome Aton yee eee eee Dograna. ad. Posterior pronotal process without prolongation below. e’. Posterior process distant from scutellum................. Leptocentrus. e’. Posterior process touching scutellum or very close to it. f’. Pronotum high and gibbous before base of posterior process. g. Suprahumeral horns in a continuous line with the anterior MAES OLmpPLOMO LUT ee one eee Emphusis. g’. Suprahumeral horns diverging from line of anterior mar- gin of spronotum +! 422). eee ee Sertorius. jf’. Pronotum not raised above base of posterior process, but in a continuous line with it........... eee eee Periaman. b*. Hindwings with three apical areas. c’. Suprahumeral horns present. ad’. Hind trochanters armed with teeth...................00...2-.... Tricentrus. d@. Hind trochanters unarmed................2...-22-.--.cceeeeeee eee Centrotus. c¢. Suprahumeral horns absent. ad’. Hind trochanters armed with teeth. e’. Body about as wide as long; lateral angles prominent... Sipylus. e’. Body much longer than wide; lateral angles not prominent. Centrotoscelus. ad. Hind trochanters not armed. e. Posterior process strongly sinuate..................00..2000:0e0e2ee---- Ebhul. e’. Posterior process not strongly sinuate. io bodys robust; usizeysmalle eee Gargara. f?. Body slender; size larger..........0..20..00esceecceeeeceeee Cryptaspidia. Genus CENTROCHARES Stal Centrotus FABR. (in part); Oxyrhachis GERM. (in part); Pterygia DeELApP. (in part); Notocera A and S. (in part). The genus Centrochares was erected by Stal in 1866,* but no species was mentioned as belonging to the genus. The generic *Hemiptera Africana (1866), 4, 86. 370 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 characters may, however, be deduced from the table given to be as follows: Bilobed posterior process, foliaceous tibiz, sides of thorax armed with spines, horns present above lateral angles. Later in the same year‘ Stal designates as the type of the genus Westwood’s old species (Centrotus) horrificus, which Walker had incorrectly placed in DeLaporte’s genus Pterygia of the subfamily Membracine.’ In the Hemiptera Philippinarum ° this species is given as the only species in the genus. The genus has remained monotypic. The single species of the genus bears a strong superficial resemblance to the forms of the genus Pterygia, but may im- mediately be distinguished by the well-developed and plainly visible scutellum, which places it at once in another subfamily. The genus may be characterized not only by the foliaceous tibize and toothed thorax as described by Stal, but also by the most remarkable development of curious spines and tubercles over the surface of the pronotum. These bristling spines are of various shapes, lengths, and colors and give to the insect a decidedly terrifying aspect. Centrochares horrificus Westw. Plate I, fig. 1. Centrotus horrificus WESTW., Proc. Zool. Soc. (1887), 180; GuErR., Mag. Zool. (1841), II, 3, Pl. 82; Lerepvre, Bull. Ann. Soc. Fr. (1842), 21. Pterygia horrificus WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 500; (1852), 4, Tab. 4, figs. 4 and 5. Centrochares horrificus STAL, Analect. Hem. (1866), 386; STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 731; Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1908), 266; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 69. Pterygia horrifica Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1903), 78, Pl. XII, fig. 5. Pterygia postica BUCKT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 70, Pl. XI, figs. 4-5a. Pterygia spinula Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1903), 78, Pl. XII, fig. 4. Centroehares horrificus is readily distinguished from all other membracids thus far described from the Islands on account of the peculiar bristling spines, which are not found on any other species. The insects vary considerably in size and color. The males are usually smaller and darker than the females. I believe Buckton’s two Philippine species, Pterygia postica" and Pterygia spinula,? are both Centrochares horrificus. It seems incredible that the subfamily Membracine should be represented in the Islands by these two species only, and it is * Ber. ent. Zeitschr. (1866), 10, 386. °> Cat. Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), pt. II, 500. ® §tal, Oefver. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh. (1870), 731. "Mon. Memb. (1903), 70. *Tbid., 73. x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 371 more than likely that Buckton followed Walker’s error in assign- ing his insects to the wrong genus. I have specimens of C. horrificus which conform to Buckton’s descriptions and figures for his supposed new species. Centrochares horrificus, once examined, will not be readily confused with other species, and the following brief description will, I believe, suffice to assure its recognition: Female.—Ferruginous with yellowish spines. Suprahumeral horns long, spreading, flattened, much swollen at tips. Pro- notum with sudden elevation just above scutellum. Posterior process reaching extremities of tegmina with high, swollen, bilobed elevation before the tip. } Head long, subfoliaceous, dark ferruginous, finely punctate, very slightly pubescent, median line smooth; clypeus twice as long as wide, obovate, bearing on each side two yellow tubercles; eyes large, translucent white with brownish fascia, bordered internally with a row of four or five whitish yellow tubercles; ocelli elevated, transparent, nearer to the eyes than to each other, situated above a line passing through center of eyes, bordered internally with three or four white tubercles. Pro- notum ferruginous mottled with black; deeply punctate, sparingly pubescent, covered with irregular whitish yellow spines; humeral angles prominent; suprahumeral horns long, high, spreading, flattened, tips swollen, more or less triquetrous, marked with irregular flattened areas, tubercular; median ridge sharp, dis- tinct, percurrent, closely tubercled ; metopidium rounded; median region above scutellum in a rounded elevation; posterior eleva- tion twice as high as median, bilobed, rough, marked in flattened areas; tip of posterior process blunt. Scutellum distinct, strongly bifid. Tegmina opaque, sordid ferruginous marked with black; base somewhat punctate; tip dark. Underside of body dark brown. Sides of meta- and mesothorax bearing teeth. Legs light brown; tibiz much flattened, tuberculate; tarsi yellow-brown. Length, 5 to 6 mm.; width between extremities of pronotal horns, 4 to 5 mm.; width between bases of pronotal horns, 0.5 to 1 mm. Male.—Dull black with yellowish spines. Tegmina brown- black, light transparent area just below posterior elevation of pronotum. Body very rough, punctured. Underparts of body, base of legs, and femora black; tibiz and tarsi light brown. Length, 3.5 to 5 mm.; width between extremities of pronotal horns, 2 to 3.5 mm.; width between bases of pronotal horns, 0.4 to 0.9 mm. SZ The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Philippine Islands (Westwood, Walker, Stal, Buckton) ; LUZON, Los Banos, Mount Banahao (Baker). Genus PYRGONOTA Stal Centrotus FABR. (in part); Smilia GERM. (in part); Hypsauchenia GERM. (in part). . Pyrgonota, according to its author, is to be separated from the old genus Hypsauchenia of Germar chiefly by the lack of a dorsal lobe on the posterior process. Schmidt °® does not recognize this as a generic distinction, and it is indeed doubtful whether the genus will stand as new species are added. For the present, however, since the Philippine forms may be thus arbitrarily grouped, it seems desirable to accept the genus tentatively for the sake of convenience. Stal designates no type species, but the logical choice falls on P. bifoliata Westw., both on account of its abundance—all of the other species are apparently rare—and because it has long been known and figured in literature. All of the species of this genus are native to the Islands. The following key, adapted from that of Stal, will enable the student to separate the species: Key to the species of Pyrgonota. a’. Posterior process of thorax without lateral carine. b*. Posterior process uniformly colored. c. Posterior process depressed and gradually slender behind middle. d’. Anterior process ridged; tegmina with pale spot................. tumida. d. Anterior process not ridged; tegmina concolorous.... pinguiturris. c’. Posterior process acutely tectiform behind middle........... philippina. b’. Posterior process with large pale spot before middle................ bifoliata. a’. Posterior process of thorax with lateral carine. b*. Posterior process gradually acuminate and concolorous............. bifurca. b*. Posterior process higher behind than before the middle; marked with a: pale Spoti:3 cu. iis flee ve ee Bs con Oe semperi. Pyrgonota bifoliata Westw. Plate I, fig. 2. Centrotus bifoliatus WESTW., Proc. Zool. Soc. (1887), 180. Smilia bifoliata WESTW., Guér. Mag. Zool. (1841), II, 3, Pl. 88; LEFEBVRE, Bull. Ann. Soc. Fr. (1842), 21. Hypsauchenia westwoodi FatrmM., Rev. Memb. (1846), 521, Pl. 7, figs. 6-8; WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 681; BucKt., Mon. Memb. (1903), 211, Pl. 46, figs. 6, 6a. Hypsauchenia bifoliata FAIRM., Rev. Memb. (1846), 521; ScHMuIDT, Stett. Ent. Zeitg. (1906), 370. Hypsauchenia bifasciata WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 6381. Pyrgonota bifoliata Stal, Hem. Phil. (1870), 731; Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1903), 270; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 67. ® Stett. ent. Zeitg. (1906), 67, 370. x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 373 Pyrgonota bifoliata is a most bizarre species, recalling in gen- eral outline Hypsauchenia hardwickii Kirby, but with the anterior horn straighter and without the posterior elevation. Its frequent mention in literature makes its identification com- paratively easy. Chocolate-brown with broad whitish yellow patch covering middle of posterior process and extremity of this process darker. Pronotum and exterior basal area of tegmen broadly punctured and sparingly pubescent, the punctures separated by reticulated ridges, which form a network of polygonal areas. Pronotal horn very high, gradually narrowing to point of branching; two- branched at extremity, the branches spreading and flattened at tips. Posterior process tectiform. Entire posterior margin of pronotal horn armed with fine spines, these spines extending down over dorsal margin of posterior process and gradating into serrate teeth at extremity. Tegmina brown and opaque, exterior margin wavy; hindwings transparent, veins brown. Tibiz foliaceous. Length, head to tip of tegmen, 6 to 7 mm.; height of pronotal horn to point of branching, 5 mm.; length of branches of pronotal horn, 5 mm. Philippine Islands (Westwood, Fairmaire, Walker, Stal, Buck- ton) ; LUZON, Los Bafios (Baker). Pyrgonota tumida Stal. Pyrgonota tumida STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 730; Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1903), 270. Black; head and thorax distinctly punctate. Dorsal process high, above the middle gradually becoming slender, strongly thickened at apex, both anterior and posterior margin bearing a single ridge, the sides three-ridged; the posterior carina slightly denticulate, the teeth continuing upon the posterior pro- cess. The posterior process gradually slender as seen from a side view, behind the middle subdepressed. Tegmina marked with a small, pale spot before the apex of the clavus. Feet flavo- testaceous. Length, 8 mm.; width, 2.2 mm. Described by Stal from the male only. Philippine Islands (Stal). Pyrgonota philippina Stal. Pyrgonota philippina STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 730. Pitchy black; thorax strongly punctate. Dorsal process high, straight, leaning more or less forward, slightly recurved toward 874 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 apex, gradually becoming slender; anterior and posterior uni- carinate, the sides with two or three carine; apex somewhat thick, truncate, and compressed anterior-posteriorly; carinate, the posterior carina minutely denticulate and extending upon the posterior process. Posterior process acutely tectiform, subcom- pressed. ‘Tegmina with pale spot before apex of clavus. Hind- wings vitreous. Feet flavous-pitchy. Length, 8 mm.; width, 2.2 mm. Described by Stal from the female only. Philippine Islands (Stal). I am inclined to think that this is the female of P. twmida, but am recognizing it tentatively, pending an opportunity to examine more specimens. Pyrgonota bifurea Stal. Pyrgonota bifurca STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 731. Piceous; head slightly punctate, thorax strongly punctate. Dorsal process varying in length, gradually becoming slender and leaning somewhat forward; anterior and posterior margins unicarinate, sides with two carinz; apex with two slender triquerate processes, strongly diverging and slightly curving, compressed-ampliate in the middle. Posterior carine spiny, continuing on the posterior process. Posterior process acutely tectiform, narrow as seen from the side. Feet concolorous. Length, 7.5 mm.; width, 2 mm. Philippine Islands (Stal). Pyrgonota semperi Stal. Pyrgonota semperi STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 731. The species noted by Stal as “C. Semperz” in his work on the Philippine Hemiptera has never been recognized and is known only through his short description, which follows that of P. bifurca and is as follows: Praecedenti maxime affinis, differt processu postico thoracis ante medium macula pallescente notato, pone medium quam anterius altiore, tegmini- busque totis piceis. 2 Long. 7, lat. 2 mill. I have included this species in the preceding key, with the specific distinctions as indicated, in the hope that future collect- ing may lead to its identification. Pyrgonota pinguiturris sp. nov. Plate I, fig. 3. Pyrgonota pinguiturris is apparently near P. tumida Stal, but differs in being without carinz on its pronotum and lacking the spot on the tegmina. x,D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 375 Ferruginous; rough; densely, coarsely, and deeply punctate; sparingly pubescent. Dorsal horn thick and heavy, uniformly cylindrical, somewhat swollen at apex with the suggestion of lateral processes at the tip. Posterior process gradually acum- inate, slightly depressed at tip, extending just beyond extremity of abdomen. Tegmina uniformly opaque ferruginous; pointed at tips. Tibize broadly foliaceous. Head subtriangular, longer than broad, finely and densely punctate, finely pubescent; eyes large, brown, extending halfway to lateral angles of pronotum; ocelli small, translucent, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated above a line passing through center of eyes; clypeus broader than long, tri-. lobed, middle lobe longest, pubescent at tip. Pronotum uniform brown, very rough, coarsely punctate, very sparsely pubescent; dorsal horn cylindrical, of .almost uniform thickness, inclining strongly forward, without anterior, posterior, or lateral carine, tip swollen and rounded above, on either side of tip a very slight lateral protuberance; lateral angles not prominent; scutellum distinct, bifurcate; posterior process slender, gradually acum- inate, triquetrous, the roughly defined dorsal ridge giving it a tectiform appearance, extending just beyond the internal angles of tegmina. Tegmina opaque, strongly punctate over entire basal and costal areas, veins indistinct, tip pointed. Undersur- face of body chocolate-brown; legs and feet ferruginous; tibize swollen and foliaceous. Type, female. Length, head to tip of tegmina, 6.5 mm.; length of pronotal horn, 4 mm.; width between humeral angles, 2 mm. LUZON, Mount Maquiling (Baker). Genus LEPTOBELUS Stal Centrotus FaBR. (in part). Leptobelus was erected by Stal in 1866 '° for the reception of those species of the subfamily Centrotinz in which the tibiz were simple, sides of breast unarmed, hindwings with four apical areas, exterior discoidal area of tegmina petiolate, and disk of thorax elevated, bearing posterior process high above the body. In this genus the prothorax rises in a high column, which gives off-at its summit two lateral horns and the posterior pro- cess, the latter being distinctly raised above the abdomen and usually subparallel to it. The scutellum is longer than broad, with the tip more or less truncate. Only one species of the -genus has been reported from the Islands. “Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 86. 3876 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Leptobelus dama Germ. Plate I, fig. 4. Centrotus dama GERM., Rey. Silb. (1835), 258, Pl. 3, fig. 14; FAIRM., Rev. Memb. (1846), 510; WaALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 602. Leptobelus dama STA, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. (1866), 386; STA, Bid. Memb. Kan. (1869), 284; ATKINS., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. (1885), 54, 81; Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind—Rhynch. (1907), 4, 15, fig. 11; Lerroy, Ind. Ins. Life (1909), 729, fig. 504; Banks, Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1910), 5, 47. Leptobelus dama is apparently common throughout India and the East Indies. Professor Baker has sent me specimens from Palawan, and Banks has also reported it from the Islands. The species has been so often described and figured that further de- scription is unnecessary, except for convenience in comparison should other species of the genus be found. Shining black; densely punctate; base of scutellum and sides of breast gray pilose; tegmina translucent bronze with prom- inent brown veins; hind tibiz very spiny. Lateral branches of pronotal horn long, sharp, slightly curving backward. Posterior process rising high above scutellum and gradually curving down- ward until it almost touches tegmina midway between internal angle and tip; this process sharply carinate above. India (Fairmaire, Stal, Lefroy) ; East Indies (Walker) ; Java (Distant) ; PALAWAN, Puerto Princesa (Baker). Genus LOBOCENTRUS Stal The genus Lobocentrus was erected '! for the species zonatus described by Stal from the Philippine Islands in 1870. Neither the genus nor the species has since been mentioned in literature, with the exception of a catalogue reference by Buckton as listed below. The genus is, however, well described and clearly de- fined, and its validity has never been questioned. It is ap- parently close to Leptobelus and is to be distinguished from that genus, according to the author, by the difference in position of ocelli, the lobe of the posterior process, and the number of discoidal areas in the tegmina. Lobocentrus zonatus Stal. Lobocentrus zonatus STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728; Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1908), 268. The following brief summary of the specific characters as listed by Stal may aid the student in recognizing Lobocentrus zonatus. \ Black; distinctly punctate; head, thorax, and scutellum sparsely sericeous with golden-flavous pubescence, the sides of “Hem. Phil. (1870), 727. x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 377 the breast very densely sericeous in the same manner. Tegmina obscure wine-colored, a translucent fascia before the middle and the veins fuscous; base black and punctate. Prothorax with percurrent median ridge; lateral horns extending outward and slightly curving backward, slender, gradually acuminate, bisul- cate above; posterior process lobed, acutely tectiform. Described from the female. Length, 8 mm.; width, 3.5 mm. Philippine Islands (Stal). I have never seen a specimen of this species and have not been able to learn whether or not the type is available for study. It would seem, however, that the species should be recognized. if found. Genus DOGRANA Distant Campylocentrus STAL (in part). Dograna is a very distinct genus, including those species in which the posterior process is united with the apex of the scu- tellum by a strong downward perpendicular prolongation. The suprahumeral horns are prominent; scutellum distinct and slightly longer than broad; posterior process curved. While the generic characters are more or less artificial, they are con- venient in studying this rather confusing group of the Mem- bracide. The genus was erected by Distant in 1907” and placed by him in his division Acanthophyesaria. The genus con- tains at present but two species, one of which is native to the Philippines. Dograna falco Buckt. Campylocentrus falco BucktT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 243, Pl. 56, figs. Py Pei Dograna falco Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind—Rhynch. (1907), 4, 24. Apparently rare. I have seen one specimen bearing the local- ity label ‘‘“Malinao.” This specimen may be described as follows: Very dark brown, almost black; thickly and roughly punc- tured; pilose with scattered golden hairs, particularly on scu- tellum and sides of mesothorax. Suprahumeral horns subtri- quetrous, extending almost directly outward, very slightly up- ward and backward. Posterior process extending beyond inter- nal angle of tegmina, connected to scutellum by downward prolongation; dorsal carinze high and sharp; tip gradually acu- minate. Tegmina vitreous, wrinkled, black and punctate at base. Undersurface of body and legs very dark brown; femora swollen; tibize finely spined; tarsi ferruginous. Female. “ Fauna of British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 24. 378 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Length, 9 mm.; width between extremities of pronotal horns, 5.8 mm. I believe this to be Buckton’s species, though it is slightly larger than the specimen he describes. The habitat given by that author is Luzon, Philippine Islands. There was no date label nor further locality name on the specimen which I was permitted to examine. Genus LEPTOCENTRUS Stal Membracis FABR. (in part); Centrotus FAR. (in part). Leptocentrus is an old and well-established genus, including those forms in which the posterior process is well elevated above the body but does not bear a lobe below. The hind wings have four apical areas and the tegmina five apical and two discoidal. The suprahumeral horns are strong and usually widespreading. The genus is well represented in Africa and India; four species have been reported from the Philippines. These may be sepa- rated as follows: Key to the species of Leptocentrus. a’. Posterior process short, not extending as far as the internal angle of CEPI Tay Le REE CS eR Re ARI Sa. Se Rae ty Bae tee aduncus. a’. Posterior process extending beyond internal angle of tegmina. b*. Suprahumeral horns extending strongly upward.................... leucaspis. 6*. Suprahumeral horns almost horizontal. c. Front margin of suprahumeral horns flattened into subfoliaceous ST GL Oe ee oe ae aL Nr Ew Pe Ce ne re reponens. c. Front margin of suprahumera! horns not flattened... taurus. Leptocentrus taurus Fabr. Cicada taurus LINN., Gmel. Ed. Syst. Nat. (1740), 1, 3; (1767), 4, 14; Fasr., Spec. Inc. (1781), 2, 317; FaBr., Mant. Ins. (1787), 2, 264. Membracis taurus FaAsr., Syst. Ent. (1775), 676; Oniv., Ene. Méth. (1792), 7, 665; FaABrR., Ent. Syst. (1794), 4, 14. Membracis rupicapra FABR., Ent. Syst. Suppl. (1798), 514. Centrotus rupicapra FABR., Syst. Rhyng. (1803), 18. Centrotus taurus ‘FApR., Syst. Rhyng. (1803), 18; GERM., Rev. Silb. (1835), 3, 257; BLANCH., Hem. (1840), 3, 182; FarrM., Rev. Memb. (1846), 510; WaLk., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 602; Suppl. (1858), 158. Membracis tricornis Harpw., Zool. Journ. (1828), 18; Harpw., Tabl. Suppl., Pl. 30, figs. c, d, f. Centrotus terminalis WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 604; MELICH., Hom. Cey. (1908), 109. Centrotus vicarius WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 605. * Stal, Hem. Afr. (1866), 4,.87 and 90. x,D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 379 Leptocentrotus taurus STAL, Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 90; STAu, Analect. Hem. (1866), 386; STAL, Hem. Fabr. (1869), 2, 50; ATKINS., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. (1885), 54, 85; GopdG., Cat. Memb. N. Am. (1894), 477; BuckT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 268; MreticH., Hom. Cey. (1903), 116; Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind. (1907), 4, 28; Lerroy, Ind. Ins. Life (1909), 731, 732; BaNnKs, Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1910), 5, 48. Leptocentrus gazella BucKT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 235, Pl. 53, fig. 5a. Reported from the Philippine Islands by Banks as above. The large number of easily available references makes a descrip- tion unnecessary. The species shows some slight variation in size, coloration, and position of pronotal horns when a large series is examined. Distant’s figure ‘* is typical. I have ly seen Philippine material. Assam, Calcutta (Atkinson) ; Tenasserim, Mytitta (Doherty) ; Borneo (Distant); Timor (Buckton); Philippine Islands (Banks) ; Ceylon (Melichar). Leptocentrus leucaspis Walk. ; Centrotus tauros (in part: error) WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 602. Centrotus leucaspis WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. Suppl. (1858), 158. Leptocentrus leucaspis BucKT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 235, Pl. 538, figs. 3, a, b; MELICH., Wien. Ent. Zeitg. (1905), 24, 294; Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind. (1907), 4, 30, fig. 25. Black; roughly punctate; scutellum and sides of mesothorax densely pilose. Suprahumeral horns slender, triquetrous, ex- tending upward, outward, and backward, well above dorsal line of pronotum; tips sharp. Posterior process tricarinate, arising well above scutellum and curving downward until it almost touches tegmina just behind internal angles. Tegmina vina- ceous ; veins somewhat obscure; base opaque and punctate. Legs and undersurface of body fuscous. Length, 7 to 9 mm.; width between extremities of suprahu- meral horns, 5 to 7 mm. The males are smaller and darker than the females. British India and Philippines (Distant). Leptocentrus reponens Walk. Plate I, fig. 6, a and b. Centrotus reponens WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 604; MELIcH., Hom. Cey. (1903), 110. Centrotus antilope STAL, Freg. Eug. Resa, Ins. (1859), 284. Leptocentrus antilope STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 727. Leptocentrus reponens ATKINS., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. (1885), 54, 86; Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind. (1907), 4, 30; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 69. * Fauna of British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 28, fig. 24. 380 The Philippine Journal of Science © fists Evidently the commonest of the Philippine species of this genus. Walker, Stal, and Distant have all recorded it from the Islands, and Professor Baker has sent me specimens collected at Los Bajos. Black; coarsely and deeply punctate; scutellum and sides of meso- and metathorax densely white tomentose; metopidium and lateral areas of pronotum covered with long yellowish pubes- cence. Head broader than long, densely pilose, finely punctate; clypeus trilobed, longer than wide; eyes prominent, light brown; ocelli translucent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes, and situated on a line passing through center of eyes. Disk of pronotum thick, heavy, and cylindrical; suprahumeral horns flattened, front margin subfoliaceous, tips suddenly acute; these horns extending outward and backward, almost horizontal, not rising above highest point of posterior process. Posterior process arising from top of posterior region of pronotal disk, gradually sloping downward but not touching tegmina; slender, almost uniform in thickness, triquetrous, tip gradually acumi- nate. Tegmina hyaline with broad, well-defined brown veins; base very slightly punctate and somewhat pilose. White tomen- tose metathorax usually showing through base of wings. Un- dersurface of body, legs, and feet black. Length, 8 mm.; width between extremities of pronotal horns, 6.5 to 7 mm. Tenasserim, North Bengal (Walker); Sumatra (Distant) ; Philippine Islands (Walker, Stal, Distant) ; LUZON, Los Banos (Baker). Leptocentrus aduncus Buckt. Leptocentrus aduncus Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1908), 2386, Pl. 53, fig. 6. This species has not been recorded since Buckton’s original description, and it seems doubtful if it can be recognized from his short description and poor figure. It apparently may be distinguished only by the short horns and the short and auricu- late posterior process as represented in his plate. Buckton’s description follows: Dark fuscous, shining and punctured. Suprahumerals short and auri- culate. Posterior horn stout at base and short. Tegmina fuscous. Frons hairy. Size 6 x 5 mm. MHabitat-Luzon, Philippine Isles. Genus EMPHUSIS Buckton Centrotus FABR. (in part); Centrotypus STAL (in part). The genus E’mphusis is peculiar in having been apparently incorrectly diagnosed by its author. Buckton states in his x.p,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 381 original description that in Hmphusis the suprahumeral horns are absent.® Distant, however, who presumably had Buckton’s type before him, states that the suprahumeral horns are well developed but directed subhorizontally and recurved apically.*® The genus is close to Centrotypus, but differs in having the anterior part of the pronotum much more elevated and swollen and in having the anterior margin of the suprahumeral horns in a continuous line with the semicircular anterior margin of the metopidium. The hind wings have four apical areas, the tegmina five apical areas. To this genus must be assigned the following very remarkable species: Emphusis bakeri sp. nov. Plate I, fig. 7, a and Db. Large, handsome, brilliantly marked. Head and pronotum black, the front of head, sides of metopidium, median dorsal area between pronotal horns, and lateral margin of pronotum as far as posterior process densely covered with snowy white tomentose excrescence. Pronotum rising thick and high with broad, widespreading suprahumeral horns. Dorsal margin of pronotum sloping roundly to posterior process, which is curved, decurrent, and extends to tips of tegmina. Tegmina black and punctate at base and costal margin; hyaline in middle; red bordered with brown at tip. The jet-black abdomen shows through the hyaline portion of the tegmina. Legs and feet fus- cous-ferruginous. 'The marked contrast of the black, white, and red gives the insect a striking appearance. This is the largest membracid thus far reported from the Philippines. Head longer than broad, black, deeply but not closely punc- tate; a broad, white, tomentose vertical band extending from base of head to extremity of clypeus and occupying the space between the ocelli the width of the clypeus; lateral margin of head strongly sinuate; eyes large, dark gray mottled with brown; ocelli pearly, much farther from each other than from the eyes and situated above an imaginary line extending through center of eyes; antenne long and bristlelike; clypeus three-lobed, pilose. Pronotum strongly elevated, the disk appearing cylindrical from a front view, but extended posteriorly to form a subtriangular plate behind; suprahumeral horns arising from top of pronotum, subhorizontal, curving downward and backward to an extent which continues the line of the anterior margin of the pronotum; posterior process long, decurved, gradually acuminate, follow- * Mon. Memb. (1908), 256. * Fauna of British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 36. 137400-——5 382 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 ing the curve made by the internal margin of the tegmina, sharply carinate above, two short lateral carine at base; dorsal carina percurrent from anterior base of pronotal horns to tip of posterior process. Tegmina long, somewhat narrow; black, opaque, deeply and regularly punctate, and sparingly pubescent at base; hyaline in middle; costal area for two thirds the length of the tegmen black and punctate; apical fourth red with smoky brown border; veins distinct, assuming the color of the part of the tegmen traversed. Undersurface of body black; abdomen black with segments bordered with yellow. Legs fuscous- ferruginous; femora somewhat swollen; tibie slightly foliaceous and covered with fine spines; tarsi flavous and spined; claws brown. Type, female. Length, 10.5 mm.; width between extremities of pronotal horns, 8.6 mm. MINDANAO, Iligan (Baker). The type specimen bears Baker’s duplicate No. 3115. The male is smaller and darker and lacks much of the snowy white pubescence on the front and sides of the pronotum. The brown border on the tips of the tegmina is not so prominent. Length, 8 mm.; width between tips of horns, 7 mm. I take pleasure in dedicating this very interesting species to Professor C. F. Baker, through whose kindness I have been per- mitted to examine most of the species recorded in this study. Genus SERTORIUS Stal Centrotus FABR. (in part). The standing of the genus Sertortus may be seriously ques- tioned, but it is here included, pending further knowledge of the group. As diagnosed by Stal, the characters may be stated as follows: Posterior process present; tibiz simple; underwings with four apical areas; exterior discoidal cell of tegmina never petiolate; posterior process touching scutellum; thorax strongly elevated; horns present above lateral angles; longitudinal ridge of thorax not elevated between lateral horns; lateral horns never compressed anteriorly and posteriorly; tegmina with five com- plete apical areas; sides of scutellum distinctly prominent; eyes slightly prominent; two interior longitudinal veins of corium joining transverse veins before the middle.” According to this description the genus differs from Centro- typus Stal only by the presence of a cross vein at the base of the tegmen, a structure which both Goding ** and Kirkaldy ** have remarked as being of very doubtful value as a generic character. “Vide Stal, Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 87. x, D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 3883 Sertorius erigens Walk. Centrotus erigens WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 614. Sertorius erigens STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 727. Black; head and pronotum roughly punctured. Head nar- rower than anterior pronotum, wider than long. Pronotum convex, slightly ridged, very deep in front, rising vertically from the head; lateral angles obtuse, not prominent. Suprahumeral horns broad, thick, prismatic, diverging, very slightly inclined backward and downward, as long as the space between them; sides conical, slightly and irregularly ridged, of almost equal breadth. Posterior process deep at base, slender and tapering toward apex, triquetrous, slightly curved, extending beyond tip of abdomen. Abdomen tinged with gray. Tegmina blackish brown along the borders, almost colorless in the middle, three fourths of costal border and base punctate. Hindwings almost colorless. Length, 10 mm.; width between extremities of outstretched tegmina, 18 mm. This description is adapted from Walker. Philippine Islands (Walker, Stal). Genus PERIAMAN Distant Centrotus FABR. (in part). -*A genus with species bearing a superficial resemblance to those of Centrotus, but at once distinguished by the four apical areas of the hind wings. Clypeus extending well below the margin of the head; pronotum convex; suprahumeral horns broad and transverse; posterior process equally as high and extending on a line with the dorsal margin of the metopidium, not extending beyond the internal angle of the tegmina. Tegmina broad with five apical areas. Femora and tibiz simple. Distant makes P. flavolineatus Buckt. the type of this genus.” Periaman brevifrons sp. nov. Plate I, fig. 8, a and b. Very dark brown, almost black; densely punctate, sparingly pubescent; pronotum almost vertical above head; dorsal margin continuing horizontally into the posterior process; suprahumeral horns short, thick, and heavy, compressed dorsoventrally, ex- tending outward, very slightly upward and backward; posterior process robust at base, gradually narrowing, sharply carinate *Mon. Aus. Memb. (1908), 27. * Bull. Haw. Sug. Pl. Assoc—Hem. (1907), 3, 90. 7°Fauna of British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 37. 884 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 above; tegmina smoky hyaline, tips fuscous, extreme base black and punctate; legs ferruginous. Head twice as broad as long, somewhat rugose, pubescent with golden hairs; eyes extremely large and prominent; ocelli trans- lucent, much farther from each other than from the eyes and situated about on a line passing through center of eyes; face sharply emarginate before clypeus; clypeus longer than broad, distinctly set off from head, pubescent at extremity. Pronotum not greatly elevated, vertical above head, fiat between horns, per- current dorsal carina, dorsal line practically straight; humeral horns triquetrous, compressed, broad at base, tips sharp, almost flat above, extending almost directly outward, very slightly up- ward and backward; posterior process reaching just beyond internal angle of tegmina, stout at base, gradually acuminate, very slightly depressed in middle, tip faintly depressed, dorsal carina percurrent, a lateral carina on each side near margin. Scutellum distinct, pilose. Tegmina smoky hyaline, veins brown, a broad fuscous cloud at tip, base narrowly black and punc- tate; five apical and two discoidal areas. Hindwings iridescent hyaline, border clear and somewhat wrinkled. Undersurface of body black. Legs ferruginous brown; femora moderately swol- len; tibize spined; tarsi flavous. Type, female. Length, head to tip of tegmina, 7 mm.; width between extrem- ities of horns, 3.6 mm. PALAWAN, Puerto Princesa (Baker). Genus TRICENTRUS Stal Centrotus Fapr. (in part); Taloipa Buckt. Tricentrus is a well-defined and easily distinguished genus. It is the only genus which shows both the suprahumeral horns and the spined posterior trochanters, the latter character appearing to be a very reliable and sufficient structure for diagnosis. These spines, or teeth, on the inner surface of the posterior trochanters are found also in the genera Sipylus and Centrotoscelus, but neither of these genera has suprahumeral horns. The function of such a structure is conjectural. The hind wings have three apical areas. Four species have been described from the Philippines, all of which are recognizable from material at hand. These species, together with two herein described, may be separated as follows: Key to the Philippine species of Tricentrus. a’. Suprahumeral horns at least twice as long as the distance between their bases inh PC LL 2 oe eas 5 vets OE EEA Eee ee convergens. x. D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 385 a.’ Suprahumeral horns less than twice as long as the distance between their bases. b*. Suprahumeral horns not extending outward as far as extremities of Nnumeralvancles: are Fe. Ge vo eT 2) le RT attenuatus. ob’, Suprahumeral horns projecting laterally beyond humeral angles. c’. Posterior process curving downward, much depressed at tip.. capreolus. c. Posterior process straight or nearly so. d’. Veins of tegmina thickly pilose.................-.... 2-2. pilinervosus. ad’. Veins of tegmina smooth or very sparsely pilose. e. Areas of tegmina much wrinkled... 2 plicatus. CeATeASsrof wesminausmoothe. sess el sw eeeleye ees Sines fairmairei. Tricentrus convergens Walk. Plate I, fig. 9, a and b. Centrotus convergens WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 623. Tricentrus convergens STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728; Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind. (1907), 4, 53; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 68. Tricentus convergens is the type species of the genus, origin- ally described from the Philippines by Walker and apparently not uncommon. It may be at once recognized by the very high and flattened, almost foliaceous, suprahumeral horns. Ferruginous, finely punctate, sparingly pubescent, with some- times a white tomentose area above and behind the eyes. Supra- humeral horns more than twice as long as the distance between their bases, projecting strongly forward and upward, sub- parallel, farther apart at their apices than at their bases, tips much rounded and flattened, not at all sharp; posterior process almost straight, tricarinate, dorsal carina high and sharp, ex- tremity reaching just beyond internal angle of tegmina. Teg- mina subhyaline, base brown and punctate. Undersurface of body dark brown. Legs ferruginous. Length, from head to extremity of tegmen, 6 mm.; length of pronotal horns, 2 to 3 mm.; width between extremities of horns, 2to 3mm. Philippines (Walker, Funkhouser); Luzon, Los’ Banos (Baker). Tricentrus fairmairei Stal. Figs. 1 and 2. Centrotus fairmairei STAL, Freg. Hug. Resa, Ins. (1859), 284. Tricentrus fairmairei STAL, Analect. Hem. (1866), 387; STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728; Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind. (1907), 4, 58; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 67. Terentius fairmairet BucKT., Mon. Memb. (1908), 271. Taloipa tinctoria BuCcKT., Trans. Linn. Soc. (1905), 9, 3384, Pl. 22, fig. 4. Tricentrus fairmairei is one of the abundant species of the genus as represented in the Islands. It may be recognized super- ficially by the reddish tinge over the entire body and tegmina. 386 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Reddish brown, rather bright on posterior process and base of tegmina. Head almost twice as wide as long, obscurely and lightly punctate, irregularly pilose; clypeus projecting for half its length below inferior margin of face, margin slightly rimmed. Pronotum finely punctate, densely pubescent, almost perpendic- ular above head, strongly convex between horns; suprahumeral horns short, stout, triquetrous, extending almost directly out- ward, very slightly upward and backward, less than half as long as the distance between their bases; dorsal carina per- current; posterior process slightly depressed at base, swollen before apex, dorsal carina high and sharp, extremity reaching internal angle of tegmina. Tegmina reddish smoky hyaline, base reddish brown or black and punctate. Legs and under- surface of body ferruginous brown. The species shows a rather wide range of color, some specimens being much redder than others. Length, 6 mm.; width between extremities of suprahumeral horns, 3.4 to 3.6 mm. Bangalore (Buckton); Philippine Islands (Stal, Distant, Funkhouser) ; LUZON, Los Banos (Baker). Tricentrus capreolus Walk. Plate II, fig. 10, a and 0. Centrotus capreolus WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 627. Tricentrus capreolus STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728. A black, robust species, characterized by the rather long de- pressed posterior process. I have seen one specimen from the Islands, bearing duplicate No. 2650, collected at Mount Banahao by Professor Baker. Black, finely and obsoletely punctured, sparsely covered with tawny pubescence. Pronotum much convex, projecting well above and before the suprahumeral horns as viewed from the side; suprahumeral horns short and rather blunt, not half as long as the distance between their bases; posterior process smooth, gradually curving, depressed at tip, extending well be- yond internal angle of tegmina. Tegmina reddish hyaline, base black and punctate, veins brown, apical margin very slightly fuscous; a whitish patch on base of abdomen often showing through basal area. Undersurface of body black. Legs and feet very dark brown. Length, 6.5 mm.; width between extremities of suprahumeral horns, 4.6 mm. Philippine Islands (Walker, Stal) ; Luzon, Mount Banahao (Baker). x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 387 Tricentrus pilinervosus Funkh. Plate II, fig. 11, a and 0b. Tricentrus pilinervosus FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 68, figs. 2 and 2a. A black, stout species with rather widespreading, elevated suprahumeral horns. Near TJ. decoratus Dist., but differing particularly in the shape and position of the posterior process. Veins of tegmina very hairy. Black, densely and coarsely punctate, sparsely pilose. Supra- humeral horns extending upward, outward, and slightly back- ward, as seen from above rounded before and almost straight behind. Posterior process narrow, acute, carinate, extending beyond internal angle of tegmina. Tegniina fuscous hyaline, base black and punctate, costal and apical margin clouded; veins each bearing two rows of short bristly hairs. Undersurface of body black. Legs dark ferruginous. Length, including tegmina, 6 to 7 mm.; width between extrem- ities of horns, 3.5 to 4 mm. Luzon, Los Banos (Baker). Tricentrus plicatus sp. nov. Plate II, fig. 12, a and b. Near T. fairmairei Stal, but larger and different in color, in the form of the posterior process, the wrinkled condition of the tegmina, and the shape and position of the suprahumeral horns. Black, punctured, pubescent; pronotum convex, lateral angles prominent, suprahumeral horns very slender, posterior process gradually acuminate, extending beyond internal angle of teg- mina; tegmina smoky hyaline, much wrinkled, black and punctate at base. Head wider than long, black, finely punctate, very densely pilose with yellow hairs; eyes large, reddish brown, extending beyond lateral margin of pronotum at base of head; ocelli opaque brown, almost equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated slightly above a line passing through center of eyes; clypeus extending for half its length below the line of the face, sharply emarginate at base, lower margin slightly turned out at edge. Pronotum moderately convex, almost perpendicular above head, rounded between horns, black, finely and densely punctate, thickly pilose with long golden hairs; dorsal carina obsolete be- fore horns, percurrent behind them; humeral angles prominent and auriculate; suprahumeral horns arising from extreme dorso- lateral margin of pronotum, very thin as seen from the front, distance between their bases almost twice as great as length of horn, horns extending strongly outward, upward, and backward, 388 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916 short, acute, somewhat flattened dorsoventrally, upper surface of horn bearing distinct central carina; scutellum distinct, longer than broad; posterior process slender, triquetrous, slightly de- pressed in middle, lateral margin extended before middle, tip acute, reaching well beyond internal angle of tegmina. Teg- mina smoky hyaline, without markings, base black and punctate, entire surface much wrinkled, veins distinct and somewhat punc- tate along margins with occasional scattered hairs. Undersur- face of body black, sides of abdomen and of meso- and metatho- rax densely pubescent. Femora brown-black and swollen; hind trochanters armed with strong teeth on inner surface; tibie flat- tened, flavous above, very light yellow below, margins bristled; small yellow nodule in joint between femur and tibia; tarsi fer- ruginous; claws brown. Type, female. The type specimen bears Baker’s duplicate No. 3116. Length to extremity of tezmen, 7 mm.; width between extrem- ities of suprahumeral horns, 4.8 mm. MINDANAO, Dapitan (Baker). Tricentrus attenuatus sp. nov. Plate II, fig. 13, a and b. Near T. gibbosulus Walk., but different in color, in shape and position of suprahumeral horns, and in structure of posterior process. Testaceous, becoming light brown posteriorly, broad white tomentose patch on sides of meso- and metathorax ; suprahumeral horns broad and flattened, not extending outward as far as humeral angles below them; posterior process short, sharp, tectiform, barely reaching the internal angles of tegmina; under- surface of body black; bases of femora very dark brown; ex- tremities of femora, entire tibie, tarsi, and claws ferruginous- ochraceous. Size small. . Head broader than long, almost black, very densely and evenly pilose with silvery hairs; eyes large, very prominent, ochraceous, mottled with brown; ocelli pearly, somewhat farther from each other than from the eyes and situated slightly above a line passing through center of eyes; lower margin of face wavy; clypeus extending well below lower margin of face. Pronotum moderately convex, dark brown before shading to lighter behind, uniformly pilose, finely punctate; humeral angles prominent; suprahumeral horns short, sharp, flattened dorsoventrally, not extending outward as far as extremities of humeral angles, projecting outward, upward, and strongly curving backward, anterior margin broadly rounded, posterior margin almost straight, not carinate above; posterior process tectiform, sharply x, D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 389 carinate above, impinging on inner margin of tegmina for entire length below, reaching barely to internal angle of tegmina. Teg- mina fuscous hyaline, slightly wrinkled, base dark brown and punctate, veins distinct and brown, narrow brown fascia at extreme exterior tip. Sides of meso- and metathorax directly behind eyes covered with snowy white tomentose patch. Under- surface of body black, slightly pubescent. Femora very dark brown, except extremities which are ferruginous; internal margin of hind trochanters strongly armed with teeth, tibize simple and ferruginous; tarsi and claws yellow-ferruginous. Type, male. : Length, 4.5 mm.; width between extremities of horns, 1.9 mm. MINDANAO, Butuan (Baker). Genus CENTROTUS Fabricius The advisability of giving the genus Centrotus a place in this study is extremely doubtful. It is included entirely on the strength of the descriptions of three species from the Philippines which have been assigned to this genus but which have never been recognized since their original publication. The genus is one of the oldest and best known of the genera of the Membracide, being established by Fabricius in his Systema Rhyngotorum in 1803, and has contained at various times a large number of species now removed to other genera. It appears probable that the species here given will be likewise removed if they are discovered, since the characters of Centrotus are much less inclusive than formerly. The genus as now limited may be recognized by the shape of the posterior process which is distinctly separate and somewhat remote from the scutellum, somewhat extended and widened beneath, then rather abruptly becoming slender, the tip often touching the tegmina. No spines are present on the hind tro- chanters; the hind wings have three apical areas; the supra- humeral horns are always well developed. The following must be considered as lost species until exam- ination of type material or careful study of long series of specimens makes their recognition possible. Centrotus magellani Fairm. Centrotus magellani FAIRM., Rev. Memb. (1846), 512; WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 604. A translation of Fairmaire’s original description is as follows: 12. C. Magellani.*—Lefeby. Coll. Manilla. Long. 0,006. (Fuscous, elytra 390 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 \ hyaline, base and apex punctate black, anterior horns reversed, compressed, recurved.) Body and prothorax brown; horns compressed, directed forward, their extremities recurved; posterior spine shorter than abdomen; sides of breast white; on the front of the prothorax two lines between the horns and the head of an indistinct gray; legs ferruginous, knees clearer; elytra hyaline, with a brown spot at the base and at the extremity. Centrotus dilatatus Walk. Centrotus dilatatus WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 630. Centrotus dilatatus was described from a single specimen of which the head was missing. The description lacks the details necessary for present generic determination and is as follows: Brown, clothed with dingy tawny hairs; head wanting; fore-chest very broad, indistinctly ridged, low in front; shoulders flat, conical, very prominent; horns above compressed, angular, extremely short; hind ap- pendage very short, triangular, keeled, impressed on each side near the base, not extending much beyond the base of the abdomen; fore-wings grayish, ferruginous at the base; veins ferruginous, nodose. Length of the body 13 line; of the wings 3 lines. a. Philippine Islands. From Mr. Cuming’s collection. It should be noted that the length of the wings as given above was used by Walker to refer to the distance between the tips of the tegmina when spread at right angles to the body. The measurements as changed to millimeters then become: Length, 3.16 mm.; width of outstretched wings, 6.33 mm. The description suggests a small Tricentrus, but since the recognition of genera and species in this group depends largely on the shape of the clypeus, the relative position of the ocelli and the eyes, the apical areas of the hindwings, and the structure of the scutellum the description of a headless specimen in the discussion of which neither the scutellum nor the hindwings are mentioned lends itself poorly to purposes of identification. Centrotus orcus Buckt. Centrotus orcus BuCKT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 247, Pl. 60, figs. 7, 7a, 7b. No data concerning Centrotus orcus are available, except Buck- ton’s description which is here quoted verbatim: General form robust and broad between the shoulders. Suprahumerals short, connate and stout. Pronotum narrowed to a short almost stylate posterior horn. Colour sordid olive-green, with ochreous tips to the tegmina. Frons and metopidium hirsute. Legs olive. Tegmina with five distinct apical and three discoidal areas. Size, 5x38 mm. Habitat—Philippine Isles. x,D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 391 Genus SIPYLUS Stal Centrotus FABR. (in part). Sipylus is a genus peculiar in having the body very broadly triangular, the width between the humeral angles being usually as great as the extreme length of the pronotum. The other characters assigned by Stal to the genus may be deduced from his key 7! to be as follows: Posterior process present; tibize simple; sides of breast unarmed; hindwings with three apical areas; posterior process not distant from stutellum; body ob- triangular; suprahumeral horns absent; lateral angles pro- minent; posterior process short and depressed; posterior trochanters armed with spines on internal margin. The genus is very distinct in general appearance and not difficult to recognize. Only two species, both from the Philip- pines, have been assigned to the genus. These may be separated as follows: Key to the species of Sipylus. a’. Veins of tegmina without prominent nodules........................-.....- crassulus. a. Veins of tegmina with prominent nodules...............................- nodipennis. Sipylus crassulus Stal. Plate II, fig. 14. Centrotus crassulus STAL, Freg. Eug. Resa, Ins. (1859), 285. Sipylus crassulus StAu, Analect. Hem. (1866), 387. SrA, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728. Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1903), 270. If I am determining S. crassulus correctly, it is somewhat variable in size and coloration, and the sexes differ in the length of the auricular humeral angles and in the appearance of the tegmina. The female is ferruginous brown, punctate, and covered with fine, white, silky pubescence; the humeral angles are very long, almost half as long as the distance between their bases; the pronotum is very convex; the posterior process short, robust, and suddenly acute; the tegmina is smoky, ferruginous, and semi- opaque, and more or less wrinkled and with brown punctate base; the legs and undersurface of body are ferruginous. Length, 5 to 6 mm.; width, 4.5 to 5 mm. In the male the color is much darker, almost black anteriorly; humeral angles shorter; tegmina almost clear hyaline with black base and white tomentose patch at base of abdomen showing through; undersurface of body black; legs dark brown. Length, 4 to 5 mm.; width, 3.5 to 4 mm. Philippines (Stal) ; LUZON, Mount Banahao (Baker). “Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 88. 392 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Sipylus nodipennis Funkh. Plate II, fig. 15. Sipylus nodipennis FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 72, fig. 5. Sipylus nodipennis is easily recognized by the nodules on the veins of the tegmina and the thick yellow pubescence over the whole surface of the body. The body is subtriangular; the pronotum slightly wider be- tween the humeral angles than the distance from the anterior convexity to the extremity of the posterior process. The teg- mina are broad, rounded at apex, subhyaline and punctate at base, and characterized by the presence of the tubercles on the veins. The posterior trochanters are strongly armed with teeth. Length, female, 3.5 to 4 mm.; male, 3 mm.; width at humeral angles, female, 3.5 mm.; male, 2.75 mm. LUZON, Los Banos (Baker). Genus CENTROTOSCELUS Funkhouser The genus Centrotoscelus was erected ” for the reception of its one species. This genus is peculiar in having no supra- humeral horns and yet having strong teeth on the posterior trochanters. It is entirely distinct from Sipylus, though falling near it in an artificial key. The genus seems naturally closely related to Tricentrus, from which it may be distinguished by the absence of the suprahumeral horns. The body is long and comparatively slender ; scutellum distinct ; posterior process short, impinging on scutellum and tegmina; hind wings with three apical areas. Centrotoscelus typus Funkh. Plate II, fig. 16, a and b. Centrotoscelus typus FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 78, figs. 3 and 4. Ferruginous brown; pronotum finely and densely punctate and sparsely pilose. Posterior process long, narrow, gradually acum- inate, slightly depressed at tip, extending somewhat beyond in- ternal angles of tegmina; median ridge distinct at apex, but becoming obsolete at metopidium. Tegmina subhyaline, brown and punctate at base, a very narrow brown transverse stripe behind middle and a faint brown cloud at apex. Legs ferrugi- nous; tarsi yellowish; claws black. Segments of abdomen mar- gined with white above. Length, female, 5 mm.; male, 4.83 mm.; width, female, 2.5 mm.; male, 2.2 mm. LUZON, Los Banos (Baker). * Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 72. x, D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracidz 393 Genus EBHUL Distant Centrotus FABR. (in part); Leptobelus STAL (in part). The genus Hbhul was erected by Distant,?* with EH. varius Walk. as the type, to include those species of the division Gargararia in which the posterior pronotal process is strongly, sinuately waved. Other generic characters given by the author are the convexly gibbous, strongly ridged pronotum, the scutellum which is almost as broad as long, the face longitudinally sulcate with the beak reaching the posterior coxze, and the broad, ample teg- mina crossed by a series of transverse veins at its apical area. To this genus must be assigned the following new species: Ebhul carinatus sp. nov. Plate II, fig. 17, a and b. Ferruginous and black, distinctly marked, punctate, pubescent; anterior pronotum high, entire pronotum sharply carinate; pos- terior process uniform in size from base to apex, strongly sinuate, extending beyond internal angle of tegmina; tegmina strikingly marked with black, brown, white, and hyaline; undersurface of body almost black; legs ferruginous. Head including clypeus much longer than wide, center of base much higher than upper margin of eyes, very finely and ob- soletely punctate, densely pubescent with white hairs; eyes large, prominent, brown mottled with black; ocelli pearly, semi- transparent, much farther from each other than from the eyes and situated about on an imaginary line passing through center of eyes; clypeus set off by distinct suture from head, extending far below the lower margin of the face, subtriangular at base, rather narrow for the rest of its length and truncate at apex. Pronotum rising high above head, finely punctate and pubescent with white hairs, dorsal carina high, sharp, and percurrent; on each side above humeral angles a short, sharp, elevated carina suggesting the beginning of suprahumeral horns; lateral angles prominent; no suprahumeral horns; scutellum distinct, exposed by the elevation of the posterior process above it; posterior process uniform in size, brown at base, white in middle and black at extremity, a deep depression just behind crest of pronotum, another just behind apex of scutellum, the lower line following these curves to form decided sinuosities, tip subacute, triquetrous, extending beyond internal angle of tegmina. Tegmina brown, pubescent and punctate at base, this area followed by a tringular *Fauna of British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 59. 394 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916 black fascia with base next to posterior process, next to this a triangular white area narrowest above, beyond this a second broad, black fascia extending almost to tip, which is subhyaline. Undersurface of body almost black anteriorly with white pubes- cence; abdomen fuscous ferruginous. Legs simple, ferruginous; tarsi somewhat darker. Type, male. Length, 5mm.; maximum width, 2 mm. MINDANAO, Butuan (Baker). Genus GARGARA Amyot and Serville Membracis Fase. (in part); Centrotus FABR. (in part) ; Oxyrhachis GERM. (in part) ; Smilia GERM. (in part); Maerops BUCKT. Gargara is the most richly represented, thus far, of all the genera of the Membracide found in the Philippines. Twelve species are here recognized and future collecting will doubtless yield many more. The genus has a wide range, the type species (G. genistz2 Fabr.) being found in Europe, while many forms have been recorded from Asia, Africa, and the East Indies. The species are for the most part small and without the striking pronotal developments so common to the family. From the small size and commonplace appearance of its species the genus was named by its authors ** from the fancied resemblance to a seed. The pronotal horns are lacking, the posterior trochanters unarmed, the pronotum usually smooth, and the posterior process straight. The following key, while based on characters entirely artifi- cial, will, it is believed, enable the student to locate all of the species known to the Islands to date. However, any dicho- tomous table is more or less unsatisfactory, and the full de- scriptions must be consulted for final recognition of the species. Key to the Philippine species of Gargara. a. Pronotum entirely black or very dark. b*. Median dorsal ridge distinct and prominent on anterior pronotum as seen from front. c. Tips of tegmina hyaline or nearly So.............--------------2----e00--+ luconica. ec’. Tips of tegmina opaque or concolorous with rest of tegmina. varicolor. b?. Median dorsal ridge not present on anterior pronotum or if present very obsolete and faint. c’. Posterior process extending beyond tip of abdomen; large trifoliate Spot One Smier ee. Mee cua see le aan ie eee We eee trifoliata. * Histoire Naturelle des Insectes—Hemiptéres (1848), 527. x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 395 c’. Posterior process not reaching tip of abdomen. d'. Tegmina entirely hyaline, except small black punctate area at | YSIS reetic te ec A Ra Aa a atl A See nigrocarinata. d’. Tegmina more or less colored and opaque. e’. Front of head densely, posterior process slightly, pubescent. nigrofasciata. e’. Front of head not densely, posterior process not at all, pubescent. f. Size very small, apical fourth of tegmina entirely hyaline. pygmaea. f°. Size larger, apical fourth of tegmina not hyaline... patruelis. a’. Pronotum yellow, or very light brown ait least in the females. b*. Veins of tegmina bearing nodules..............00000-202.-.e tuberculata. b?. Veins of tegmina not bearing nodules. c’. Tegmina entirely opaque. Oeeheominagunitormmsye lowes eer ee coke eee ee ee luteipennis. d@. Tegmina strongly marked with dark brown and white. pulchripennis. ec’. Tegmina hyaline at least for apical four fifths. ad’. Head much deflexed; pronotum concolorous or nearly so; teg- STANUAEY CSO fee ec eee are ae oe ee ee brunnea. d. Head almost perpendicular; pronotum marked with brown and yellow,; eominay iridescent...) 522i eee nitidipennis. Gargara luconica Fairm. Membracis luconica FAIRM., Rev. Memb. (1846), 255. Enchenopa luconica WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 484. Gargara luconica STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728. A small, black, rather robust species with carinate posterior process and dull, opaque tegmina with hyaline tips. Head broader than long, black, finely punctate, sparsely pilose with silvery hairs; eyes almost white with brown fascia; ocelli pearly, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated slightly above a line passing through center of eyes; clypeus strongly deflexed and extending far below margin of face. Pro- notum uniform black, finely punctate, and sparingly pubescent with silvery hairs; median carina percurrent from head to apex of posterior process; humeral angles not prominent; pos- terior process sharply carinate, tectiform, extending just beyond internal angle of tegmina. Tegmina opaque, except at tips, which are yellowish hyaline; basal and costal areas black and punctate; veins prominent and bearing scattered silvery hairs. Undersurface of body black; legs very dark ferruginous brown, almost black; tarsi very light brown; claws ferruginous. Length, 3 mm.; maximum width, 1.7 mm. Philippine Islands (Fairmaire) ; NEGROS, Cuernos Mountains; MINDANAO, Dapitan; LUZON, Mount Maquiling (Baker). 396 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Gargara pygmaea Walk. Centrotus pygmaeus WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 6380. Gargara pygmaea BANKS, Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1910), 5, 48. I have seen the material which C. S. Banks determined as G. pygmaea and believe this determination to be correct. The specimens do not agree with the original description as well as might be desired in some minor respects, but on the whole they answer Walker’s description. ‘The specimens which I have seen, however, are all decidedly black, with only a tinge of brown or ferruginous around the anterior and ventral regions, while the original description would have them brown. This species is very near G. luconica Fairm., as I determine that species, but is smaller, and the tegmina are shining black and not dull opaque. In both species the tips of the tegmina are more or less hyaline. The specimens bear Professor Baker’s duplicate Nos. 3951 and 2656. Very small, black, and shining; posterior process straight and sharp; tegmina glistening black for basal four fifths with tips hyaline. Head about as long as wide, finely and densely punctate, not pubescent; eyes red-brown; ocelli very small, much farther from each other than from the eyes and situated above a line passing through center of eyes; front of head not greatly deflexed, almost perpendicular, front convex; clypeus extending below margin of face. Pronotum strongly sloping backward from head, black, finely punctate, very sparsely pilose; median dorsal carina dis- tinct behind humeral angles, but obsolete and only obscurely visible before them; humeral angles not prominent; posterior process subtriquetrous hardly reaching internal angle of tegmina. Tegmina glistening, very dark brown or black for basal four fifths, apex hyaline; base black and punctate; veins prominent. Legs and undersurface of body black; tarsi flavous. Length, 2.5 mm.; maximum width, 1.2 mm. Philippine Islands (Walker, Banks) ; PALAWAN, Puerto Prin- cesa; LUZON, Mount Banahao (Baker). Gargara patruelis Stal. Centrotus patruelis STAL, Freg. Hug. Resa, Ins. (1859), 285. Gargara patruelis STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728. Rather large, black, robust, without percurrent dorsal carina. Tegmina translucent smoky ferruginous with base and large part of costal area black and punctured. Posterior process strong, sharp, somewhat decurved. x, D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 397 Head wider than long, black, sparingly pubescent with golden hairs; eyes mottled brown; ocelli pearly, not prominent, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated above a line passing through center of eyes; clypeus short, wider than long, continuing irregularly the sinuate outline of the face. Pro- notum black, punctate, sparsely pilose, sloping gradually back- ward above the head; lateral angles obtuse, not prominent; posterior process strong, gradually acuminate, decurved and turning downward at tip, tip extending beyond internal angles of tegmina. Tegmina smoky hyaline, except the black and punc- tate base which extends down into the costal area; veins prom- inent, slightly elevated, and brown. Undersurface of body black. Femora and tibiz black; tarsi flavous. Length, 4mm.; maximum width, 2 mm. Philippine Islands (Stal) ; Luzon, Malinao, Tayabas, Mount Banahao (Baker). Gargara varicolor Stal. Plate II, fig. 18. Gargara varicolor STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 69. Gargara varicolor is closely related to G. patruelis, but is smaller and differs particularly in the presence of a strong anterior ridge extending over the metopidium and in the mark- ings of the tegmina. The species, as I determine it, varies considerably in size and color, but the tegminal markings appear to be constant. Stal recognizes three varieties, ‘‘a,” ‘“‘b,” and “c’—the first with pronotum black; the second black with median and lateral stripe; the third ferruginous with black spots on posterior process. Of these I have seen only the first, but in the specimens at hand the color ranges from black to light ferruginous. Stal describes the tegmina as “vitreis, pone medium fascia fus- cescente notatis, pone fasciam subvinaceis, basi punctulatis,” and I find an apparently trustworthy character in the fact that the fuscous marking extends into the black punctate base in a wedge-shaped tooth. The pronotum is sparingly pubescent with yellowish hairs and is very densely and finely punctate. The posterior process is somewhat depressed in the middle and at the tip. Gargara varicolor seems to be one of the commonest of the Philippine membracids, and many specimens have been studied. Length, 4.5 mm.; maximum width, 2 mm. Philippine Islands (Stal) ; Luzon, Los Bafios, Mount Maqui- ling, Mount Banahao (Baker). 137400-——_6 398 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Gargara pulchripennis Stal. Gargara pulchripennis STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 729; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 70. Gargara pulchripennis may be recognized at once by the beau- tiful dark brown and white markings of the tegmina. These markings are rather irregular and confluent, but usually show a distinct cross stripe of white near the base, followed by checkered areas of small brown and white patches. The base of the tegmina is ferruginous and pubescent, the tip narrowly dark brown with a white stripe just before it. The entire tegmen is opaque. The posterior process is rather short, not reaching the interior angle of the tegmina, slightly depressed at base, and bluntly tectiform at tip. The scutellum is very distinct. Length, 4 mm.; maximum width, 2 mm. Philippine Islands (Stal) ; MINDANAO, Butuan; LUZON, Mount Maquiling, Los Banos (Baker). Gargara nigrofasciata Stal. Gargara nigrofasciata STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 729; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 70; FUNKH., Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soe. (1914), 22, 235. Gargara nigrofasciata is apparently variable, showing a gradation in tegminal markings from the broad-striped form described by Stal to specimens in which the stripe is narrowed to a very narrow ferruginous line. There seem to be no specific differences in the series. Usually the median dorsal carina is obsolete or visible only upon the posterior process. This process is rather thin and very sharp, reaching the internal angle of the tegmina. The pronotum is black, densely punctate, but not pubescent. The eyes are very prominent and reddish. The description of a single individual would be misleading, owing to the variety of tegminal markings, and since these markings were used as the principal character in erecting the species, a long series must be studied before accurate specific limits can be established. Length, 3.5 mm.; maximum width, 1.5 mm. Philippine Islands (Stal) ; LUZON, Mount Maquiling, Mount Banahao; MINDANAO, Iligan, Dapitan (Baker). Gargara tuberculata Funkh. Gargara tuberculata FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 70, fig. 6. x,D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 399 Gargara tuberculata may be recognized by the prominent tubercles upon the veins of the tegmina and upon the pronotum. Entirely lemon yellow with white lines extending over the shoulders. Head yellow. Posterior process set off from thorax by deep notch on each side. Tegmina yellow, opaque; base punctate and pubescent; veins nodulose. Undersurface of body white tomentose. Legs yellow. Length, 4 to 4.5 mm.; maximum width, 2 to 2.5 mm. LUZON, Los Bafios (Baker). Gargara luteipennis Funkh. Gargara luteipennis FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6,- 71, fig. 7. Gargara luteipennis is of about the size of G. tuberculata and resembles it in color, but lacks the granules on tegmina and pronotum. The tegmina are very characteristic, being a flat yellow, not shining or glistening, and with broad, well-marked veins. Entirely light yellow. Pronotum finely punctate, but not pubescent. Posterior process acuminate, extending as far as the internal angles of the tegmina. Length, 4 mm.; maximum width, 2.5 mm. LuzON, Los Banos (Baker). The single type specimen of this species bears Professor Baker’s duplicate No. 954. Gargara nitidipennis Funkh. Gargara nitidipennis FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 71. The type specimens of G. nitidipennis were rather small, the type measuring 3.5 mm. and the allotype 3.33 mm. Material has since been received which includes specimens 5 mm. in length, so that the insect appears to be somewhat variable as to size. The specific characters, however, are very constant, especially the extremely iridescent tegmina and the brown- and yellow- marked pronotum. The body is yellow with broad brown fascize on anterior metopidium and apex of posterior process. The latter is strong and heavy, slightly depressed at tip, and reaching to the internal angles of the tegmina. The undersurface of the body is ferruginous brown, the legs often being lighter. Length, 3.5 to 5 mm.; maximum width, 1.3 to 2.2 mm. LuzON, Los Banos, Mount Maquiling, Mount Banahao; MIN- DANAO, Iligan, Dapitan; Butuan (Baker). 400 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Gargara nigrocarinata Funkh. Gargara nigrocarinata FUNKH., Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. (1914), 22, 234, fig. 1. Gargara nigrocarinata is a small black species, recognizable by the high ridge on the posterior process and the delicate hyaline tegmina with their sharply marked black bases. The pronotum is finely punctate and bears short, yellowish or silvery hairs; obtusely rounded in front with prominent lateral angles; median carina obsolete before humeral angles, but well developed posteriorly and becoming high and sharp on posterior process. Head longer than wide; eyes prominent, usually reddish in the females and pearly in the males. Length, 3 to 3.5 mm.; maximum width, 1.5 to 1.8 mm. LuZzON, Los Banos, Mount Maquiling (Baker). Gargara brunnea Funkh. Gargara brunnea. FUNKH., Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. (1914), 22, 235, fig. 2. Robust, brown, punctate, pubescent. Head broader than long, inflexed. Pronotum low and broad anteriorly; humeral angles obtuse; posterior process long, sloping downward, extend- ing slightly beyond internal angles of tegmina, apex carinate. Tegmina opaque hyaline, except at base, which is brown and punctate. Length, 3.5 to 4 mm.; maximum width, 2 to 2.3 mm. Luzon, Mount Maquiling (Baker). Gargara trifoliata Funkh. Plate II, fig. 19. Gargara trifoliata FUNKH., Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. (1914), 22, 285, fig. 3. The largest and most distinct of all the species of this genus hitherto described from the Islands is Gargara trifoliata. It should be easily recognized by the large trifoliate white marking on each tegmen and by the very long, decurved posterior process. Black, punctate, head and anterior pronotum pubescent. Posterior process heavy and strongly tricarinate, extending to a point more than halfway between the internal angle and the tip of the tegmen. Tegmina black for basal two thirds, on this black area the characteristic clover-leaf hyaline spot, apical third orange-yellow, tip bearing brown band. Length, 8 mm.; maximum width, 4 mm. LUZON, Mount Maquiling (Baker). x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 401 Genus CRYPTASPIDIA Stal The genus Cryptaspidia, although clearly set off from the foregoing by natural characters, is rather hard to delimit by the use of artificial ones. It can best be recognized by its general appearance and differs greatly from Gargara in the size of its species and the difference in the structure shown in the pronotal process. All of the species assigned to the genus are from the Philip- pines and were described by Stal in his Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum in 1870. The insects are long-bodied, rather slender, with very thin, convex metopidia and gradually acuminate posterior processes. The tegmina show two discoidal cells, and this character is given by Stal as generic, but is not in itself sufficient. The hind wings have three apical areas, and the posterior trochanters are without spines. Four species are known and may be separated as follows: Key to the species of Cryptaspidia. a. Median dorsal carina entirely lacking.........00020..222.220ceeeeceeeeceeee ee pubera. a*. Median dorsal carina visible although sometimes faint. b*. Size small, not over 5 mm. in length... 20 tagalica. b’. Size large, not less than 6 mm. in length. Gy lslencl sEonalhy Gone ie eee impressa. CrpEeadunotrstErone ly (CONV exc sees een) eee obtusiceps. Cryptaspidia pubera Stal. Plate II, fig. 20. Cryptaspidia pubera STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 729; BucxtT., Mon. Memb. (1908), 267; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 69. Black, finely and densely punctate, more or less pubescent with flavous hairs. No dorsal carina. Humeral angles obtuse and not prominent. Tegmina ferruginous, somewhat pubescent. Head entirely covered with matted golden hairs; ocelli pearly, farther from each other than from the eyes, situated above a line passing through center of eyes. Pronotum very convex anteriorly, sparsely pubescent, gradually sloping into posterior process which is rather short, thick, and not carinate. Tegmina rough, somewhat wrinkled, fuscous ferruginous and sparingly pubescent; base black and punctate, this area extending down upon the costal margin. Undersurface of body strongly pubes- cent. Legs and feet uniformly flavous. Stal described the tegmina as fuscous hyaline, but in all of the specimens studied they have inclined to opaqueness, especially when seen against the hind wing and abdomen. 402 The Philippine Journal of Science 1935 Length, 5.5 mm.; maximum width, 2.7 mm. Philippine Islands (Stal) ; Luzon, Los Banos, Mount Maquiling (Baker). Cryptaspidia tagalica Stal. Cryptaspidia tagalica STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 729; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 69. Cryptaspidia tagalica is the smallest species of the genus thus far described. The specimens studied agree well in size and color and vary only slightly in tegminal markings. Black, coarsely and densely punctate, the punctures being much larger and farther apart on the posterior process than on the metopidium. Head somewhat broader than long, punc- tate, pilose with long yellowish hairs; ocelli distinct, transparent, much farther from each other than from the eyes and situated well above a line passing through center of eyes; clypeus broader than long, only slightly deflexed, pilose; anterior margin of head rounded between the eyes. Pronotum almost perpendi- cular above the head, very obtusely convex, sparingly pilose over lateral angles; lateral angles rounded, not prominent; pos- terior process not set off from anterior pronotum by a hollowing out above scutellum, but continuing to a gradual point from the humeral angles, apex acute, very slightly depressed. Tegmina wine-colored, base black and punctate, a rather narrow fuscous band across middle, another near tip, apex hyaline. Under- surface of body and femora black; tibize and tarsi ferruginous. Length, 4.5 mm.; maximum width, 2 mm. Philippine Islands (Stal) ; Luzon, Los Banos, Mount Maqui- ling (Baker). I have seen specimens close to this species, but apparently distinct, which I would not care to describe as new from the limited material. It may be that the species varies more greatly than the above diagnosis would imply. Cryptaspidia impressa Stal. Cryptaspidia impressa STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 730; Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1903), 267. Cryptaspidia impressa is very close to C. pubera, but is larger and shows a distinct carina on the posterior process. Black, punctate, and pubescent with grayish hairs. Head broader than long, very convex between the eyes, pubescent; ocelli -opalescent, farther from each other than from the eyes; eyes prominent; clypeus strongly pilose. Pronotum rounded anteriorly with faint median carina on metopidium which be- x,D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracidze 403 comes strong and sharp on posterior process. 'Tegmina fuscous hyaline, marked with more or less irregular fascia of ferruginous. Length, 6 to 7 mm.; maximum width, 3 to 3.5 mm. Philippine Islands (Stal). Cryptaspidia obtusiceps Stal. Cryptaspidia obtusiceps STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 730. Cryptaspidia obtusiceps is known to me only from the original description, which follows. It is apparently very close to C. impressa and is to be distinguished chiefly by the less convex head as suggested in the key. Stal describes it after C. Reese as follows: Praecedenti simillima et maxime affinis, differt capite anterius inter oculos sensim obtuse rotundato, fronte obtusissima, deorsum haud promi- nula. 92 Long. 6-7, lat. 3-33 mill. BIBLIOGRAPHY AMYOT, CHARLES JEAN BAPTISTE, and SEVILLE, AUDINET. Histoire Natu- relle des Insectes—Hemiptéres. Paris (1843), 533-558. ATKINSON, E. T. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. (1885). BANKS, CHARLES S. Rhynchota Palawanica. Part II, Hemiptera. Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1910), 5, 47-48. BLANCHARD, EMILE. Histoire Naturelle des ineectee! Paris |1840). BUCKTON, GEORGE BowpLEeR. A Monograph of the Membracide. London (1908). IDEM. Observations on some undescribed or little-known species of Hemip- tera-Homoptera of the family Membracide. Trans. Linn. Soc.—dZool., London (1905), II, 9, 329-838, Pls. 21, 22. DISTANT, W. L. The Membracide of India, Ceylon and Burma. Fauna of British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 1-78. FABRICIUS, JOHN CHRISTIAN. Systema Entomologiae IV (1775). IDEM. Species Insectorum II (1781). IDEM. Mantissa Insectorum II (1787). ¥ IDEM. Supplementum Entomologiae Systematicae (1798). ipEM. Systema Rhyngotorum (18038). FAIRMAIRE, LEON. Revue de la tribu des Membracides. Ann. Soc. Ent. France (1846), II, 4, 235-320; 476-528. Fowler, W. W. Biologia Centrali Americana. Part 1. Rhynchota-Homop- tera (1894), 2 FUNKHOUSER, W. D. Some Philippine Membracide. Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 67-74, figs. 1-7. IpEM. New Membracide from the East Indies. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. (1914), 22, 235-238, figs. 1-9. GERMAR, ERNST FRIEDRICH. Species Membracidum Musei Germari et dis- positio generum Membracidum. Rev. ent. (1835), 3, 223-261; suppl., 307-811. GopING, F. W. Bibliographical and synonymical catalogue of the de- scribed Membracide of North America. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. (1894), 3, 391-482. 404 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915 Ip—EM. A monograph of the Australian Membracide. Proc. Linn. Soe. New South Wales (1903), 28, 2-41, Pl. 1. HARDWICKE, THOMAS. Observations on the loves of the ants and the aphides. Zool. Journ. (1828), 4, 1138-115. KIRKALDY, G. W. Leaf-hoppers supplement. Honolulu Experiment Station. Bull. Haw. Sug. Pl. Assoc-—Hem. (1907), 1-3, 1-186, Pls. I-XX. LEFEBVRE, A. Systema pterologique des Membracides. Bull. ent. Ann. Soc. ent. France (1842), 11, xx—xxii. Lerroy, H. MAxweLL. Indian Insect Life (1909), 729-732, Pl. 78. LINNE, CARL. Systema Naturae (1788), 1, pt. 3, 2092-2096. MeEtIcHAR, L. Homopteren-Fauna von Ceylon (1903), iv-248, Pls. I-VI. IpEM. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Homopterenfauna Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas. Wien. ent. Zeitg. (1905), 24, 279-304. OLIVIER, M. Encyclopedie Methodique (1792), 7, 657-669, Pl. 397. SCHMIDT, EDMUND. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Membraciden. Stett. ent. Zeitg. (1906), 67, 359-373. STA, CAROLUS. Kongl. Svenska Fregattens Eugenies resa omkring Jorden. Insector III. (1859). IpemM. Analecta hemipterologica. Berl. ent. Zeitschr. (1866), 10, 386-889. IpbEM. Hemiptera Africana (1866), 4, 82-99. Ip—EM. Hemiptera Fabriciana. Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar (1869), 8, 18-58. IpEM. Bidrag till Membracidernas Kannedom. Oe¢efver. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh. (1869), 26, 231-300. Ip—EM. Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum-Bidrag till Philippinska oarnes Hemipter-fauna. Oefver. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forh. (1870), No. 7, 607— 776. VAN DUZEE, EDWARD P. Studies in North American Membracide. Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. (1908), 9, 29-127, 2 plates. WALKER, FRANCIS. List of Specimens of Homopterous Insects in the Collec- tion of the British Museum (1851), pt. II, 472-636. IpEM. Ibid., Supplement (1858). WESTWOOD, JOHN OBADIAH. Characters of new insects from Manilla col- lected by Mr. Cuming. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1887), 5, 130. Ip—EM. Description de Amblysoma latreilli, ete. Guérin Magaz. Zool. (1841), 3, Ins., 93. Fig. moCMOoNnNAInNnhrwWNe HIG 3. [Vol. 2 and 3 ILLUSTRATIONS PLATE I . Centrochares horrificus Westw. . Pyrgonota bifoliata Westw. . Pyrgonota pinguiturris sp. nov. . Leptobelus dama Germ. . Dograna falco Buckt. . Leptocentrus reponens Walk., a, frontal outline; b, lateral outline. . Emphusis bakeri sp. nov., a, frontal outline; 6, lateral outline. . Periaman brevifrons sp. nov., a, frontal outline; b, lateral outline. . Tricentrus convergens Walk., a, frontal outline; b, lateral outline. PLATE II . Tricentrus capreolus Walk., a, frontal outline; 6, lateral outline. . Tricentrus pilinervosus Funkh., a, frontal outline; b, lateral outline. . Tricentrus plicatus sp. nov., a, frontal outline; 6b, lateral outline. . Tricentrus attenuatus sp. nov., a, frontal outline; 6, lateral outline. . Sipylus crassulus Stal. . Sipylus nodipennis Funkh. . Centrotoscelus typus Funkh., a, frontal outline; 6b, lateral outline. . Ebhul carinatus sp. nov., a, frontal outline; 6b, lateral outline. . Gargara varicolor Stal. . Gargara trifoliata Funkh. . Tegmen of Cryptaspidia pubera Stal. TEXT FIGURES Fore and hind wings of Tricentrus fairmatrei Stal. a, discoidal cells; b, apical cells; c, internal angle. . Front and lateral outline of Tricentrus fairmairei Stal. a, hum- eral angles; 6, suprahumeral horns; c, metopidium; d, clypeus, e, posterior process. Armed posterior trochanters. X, See. D, No. 1, of this Journal was issued July 14, 1915; Nos. were issued August 26; No. 4 was issued January 8, 1916.] 405 wy 7 ay emai me tees ac Ra an ae eT Pea i, STR ar Meant a) yooh ihe haat ae nahh of ; WENT Ee ‘it th WY Xine ce Min hei anaes ng Raa, Pa mK Puttin’ ibn, (Lert, A Bik: ha: LD Pe (® PRG ‘wetalcsay asianed dap ; ana tt ve ‘A a one Pe ian Lae i * ; WET Ry baa Rega this n Resta fF et ye td ‘akin 2 pg ae fe col Late aime EU: Laver are me Howe. Baltraig cathy Satter key, ANNE eh aseiad uetate aie eat, ee eR, Re ee rence 8 26 bat Chains, Me. Bains) okie ie a . deren, bia SOT, BACNET ae hy Miagne (pela ; fenby eas Z Saige: ca eth yn y | epee ie ae / eave ‘ain ns aniltsporiertial,.§ seine Lada che gab NBE: 00k | 1) sea hes lettata! A umetliics Taine? iy, waek ee Pasi ity Penienty ae bretabis ond Hinlasgayh oy ueirh it eNM NS aaeelte ner aie psibiys Sasa scat pot baer herve astervus sehacsannl ‘ Hf veaytt Na pee CRIS | Ae iil ale . geen Norvndanl db cape okra m - RCNA Sn eth) oo ths BANAT Cote Lend onriare: 5 ty watt a CE matt Loeaake ae spi eizaie, funtion, inp haenaancanebalnitieg Bitg : mene Maes inatlieas, fiehidge ase WY: nef et tip MD Piet ili, Jnesih ahreioataaract aaglnoantae -Aail senkarraaal Fite nting ut om i MS ae ae By vial vin: PEORLY) ws HAE nahn owentle TaN i ate a pe Sah Lane ‘eliae vapor pthc cee “Rear eng. dati Aina hon, MPH H ray. ee ne j Tae eae, Dee ila aT a ecgayyal Ly ier ME) ai: Nee sheath ide waESA bil oh j loving orgie on ae ie vention bale Ge pat re . ; ela Leanadni 9 % ied fasiqan ihc: pete ey witty | JAB tavinnalelowdetsen sey TD. To waived frente” bag Fg ; aoogils & raxolbhpoten 4 seirad Levecmederqun od sani Lame y maaan Tebretmor: ae) |, wot castor taltshieg Barns A, A, rOt@l be lah femal eee iganssel ehh Teh 0: AD eke Oe ' farat # saw beret aay s 0 728 hormod haunal vw of 80% ald FUNKHOUSER: PHILIPPINE MEMBRACID&. | [Pum. Journ. Scr, X, D, No. 6. PLATE I. PHILIPPINE MEMBRACIDE. FUNKHOUSER: PHILIPPINE MEMBRACID AZ. | [Puin. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 6. lia 11b 13a 13b 20 PLATE Il. PHILIPPINE MEMBRACIDA. INDEX [New names are printed in heavy-faced type; numbers in italic indicate synonyms.] A Abemus, 123. Acanthopanax ricinifolium S. and Z., 301. Acer pictum Thunb., 345. Acocephalini, 50. Adelungia, 191. Adelungiineg, 191. Adris tyrannus Moore, 355. Agalope westwoodii Voll., 357. Agametina Heller, 229. discomaculata Heller, 229. Agametis, 229. Agestrata luzonica, 271. Aglaia roxburghiana, 259. Aglaope infausta, 360. Aglena, 190. Aka-gashi, 293. Akebi, 355. Akebia quinata Decne., 355. Akebi-kohoha, 354. Aleyonaria, Philippine, 1, 155, 203. Aleochara curtula Geoze, 129. flavipennis Bernhauer, 129, Alnus viridis var. sibirica Rgl., 293. Alstonia scholaris, 260. Amblypodia japonica Murray, 296. Ammothea Savigny, 1. Amorphophallus campanulatus, 87. Amphipoda of Luzon, two, 251. Anancylus maculosus Auriv., 241-242. strix Heller, 241. Andraca gracilis Butler, 345. Anona muricata, 137. reticulata, 138. Anthelia Savigny, 157, 205. celebensis, 159. fuliginosa (Ehrbg.) Kikenthal, 158. viridis, 159. Anthribide, 34. Apatura Fabricius, 281. astasia Hbn., 823. bunea Herrich-Schaffer, 282. here Felder, 282. here ab. sobrina Stichel, 282. ilia Schiffermiller, 281. ab. mikuni Wileman, 282. var. clytie Schiff., 283. var. serarum QOberth., 282. var. substituta, 283. japonica Felder, 289. julia Schrk., 283. metis Frr., 282. phaedra Leech, 284. serarum QOberth., 284. substituta Butler, 281. Apaturidi, 281. Aphalaroida, 261. Aphioda diura, 237. integripennis Heller, 236. Apoderus coeruleatus Faust, 28. coloratus Faust, 28. sharpi Faust, 28. (Cyanotrachelus) ledyardi Heller, 27. Arhopala Boisduval, 295. 2 japonica Miyajima, 296. japonica Murray, 295. Artopoétes Chapman, 300. pryeri Chapman, 300. pryeri Murray, 300. Arya Dist., 53. Ascaris lumbricoides, the eggs of, 111. Astenus cribrellus Baudi, 121. filiformis Latr., 121. philippinus Bernhauer, 121. viperinus Bernhauer, 121. Astilbus heydeni Epp., 125. philippinus Bernhauer, 125, Athysanini, 50. Atya armata Milne Edwards, 147. molluccensis de Haan, 11, 147. potimirim, 13. spinipes Newport, 147. Atyide, 11. Atyoida, 147. potimirim, 13. Auaxa Walker, 352. cesadaria Walker, 352. sulphurea Butler, 352. sulphurea Leech, 352. Augiades Hiibner, 302. ochracea Bremer, 302. ochracea Leech, 302. Augila Stal, 141. angulata Baker, 143, binghami Dist., 140. negrosensis Baker, 143, suleiceps Stal, 141. valdesii Baker, 142, Augilina Melichar, 141. longipes Melichar, 141. Augiline Baker, 141, Auletobius ascendens Heller, 224. B BAKER, C. F., Notices of certain Philippine Fulgoroidea, one being of economic impor- tance, 137; Studies in Philippine Jassoidea: II, Philippine Jassaria, 49; Studies in Phil- ippine Jassoidea: III, The Stenocotide of 407 408 the Philippines, 189; Studies in Philippine Jassoidea: IV, The Idiocerini of the Philip- pines, 317; Two Amphipoda of Luzon, 251. Balanoglossus, 170. Baleluthini, 50. Balocha Distant, 330. busonioides Baker, 330. Bangos, or milkfish, difficulties encountered in the culture of the, in Zambales Province, 307. Berberis, 355. vealei Fort., 357. BERNHAUER, MAX, Zur Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen: VI. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Indo-malayischen Fauna, 117. Bizia sulphurea Butler, 352. Boarmiine, 352. Bolitochara, 124. Bombycide, 345. Bombyx fuscata Motsch., 348. mandarina Leech, 348. mori Linn., 348. var. mandarina Moore, 348. Brachida, 127. Bryocorinen, neue orientalische, 75. Busonia Distant, 327. amentata Dist., 328. mindanaensis Baker, 328. scutellaris Baker, 327. Bythoscopide, 50, 191. Bythoscopine, 50, 318. Cc Cacia intricata Pasc., 244. var. disjuncta Heller, 244, proteus Heller, 243, ulula Heller, 243. xenoceroides Heller, 242, Caliscelinz, 141. Calliodes rectifasciata Leech, 353. Callirhipis antiqua Waterh., 273. bituberculata Schultze, 278. bowringii, 273, dissimilis Waterh., 274. helleri Schultze, 274, lineata Waterh., 277. montalbanensis Schultze, 275. nigriventralis Schultze, 275. occultus, 278. philippinensis Schultze, 276. tiaongona Schultze, 276. , Calophya Loew, 261. luzonensis Crawford, 261. nigridorsalis Kuwayama, 262. Campylocentrus Stal, 377. faleo Buckt., 377. Capnella Light, 2, 209. philippinensis, 160. ramosa, 160. Caracuta malayica Felder, 299. Caridina sp., 11. Carsidara, 268. Cassia fistula, 187. Index Catocaline, 353. Cecidotrioza Kieffer, 266. Celtis sinensis Pers., 290. Centrochares Stal, 369. horrificus Stal, 370. horrificus Westw., 370. Centrotine, 366. Centrotus Fabricius, 369, 389. antilope Stal, 379. bifoliatus Westw., 372. eapreolus Walk., 386. convergens Walk., 385. erassulus Stal, 391. dama Germ., 376. dilatatus Walk., 390. erigens Walk., 383. fairmairei Stal, 385. Jeucaspis Walk., 379. magellani Fairm., 389. oreus Buckt., 390. patruelis Stal, 396. pygmaeus Walk., 396. reponens Walk., 379. rupicapra Fabr., 378. tauros Walk., 379. taurus Fabr., 378. terminalis Walk., $78. vicarius Walk., 378. Centrotoscelus Funkhouser, 392. typus Funkh., 392. Centrotypus Stal, 380. Cephalelini, 50. Cephalelusaria, 50. Cerambycidz, 35. Cerambycinz, 237. Cercidocerus curvaturatus Heller, 235. pictus Faust, 236. Cereopsius irregularis Heller, 240, praetorius Er., 241. varius Heller, 241. Cerobates sexsuleatus Mots., 45. Cespitularia Valenciennes, 156. coerulea May, 166. Cetonine, 271. Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllide (Homop- tera), 257. | Chacosiingz, 357. Chaerocampa, 347. elpenor, 346. porcellus, 346. Chanos chanos Forskal, 307. Chersydrus granulatus Schneider, 251. Chiltonia mihiwaka (Chilton), 252. Chirozetes arotes Heller, 230, Chunra Distant, 324. niveosparsa Leth. var. Baker, 826, var. palawanensis Ba- ker, 326, var. philippinensis Ba- ker, 3265, punceticosta Wlk., 325. Cicada taurus Linn., $78. Ciecini, 50. Cionus (Stereonychus) reitteri Heller, 28. lagunensis Index Clavularia Quoy and Gaimard, 157, 204. auricula, 205. celebensis, 159. inflata Schenk, 163. var. luzonica May, 155. longissima May, 159. violacea Quoy and Gaimard, 156, 205. (Hicksonia) viridis Quoy and Gai- mard, 159. Coelogorgia, 167. Coleopteren Fauna der Philippinen, 271. Combalus laudator Dist., 84. novitius, 84. Comibaena difficta Walk., 349. Coproporus brunnicollis Motsch., 123. philippinus Bernhauer, 123, punctipennis Kr., 123. Coptops, 243. Cornularia Lamarck, 157. australis, 205. cornucopiz (Pallas) Schweigger, 205. erassa Milne-Edwards, 205. glauca, 205. minuta Light, 160, 203. parva, 205. tubiporoides, 205. Cornulariella modesta Verrill, 158. Cornulariidz, 157. COWLES, R. P., Are Atya spinipes Newport and Atya armata Milne Edwards synonyms for Atya molluccensis de Haan?, 147; The habits of some tropical Crustacea, 11. CRAWFORD, D. L., Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllidze (Homoptera), 257. Crustacea, stomatopod, from the P. I., 169. Crustacea, the habits of some tropical, 11. Cryptaspidia Stal, 401. impressa Stal, 402. obtusiceps Stal, 403. pubera Stal, 401. tagalica Stal, 402. Cryptodromia tuberculata Stimpson, 158. Curculionide, 23. Curculioninz, 220. Curetis Hiibner, 297. acuta Moore, 297. angulata Moore, 298. bulis Doub]. and Hew., 298. yar. malayica Felder, 299. japonica Fruhst., 297. paracuta Nicéville, 297. truncata Moore, 297. tsushimana Fruhst., 297. Cyamobolus charpentieri, 234. sturmi, 2338. var. definitus Heller, 233, Cylas turcipennis Boh., 45. Cyprinus carpio, 307. D Dasia griffini Taylor, 104. olivacea Gray, 104. semicincta (Peters), 104. 409 , DAY, ARTEMAS L., Difficulties encountered in the culture of the bangos, or milkfish, in Zambales Province, 307. Dendronephthya, 2. Dharmma Distant, 52. Diadema diagoras Hew., 290. Diagora Snellen, 289. australis Stichel, 290. japonica Felder, 289. japonica Stichel, 289. var. chinensis Stichel, 290. persimilis Westwood, 290. subviridis Stichel, 290. var. intermedia Stichel, 290. yankowskyi Stichel, 290. Dibamus argenteus Taylor, 107. novae-guineae, 108. Diestota Muls., 124. Diocalandra discors Faust, 45. Diochares fimbriatus, 240. mindanaonis Heller, 240. Dipsas orientalis Murray, 292. saepestriata Hewitson, 295. Doda Distant, 51. Dograna Distant, 377. falco Buckt., 377. falco Dist., 377. Draco mindanensis Stejneger, 89. Dryopidz et Heteroceridz des Philippines, 131. Dugong dugong Miiller, 215. Dugong in the P. I., 215. Dussana Dist., 52. Dynopsylla, 257. ecornuta Crawford, 2638. minor Crawford, 263, E Ebhul Distant, 393. carinatus Funkh., 393, Egropa Melichar, 138. inusta Melichar, 137. jacobsoni Bierman, 187. Eleysma Butler, 357. caudata Brem., 358. translucida Butl., 358. westwoodii Elwes, 357. westwoodii Vollenhoven, 357. Emoia ruficauda Taylor, 98. Emphusis Buckton, 380. bakeri Funkh., 381. Enchenopa luconica Walk., 395. Endymia apicalis Heller, 29. philippinica Heller, 30. Enoki, 290. Eofurius Poppius, 85. pygmaeus Poppius, 86, Epania (?) longicollis Heller, 35, Epepeotus, 240. Epiechinus birmanus, 22. lagune Heller, 21. Epipsylla, 258. Eremus philippinus Griffini, 65. Errhomenini, 50. 410 Euchloris Hiibner, 349. difficta Leech, $49. difficta Walker, 349. Euclea albata New., 244. tuficollis Heller, 244. Eucnemide, 22. Eugenia malaccensis, 266. Eunephthya, 2. Eupachypeltis Poppius, 79. pilosus Poppius, 80. Eupelicinez, 50. Euphalerus, 258. eitri (Kuwayama), 257. Euphranor caeca Oberthiir, 345. Euprepes (Titiqua) semicinetus Peters, Eupterygini, 50. Eupyrgops banahaonis Heller, 222, submaculatus Faust, 222. Euripus japonica Pryer, 289. Eurymeline, 50. Evagora, 157. rosea Philippi, 157, 205. 104. EK Falagria, 125. Felisacus glabratus (Motsch.), 81. magnificus Dist., 81. pulchellus Poppius, 80. Ficus asperrima (Rutherford), 261. hispida, 261. Fugi, 298. Fulgoroidea, notices of certain Philippine, one being of economical importance, 137. FUNKHOUSER, W. D., Review of the Philip- pine Membracide, 365. G Gabrita Kirk. (Petalopoda Spang.), 53. Galba auricolor Bonv., 45. funebris Chevr., 45. Gargara Amyot and Serville, 137, 394. brunnea Funkh., 400. genistze Fabr., 394. luconica Fairm., 395. luconica Stal, 395. luteipennis Funkh., 399. nigrocarinata Funkh., 400. nigrofasciata Stal, 398. - nitidipennis Funkh., 399. patruelis Stal, 396. pulchripennis Stal, 398. pygmaea Banks, 396. pygmaea Walk., 396. trifoliata Funkh., 400. tuberculata Funkh., 398. varicolor Stal, 397. Gargararia, 393. Gasterocercus anatinus Chevyr., 45. Gastropaga Bernhauer, 127. bakeri Bernhauer, 128, Gecko verticillatus, 92. Gelonztha hirta Thoms., 45. Geometra dioptasaria Christ, 3851. valida Feld. and Rogenh., $51. Geometridz, 349. Index Geometrinz, 349. Gnathodini, 50. Gomadara-cho, 289. Gonodactylus Latreille, 179. affinis de Man, 180. chiragra (Fabricius), 179. chiragra Kemp, 179. var. platysoma Kemp, 180. var. platysoma Wood- Mason, 180. demani Henderson, 182. demani Kemp, 182. excavatus Miers, 184. glaber Kemp, 186. glaber Lenz, 186. glabrous Brooks, 182. glabrous Kemp, 182. var. ternatensis de Man, 183. glyptocercus Kemp, 186. glyptocereus Wood-Mason, 186. incipiens Lanchester, 180. nefandus, 183. proximus Kemp, 183, pulchellus, 183. smithi Pocock, 180. spinosissimus Kemp, 186. spinosissimus Pfeffer, 186. trispinosus, 183. tuberosus, 170. Gorimalia, 24. GRIFFINI, ACHILLE, Prospetto dei Grilla- eridi delle Isole Filippine, 61. Grillacridi, prospetto dei, delle Isole Filipine, 61. GROUVELLE, A., Dryopidz des Philippines, 131. Gryllacris Serville, 66. alivittata Griff., 66. americane, 61. arctata Walker, 68. biguttata Stal, 68. var. detersa Griff., 68. brachyptera Gerstaecker, 70. brevispina Stal, 68. elongata Fritze in Carl, 66. fuscinervis Stal, 69. isseli Griffini, 69. limbaticollis Stal, 69. maculipennis Stal, 67. var. Griff., 67. var. bakeri 67. moesta Brunner, 68. nasalis Walker, 68. var. detersa Griif., 68. nigripennis Gerst. subsp. trimacu- lata Griff., 66. nigrogeniculata Brunner, 69. obscura Brunner, 66. plebeia Stal, 70. var. immaculata Griffini, 70. princeps Stal, 67. punctifrons Stal, 69. Griffini, Index Gryllacris pustulata Stal, 66. subsp. mindorensis Griff., 67. scripta Navas, 70. signifera var. Griffini, 66. sumatrana Griff., 66. trimaculata, 66. vittipes Griff., 67. vittipes Walker, 67. Guanabana, 140. Guliga Dist., 50. Gymnodactylus agusanensis Taylor, 90, annulatus Taylor, 92. philippinicus, 93. Gyponine, 50. H Halme (?) spinicornis Heller, 237, Hashidoi, 300. Hecalusaria, 50. Hekista laudator Kirk., 84. HELLER, K. M., Neue Kafer von den Philip- pinen, 19, 219. Helopeltis bakeri Poppius, 75. bradyi Wat., 76. collaris Stal, 75. obscuratus Poppius, 76, pellucidus Stal, 75. pollidiceps Poppius, 76. Hemidactylus depressus, 94. frenatus, 94. luzonensis Taylor, 93. Hemisphaerine, 141. Hesperia rikuchina Pryer, 302. Hesperiidz, 301. Hestina australis Leech, 290. japonica Leech, 289. var. chinensis Leech, 290. subviridis Leech, 290. var. intermedia Leech, 290. yankowskyi Grose-Smith and Kirby, 290. Heterocera, 345. Heteroceridz et Dryopidz des Philippines, 131. Heterocerus latus Grouvelle, 134, Heterosmilax japonica Kth., 287. Heteroxenia Kolliker, 164. capensis, 166. elisebethze K6lliker, 166. Hilda Kirkaldy, 1388. bengalensis Dist., 138. breviceps Stal, 1388. funesta Stal, 138. inusta Mel., 138. jacobsoni Bierm., 138. malayensis Dist., 138. patruelis Stal, 138. undata Walker, 138. Hime-kimadara-seseri, 302. Hiragi-nanten, 357. Histeride, 20. Homoptera, Ceylonese and Philippine Psylli- dee, 257. Homotoma Guérin, 262. bakeri Crawford, 263. distincta Crawford, 262. 411 Homotoma pacifica Crawford, 262. radiata _Kuwayama, 268. Hoplandria minima Bernhauer, 127, philippina Brh., 127. Hylicine, 50. Hyperbaenus, 61. Hyposidra Guénée, 346. faleigera Leech, 3465. Hypostenus, 119. Hypsauchenia Germ., 372. bifasciata Walk., 872. bifoliata Fairm., 372. hardwickii Kirby, 373. westwoodi Fairm., 372. I Iba, Zambales, bangos ponds at, 809, 310, 311. Ibota, 300. z Idiocerinus Baker, 341, melichari Baker, 341, nacreatus Baker, 342. Idiocerini of the P. I., 317. Idiocerus clypealis, 318. minor Bierman, 327. niveosparsus, 318. stali, 341. unimaculatus, 318. Idioscopus Baker, 338. elypealis Leth., 339. palawanensis Baker, 338. tagalicus Baker, 340, Idotasia honesta Pase., 30. paucisquamosa Heller, 30. TIpo conferta Kirk., 322. Ipocerus Baker, 322, kirkaldyi Baker, 323. Iposcopus breviceps Baker, 322. distanti Baker, 320, 322. Ismene Swainson, 301. aquilina Speyer, 301. jankowskii Oberth., 301. Ismeninz, 301. Issidee, 187. Issinze, 141. Isthmia Stal, 138. breviceps Stal, 138. Itayakaede, 345. J Japanese Lepidoptera and their larvee, 281, 345. Jassaria, Philippine, 49. Jassidz, 50. Jassinez, 50. Jassini, 50. Jassoidea, studies in Philippine, 49, 189, 317. Jassus-Arya, 50. Jassus Fabricius, 53. eonspersus Stal, 55. dubia Walk., 54. luzonensis Baker, 56. obseurus Stal, 54. philippinensis Stal, 57. K Kafer, neue, von den Philippinen, 19, 219. Kahavalu Kirk., 193. 412 Kashiwa, 293. Kawa-yanagi, 350. KEMP, STANLEY, On a collection of stoma- topod Crustacea from the Philippine Islands, 169. Kibane-seseri, 301. Ki-edashaku, 352. Ki-no-ha tora, 356. Koebelia, 191. Koebeliidz, 50, 191. Ko-murasaki, 281. Ko-nara, 293. Kori-yanagi, 350. Kraunhia floribunda Willd., 298. Kunasia Dist., 52. Kunasia-Myittana, 50. Kunugi 294, 351. Kuwa, 348. Kuwago, 348. Kyphocotis Kirk., 193. L Lagyra falecigera Butler, 345. Ledridz, 50, 189. Lemnalia, 1, 160, 209. Lemnalioides, 160. Lepidodactylus aureolineatus Taylor, 97. labialis, 98. lugubris, 98. planicaudus, 98. Lepidoptera and their larve, Japanese, 281, 345. Leptobelus Stal, 375. dama Germ., 376. dama Stal, 376. Leptocentrus Stal, 378. aduneus Buckt., 380. antilope Stal, 379. gazella Buckt., 379. leucaspis Buckt., 379. leucaspis Walk., 379. reponens Atkins, 379. reponens Walk., 379. taurus Fabr., 378. Leptocentrotus taurus Stal, $79. Leuronota, 264. LIGHT, S. F., Notes on Philippine Alcyo- naria. Part III: Two new species of Li- thophytum Forskal from the Philippines, 1; Notes on Philippine Aleyonaria. Part IV: Notes on Philippine Stolonifera and Xenii- dz, 155; Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part V: Cornularia minuta, a new species, 208. Ligustrum japonicum Thunb., 300. Liliaceze, 287. Limotettixaria, 50. Lithophytum Forskal, 1, 209. acutifolium, 1. indicum, 2. macyrospiculatum, 1. philippinensis Light, 3, 160. ramosum (Q. and G.), 5. rigidum Light, 5, 160. stuhlmanni (May), 1. Lizards, new species of Philippine, 89. Index Lobocentrus Stal, 376. zonatus Stal, 376. Lobotrachelus gentilis Heller, 31. Lophatherum elatum S. and Z., 302. Lumut, 308. Luperosaurus compresicorpus Taylor, 96. Lyczna pryeri Murray, 300. Lyczenidz, 292. Lygosoma decipiens Boulenger, 102. Lysiosquilla Dana, 174. acanthocarpus Kemp, 174. acanthocarpus Miers, 174. digueti Coutiére, 176. maculata (Fabricius), 174. maculata Kemp, 174. multifasciata Wood-Mason, 175. tigrina, 176. vicina Nobili, 176. M Macroceratogonia Kirk., 50. Madropora, 163. Maerops Buckt., 394. Mansoniella Poppius, 77. nitida Poppius, 78. Mecocerina guttata Jord., 35. jordani Heller, 34, Mecopus bakeri Heller, 31. hopei, 31. Medon granulicollis Bernh., 121. philippinus Bernhauer, 121. Me-ga-hadzusa, 358. Megalochlora Meyrick, 351. sponsaria Bremer, 352. valida Felder and Rogenhofer, 851. valida Stgr., 351. Megarrhinus alternans Heller, 228. bifasciatus Faust, 228. brachmanus Faust, 228. carinicollis Heller, 227. cingalensis Faust, 228. infidus Faust, 228. subfasciatus Faust, 228. suratus Heller, 227. Megatrioza Crawford, 264. armata Crawford, 264. Megophthalminz, 50, 192. Megophthalmus Curt., 193. scanicus Fall, 191. Membracidz, 137. Membracidz, review of the Philippine, 365. Membracine, 365. Membracis Fabr., 378. ‘ luconica Fairm., 895. rupicapra Fabr., 378. taurus Fabr., 378. tricornis Hardw., $878. Mesohomotoma camphorae Matsumura, 264. Metapocyrtus (Orthocyrtus) bakeri Heller, 221. pachyrrhynchoi- des Heller, 220, Metopta Swinhoe, 3538. rectifasciata Hmsn., 858. rectifasciata Ménétries, 353. Index Milkfish, or bangos, difficulties encountered in the culture of the, in Zambales Province, 307. Millepora, 159. Miyami-hannoki, 293. Mizuiro-onaga-shijimi, 293. Muirella Kirk., 51. Mukwana Dist., 53. Murasaki-shijimi, 295. Murasaki-tateba, 285. Myctiris longicarpus Latreille, 14. platycheles Milne-Edwards, 14. Myittana Dist., 53. Myrmedoniini, 127. N Nanophyes Schonherr, 24. coneretus, 24. discoidalis Heller, 26, finitus, 24. globulus, 24. lythri, 25. neuter Heller, 25. posticus, 24. proles Heller, 25. rufipes Motsch., 25. siculus, 24. (Corimalia) varicolor Heller, 27. Nanophyinz, 24. Neanias (Brunner) Griffini, 65. philippinus Griffini, 65. Neocoelidea Baker, 50. Neotriozella Crawford, 265. bicolor Crawford, 265, Nephthya, 1, 167. Neptunus pelagicus, 309. Nericonia glabricollis Heller, 239. morio Gah., 239. trifasciata Pasc., 239. Nesiolinus, 128. Niphonidarum, 245. Nire, 292. No-bara, 352. Noctuidz, 353. Notocera A. and S., 369. Nyctimene vittata Pase., 45. Nymphalide, 281. Nymphalinz, 281. O Oberea Muls., 36. albocuspis Heller, 42. balinee Heller, 43. demissa New., 38. erythrostoma Heller, 38. flavoterminata Heller, 41, macilenta New., 38. makilingi Heller, 40. melanostoma Heller, 39. micholitzi Heller, 44. mimetica Heller, 44. punctiventris Heller, 43. quianga Heller, 40. rubetra Pasc., 40. schadenbergi Heller, 39. seminigra Chevr., 37. 187400. 7 413 Oberthiiria caeca Stgr., 345. falcigera Matsumura, 345. rutilans Griinberg, 345. Ochrognesia difficta Warren, 349. Ocypoda, 15. 0-kuwa modoki, 345. Omphasus mansuetus Faust, 45. Ophideres Boisduval, 354. amurensis Stgr., 355. fullonica Linn., 357. tyrannus Guénée, 354. Ophiocephalus striatus Bloch, 311. Orchestia bottze M. E., 252. humicola Marts., 252. montana Weber, 252. parvispinosa Weber, 252. rectimana (Dana), 252. Orthocyrtus pachyrrhynchoides, 221. > politus, 221. triangularis Heller, 220. Osorius bakeri Bernhauer, 117. ecribrum Fauv., 118. luzonicus Bernhauer, 118. maquilinganus Bernhauer, 117, minutissimus Bernh., 119. minutus Bernhauer, 119. philippinus Bernhauer, 118. Ostedes pauperata Pasc., 45. Ostrea orientalis, 307. palmipes, 307. pyxidata, 307. Otidognathus elegans, 234. elegans sericoplagia Heller, 32. fulvopictus Heller, 234. (Litorrhynchus olim) Fairm., 32. Oxyeleotris ?, 311. Oxypygus exclamationis Wied., 45. Oxyrhachis Germ., 369. elegans P Pachypeltis Sign., 78. Pachyrrhynchus, 221. Paipalesomus, 237. Palaeofurius Popp., 86. Palicus Stal, 50. Pamphila ochracea Bremer, 302. rikuchina Butl., 302. Panchala asinarus Felder, 297. Panchala ganesa Moore, 297. Papilio canace Linn., 285. charonia Drury, 286. iris Esp., 283. (Apatura) elytie Schiff., 282. ilia Schiff., 281. Paracoelidea Baker, 51. Paralemnalia, 1. thrysoides (Ehrbg.) Kiikenthal, 2, 167. Parimera negrito Heller, 225. var. variabilis Heller, 226. obscura Faust, 226. signata Faust, 226. trivittata Heller, 225. uniformis Faust, 227. 414 Parimera vittata Faust, 226. vitticollis Heller, 227. Paropia (Megophthalmus), 189. Paropiide, 50. Paropulopa Fieb., 193. Parorchestia Stebbing, 252. hawaiensis (Dana), 252. lagunz Baker, 254, luzonensis Baker, 253. sylvicola (Dana), 252. tenuis (Dana), 252. Pasania cuspidata Cerst., 296. Paurocephala orientalis Crawford, 261. psylloptera Crawford, 260. Pauropsylla Riibsammen, 258. bakeri Crawford, 258. depressa Crawford, 259. floccosa Crawford, 259. spondiase Crawford, 260. triozoptera Crawford, 258. tuberculata Crawford, 259. Pauropsylline, 261. Pedioscopus Kirkaldy, 331. . agenor Kirk., 331. angustatus Baker, 335, coloratus Baker, 336. var. bicolorata Baker, 338, var. mindanensis Bak- er, 337. disjunctus Baker, 331. maquilingensis Baker, 333. modestus Baker, 333. similis Baker, 334, simplex Baker, 336. Pempheres affinis Faust, 45. habena Pasc., 231. Penthimiinez, 50. Periaman Distant, 383. brevifrons Funkh., 383. flavolineatus Buckt., 383. Petalopoda Spang., 53. Phznomerus sundevalli Boh., 45. Pharsalia agenor, 36. truncatipennis Heller, 36. Phorodesma gratiosaria Brem., 349. Phrynomorpharia, 50. Phrynomorphini, 50. Phymatura, 124. Placidus Dist., 52. Placuna placenta, 307. Polycatus aurofasciatus Heller, 223. eupholoides Heller, 223. Polyphida affinis Nonfr., 238. feae Gahan, 238. % monticola Heller, 238. Pongamia glabra, 299. POPPIUS, B., Neue orientalische Bryocori- nen, 75. Populus pyramidalis, 284. tremula, 284. Poropterus bengueticus Heller, 231, fossulatus Faust, 233. irritus Pasc., 231. Preta Dist., 193. Procris, 3569. Ud Index Prodioctes (7?) rubrovittatus Heller, 234. Prodromopsis cuneatus (Dist.), 84. _ oculatus Popp., 84. philippinensis Poppius, 83. Proteides chrysaeglia Butl., 301. Proteuclea Heller, 245. laterivitta Heller, 245, Protocerius grandis Guér., 34. tufifrons Heller, 33. Prunus communis Huds., 358. Pseudobrachysticha semiaurea Girault, 137. Pseudosilusa Bernhauer, 124, testacea Kr., 124. trifoveolata Bernhauer, 124, Pseudosquilla Dana, 172. ciliata (Fabricius), 172. ciliata Kemp, 172. megalophthalma Bigelow, 172. oculata, 173. ornata Kemp, 172. ornata Miers, 172. oxyrhyncha, 173. Psylla, 258. Psylledontus secundus Girault, 260. Psyllidze (Homoptera), Ceylonese and Philip- pine, 257. Psylloidea, 49. Pterygia DeLap., 369. horrifica Buckt., 370. horrificus Walk., 370. postica Buckt., 870. spinula Buckt., 370. Ptychozoon horsfeldii, 96. intermedia Taylor, 94. kuhli, 95. Pugla Dist., 53. Pycnofurius amorphophalli Poppius, 86. puncticollis Popp., 87. Pyrgonota Stal, 372. bifoliata Stal, 372. bifoliata Westw., 372. bifurea Stal, 374. philippina Stal, 373. pinguiturris Funkh., 374. semperi Stal, 374. tumida Stal, 373. Pythamiine, 193. Pythamus Melichar, 193. dealbatus Mel., 189. melichari Baker, 198. var. mindanaensis Bak- er, 200. Pythauria chrysaeglia Pryer, 301. Q Quercus acuta Thunb., 293. dentata Thunb., 293. glandulifera BI., 298. mongolica, 294. serrata Thunb., 294, 351. R Rhipidocerinz, 2738. Rhizoxenia Ehrenberg, 157. primula Dana, 159, 205. rosea, 157, 205. Index © Rhizoxenia thalassantha, 157. (Evagora) rosea, 208. Rhodinia fugax Moore, 347. Rhodobaenus rubrovittatus Champ., 235. sanguineus Gyllh., 235. Rhopalocera, 281. Rosa multiflora Thunb., 352. Ruri-tateba, 285. Ss Sabima Dist., 52. Salix caprea, 284. purpurea L., 350. var. multinervis Fr. and Sav., 350. rosmarinifolia, 284. viminalis, 284. Sankirai, 287. Saru-tori-ibara, 287. Sasa-gusa, 302. Schiroseuji-aoshaku, 351. SCHULTZE, W., I. Beitrag zur coleopteren Fauna der Philippinen, 271. Sclerophytum, 167. Scyphistoma, 206. SEALE, ALVIN, Note regarding the dugong in the Philippine Islands, 215. Selenocephalaria, 50. Semnodema auctum Bonv., 22. bakeri Heller, 22. flabellicorne Bonv., 23. harmandi Fleut., 23. loriai Fleut., 23. ornatum Fleut., 23. resplendens Fleut., 23. Sen-no-ki, 301. Seriatopora, 165. Serixia, 246. Sertorius Stal, 382. erigens Walk., 383. Shii, 296. Shiode?, 353. Shirofu-aoshaku, 349. Shirosuji-tomoye, 353. Signoretia Stal, 193. aureola Dist., 198. gratiosa, 189. greeni Dist., 198. malaya Stal, 194, sumatrana Schmidt, 198. tagalica Baker, 196, Signoretiinz, 50, 193. Silusa, 124. Siphonogorgia variabilis Hickson, 156, 203. Sipirama rectifasciata Mén., 353. Sipporia Poppius, 87. flaviceps Poppius, 88. Sipylus Stal, 391. erassulus Stal, 391. nodipennis Funkh., 392. | Smicrocotis Kirk., 193. Smilax china, 287. | herbacea Linn. var. nipponica Maxim., | 353. Smilia Germ., 372. bifoliata Westw., 872. | 415 Soortana Dist., 52. Sostea atramentaria Grouvelle, 131, ebenina Grouvelle, 132, sodalis Pasc., 132. Sphenomorphus coxi Taylor, 100, curtirostris Taylor, 101. jagori, 100. mindanensis Taylor, 99. palustris Taylor, 102, steeri Stejneger, 102. Spirama interlineata Butl., 353. rectifasciata Leech, 353. Spiramia japonica Wlk., 353. Spondias mangiferz, 260. Spongodes, 3. Squilla Fabricius, 170. hieroglyphica Kemp, 171. leptosquilla Brooks, 169. nepa Kemp, 172. nepa Latreille (Bigelow), 172. oratoria de Haan, 171. var. perpensa Kemp, 171. raphidea Fabricius, 172. raphidea Kemp, 172. scorpio Kemp, 170. scorpio Latreille, 170. Staphylinus (Nesiolinus) bakeri 122. pulcherrimus Bern- hauer, 123, Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen, 117. Stegelytraria, 50. Stenocotidz, 50, 189. Stenocotinez, 50, 192. Stenocotis Stal, 193. Stenus bispinus Motsch., 120. tropicus Bernhauer, 119. Bernhauer, (Hypostenus) maquilinganus Bern- hauer, 120. smaragdinus Bern- hauer, 119. Stereonychus, 28. Stereosoma celebense Hickson, 157. (Anthelia) celebense Hickson, 207. Stolonifera and Xeniidz, Philippine, 155. Stomatopod Crustacea from the P. I., 169. Stomatopoda, 170. Styanax anthracinus, 23. luzonicus Heller, 23. Subic, Zambales, bangos pond at, 308, 312, 313. Sumomo, 358. Sympodium Ehrenberg, 157. Syringa amurensis Rupr., 300. T Tachina, 294. Taivoniella cuneale Poppius, 84. fulvigenis Popp., 84. Talitroides, 251. Talitrus allaudi Chevr., 252. gulliveri Miers, 252. sylvaticus Hasw., 252. | Taloipa Buckt., 384. i} tinctoria Buckt., 385. Tartessusaria, 50. 416 TAYLOR, EDWARD H., New species of Phil- ippine lizards, 89. Telephaé obliquefasciata Mots., 45. Telesto, 167. Telphasia Pasc., 227. Terentius fairmairei Buckt., 385. Terulia Stal, 53. Tettigometra Stal, 138. Tettigometridez, 137. Tettigometrini, 137. Tettigoniellidz, 50, 189. Tettigoniellinz, 50. Tettigoniellini, 50. Thagria Mel., 53. Thamnotettix, 189. Tharra Kirkaldy, 52. carinata Baker, 58. Jabena, 57. Thaumastopeus cupripes Waterh., 271. megregori Schultze, 271. pugnator Heller, 271. Thecla attilia Bremer, 293. orientalis Janson, 292. Theophila Moore, 345. falecigera Butler, 345. mandarina Moore, 348. Tinobregmus Van D., 51. Toba Schmidt, 51. Toki, 295. Tortor Kirk., 193. Tragopus pygmaeus Heller, 232. Tricentrus Stal, 384. attenuatus Funkh., 388, eapreolus Stal, 386. eapreolus Walk., 386. convergens Stal, 385. convergens Walk., 385. decoratus Dist., 387. fairmairei Stal, 385. gibbosulus Walk., 388. pilinervosus Funkh., 387. plicatus Funkh., 387, Trichoderma, 123. Trioza Foerster, 265. asiatica Crawford, 266. eugenie Crawford, 265. koebelei Kirkaldy, 266. magnolie Ashmead, 266. Troginz, 272. Tropidophorus misamisensis Stejneger, 106. partelloi Stejneger, 89. rivularis Taylor, 106. Trox montalbanensis Schultze, 272. Trypeticus grouvelli, 21. longicollis Heller, 20. Tubipora chamissonis Ehrbg., 164. musica Linn., 155. Tubiporide, 166. Tubularia cornucopiz, 205. Typhlocybini, 50. U Ulopa, 189. Ulopidz, 50. Index Uragin-shijimi, 297. Uragomadara-shijimi, 300. Uranami-akashijimi, 295. Usuba-tsubamega, 357. Vv Vanessa Fabricius, 285. benguetana Semper, 286. ecanace Leech, 285. canace Linnzus, 285. race harmonica Moore, charonia Pryer, 286. charonides Stichel, 287. drilon Fruhst., 287. glauconia Motschulsky, 286. no-japonica Siebold, 286. siphnos Fruhst., 286. Varta Dist., 52. Volkeliopsis Poppius, 81. frontalis Poppius, 82. Ww WHARTON, LAWRENCE D., The eggs of Ascaris lumbricoides, 111. WILEMAN, A. E., Notes of Japanese Lepidop- tera and their larve: Part II, 281; part III, 345. 288. x Kenia, 156, 209. hicksoni Ashworth, 165. rigida May, 165. Xeniidz and Stolonifera, Philippine, 155. XKestocephalaria, 50. XKestocephalus, 50. Xyaste trigonocephala Heller, 247. uniformis Heller, 245. varioscapus Heller, 246. Xylorrhiza adusta Wied., 45. Xylotrechus australis G. P., 45. Y Yama-kaiko, 348. Yanagi (Salix sp.), 282, 349. Z Zambales Province, difficulties encountered in the culture of the bangos, or milkfish, 307. Zephyrus Delman, 292. attilia Bremer, 293. subgrisea Wileman, 293. attillia Leech, 293. ecognata Stgr., 292. diamantina Oberth., 292. orientalis Leech, 292. orientalis Murray, 292. saepestriata Hewitson, 295. saepestriata Leech, 295. suffusa Leech, 292. Zooxanthella, 158. Zygeenide, 357. | Zyras biseriatus Bernhauer, 125, compressicornis Fauy., 126. fulgidus Grav., 126. pulchricornis Bernhauer, 126. O PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS—Continued BOTANY A FLORA OF MANILA By Etmer D. MERRILL Order No. 419. Paper, 490 pages, $2.50, postpaid. Practically a complete flora of the cul- tivated areas in the Philippines. Descrip- tions, with keys, of over 1,000 species, 590 genera, and 136 families, with native names, glossary of technical terms, etc. THE COCONUT PALM IN THE PHIL- IPPINE ISLANDS Order No. 37. Paper, 149 pages, 30 plates, ~ $1, postpaid. The reprint contains the following arti- cles: On the Water Relations of the Coconut Palm (Cocos nucifera), The Coconut and its Relation to Cooonut Oil, The Keeping Quali- ties of Coconut Oil and the Causes of its Rancidity, and The Principal Insects Attack- ing the Coconut Palm. INDO-MALAYAN WOODS By Frep W. WoxWortHy Order No. 411. Paper, 182 pages, 9 plates, $0.50, postpaid. In Indo-Matayan Woods, Doctor Fox- worthy has brought together a large amount of accurate information concerning trees yielding woods of economic value. ZLOOLOGY A LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, EXCLU- SIVE OF THE CETACEA By Nep HOoLtisTER Order No. 418. Paper, 64 pages, $0.50, postpaid. This is the only recent attempt to enu- merate the mammals of the Philippine Islands. The distribution of each species is given, and the original descriptions are cited. ZOOLOGY—Continued A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS By RicHarp C. McGrecor Order No. 103. Paper, 2 parts, 769 pages, $4, postpaid. A Manual of Philippine Birds contains in compact form descriptions of all the known species of Philippine birds. The usual keys and diagnoses of orders, families, and genera help the novice in identification. A CHECK-LIST OF PHILIPPINE FISHES By Davin STARR JORDAN and Ropert EARL RICHARDSON Order No. 102. postpaid. Paper, 78 pages, $0.75, This list will be found a convenient guide to the synonymy of Philippine ichthyology. The nomenclature is thoroughly revised, and the distribution of each species within the Philippine Islands is given. MEDICINE REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL PLAGUE CONFERENCE Held at Mukden, April, 1911, under the auspices of the Chinese Government. Edited by EricH Martini, G. F. Perris, ARTHUR STANLEY, and RicHArD P. STRONG 483 pages, 18 plates (2 colored, 4 half- tones, 12 charts and maps) Order No. 416. Paper, $2.50; cloth, $3.50; postpaid. The proceedings of this International Con- ference and information gained therefrom, to gether with the results of certain bacite- riological investigations, constitute the pres- ent report. The Bureau of Science of the Govern- ment of the Philippine Islands has been appointed sole agent for the distribution of the printed proceedings of the interna- tional Plague Conference, PRICES ARE IN UNITED STATES CURRENCY Orders for these publications may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER, PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, P. L., or to any of the agents listed below. Please give order number. vw The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York, U. S. A. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany. Melly & Walsh, Ltd., 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India. CONTENTS 2 es BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine _Jassoidea, IV: ‘The Idio- cetmi-ol the Philippmmes®: ick ons Sy a a - WILEMAN, A. E. Notes on Japanese pee and their Larve: Part III : FUNKHOUSER, W.D. Review of the Philippine Membracide.. Y. The ‘Philippine Journal of Science” is issued as follows: Bias)" Section A. Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries... $2 Section: B.. Tropicel Medicine.) 222-22 Se eee ees a= Section ‘CBOtamy, 625.2250 2.2 sass ee EEG See See ee a eS 4 Section D. General Biology, Ethnology, and. ‘Anthbopolosy= (See. : tion D began with Volume \V) .........-.-.--.:----------------.: SEs etre ctees ee Entire Journal, Volume II, III, IV, or VW ----..-..-.----------- was Entire Journal, beginning with Volume VI -.-.._-..._.__-___.-___-_.-----.- - Single numbers (except of Volume I) ...-....-----...-....----..----- en aie = Each section is separately paged and indexed. Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections) and supplement, sold = only with a complete file of section A, B, ov C-......-----.--:---.----- 10.00 — Supplement to Volume I (botany) --_.....------------------.-------------------- ) Volume I (without supplement) , sold only with a complete file of section A, B, or C.....- aidan Reiser UM ape liareancee OREN, mihasshencce Ss at obs Single numbers OW AY OS nL ce a bs ee ee ee 5 Sane eee econo sOs Publications sent in exchange for the Philippine Journal of Science — should be addressed: Library, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I. Subscriptions may be sent to the Business MANAGER, Philippine” Jour- — nal of Science, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents listed below: AGENTS The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A. Wim. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, oe London, W. C., England. — Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. < Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., ee many. Kelly & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India. : Entered at the post office at Manila, P. |., as second-class matter. wv SS psa fst Soni 0 ES! Pore = ‘ a t-—.> i NN ee cae ee eS) ere) (ae A om Ww FOULS 4 Vy | Tn eal nnnnnn nna aaa anaaaaanaerrtTaaasenn Eee eee eee hee amnannnaannnannnl Annee a aaa alee. AARRAR AAA AAaeia\AAalalalanal— lala AARAARE ~Afam 9B a a a ain oinin'aalaa! pH Aaeaaeeee NAAARA AAR AOA ARR iS See on ARAAR Aaa aae AAR gi Ete AAA PRAna Pielele\ VARA AAAAA aAAARAARAARE anmialale\alaan na a cannannaneeeeoee a PN mn en ARM AAR sanan'o cs f | vy | \ amy g NE ARAR am | | | ' Ni \ AAA AAA S SS AN aN ENENEN fM RAR AaA ! aA RA nlm —S—1 | | AAA ey aaa@maas aa o'o ARARAARARARARAannnaARanannn a naaeesennrrn ) | 9) | dae an) { ls / ia oP 2aee Yn ama Lan en Le em m mI VV Vaan an a Lan en a a a ee ee aS i ae | a aaaman | ann. RATA een a amnan AAAAAAARAAARAAAAAAA Aare aA aaaa ee AAAAAAAAREARRAAEESY RAAAARAR AARON on RARRR a RA A A ZOTAR ARR RAR AAR RAR weal aaa alalalalalaa | aaa PPA RARAR Raa PP mm 0 5) ne ~ SS a A a) Sa) = AAA AP — Ap -\ | aman an lana Aan nena ener NAA ANAC NON im is ER PR OS FS SS ES an a Ee a naan Yat AARP aaaaaaaaas AA ~A RRA RAR RRR RRA ageeeecaeceeanee ae mannnr aaalalamal RRRARARAR ARCO nnn mnannnnnanann enn anARanAA® —\ SARA AROOARAR AR SAA A RAR ARR eae AARAAR ( Ys y f em ee AAA SAAR RR Ran NRARRRAAR ARR Raaaaaael TL lnaalnme i Mra Nes ng be lan PARR APO nnn ARR AAPA SS Fas as fa as a Can nN RANA A RARER —s RES AAA angm TY Yon Yon ann ental leno eon an ca. Waa ee oa ek a i fl Pm mm me PN Oe le aanaaar a AARAAA Ae alga a P—?—- 7 -algiminna mn aman an~ SS aanaanaaaam AP) AAA apPPPr,Aasearr = wii i 3 9088 0130